From

THE LIBRARY OF

JOHN G. McEACHERN

^..OCM^"^'^^ ^

/ /

3IABCH OF THE TI !

fRoutcofIhe Ten Thouaand.

Boundary of the Satrapy of Cyrus.

Persian Parasangs of so Stadia each.

10 SO SO to

English Miles

tfO

Bybl

T.vr^is ^

tioagiUide

THE

FIEST GEEEK BOOK

BY

JOHN WILLIAMS WHITE, Ph.D., LL.D., Litt.D.

Professou of Gkeek IK Hakvabd University

Mediocritatem lllam tenebit quae e$t Inter nimium et parum

Boston, U.S.A.:

GINN & COMPANY.

Toronto :

THE COPP, CLARK CO., LIMITED.

Copyright, 1896

Bt JOHN WILLIAMS WHITE.

A LI- RIGHTS RESERVED

54-6

PREFACE.

Since the publication of my Beginner's Greek Book in 1892,

I have from time to time had letters from teachers in different

parts of the country, who have informed me that the Beginner's

Book, because of its length, was not well adapted for use in the

schools in which they taught, and who have urged me to prepare a

briefer book on the same plan. They wished a book, they said,

which could be completed in two terms, and which would properly

prepare their pupils for the rapid but exact reading of a book of

the Anabasis during the last third of the year.

The First Greek Book is an attempt to meet this reasonable

request. I am aware that it is impossible that any elementary

book should be equally well adapted to the needs of all schools;

but I have at least succeeded in making this book briefer than its

immediate predecessor. In writing it I have aimed to give, first,

only such fundamental facts of Greek grammar as the young pupil

must know before he can begin to read the connected narrative of

Xenophon intelligently and with pleasure, and secondly, a moderate

amount of practice, both in reading and in writing, in the application

of these principles. I have entirely excluded from the eighty lessons

into which the First Greek Book is divided- the Attic second

declension, the systematic treatment of the affinity of words, word

lists, word groups, the principles of word formation, and the divi-

sion of verbs into eight classes, although provision is made for the

study of some of these important matters, if the teacher finds the

time for it, in the materials furnished in the Appendix. Further,

CONTENTS.

IiESS.

vm CONTENTS.

LESS.

CONTENTS. IX

less;

TABLE OF ILLUSTRATIONS.

NO. PAGE1. Greek Schoolroom 32. Ancient Dog-cart ^. 63. Assyrian Tents _ 94. The Slaying of the Suitors 135. Sabre 146. Attic Four Drachma Piece 157. Bronze Boat used as a Lamp 218. Greek Wairior 259. Sacrifice 29

10. Targeteer 3911. Ancient Persians 4012. The Skulking Warrior 4513. Assyrian Wagon 4614. Theseus Fighting with Amazons 4815. Attic Four Drachma Piece 6416. Silenus the Satyr _ 5617. Alexander the Great 6118. Target ^ 6219. Greek Armor 6920. Battle 7921. Darius III _ 8222. Persian Daric 8323. A Youthful Knight 8524. Persian Slingers 9025. Greek Armor 9426. Chariot Race ! 9727. Masks of Pan 9928. Ostriches ! 10029. Helmet 10330. Arming of a Greek Warrior 10431. Raft of Inflated Hides Ill

32. Axe : 11433. Bridle 11534. Greek Hoplites •. 11835. Bow 12236. Greek Schoolroom 127

37. Greek Armor 132

38. Altar 137

39. Ancient Dogs 140

40. Sword 148

41. Spear-heads 163

42. Ancient Persians 157

43. War Ship 159

44. Girdle 162

TABLE OF ILLUSTRATIONS. xi

so. PAGE

45. Darius goes Hunting 170

46. Attic Ten Drachma Piece 171

47. Ancient Horse Race 175

48. Assyrian Soldiers 177

49. Wheel and Axle of Scythe-bearing Chariot 181

50. Chariot : 188

51. Chaplet 196

52. Zeus and Victory ,. 202

53. Apollo flays Marsyas 204

54. Persian Charioteer 20855. Trumpeter 211

56. Plan of the Battle at Cunaxa 214

57. Barbarians 21958. The Stricken Persian 22559. Attic Obol 227

60. Athena 23361. Zeus - 23462. The Giving of Hands 23763. Athena 26464. The Caftan 27465. Amazon 285

IN THE VOCABULARIES.66. Mill 5

67. Axe 7

6a. War Chariot 9

69. Artemis 1070. Oval Shield ., 1071. Round Shield , 11

72. Attic Drachma Piece 1673. Breast-plate 2374. Horse and Rider 2475. Herald 2676. Greave 2777. Helmet 2778. Ancient Ships 3179. Stone-thrower 3280. Arming of Warriors 8381. Heavy-armed Soldier 3482. Target 3783. Frontlet and Bridle of Horse 4084. Persian Sceptre-bearer 4i85. Mounted Bowmen 4686. Position of Rowers in the Trireme 4687. Bowman - 4788. Greek Women 4889. Bracelet 5090. Harnessing to the Chariot 50

FIEST GREEK BOOK.

LESSON I.

The Alphabet. Vowels, Consonants, Diphthongs.

1. The Greek Alphabet has twenty-four letters :

Form. Phonetic Value. Name.

A a ^papa, father Alpha

B p fied Beta

"Y ffo or sing (10) Gamma

do Delta

met Epsilon

ddze Zeta

prey Eta

thin Theta

pin, machine Iota

A;ill Kappa

Zand Lambda

men Mu

2. At the end of a word s, elsewhere o-, as ctkt/v^s, of a tent.

3. The Vowels are a, €, y\, t, o, o), and u. The remaining

letters are Consonants.

r

2 VOWELS AND CONSONANTS.

4. Vowels are either short or long. There are separate

Greek characters (€ r\, o «) for the e and o sounds, but not for

the a, i, and u sounds. In this book the short vowels are

designated by a, €, i, o, v, the long by d, t^, i, co, «.

6. The consonants are divided into semivowels^ mutes^ and

double consonants.

6. The semivowels are X, (jl, v, p, c, and ^-nasal (10). X, jji,

V, p are liquids ; a is a sibilant.

7. The mutes are of three classes and of three orders:

Classes. Orders.

Labial or ir-mutes it p <|), Smooth mutes u k t,

Palatal or K-mutes k -y x, Middle mutes P Y 8,

Lingual or T-mutes t 6 9. Rough mutes <j> X ®-

8. Mutes of the same class are called cognate; those of the same

order, co-ordinate.

9. The double consonants are | (for /e?), \|/ (for tt?),

and t^.

10. The consonants are pronounced, in general, like their

English equivalents ; but gamma before k, -y* X' ^^ I equals ng

in siw^, and is called gamma nasal.

Give the phonetic value of each letter in the alphabet (1).

11. The Diphthongs are ai, a«, €i, €v, oi, ou, "nu, ui,

9,, T],(0. The last three, formed by writing i under d, i\, o),

are called improper diphthongs. Their second vowel is called

iota subscript.

DIPHTHONGS.

12. The diphthongs are pronounced :

ai as in ai'sle, at) as ou in owr,

€1 as in eight, vi as in qwit,

01 as in oil, ou as in growp,

€u and -xyo as Sh-oo, eh-oo (for these there are no exact

a, T), (0, as a, i], co.equivalents in English),

Give the name of each letter, and the phonetic value of each single vowel,

consonant, and diphthong in the following words:

13.

T|-|ic-pa, day.

o-ict|-Wj, tent.

av-Opw-iros, man.

Pov-X(v-€i, he plans.

6-ir\f-TT)s, hoplite.

Iv T^ X'^~P*i!-> i^ t^^ country.

wl-os, son.

\6-"Yoi, speeches.

tp-KTj-o-a, I dwelt.

«-8«. thus.

EXERCISE.

6v-pa, door.

iv (TKTj-vfi, in a tent.

a-yt-Tt, you lead.

a-fia-^a, wagon.

op-ird-Jw, I plunder.

<j>o-P€-p6s, frightful.

av-Tos, self, Lat. ipse.

iv \6-yia, in a speech.

'EX-Xri-vi-Kos, Greek.

d--ya-66s, good.

Ov-pai, doors.

\«-ow-<ri, they loose.

aY-"Y«-Xos, messenger.

8u-pov, gift.

Xw-pa, country.

\|f{-Xi-ov, bracelet.

Xo'-yos, speech.

ol-Kc-ci>, I dwell.

"Ap-T€-p.is, Artemis.

ot-Koi, at home.

No, Greek Schoolroom.

4 BREATHINGS, SYLLABLES, ELISION.

LESSON II.

Breathings, Syllables, Elision, Accent, Punctuation.

14. Every vowel or diphthong at the beginning of a word

has either the Rough Breathing {') or the Smooth Breath-

ing ('). The rough breathing shows that the vowel is aspi-

rated^ i.e. that it is preceded by the sound of h, as ^fie-pa, day^

vi-6<;^ 8on^ 'EX-Xtj-vi-ko';, Greek; the smooth breathing shows that

the vowel is not aspirated, as d-yco, I lead, "Ap-Te-fii<i, Artemis,

ahKrj-aa, I dwelt.

15. A Greek word has as many Syllables as it has separate

vowels or diphthongs. A syllable is long by nature when it

has a long vowel or diphthong.

a. In dividing a word into syllables, single consonants and combina-

tions of consonants which can begin a word are, with few exceptions,

placed at the beginning of a syllable ; other combinations of consonants

are divided. Thus <^o-/3e-pos, frightful, b-TrXt-rrj^, hoplite, but a.p-ird-^<a,

I plunder.

16. A short final vowel may be dropped when the next

word begins with a vowel, whether this has the rough or the

smooth breathing. This is called Elision. An apostrophe

marks the omission. Thus eV ainov, against him, for eVt avrov.

17. Most words ending in ci, and all verbs of the third

person ending in €, generally add v when the next word begins

with a vowel, as exovaiv ot/cia?, thet/ have houses ; elx^v oUidv,

he had a house. This is called v Movable. It may also be

added at the end of a sentence.

Pronounce each syllable of the words in 13.

ACCENT. b

18. There are three Accents :

the acute (' )' ^ a-ya-06<;, good, ^fie-pd, day, "Ap-re-fii';,

Artemis, a>-KT]-aa, I dwelt

;

the grave (^), as crKr^-val a-^a-Qai, good tents;

the circumflex {^), as aKij-vij^, of a tent, (S-Se, thus,

iv aKrj-vai<;, in tents.

19. The acute can stand only on one of the last three

syllables of a word, the circumflex only on one of the last two,

and the grave only on the last.

20. The circumflex can stand only on a long syllable.

When d, l, ij have the circumflex, the long mark is omitted,

and they are written a, i, 0.

21. The antepenult, if accented, takes the acute, as av-dpco-

TTo?, man; but it can have no accent if the last syllable is

long or ends in | or \}/, as av-dpa-irov, of a man.

22. An accented penult is circumflexed when it is long

while the last syllable is short, as hoi-pov, gift. Otherwise it

takes the acute, as Sco-pov, of a gift, %a)-/3a, land.

23. Final ai and oi are counted as short in determining the accent,

as a-/xct-^at, wagons, ^!a-pai, lands, except in the optative, and in the adverb

ol-Koi, at home.

24. An accented ultima has the acute when short, as

a-ya-do'i, good ; the acute or circumflex when long, as crK-q-vrj,

tent, crKr)-vri<;, of a tent.

25. A word which, like a-Krj-vij, tent, lias the acute on the

last syllable is called oxytone {i.e. sharp-toned). An oxytone

changes its acute to the grave before other words in the same

sentence, as a-K-q-vr) a-^a-drj, a good tent.

6 PUNCTUATION.

26. Some monosyllables have no accent and are closely

attached to the following word, as ev ctktj-vtj, in a tent. These

are called Proclitics.

27. An Enclitic is a word which loses its own accent and

is pronounced as if it were a part of the preceding word, as

av-Opw-iroi, re, hdmhiesqiie in Latin.

28. The Greek uses the comma (,) and the period (.) like

the English. It has also a colon., a point above the line (•),

which is equivalent to the English colon and semicolon. The

mark of interrogation (;) is the same as the English semicolon.

Name the accent of each word in 13, and state the principle or principles

in 18-27 tphich apply to it.

Pronounce each of these words.

No. 2. Ancient Dog-cart.

NOUNS. 7

LESSON III.

Nouns.— Introductory.

29. There are five Cases in Greek, the nominative, genitive,

dative, accusative, and vocative.

30. The nominative and vocative plural are always alike. In neuters,

the nominative, accusative, and vocative are alike in all numbers ; in the

plural these end in a.

31. There are three Numbers, the singular, the dual (which

denotes two objects), and the plural.

32. There are three Genders, the masculine, the feminine,

and the neuter.

33. As in Latin, names of males and of rivers, winds and

months are masculine ; names of females and of countries, towns,

trees, and islands, and most nouns denoting qualities or con-

ditions are feminine.

34. There are three Declensions, the First or A-Declension,

the Second or 0-Declension, and the Third or Consonant Declen-

sion. The first two together are sometimes called the Vowel

Declension, as opposed to the Third.

35. The place of accent in the nominative singular of a

noun or adjective must generally be learned by observation.

The other forms accent the same syllable as the nominative, if

the last syllable permits (21); otherwise the following syllable.

36. In the genitive and dative of all numbers a long ultima,

if accented, takes the circumflex.

A-DECLENSION.

A-Declension.— Feminines in a.

37. Nouns of the A-Declension end in a, i], or a (feminine),

or in as or r\% (masculine). Feminines generally end in a,

jf €, I, or p precedes the ending.

38.

FEMININES IN ALPHA (LONG).

40. VOCABULARY.

dYopa, ar, ^, market-place.

T)|i^pa, ds, ^, day.

Ovpa, as, ^, door.

olKia, ds, }}, house.

(TTpaTia, ds, ^, army.

Xwpci, ds, ^, place, land, country.

|jiaKpa, adj., long.

(iiKpa, adj., small, little.

Ivy prep, with dat., in (a proclitic).

Tiv, he {she, it) was; rio-av, they were.

l\(if he {she, if) has; t\owri, they

have.

a. The gender of a noun is indicated by placing after it the correspond-

ing form of the definite article, as dyopd, as, 'V,where 17 signifies that

dyopd is feminine.

41. Read aloud and translate : 1. oiKiai fxlKpaC.

2. iv rat? dyopat?. 3. ev oi/cta fXLKpa. 4. rj oIkio. dvpdv

€)(eL. 5. rj rjfjLepd fiaKpa -^u. 6. (TTpaTLois plKpa^ €)(OV(Ti.

7. at oiKiai Bvpd'i e^ovai. 8. iv rrj X^P^ ot/ciai ^(rav.

9. at ot/ctat fiLKpai '^(rav. 10. fxlKpal rjcrav at Bvpai twv

oIklcjv.

42. Translate : 1. Of a long day. 2. For small armies.

3. In the market-place. 4. The country was small. 5. He has

a small house.

No. 3. Assyrian Tents.

10 FEMININES IN ETA.

LESSON IV.

A-Declension.— Feminines in i].

43. If €, I, or p does not precede (37), feminines generally

end in y\. This t\ appears only in the singular.

44.

VERBS. 11

46. 1. iv TT) KcofiT) rjcrav fxlKpal crKrjvai 2. at fxlKpal

oLKiai KaKol rjcav. 3. at (TKr)va\ Kokai rjaav. 4. iv ry

K(oixr) fJidxH (jiofiepa i^v. 0. rj Kpavyrj rr]<s crrpaTLas (fyo^epa

^v. 6. iv rat? KaXat? Kcofxat^ rjcrav ot/ciat. 7. a(f)evB6vr]v

ej^et iv Ty aKrjvrj. 8. Kpavyr) (f>o^epa iv rat? Kw/Aat? i^v.

9, iv rat? (TKr]vcu<i rjcrav at cr^^voovai. 10. 17 ot/ctct fxlKpa

TfV KoX 7) (TKr)Vr} KaKT].

47. 1. In the villages were tents. 2. They have slings in

the tents. 3. The battles were fearful. 4. There was a small

house in the village. 5. They have tents and slings.

LESSON V.

Verbs.— Introductory.

48. The Greek verb has three Voices, the active, middle,

and passive,

49. There are four Moods, the indicative, subjunctive,

optative, and imperative. These are the finite moods. Tothem are added, in the conjugation of the verb, the infinitive

and participles.

60. There are seven Tenses, the present, imperfect, future,

aorist, perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect. The present,

future, perfect, and future perfect indicative are called primary

tenses ; the imperfect, aorist, and pluperfect indicative are

called secondary tenses.

51. There are three Persons.

12 PRESENT INDICATIVE ACTIVE.

52. There are three Numbers, as in nouns (31).

53. The accent of verbs is recessive, i.e. it is thrown as

far back as possible.

54. The Stem of a verb is its fundamental part, from

which its various tenses are formed. The stem of Xvto, loose,

is Xv or Xv, of ^ovXevco, plan, l3ovX€v, of Tre/iTrw, SMd, Trefiir.

Present Indicative Active.

56.

PRESENT INDICATIVE ACTIVE. 13

57. 1. /SovXeuet. 2. \vovcn. 3. ex^i^. 4. Tre/iTrets.

5. e)(€.Te. 6. ^ovkevofxep. 7. ayw. 8. dpTrd^ei. 9. dpTrd-

^ere. 10. 7re/x7roucrt.

58. 1. He plunders. 2. We lead. 3. They plan. 4. You

send. 5. I loose.

59. 1. ay&j arpaTuav Fi\\y]ViKTf]v. 2. ras fcaXag crK7]va<s

Xvov(TL. 3. ov;)( apTrd^Q) ra? K(opd<s. 4. tt^i/ (f>vXaKr)i'

dyovdiv^ Ik t(ov (TKiqvcJv. 5. e)(ov(TLv otKtd? KaXa?. 6. at

K(Ofxai TTvXd? ovK ej^oucrt^'.^ 7. ov irepirofxev ttjv (^vkaKrjv.

8. dpirdl^eTe tyjv ^(opdv j 9. e/c roii/ kcojjlcjp 7re/A7ret r^)^' orrpa-

Tioiv. 10. e/c T^9 dyopci? ayei^ Tr)v E\Xr)viKr)v <f)vXaKTJp,'

60. 1. Has he a Greek guard? 2. We are not destroying

the gates. 3. I am sending a garrison. 4. You have a beauti-

ful house. 5. He is not plundering the houses in the village.

Note.— ^ For v movable, see 17.

No. 4. The Slaying of the Suitors.

14 FEMININES IN ALPHA {SHORT).

LESSON VI.

A-Declension.— Feminines in a.

61. A few feminines end in a (short). This a appears only

in the nominative, accusative, and vocative singular. The

genitive and dative have a, if €, t, or p precedes, otherwise t].

»2.

FEMININES IN ALPHA (SHORT). 15

63. VOCABULARY.

ap,a|a, tjs, i), wagon. No. 13.

-Y£()>vpa, ds, ij, bridge.

OdXaTra, i;s, ij, sea.

(idxaipa, ds, i] (cf. fidxv)^ knife, sabre.

No. 5.

itIXttj, i;s, i}, shield, target. No. 18.

Tpdirc^a, rjs, i), table. No. 4.

aya9i\, adj., good, brave.

cTTtWj, adj., narroiu.

fls, prep, with ace, i?ito, to (a pro-

clitic).

4ir(, prep. : with gen. , on, upon ; with

dat., on, by, at; with ace, upon, to,

against.

64. 1. 7] OdXaTTa CTTevr) yjp. 2. r)(et otfcta? eTTt ttJ

daXaTTYj ,' 3, rpaTre^d? eVt toji^ ajxa^wv ayere. 4. et? 7171'

ayopav irefiirovaLv dfxd^6i<;. 5. eVl t^ ye(f)vpa (fyvXaKrju

€)(€L dyaO'qv. 6. TreXra? e^o/u,ev /cat fxa^aipaq dya9a<;.

7. eVl T17Z/ OdXaTTav ovk dycj ry)v (pvXaKTjv. 8. TrejaTret?

lxa^aLpd<; ry crTpaTLa,' 9. eVl tt^v y4<j)vpav ovk dyet t^i/

(TTpaTiav. 10. 7171' ^(lipdv aprrdl^ei^ e/c OaXdrrrj^; et?

OdXaTTav.

65. 1. We are destroying the tables. 2. They are not

plundering the wagons. 3. The bridges were long and narrow.

4. Is he bringing the sabres on the wagon? 5. He does not

lead the garrison from the villages to the sea.

No. 6. Attic Four Drachma Piece.

16 IMPERFECT INDICATIVE ACTIVE.

LESSON VII.

Imperfect Indicative Active.

66. In the secondary tenses (50) of the indicative, the verb

receives an Augment {i.e. increase) at the beginning.

67. Augment is of two kinds

:

1. Syllabic augment, which prefixes € to verbs beginning

with a consonant, as Xuco, imperfect e-A-voi/, I was loosing.

2. Temporal augment, which lengthens the first syllable of

verbs beginning with a vowel or diphthong, as 0(70), imperfect

^7oy, I was leading. When augmented, a and c become y\\

I, 0, V become i, co, v ; at and <j, become "^ ; 01 becomes (o.

a. €\(o irregulai'ly has the imperfect ci^ov.

68. The imperfect indicative represents an action as going

on in past time, as eXOop, I tvas loosing or / loosed.

(9

IMPERFECT INDICATIVE ACTIVE. 17

70. Verbs have recessive accent (53). But, under the

general laws, the accent sometimes shifts (19), as eXvov, iXvofi€v,

etc., sometimes changes (21), as et%oi/, I had, et;\;o/iei/, we had.

Review the meanings of all the imrds given in the vocabularies of Lessons

III.-VI.

71. 1. eXvere. 2. -qyov. 3. et^ere. 4. e\vov. 5. rjye<;.

6. el)(e. 7. eySovXcue?. 8. cTre/ATre. 9. rjpTrdt^oyiev.

10. i^ovXevofiev.

72. 1. I loosed. 2. We had. 3. You sent. 4. He planned.

5. They plundered.

73. 1. rj oiKid 6vpd^ /caXag etX^- ^-'''V^

cf)vXaKrjv

irrefjiTrev^ et? tyjv K(oixr)v. 3. iv rats K(0[xai<; Kaka<; elx^^

oiKtdg. 4. T]pTra^€<; ra? (TKr)va<;,' 5. e/c 7179 olKid<; ovk

^y€<; Tr)v (^vkaKiqv. 6. ov)^ rjpjrdl^ofxev ra? /xt/cpd? K(ofid<;.

7. a/xa^d? eV rry dyopa ei^ere. 8. eVl T'^t' OdXarTav -qyov

TT)v E\k7)PLKr)P (f>vXaK7Jv. 9. /xa^atpd? Kat (T^evS6ud<; inl

TTJq afxd^rjq ^yev.^ 10. <f)v\aKr)v 'EXXrjULKrju iTrefXTTOfiei/ el<;

TTjv dyopdv.

W 74. 1. He was destroying the tents. 2. We did not send

the garrison to the bridge. 3. They plundered the wagons.

4. They did not lead the army from the village. 5. You led

the guard from the houses to the sea.

Note. — 1 For v movable, see 17.

18 0-DECLENSION.

LESSON VIII.

'O-Declension.

75. Nouns of the O-Declension end in os (masculine, rarely

feminine) or in ov (neuter).

76.

S. N.

G.

D.

A.

V.

PARADIGMS.

Xo^os, 6, 6 dYaOos avOpwiros,

WORD. THE GOOD MAN.

\6-yos, word 6 d'yaOos avOpwiros

Xd-yov, of a word tov d-yaOov dvOpwirou

Xo^ytj), to or/or a word tw d-yaOw dvOpuTru

XdYOV, word tov d-yaOov dvGpwirov

X6-y6, word d^aOc dvOpwirt

D.N. A.v. Xd-yw

G. D. XdYoiv

Tb> d-yciOb) dvOptdirw

Toiv dYciOoiv dv6pwirok.v

p. N. X6-yoi, words ol d-ya8ol avOpuTroi

G. X6y«v, of words tmv d-yaOwv dv6p<oir«v

D. XdYois, to or/or words rois d^oBois dvOpwirois

A. X6-yovs, words tovs d'yaGovs dvGpciirovs

V. Xd^yoi, O words dYaSol dvGpwiroi

TO KoXiv SwpOV,

THE FINE CIFT.

TO KoXov Supov

TOV KoXov SwpOV

TU KoXw SwpCjt

TO KoXov SupOV

KoXov Swpov

TO) Ka\b> 8wp<i>

TOIV KoXoiV SwpOlV

Td KoXd Swpa

TUV KoXwV 8wpCl>V

TOIS KoXots SupOlS

Td KoXd Swpa

KoXd 8upa

a. For the accent, see 21 (final oi is sliort, 23), 22, 24, 35, 36.

forms 6, ol are proclitic (26).

b. Observe the cases that are alike (30).

The

0-DECLENSION. 19

77. The masculine and neuter of the adjectives thus far

given follow the 0-Declension, the feminine the A-Declension.

The nominative singular, therefore, ends in os, r\ or a, ov

(Latin us, a, um), as follows :

a-ya66s, d'yaOTJ, d.'Ya06v, good. [laKpos, piaKpa, (laKpov, long.

'EWrjviKos, 'EXXtiviK'fi, 'EXXrjviKdv, Greek. (xlKpos, K^iKpo, (iiKpov, little.

KaKos, KaKTJ, KaKov, bad, cowardly. o-tcvos, o-tcvt), o-t€v6v, narrow.

KoXos, KaX'^, KoXov, beautiful. ^o^p6<s, <t>oP<pd, ^o^p6v, frightful.

78. VOCABULARY.

avOpwiros, ov, 6, i], man, human being, 8(i>pov, ov, t6, gift.

Lat. homo. irtSiov, ov, t6, plain.

iiriros, ov, 6, horse. No. 23. \tapiov, ov, t6 (c/. x<ip«)) small place,

Xo-yos, ov, 6, word, speech. place, spot.

'ir6\t\i.os, ov, 6, war.

<rv|i,|xaxos, ov, 6, ally. xal . . . KaC, both . . . and.

a. The article placed after the noun indicates its gender, 6 the mas-

culine, ^ the feminine, to the neuter.

79. 1. hcopa eTre/XTre rrj cTTpaTia.; 2. eV rw ^(opCo) ^aavOLKiat. 3. 6 TToXefxo^ (f)o^€po<; rjv. 4. et? to nehiop enepLTrev

av9p(oirov<;. 6. tov<; tTTTrov? dyopev eK tov ^(optov. 6. eV

T&> Treotftj "^crav /cat lttttol /cat dvOpconoL. 7. S(opa wefXTro-

[xev Tot9 (Tvp^par^oif;. 8. ot crvppa^oL iv iroXepo) KaKol

rjarav. 9. ot twi/ crvixpd)(^(ov Xoyot /caXot rjcrav. 10. ev

rw Treoiw ^crav ot twi' dvdpwircnv ImroL.

80. 1. The allies had horses. 2. I led the horse into the

village. 3. The place was narrow. 4. The man was a coward(i.e. cowardly) in war. 5. He sent horses to the allies.

20 0-DECLENSION.

LESSON IX.

0-Declension (continued).

81. Learn the declension of the definite article in 758. The

vocative does not occur. Greek, like Latin, has no indefinite

article.

82.

0-DECLENSION. 21

83.

Kvpos, ou, 6, Cyrus.

686s, oO, ri, road, way.

oZvos, ov, 6, wine.

irorafids, ov., 6, river.

(rrpa-rq'yis, oO, 6, general.

(}>av€p6s, d, 6>', adj., in plain

sight, visible, evident.

VOCABULARY.

0T]p(ov, ov, t6, wild beast.

oirXov, ov, t6, implement, plur. arms. No. 19.

•irXoiov, oi;, t6, boat. No. 7.

Tojov, 01/, t6, bow. No. 14.

6, fj, t6, the def. art., the.

«, interj. with voc, 0.

8«', conj., &it<, and (a postpositive).

84. 1. (TT€vr) rjv rj 6809. 2. eV rw TreStw -^v^ drfpCa.

3. ra TrXota fiaKpa '^v.^ ' 4. eTrl rw 7rora/x,a> ^1/ o crrpaTr^yo?.

5. TO^a Se, tS Kvpe, ovk exofiev. 6. 6809 <j)avepa dyeu ets

ra? Tov Kvpov Kwyidf;. 7. et? to 7re8tot' 6 (TTpaT7)yo<; eTre/xTre

T0U9 tTrTTOv?. 8. Tw (rTpaTT]y(p oXvov Kvpo? eTreane. 9. 17

6809, cu Kupe, ayet €t9 ireBiov Kokop. 10. ^yyo^' ot lttttol

Kttt T0U9 (TTpaTTjyovs Koi TO. OTrXa.

85. 1. Cyrus sent gifts to the generals. 2. He led the

horse into the river. 3. The general had ships of war.'^

4. We are sending the wine to Cyrus. 5. The generals sent

horses to Cyrus.

Notes.— ^ A neuter plural subject in Greek regularly has its verb in

the singular. See the Rule of Syntax in 802.— ^ TrAoTa fjuiKpai Cf. Latin

ndues longae.

No. 7. Bronze Boat used as a Lamp.

22 FUTURE AND FIRST AORIST INDICATIVE ACTIVE.

LESSON X.

Future and First Aorist Indicative Active.

FUTURE AND FIRST AOBIST INDICATIVE ACTIVE. 23

1. A TT-mute (it p ^) unites with o- and forms \|f (9), as -Trefiir-o),

irefiyjro) (jrefXTr-aQ)), eirefi-^a (eire^nT-aa).

2. A /c-mute (k -y x) unites with a and forms | (9), as 8iq)/c-<o^

pursue, 8lq)^(o (Stw/c-o-G)), iSico^a (i8ia)K-(ra).

3. A T-mute (t 8 6) before <r is dropped, as dpird^co (verb stem

dpiraS), dpTrdcrco (dpTraS-aa)), rjp7raa-a (r^pirao-crd).

91. Some verbs lack the first aorist. Such verbs often have

a Second aorist, which ends in ov, and is conjugated exactly

like the imperfect (69), as d'ye!), d^co, second aorist rjyayov,

I led, rjyaye'i, you led, ^yaye, he led, etc., e;^©, e|ft), second

aorist ea^ov, I had, eo-;^€9, you had, ea^X^i ^^ had, etc.

a. The breathing of the future l^w is irregular.

92. The present infinitive active ends in €iv, as \veLv, to

0,, TrdixTreiv, to send, etc.

93. Compound verbs consist of a preposition and a simple

verb. If the preposition ends in a vowel and the simple verb

begins Avith one, the vowel of the preposition is generally

elided (16). Compound verbs take the augment between the

preposition and the simple verb. If two vowels are thus

brought together, the first is generally elided, as iin-fiovXetxo,

plot against, imperfect iir-ejSovXevov.

94. VOCABULARY.

dOpoi^w (verb stem aOpoiS), dOpoio-w, d8€X({>6s, oO, 6, brother.

liepoio-a, collect. pdpPapos, ov, 6, barbarian. No. 67.

8i(iK«, 8k6^«, €Si«|a, pursue. jito-e6s, ov, 6, pay.

t-n-i-povXtio), 4-iri-povX€vo-io, €-rr-€poiX«v- iroXtVios, a, ov (c/. irSXe^ws), hostile;

era, plot against. ^ ^«^"' "' iroUi^coc, the enemy.

KcXcvci), KcXcvo-w, cK^Xcvo-a, command. totc, adv., then, at thai time.

24 FUTURE AND FIRST AORIST INDICATIVE ACTIVE.

95. 1. e^ovcrt. 2. y^dpoicrav. 3. irefixl/eTe. 4. e/ceXcv-

<ras. 5. eVt^ovXevcro/xe^'. 6. ihico^are. 7. yjyayofjLev.

8. d^ere. 9. e(r;(€9. 10. Tjpirdcraixev.

96. 1. I shall pui-sue. 2. We shall have. 3. We com-

manded. 4. He will collect. 5. They led (second aorist).

97. 1. ov Slco^q) Toi)^ 7roXe/atou9. 2. ra Swpa e^ofxev

;

3. Ta9 (TK-qva^; aprrdcrovaLV ol /BdpfiapoL. 4. /ceXevcret toi/

(TTpaTiqyov tov<? dvOpcoTrov? \v€lv. 5. tous (Tvp.pia)(ov<i

Tjyayev els (among) tov^ ^apj3dpov<;. 6. Kvpo? eTTtySovXeucret

Tw dSeX^o).^ 7. 7019 dvdpcxiTTOi'i Tore e7re/i,i|/€ Kupo? pLiadov.

8. 6 8e <TTpaTrjyo<; ttjv cfyvXaKrjv ecr^e 77)1' 'EXXr^i/t/ofi'.^

9. €15 TO TreSiov ddpoLcreL tovs (his) 'FjkXr}VLKOv<; (TVfiixd^ov<;.

10. /cat cTTt TTjv yecfivpav tov arpaTiqyov nefnreLu e/ceXevcrc

Kupos <f)vXaKT]v.

98. 1. The barbarians sent the , man. 2. The generals

brought (second aorist) horses at that time. 3. Will Cyrus

send good wine to the general ? 4. He will not plot against

the allies. 5. He will command the general to pui-sue the

enemy.

Notes.— ^ The dative follows the compound verb. See the Rule in

865. Note also that the article is here used, as often, instead of the pos-

sessive pronoun, his brother. — ^ "Wg might have t^v 'EXXrjvLKrjv fttvXaKrjv

or <f>v\aKrjv rrjv 'EAAi;viki/v. See the Rule in 812.

MASCULINES OF THE A-DECLENSION. 25

LESSON XL

A-Declension.— Masculines.

99. Masculines of the A-Declension end in as or r\s (37).

If €, I, or p precedes they end in as, otherwise in t]s.

100. Learn the declension of vcavias* youny man, o-TpaTiw-

TT|S, soldier, ir€XTa(TTTJs, targeteer, and Ilepo-qs, Persian, in 740.

101. Masculines in as or 7\s differ from feminines in a or t]

(38, 44) only in the nominative and genitive singular, except

that those in tt]S and names signifying nationality with nomi-

native in -qs have the vocative singular in a (short).

102. VOCABULARY.

Ev<j>paTT)s, ov, 6, t?ie Euphrates.

vcavCas, ov, 6, young man.

oirXt-nis, ou, 6 (c/. SttXov), heavy-armed foot soldier,

hoplite. No. 8.

irtXrao-T^s, ov, 6, targeteer (named from his shield,

itAttj). No. 10.

Il€p<rns, ov, 6, a Persian. No. 11.

orrpaTiwTtjs, ov (cf. a-Tparii), 6, soldier.

To|6Tt]s, ov, 6, bowman (named from his bow,

t6^ov). No. 13.

S€|i6s, d, 6»', right (as opposed to left).

Tpi.aK6o-ioi, ai, a, 300.

ovT€ . . . ovTt, adv. , neither . . . nor.

<rvv, prep, with dat., with, in company with, Lat. cum.

No. 8.

Greek Warrior.

26 PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT INDICATIVE ACTIVE.

103. 1. (TTpaTLciyrd<; /cat lttttov? aOpoicroi T(a^ YLvpo).

2. 6 8e vedvCdq toI<; crTparLoyrai^ ine/SovXeve. 3. ctti top

^v^pdriqv TTOTafxov d^eu tov<; crrpartcuTdg. 4. kol tov<; crvv

Tut crTpaTrjyM OTrXtrds rjyayov et? Kcofjid<;. 5. tov Tleparjv

iqyayev et? Tr)v rov crTpaTLcoTov a-K-qvrjv , 6. ol crrpaTtwrat

ev (f)v\aKy i^oven tov<; IIepcrd<;. 7. rov FiV(f>paTr)p TTora/xov

iv Be^LO, ^ ex^*"' ^- o ^^ aTpaTrjyo<; ovre to^ottjv ^l^ev ovre

ireXTacTTTJv. 9. avv rot? (/«*«) TreXrao-rar? ihicoKe tov<;

T0^6Td<;. 10. 6 he aTpaT-qyo^s TpidKO(jiov<; oirXlTd*; /cat

TreXracTTa? cx^*^*

104. 1. The general was not leading the hoplites. 2. Both

the taigeteers and the bowmen were brave. 3. The young

man was in the village. 4. They sent hoplites and targeteers.

5. He will send beautiful gifts to the Persians.

XoTES.— ^Proper names may take the article. — ^ iv Se^ia, oti Ms

right (hand).

LESSON XII.

Perfect and Pluperfect Indicative Active.

105. The perfect and pluperfect, in all the moods, have a

Reduplication, which is the mark of completed action.

106. Verbs beginning with a single consonant (except p)

are reduplicated in the perfect by prefixing that consonant

followed by €, as Xiw, \e-\vKa. A rough mute (7) is changed

to the cognate (8) smooth, as dvco, sacrifice, re-BvKa.

28 PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT INDICATIVE ACTIVE.

112. In vowel verbs the stem may not be affected by adding

Ka and kt], as ^ovXevco, ^e^ovXev-Ka, i^e^ovXev-Kij, KeXevoo^

KCKeXev-Ka, iKCKeXev-Kr).

a. Ix*^ has the irregular forms f(r)(r]Ka, ia-xrjKTj.

113. Verbs whose stem ends in a x-mute (t 8 6) drop

the mute before Ka and Kr\, as aOpoL^co (aOpoiB), rjOpoL-Ka^

rjOpoi-Krj.

114. Some verbs whose stem ends in a ir-mute (ir p (j))

or a K-mute (k -y x) ^^^ ^ ^^^^"H

ii^stead of Ka and Kq, and

aspirate the final letter of the stem, changing ir and p to<J>,

and K and -y to Xi as

7re)u,7r£y, 7re7ro/i<^a (with change of € of the stem to o),

€7re7ro'/A(^-77.

aya, rjx-a, rJX'V-

115. The perfects and pluperfects just described (114) are

called Second perfects and pluperfects.

116. VOCABULARY.

8i-apird^(i>, 8i-apirdo-(o, Si-Vjpircura, 8i- ElX^apxoSi ov, 6, Clearchus.

'^piraKa, plunder completely, sack. opKos, ov, 6, oath.

6vw, 6v<r«, cOwo-a, r^OvKa, sacrifice. ({>6^s, ov (cf. (po^epSi), 6, fear.

No. 9.

a-rpardw, o-Tpaxcvo-w, to-rpdrevo-a, 7<ip, conj., /or (a postpositive).

^crrpdrevKa {cf. arparii, (rrpartwrTjs),

,.... Sid, prep. : with gen ., through; with ace,

make an ezpeditton. > f i- o> » >

on account of.

8ap€iK6s, ov, 6, daric (a gold coin). irpis, prep.: with gen., over against;

No. 22. with dat., at ; with ace, to, against,

9t6s, ov, i, rj, god, goddess. towards.

PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT INDICATIVE ACTIVE. 29

117. 1. icr)(T]KaT€. 2. eXeXv/cet. 3. icTTpaTevKdcri.

4. reOvKe. 5. icr)(r]Krf. 6. rfpirdKaixev. 7. SLr)pTra.Kecrav.

8. TreVo/A^a?. 9. eKe/ceXev/cecrai'. 10. eTn^e^ovXevKdcn.

118. 1. We have had. 2. I had commanded. 3. They

had pursued. 4. You have sent. 6. He has jjlotted against.

119. 1. Toif^ TToXe/txtov? Sehico^afiev Sto, twv kco/jlcov el<;

TTjV BakaTTav. 2. koL ra? a.jxd^d<s ol ^dpfiapoL Sn^pTra/ce-

craf. 3. TpidKoaiov^ SdpeiKov^ eTreTrofxcjiefxev toI<; oTrXtrat?.

4. KXeapxo^s Se eVe/8ey8ovXevKet rot? Ile/acrat?. 5. ot arpa-

TioiTaL Tov avOpcDTTOv Tj^ecTav irpo^ Kvpov. 6. ovk e/ce/ce-

XevKet 6 K\€ap)(o<? tov<; (TTpaTLcorrd<; Oveiv. 7. €7rt tt^v to)v

TToXefjbLcov ^(jtipdv icTTpaTevKare. 8. XeXu/cdcrt rov? [their)

opKov<; ol (TTpaTr]yoC • ov ya/a reOvKdcn rot? Oeois-

9. 7)dpoiKa<;, (6 Kvpe, ctti tov? ^ap^dpov<; tov<; TreXraora?

/cat T0V9 To^ora?. 10. ot 8e crT/aartwrat ra? dfxd^d<;

iXekvKecrav Sto, toi^ (their) t(ov noXefjLL(oi/ (poftov.

120. 1. We have broken our oaths. 2. The soldiers had

sacrificed to the gods. 3. Have the peltasts sacked the villages ?

4. The soldier has plotted against Cyrus. 5. His brother had

ordered Cyrus to send gifts.

No. 9. Sacrifice.

30 THE ART OF BEADING.

LESSON XIII.

The Art of Reading.

121. In reading an inflected language, such as Greek, the

knowledge of three things is absolutely necessary: first, of

words ; secondly, of forms ; thirdly, of constructions.

122. The acquisition of this knowledge is gradual. The pupil should

commit thoroughly to memory the meaning of each new word as it occurs

;

he should learn the forms of the different cases, tenses, and numbers so

accurately, the first time the paradigms occur, as to be able instantly to

recognize these forms thereafter at sight ; and as he reads, he should care-

fully note the laws of construction, especially those which differ from the

corresponding constructions in Latin and English.

123. DIRECTIONS FOR READING.

1 . Read each sentence aloud in the original. Pronounce each

word distinctly.

In reading^

a. Observe sharply the forms of the words, so as to become at once a'rare

of their grammatical relations.

b. Make the utmost effort of memory to recall the meanings of tcords alrejtihi

met.

c. Follow the Greek order strictly in arriving at the thought. Observe care-

fully the order of the words and the marks of punctuation.

2. If the thought expressed in the sentence is not perfectly

clear, repeat the whole process.

3. Translate the sentence into simple, idiomatic English.

THE ART OF BEADING, 31

124. VOCABULARY.

apxTJ; V^j V, rule, province, satrapy. Ilepo-iKos, v, (>v {cf. Il^/ixrijs), Persian.

ASpcios, ov, 6, Darius II. o-aTpdinis, ov, 6, satrap, viceroy.

Sciv6s, v> ^"t terrible, skilful. vios, ov, 6, son.

Urxvp6s, d, 6v, strong; x^P^"" Icrx^p^v, acrri, conjunctive adv., so as, so that,

stronghold. wherefore.

READING LESSON.

125. The Parentage, Race, and Power of Cyrus the Younger.

Kvpos, o Tov Adpeiov vt09, Ilepcrry? ^v /ca\o9 Kat dya-

d6<;. craTpdiTrjv Be avroi^ iirovqaev 6 Adpelo^ ttJs AvStd?

Kol T17? ^pvytd<; kol ttJ? KaTTTraSoKid?.

^oipia Se IcT^vpd eT^ei/ eV ttj apxy o Kv/do? kol TrXota

5 fxaKpd iv Tjj daXaTTj), kol crrpartwrat Se avrw iv ry

X^P^ 'rjfJ'av dyaSoi, OTrXirat ^XKtjvlkoi Kai TreXracrral

KoX To^orat UepcTLKOi.

Tiacra(f)€pvr)(; Se, 6 ttJ? Kdptd? crar/aciTn^?, rw Kvpa> tto-

Xe/xto? -^i^, rdre Se ovre icTTpdrevep in avTov ovre hajpira^e

10 TTjv ^wpdv. Kv/D09 yap aTpaTr]yo<s iv TroXe'/xw Seti/o? t^i^,

vlo^ Se TOV AdpeLov • cocrre (f>6/3ov elj^ei/ 6 TLcraa<f)€pu7)<s

7rpo9 Kvpot'.

Notes. — 2. avrov : ^jm, accusative.— €iro£7i<r€v : made, from Troiew,

future TTOi-ja-o), aorist iiroirja-a.— AvStas : for words not occurring in the

preceding vocabularies, see the general vocabulary at the end of the book.

— 5. Kttl oTpaTicoTai 8* : kcu in the sense of also. — avT§ : to him, dative.

arpaTLwraL avr<S rjaav is equivalent to (ttparLiar a.<i t'x^. For the dative,

see the Rule of Syntax in 862. —- 6. For the appositlves oTrXTrai, TreArao-Tai,

ro^orai, see the Rule of Syntax in 804.— 9. eir' avrdv: a case of elision (16).

32 ADJECTIVES OF THE VOWEL DECLENSION.

LESSON XIV.

Adjectives of the Vowel Declension.

126. Learn the declension of d'yaOds, good, and of d|ios,

worthy, in 750.

127. The masculine and neuter of these adjectives follow

the 0-Declension, the feminine the A-Declension. They are,

therefore, said to be of the Vowel Declension (34).

128. If €, I, or p precedes os, the nominative singular

feminine ends in a, otherwise in r\ (37).

129. The nominative, genitive, and vocative plural feminine follow the

accent of the masculine, as a|iai (following the accent of a^tos, like a^ioi),

not a^ujx (from the nominative singular d^id), and d^toiv, not a^iunv as in

nouns of the A-Declension.

130. Some adjectives of the Vowel Declension have the

masculine and feminine alike, as airopos, diropos, (iiropov,

impassable, impracticable.

131. VOCABULARY.

aYpios, a. Of, wild. Svos, ou, 6, ass.

a^ios, a, ov, worthy^ becoming^ right. opOios, d, ov, steep.

airopos, ov, without resources,"impass- iraUt, iraCcrw, ciraicra, ir^aiKa, strike,

able, impracticable. hit, beat.

'ApTo^^p^Tis, ov, 6, Artaxerxes II. irdw, adv., very, altogether, wholly.

tiriT^Stios, d, ov, suitable, fit, deserving; irio-Tos, t}, 6v, faithful, trustworthy.

TO. eiriri}5eio, provisions, supplies. <}>CXios, a, ov, friendly.

ADJECTIVES OF THE VOWEL DECLENSION. 33

132. 1, oi/oi dypLOL /cat ImroL iv t(o TreStw rfaav. 2. 6

Ev(f)paT'r)<; noTafjios airopo^i rjv. 3. 17 8e 6S09 crrev^ rjv koX

opOia. 4. i^ofxev Se, tS Kvpe, ra eVtTiySeta ; 5. 6 'A/ara-

^€p^r)<; T(o dSe\(f)w TToXe/xto? ^v. 6. 8ta ^tXtd? 0Lp)(rj<; d^ei

6 craTpdiTr)^ tov<; (TTpaTLcardS' 7. ri^t' TTokepiidv ^wpdv

^dpelo^ SLTjpirdKei. 8. wcrre tw ^ApTa^ep^rj irdvv TroXe/itos

^v, Kvpo) Se TTtcTTos- 9. ovK d^iov Tjv {it ivas not right) t&»

OTrXiTr) TTaleiv top UepcriKov to^ottjv. 10. ol Hepaat ovre

(^tXtOt OVT€ TTLCTTol yCTaV.

133. 1. The road was impassable. 2. Cyrus did not send

provisions to the garrison. 3. They will lead the men to

strongholds. 4. The hoplites were good and faithful soldiers.

5. It was right for Cyrus to send gifts to his soldiers.

134. Artaxerxes becomes King and arrests .Cyrus.

Kvpo? ovv craTpdnr)^ rjv Trjf% AuStd? koX Trj<; <i>pvyLd<;

Kal Trj<; Kamra^oKid^. iirel Se eVeXeuTT^cre Adpeto?, 'Ap-

Ta^ep^r)^ 6 tov Kvpov dSeXff)0<; e'/^acrtXevcre tcji^ Uepcrcjp,

/cat TL(raa(f)€pvr]<5 Sta^ctXXet tov Kvpov npos tov dSeX-

6 <f)ov w? inL^ovXeveL avTco. 6 S' ^ApTa^ep^-q^ avWajx/Bduet

Kvpov.

Notes.— 1. ovv: then, continuing the narrative.— 2. itrtl : when

4T€X€vni<r€ : from TcAevrato, die, TeXevT-qaw, iTfXtvr-qcra. Translate by the

English pluperfect, had died.— 3. tPao-CXewo-t : the aorist sometimes has an

inceptive force, as /SacrtAeuco, be king, i^aa-iXeva-a, became king.— EEfpcruv :

the genitive after a verb signifying to rule (847).— 4. SiapdXXci : historical

present. For the meaning of all words not given in the previous vocabu-

laries, see the general vocabulary, — 5. ws : that. For ws inifiovXtvei

(literally, that he is plotting) we should say, 0/plotting.

34 ANALYSIS OF PRIMARY TENSES OF INDICATIVE.

LESSON XV.

Analysis of the Primary Tenses of the Indicative Active.

135. To the verb stem (54) different Tense Suffixes are

added to form the Tense Stems of the verb, as Xvco, stem XU,

present tense suffix o or € (for convenience written %), present

tense stem XUo or XUc (Xv"/^).

136. To form the complete tenses, Personal Endings

are added to the different tense stems. These distinguish the

different pereons of the verb. The personal endings of the

pHmary (50) tenses in the active voice are :

• SINGULAR. DCAL. PLURAL.

1 -|W. -|UV

2 -<r{<7-l) -TOV -T€

3 -<ri(Tt) -TOV -v<rv

137. Review the conjugation of the present, future, and

first perfect indicative active of Xvct) in 765 (Xvco), 766 (Xixro)),

and 768 (XcXvKa).

138. The present stein of Avo) is AtJ°/e (135); \vo occurs before j*. or v

in the endings, elsewhere Ave. In the singular, the terminations od, cis, tu

are difficult to analyze, but in the dual and plural, the tense stem and

personal endings are easily distinguished. Xiovcri is for Auo-vcri.

139. The future stem of Auw is Auo-°/e, formed by adding the tense

suffix cro or o-« ((r^/j) to the verb stem.

140. The first perfect stem of Avw is Ac-Avko, formed by reduplicating

the verb-stem Xv and adding the tense suffix Ka. The endings /uti and <n

are dropped, and in the third singular final a is changed to c. AcAvxacri

is for \(XvKa-v(TU

ANALYSIS OF PRIMARY TENSES OF INDICATIVE. 36

141. VOCABULARY.

ayycXos, ok, 6, messenger, scout. Orjpcvw, Otjpcvo-w, ^OTJpcvo-a, rcO^pcvKa

avrl, prep, with geu., instead of. (c/. Oripiov), hunt wild beasts, hunt,

Aird, prep, with gen., off from, from. catch. No. 45.

ciTifidtw (dri^aS), dTi(id(rca, TJTt|ia(ra, oXcOpos, ou, 6, destruction, loss.

TJTt|i,aKa, dishonor, disgrace. oijtws (before a vowel), ovt» (before a

8£kt), tjs, i], justice, punishment. consonant), adv., thus, so.

4ir«C, conj., when, since. xdXiv, adv., back, again.

liruTToX'rfj, ^j, i], letter. <{>(Xo$, ov, 6 (of. <^iXioj), friend.

142. 1. oTrXtrd? 'q')(oicnv avrl to^otwv. 2. rot? a"v^-

/utct^ots ovTcos eVt^ouXevere. 3. Kv/aov 8e rfTlfxaKe. 4. drjpCa

diTO LTTTTOV {ou horscback) redrfpevKa. 5. ra? eVto'ToXas

TT€fixjjoix€v Tol^ (^tXot? / 6. KXea/)^09, w crrpaTLwraL, ivet

rov? 0/3KOU9 XeXvKe, Tr)v SiKrjv c^et. 7. rr^i' 8e ^(i)pdv

rjpirdKafJLev Bud tov oXedpov tcov (TTparLOiTOiv. 8. roi^

ayyeXoi' irefXTreL Trakiv iirl to i(T)(ypov ^oipiov.

143. 1. We shall collect allies for our friends. 2. Hehas hunted wild beasts on horseback. 3. The messenger

will sacrifice to the gods. 4. I have commanded the soldiers

to plunder the wagons. 5. Cyrus sends the general a letter.

144. Cyrus escapes with his Life, and plots against his Brother.

ovTO} hrj (then) rjTLfxal^e tov dSeX(f)6v *ApTa^€p^r)<;. rj 8e

[XT]Tr]p (of. Latin mater) Xvet Kvpov kol (XTroTrejXTreL iraXiv

eVt Tr)v dp)(T]v. Kvpo? Se eVet rJKev €t? Tr)v AvSldv^

/BovXevet OTTOJ? /SacriXeucret {how he shall be king., to be king)

5 dvTl TOV dd€X(f)0V • TToXcfXLO^ "Y^P OLVT(p rfV. ol 8' iv TTf

o.pxti ^dpfiapoL Kvpo) <^tXtot kol Trtcrrol '^crav.

36 ANALYSIS OF SECONDARY TENSES OF INDICATIVE.

LESSON XVI.

Analysis of the Secondary Tenses of the Indicative Active.

145. The personal endings of the secondary (50) tenses in

the active voice are :

ANALYSIS OF SECONDARY TENSES OF INDICATIVE. 37

151. 1. Tov <^povp(xp')(ov ineTraLKeaav. 2. Kvpo<s ovv Ta>

dSe\(f)(o KaKov^ i^ovXevev. 3. ol vedviai ro^a fxaKpd t)X€-

crav Kol acftevhovoiq dyadd^. 4. /cat 6 (TTpaTrjyof; iarpa-

Tevcreu inl ttjv tov (Tarpdirov ^(opdv. 5. crvveTreixTTOfJLev tco

(TTpaTTjyco a\Xov9 (TTpaTLcard^ dyadov^. 6. CTret eXvcrav ra?

(jTvovZa^, Ta9 K(o[jid<; Siapirdaofjiev. 7. ol Se ^dp^apoi

eTo^evaap dno tcjp lttttcov. 8. tov Xoxdyov oS8e •^yov 77/309

TOV KXeapxoV' 9. 6 ya/a 'ApTa$ep$r}<; eKeKeXevKeu tov

(TaTpaTrqv Sacr/xous TreyiTT^iv. 10. CTTpaTiuyrd^ iv T(o la^vpio

^aypioi el^ere t/cavov? ra? KCJixd^ Sta/)7ra^€tJ'.^

152. 1. I had collected hoplites and bowmen as follows.

2. They planned evil for the others. 3. The hoplites with

Cyrus were plundering the wagons. 4. Both generals and

captains had sacrificed. 5. He bade the satrap send gifts.

Notes.— ^ /caxov, evil, neuter singular of /caKos used as a noun.—' Dependent on iKavovs, enough to plunder.

153. Cyrus begins to take Active Measures.

TTjv Se (TTpaTidv ttjv *FiXXr)vLK^v wSe yjdpoL^e • rous

Twv <f)vXaKOJv (f)povpdp)(^ov<; KeXeveu dOpoit^etv (TTpaTL(iyrd<;

UeXoTrovvqcrLov? • ivofxii^e ydp, cJs (as) eXeye, Ttcrcra-

<f>€pvr]v iTTL^ovXeveLv Trj dp^rj. koX tj fxev aXXrj 'lajvid

5 Tore T(o Kvpoj (faXtd kol TrLCTrf rjv^ MtXT7T09 Se iroXefxCd.

Kv/309 ovv TTjv MtXrjTOv TToXiopKeL KOL /caTO, (ht/) yrjv (land)

Kai Kara OdXaTTav.

Notes.— 3. Tio-o-a«j)^pvt)v linPovXivciv : translate, that Tissaphernes was

plotting against.— 4. yiiv : see the general vocabulary.— 6. iroXiopKci : by

contraction for TroXiopKcei, present third singular of ttoA-io/okco), besiege.

38 DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. — avT(k.

LESSON XVII.

Demonstrative Pronouns.— avros.

154. The principal demonstrative pronouns are oStos, this.,

Latin hic, oSc, this, and ckcivos, that, Latin ille.

155. The pronoun avTos is properly intensive, self, Latin

ipse.

156. Learn the declension of outos, o8€, and ckcivos in 762,

and of avxds in 759.

157. These pronouns are declined, in the main, like adjectives of the

vowel declension (126 ff.); 68e is declined like the article (758), with the

enclitic suffix St added.

158. When a demonstrative pronoun agrees with a noun, it

takes the article, and stands either before or after both article

and noun, not between them.

159. 1. iK€ivo<i, that (yonder), is used of something remote ;

oBe, this (here), of something near or present.

2. 0UT09 is used in referring to something which has already

been mentioned ; oSe, in referring to something which is about

to be mentioned.

Thus: ovTOS 6 crrpaTr^yos or 6 <TTpaTrjy6<: outos dya^os rjv, this general

(one already mentioned) tvas brave ; lAe^e Tahf., he said this, i.e. he .<tpoke as

folloiL-s; iv eKeivr) rfj KWfxr) dvaofiev, we will offer sacrifice in that village

(yonder).

DEMONSTEA TIVE PRONOUNS. — avTO<i. 39

160. In all its cases avr6<i may mean self ; when preceded by

the article it means same ; in its oblique cases it may mean

him, her, it, them.

Thus: auTos o orpaTy/yos iXc^e ravra, the general himself said this, but

6 avTos (TTpaTrjyo^ lA.€^e ravra, the same general said this; 6v(tu) auros,

/ myself will offer sacrifice ; ol crrparioirai aurovs liraiov, the soldiers struck

them.

161. VOCABULARY.

'Ap£oTiinros, ov, 6, Aristippus.

avTos, :^, 6, pron., self, same, him,

her, it.

cKclvos, Vi 0, pron., that.

tiriPovX'^, •^y, ii {cf. e-rriPovXeiw), plot,

scheme, design.

0€TTaX6s, ov, 6, a Thessalian.

\«-Y«, \^|», iXtifl, {cf. \6yos), say, speak,

tell, state, report.

(urd, prep.: with gen., with, in com-

pany with; with ace, behind, after.

I^vos, ov, 6, stranger, ^^ guest friend,''"'

guest, hast.

oSc, ^8€, t68« {cf. w5e), pron., this, the

following.

ovTOs, aiirq, tovto {cf. ovtws), pron., this.

ri, conj., and (enclitic and postposi-

tive); T€ . . . Ka(, both . . . and.

162. 1. avTai at olKiai 0vpd<; €)(OV(Ti. 2. ovtoi ol

arpaTLwrai eiraiov top ^evov. 3. 'ApCaTLTTTro^ Se 6 ©erra-

X69 ^epo<; Tjv avT(o. 4. fiera he rovrov KXeap^o? avro?

eXe^e rctSe. 5. kcu rj0poit,ov tov<^

TreXracrra? ovrw? ovtol. 6. tol avra

ravra ^ ^ovkevovai. 7. /cat /ceXevet

avTou? \eyeiv ravra. 8. avri7 17 eTTt-

^ovXi^ ovK Tjv <j)avepd. 9. ovro? Se ^°' '°- 'r«>^^«<^'-'^J-

o avro? /ceXevet eKeivov^ dpird^eip ttjv ^(jjpdv. 10. ravra

eXe^^e KXea/0^09 • ol Se (rrpartwrat, ot re ^ avrov ^ eKeivov

/cat ot aXXot, iKeXevop avrov dyeiv T7)v arparidv.

40 DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. — auT09.

163. 1. These soldiers were friendly. 2. Cyrus sent these

soldiers their pay. 3. But the general spoke to them as

follows. 4. They conduct him to the same general.

Notes.— ^ to. avTo. ravra, these same (plans), a cognate accusative (833).

— ^ ol T€, both the (soldiers). The proclitic ot receives an accent from the

following enclitic.— 'Agrees with ckciVov, and = ipslus.

164. He hoodwinks the King.

ovTco<; ovv eTrl MiX.r]Tov ttjv arpaTiav i^Opoil^ev 6 Kvpo<;.

irpo<; he rov dSeX(f)Ov dyyeXov^ eTrepAJje kol eXe^e Toioe •

" iTnOvfjia), (3 'Apra^ep^r], koI (also) T179 'Ifui'tds craTpa-

ireveiv, TL(Tcra(f)epin)v 8' e/c T179 '^o)pd<; e/cySctXXett'." /cat y)

5 fxyJTYjp cru/zTTparret avrw ravra. tucrre ov^ uTTOTrrevet

6 'ApTa^€p^7)<; Trjv tov Kvpov eTn^ovkiqv • dTreirefiire yap

avrw Tov<; hacrfiov^ iKelvo<;.

Notes.— 3. Iiri8vn» : by contraction for i7n9vfie<i), I desire. — *I«v£as :

the genitive follows verbs signifying to rule (847).— 5. ontji-irpoTTCi : does

this with him, i.e. cooperates with him in this (865).

No. I I . Ancient Persians.

PRESENT AND IMPERFECT INDICATIVE OF et/it. 41

LESSON XVIII.

Present and Imperfect Indicative of €l|Jii, be.

165. Learn the conjugation of the present and imperfect

indicative of €l|u, he, in 795.

106. All the forms of the present indicative of eifii are

enclitic except el. The third singular earC takes v-movable (17)

like words in ai. Further, eVrt becomes etrrt

:

1. At the beginning of a sentence, as 1(tti 8€ Kvpa» /Sao-iXeia, Cyrus has

a palace.

2. When it signifies existence or possibility, as iv rots ftapfidpoK tcrrLv

ouTw Xe'yciv, it is possible to speak thus among the barbarians.

3. When it follows ovk, el, ws, Kai, tovto, and some othei words, as

ovK eoTt Ku/ao) ttXoui, Cyrus has no boats.

167. Proclitics (26) have no effect on the accent of the fol-

lowing word. The proclitics are the forms 6, 17, ol, ai of the

article ; the prepositions et<>, into, ef (e/c), out of, iv, in ; the

conjunctions el, if, and oJ?, as, that; and the negative ov

(ovk, ov'x), 7lOt.

168. An enclitic (27) generally loses its own accent, but in

the following cases it retains it

:

1. When a dissyllabic enclitic follows a word with the acute on the

penult, as <f>L\oi iare, you are friends.

2. When the preceding syllable is elided (16), as ravr ccrrt kuko., this

is bad.

169. The word before an enclitic always retains its ownaccent, and never changes an acute to the grave (25).

Further :

42 PRESENT AND IMPERFECT INDICATIVE OF elfii.

1. If it has the acute on the antepenult or circumflex on the penult,

it receives from the enclitic an acute on its last syllable as a second accent,

as a$i6v IcTTL, it is right, ayaOoi outos icrri, he is brave.

2. If it has the acute on the penult or the acute or circumflex on the

ultima, it receives no additional accent, as $evoi ia-fiev (168, 1), we are

friends, KaKoC c(tt€, you are cowards, Ttuv arpaTioyTwy rtves, some of the soldiers.

3. If it is a proclitic or an enclitic, it receives an acute, as el rt?, if

anybody ; et tis <\>rj(n. (enclitic) rauTa, if anybody says this.

170. VOCABULARY.

Pao-CXcios, ov (130), royal; neut. plur. (idXXov, adv., more, rather.

^affiXeia as noun, palace. (lopioi, ot, a, 10,000.

clp,(, imperf. riv, fut. e<ro|xai, he. irapaScicros, ov, 6, park.

IvravOa, adv.,tAere, here, in this place. irdpoSos, ov, ij, ivay by or along, pas-

f[, conj., than, Lat. quam. sage, pass.

MaCavSpos, ov, 6, the Maeander, a wind- f"\'i'f\, v^, v, fountain, head, spring.

ing river in Asia Minor. source.

171. 1. el iirl {in the power of) rw d8eX(^a>. 2. ovk

d^Lov icTTL ra? <nTOvoa<; \veiv. 3. ivravOa yap icTTiv rj

ndpoho^ (TTevrj. 4. Kvpw fxdWov (^iXot eVre 17 tw aSeX-

(f)(o. 5. TQfxev iv T(p TrapaoeLcro). 6. KXeap^w 8e fxvpiOL

hdpeLKoC eicTL. 7. ^eVot icrfieu, (o Kvpe, t(o craTpdnr). 8. ai

8e Tr'qyai tov MaidpSpov Trora/xou elcnv e'/c tmv ^acrtXetcof.

9. Kvpoj iare, (o crrpartoirat, /cat <^i\oi /cat (rv/x/xa^ot.

10. Icrxt 8e Ki)/3w /cat /SatrtXeta /cat ^(opiov lcr)(vpov eVt

rat? TOV TTOTafxov 7rr]yai<;.

172. 1. This country is hostile to Artaxerxes. 2. The

soldiers have arms and horses. 3. These friends of Cyrus

were soldiere. 4. For you are in a hostile land. 5. In this

place there was a beautiful park.

PRESENT, IMPERFECT, FUTURE INDICATIVE MIDDLE. 43

173. He continues to collect Forces.

aXXovs 8e (TTpaTLCordf; Kvpo) r]6poi(,e KXeap^o? 6 Aa/ce-

Sat/Aoi'to? iv Xeppovyjcro) • rovrco yap co<; (as) ^tXoj

TTa/aecr^e fivpCovs Sdpei/cov?. ^ApCcTTLTnro^ he 6 ©erraXo?

Revo's rjv avrco, koX iv ©erraXia crrpariav rjOpoitev.

5 eKcXevae Se /cat Upo^evov /cat Xoffyaiverov jxera twv

akXcop arpaTrjycjp (TTpaTeveiv Kat eiroiovv ovt(o<s ovtol.

Notes.— 3. irap«(rx€ : second aorist (91) of Trap-t^w, Ao/rf beside or near,

furnish, give. The preposition Tra/aa signifies beside. The accent of a com-

pound verb cannot go further back than the augment.— 6. iirolovv : by

contraction for iirouov, third plural imperfect indicative active of Troico), do.

LESSON XIX.

Present, Imperfect, and Future Indicative Middle.

174. In the Middle (48) voice the subject is represented as

acting

:

1. On himself, as iropevw, make go, middle, make oneself go, proceed

;

viidio, persuade, middle, persuade oneself, trust, obey.

2. For himself, as ayopd^oi, buy, middle, buy for oneself; fxtTaTrlfnru),

send after, middle, send for a person or thing to come to oneself, summon,

send for; (TTpaTev(o, make war, middle, take thefeld, march.

3. On something belonging to himself, as Xvw, loose, middle, loose one's

own, ransom ; ayw, bring, middle, bring one's own.

175. The personal endings (136) in the indicative middle

^^® • Primary.

44 PRESENT, IMPERFECT, FUTURE INDICATIVE MIDDLE.

176. Learn the conjugation of the present, imperfect, and

future indicative middle of \ug>, in 765 (Xijo|tai and €XU6|iiiv)

and 766 (Xvaofjiai).

177. The present stem, found in the present and imperfect, is Xv^/^

(138 and 147), the future stem is \v(t°/^ (139). The forms Xvei, i\vov,

and Auo-ci, are the shortened forms of Auc-<7ai, cAue-ao and Xvat-crai.

178. VOCABULARY.

d'yopd^w (dyopad), dYopdo-w, TiYopcura, irciOw, ir€(<ra>, circura, iriiruKa, per-

TJYopaKa (c/. dyopi), frequent the suade; mid., obey.

market-place, buy. ircpav, adv., across, beyond.

dX^Ocia, as, i), truth. iriu-rdta, iri<rT€v<rw, ivlrrtwra (cf.

^apPapiKos, ij, 6v {cf. pdpfiapos), barba- tticttAj), put faith in, trust.

fian; rb ^ap^apiKbv, the Persian irop{vo|iiai, irop<v(ro)iai, iriir6p<v|iai,

force of Cyrus. proceed.

2toi|j,os, Vi ov, or ps, ov (130), ready, (rv\i.-^v\(vu, plan with, advise; mid.,

prepared. consult with.

|UTa--irc|iiro|iat, send for, summon. <rw-o-TpaT£vio(i,ai, serve in war with, take

thefield with.

179. 1. (TV(TTpaT€vaeTai crifv Kvp(o- Tncrrevei yap avrw.^

2. ovK iireidov^ T0t9 0eol<;. 3. rfj S' dXrjOeia^ liropevovTO

inl Tov TTOTap-ov. 4. *ApTa^€p^r]<; t7)v arpaTLau a^erat.

5. Toifs crrpartwrd? eTOLp.OL eap-ev Xvecrdai.^ G. Kv/309 Se

fxeraTrefjiTTeTaL to ^ap^apiKov. 7. Sta tov irehiov eTTopevo-

fxeda CIS KCxifxds- 8. Kupo? he toZ^ (TTpaT7)yoi<; koX rots

Xo^ctyots (rv/x^ovXeveraL. 9. Tripdv 8e tov Euc^pdrou* rjv

K(0[xr) • eK TavT7}<; ol crTpartwrai "qyopd^ovro Ta eTTtraySeta.

180. 1. And he was proceeding on the wagon. 2. The

bowmen send for their bows. 3. He did not obey his brother.

PRESENT, IMPERFECT, FUTURE INDICATIVE MIDDLE. 45

4. You did not proceed to Cyrus. 5. The targeteers will

purchase provisions for themselves.

Notes.— ^ The dative of the indirect object follows verbs signifying to

trust and obey (860). — ^re ueru, dative of manner (866). Abstract nouns

in Greek often take the article.— ^ to ransom, present infinitive middle, end-

ing in eadai. — * Adverbs of place may be followed by the genitive (856).

181. All his Troops muster at Sardis.

€7r€t 8' erot/A09 -^v Kvpo<; nopeveaOai avoi, Xeyct /nev on

(TTpaTeverai eVt IlicrtSd? • rrf h^ aXiqdeia ctti tov dSeX<f)ov

iiropeveTO. /cat aOpoit^ei w? (as if) iirX rovrovi to re

^ap^apiKov KoX TO 'EWtjplkov. ivravOa /cat KeXevet tov

6 T€ K.\4ap\ov 7}K€iv /cat tov ^ApCaTLTTTTOv dnoTrefjiTreLv et?

AvoCdv Tov(; iv SeTTaXCa (TTpaTiarrd<;. eKekevcre Se Kai

T0V9 aXXov? ^eVou? (TvaTpaTeveaOai. ol 8e ineidovTO-

iirixTTevov yap avrw.

No. 12. The Skulking Warrior.

46 AORIST, PERFECT, PLUPERFECT,

LESSON XX.

Aorist, Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future Perfect Indicative Middle.

182. The future perfect indicative denotes that an action

will be already finished at some future time, as XcXvcoixai,

I shall have ransomed. This tense is not found in the active

voice.

183. Learn the conjugation of the first aorist, perfect, plu-

perfect, and future perfect indicative middle of Xvco in 767 (cXU-

crd|i.'nv) and 769 (XcXufiai, cXcXvii-qv, and XcXuaoiiai).

(The perfect and pluperfect middle and passive of mute verbs are

reserved for Lessons XXII. and XXIII.)

184. The first aorist middle uses the first aorist stem Xvcra (148).

185. The perfect and pluperfect middle use the perfect middle stem

XfXv, formed simply by reduplicating the verb stem. The pluperfect has

augment.

186. The future perfect uses the perfect middle stem with o-"/^ added,

X(Xv<T°/f. A short final vowel is always lengthened before a-°/e.

187. For the personal endings, see 175. The forms ikva-m and Xikvau

are shortened forms of cAuaa-o-o and AtXiJo-e-o-at.

|M

AND FUTURE PERFECT INDICATIVE MIDDLE. 47

188. VOCABULARY.

oKpos, a, ov, at the top, topmost ; &Kpov, irapao-Kcv^, ^s, ^, preparation, equip-

neut. as noun, summit. ment.

diro-ir^|iirw, send off or away; mid., Tr6.p-(ni.i, be beside or present.

send away from oneself, dismiss. iravw, iraiio-w, cirav<ra, irtiravKa, ir^irav-

ijS^us, adv., gladly. jiai, cause to cease, stop; mid., cease,

oXC-yos, r/, 01', little, small ; plur. , few. desist.

SXos, 1?, ov, whole, entire. irt'vTe, indeclinable, ^^re.

irapd, prep.: with gen., from beside, <rTa6|j.6s, ov, 6, stopping-place, stage,

from; with dat., beside, loith, at; day''s march.

with ace, to the side of, to, near, by. ^p\fyla, oj, ij, Phrygia.

189. 1. ireTTopevvTai napa top Kvpov. 2. ovtos tov irpos

TOV<s ^apl3dpov<; noXefiov^ i^Seiw? TreTravcrerat. 3. tov re

(TTpar-qyov koI tov craTpdrrr)v (X7re7re/Ai//aTO. 4. ol Se CTTpa-

TLWTaL eTTeTTopeuvTO (TTaOfiov^ ^ irevTe Sto, <^tXta9 -^wpd^.

5. oXtyot Twv (TTpaTiOiTOiv TCL eTTtTifSeta y^yopdcravTo. 6. ol

OTrXtrat TreiropevvTai eVt to aKpov. i. /cat 6 craTpdiriq^i

fi€T€7r€fx^aTO tTTTTOv? Ktti OTrXtt Kttt T'^t' aXXi7v TrapacrK€vr}v

et? ^pvyidv. 8. ot TroXe/uttot ov/c eTravcravTo Trj<; Kpaxjyrj^

hid 0X179 Try? rjixepd*;. 9. CTrct Se Kat ovrot Traprjaav,

iaTpaTevcraTO Kvpoi; et? tt)i/ twi/ TToXefxicov ^(opdv.

190. 1. Cyrus summoned few of the captains. 2. Theyhave proceeded to the sources of the river. 3. He has con-

sulted with Cyrus. 4. You will gladly have ceased from battle.

5. The army had advanced five days' march.

Notes.— ^/rom war, a genitive of separation (849).— ^ Accusative of

extent of space (836).

48 READING LESSON.

191. Tissaphernes warns the King. The March begins.

ovTOL [xev TTaprjcrav avTio et? Sct/aSet?. Ttcraacjiepvr)^

Be inopeveTO napa tov *Apra^ep^rju • ov yap ivofML^e ttjp

TrapaaKevTjv Tavriqv elvai inl IltcriSds. kol 'ApTa^€p^T]<;,

€ir€t Tttur' eXe^e Tiacra^ipvris^ avriTrapao'/ccua^erat.

5 Kv/3os Se €)(uiv rovTov<i tov<s crrpaTtcirds i^eXavveL diro

%dpBe(t)v 8ta 717? AuStds crTa6fxov<; T/aet? (tres) inl tov

MatavSpov iroTaixov. eVt Se tovtco yecjyvpa eTrrjv. ivrevdev

i^eXavvEL Bid ^pvyid^s ct? KoXocrcra?.

Notes.— 1. SdpBcis : Sardis, accusative plural. The genitive plural

^dp8eu)v occurs in 6.— 3. flvai : to be, present infinitive of ei/nt. Translate,

that it teas, etc.— 5. (\wv : having, present participle, = with.— iJ-cXavvti

:

the verb cAaww here means march. Use the map in following the route of

the expedition.— 7. hr-f\v : imperfect of Itt-ci/w, be on or over.

No. 14. Theseus fighting with Amazons.

INDICATIVE PASSIVE. 49

LESSON XXI.

Indicative Passive.

192. In the passive (48) voice the subject is represented as

acted on, as Xvofiai, I am loosed, iXvofirjv, Iwas loosed, etc.

193. The present, imperfect, perfect, pluperfect, and future

perfect have the same forms in the passive voice as in the

middle. The first aorist and first future are different.

194. Learn the conjugation of the first aorist and first

future indicative passive of \v(o in 770 (cXvB-qv and Xv6T)(ro)JLai).

195. The first aorist passive uses the Jirst passive stem, formed by

adding the tense suffix Oe (lengthened to 9r\ in the indicative) to the verb

stem, as \v9e (\v6r]). As a secondary tense, it has augment in the

indicative. It uses the active secondary endings (145).

196. Before the suffix $€ a labial mute (it p «})) becomes (or remains)

<^, as i-7r€ix<j}-0r]v (verb stem ttc/mtt) ; a palatal mute (k -y x) becomes (or

remains) Xi as rJx-O-qv (verb stem ay) ; a lingual mute (t 8 0) becomes o-,

as iTreia-6r}v (verb stem ttclO), ^pTrd(T-6r)v (verb stem apiraS).

197. Some verbs form the aorist passive with the tense

suffix e (lengthened to x] in the indicative) instead of Be {Orj),

as ypd(f)(o, ivrite (verb stem ypa<f)), i-ypd(f>r]-v. These are called

Second aorists passive.

198. The first future passive uses the first passive stem with cr°/^

added to 9rj, as XvOrja-"/^. It uses the middle primary endings (175).

60 INDICATIVE PASSIVE.

199. The Principal Parts of a verb are the first" person

singular indicative of the following tenses : pres^^ actijja^

future active, aorist^ active, perfect active, perfect middle, aorist

passive, as Xvco, Xvaco, eXvaa, XeXvKu, XeXvfxai, eXvdrjv.

200. The second aorist active (91), second perfect (115), and

second aorist passive (197) may occur in place of the correspond-

ing first tenses or in addition to them.

a. These second tenses will be fully considered later.

201. Not all verbs have all the principal parts, that is, some

verbs are defective.

In the following vocabularies, if parts are not given, it is to be under-

stood that they do not occur in Attic prose.

202. The agent is usually expressed, in the passive con-

struction, by uTTQ with the genitive,^as ol oirXlrai imo tovI

arpaTrjyov ireyLt^drjaovraL, the heavy-armed men will he sent by

[the general.

203. The perfect and pluperfect passive may have i^ie^dative

of^eagent, as al a7rov8al toU TroXefttoi? XeXvvrai, the treaty

has been broken by the enemy.

204. VOCABULARY.

YpoKtxi), 'ypd\|;(<>, €-ypa\)fa, ^^'Ypa<{>a, -y^- irapewrd.Y'yTis, ov, 6, parasang, a Persian

"ypaiJipiai, €Ypa«j>Tiv, write. No. 60. road measure.

8^, intensive postpositive particle, now, irUlu (irteS), viia-a, cirUo-a, ivU<r9r\v,

indeed, accordingly, so, then. press hard; pass., be hard pressed.

ctKO<ri, indeclinable, twenty. vx6, prep.: with gen., under, from

ivTtvBtv, adv., thence, from this place. under, of agency, by, through; with

«rra, indeclinable, seven. dat., under, beneath; with ace,

ijKa), n|«, come, be or have come. under, down under.

INDICATIVE PASSIVE. 51

205. 1. \v6r)(T6[Jieda eK tovtcov tcov SeLV(x>v} 2. iv Se

TT] (TTeprj 68a> eTnecrOrjfjLev vtto twv iroXefXicov. 3. Xeyerat

dyyeXos rjKeiv napa AdpeCov. 4. ovtcj 8t) fxeTeTTeyL^diqcrav

ol ro^drat. 5. idccoKovTO 8ta tov nehiov Trapacrdyyd^ inrd.

6. eTTLCTToXr) iypd(f)rj irapd top KXeap^ov. 7. eK roiv kkojxcop

Si-qpTrdcrdr} vtto tcov ^ap/Sdpcov Ta onXa. 8. inl rut Se^tw^

eTo^evOrjcrav OTrXtrat eiKocnp.^ 9. ivrevBev Trefi<f)0y]O'oPTaL

inro Kvpov ei<s ^pvyidv.

206. 1. Twenty heavy-armed men were brought^ from this

place.^ 2. The bridge will be destroyed. 3. He was persuaded

by the general. 4. Five targeteers on the right (wing) were

shot. 5. They will be hard pressed by the soldiers.

Notes.— ^ Used as a neuter noun. — ^ ^,j (jig j-igjit (wing^. — ' See 17.

— * Use ayw. — ^ p^j; i\^q Greek word for this phrase first. Cf. 205, 9.

207. The Palace and Park of Cyrus at Celaenae.

ipTavOa Kvpo<; fxevet rjp.epd'; euTd • kol rjKe MeVwi^

o ©erraXo? oTrXtra? e)(^ci)v kol TreXracrra?. evrevdev i^e-

XavveL TTapacrdyyd<; eiKocriv et? KeXatva?.

evravda Kvpco ySao-tXeta tjv koX Tra/aaSetcro?. eV Se

5 TovTco Tjv aypua drjpCa • Tavra iKeivo<; idyjpeveu aTTO lttttov.

ovTCi) yap iyvfjipa^e tov<; L7nTov<;. Sid Se tov TrapaSeCcrov

pel o MaLapopo<; Trora/xd?- at Be Trrjyal avTov elaip e/c

Tojp ^acriXeioiv • pel 8e /cat 8ta KeXauvwv.

Notes. — 1 . TJii^pas : accusative of extent of time (836). — 7. pti: bycontraction for peti, from pco), Jlow.

52 LABIAL MUTE VERBS.

LESSON XXII.

Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future Perfect Indicative Middle

and Passive of Labial Mute Verbs.

208. Learn the conjugation of the perfect, pluperfect, and

future perfect indicative middle and passive of Xenro), leave, in

775 (\e\€i|i|iai, eX€\€ip.|jL-qv, and \eX€iv);o|iai).

209. The concurrence of consonants in the stem and endings (note the

forms in parenthesis) occasions euphonic changes, according to the follow-

ing principles :

1. A labial mute (ir P <^) before \i. changes to n; with o- it forms i|»;

before t and 6 it becomes (or remains) respectively ir and <j>.

a. When ji.j«.|* would thus result, one |i is dropped, as -rrifLirw, send,

7r€irc/x-/xai (7rc7rc/x7r-/iai), TrcTre/Ai/'at, TreTrefnr-raL, etc.

2. <r between two consonants is dropped.

210. The third person plural of the perfect and pluperfect is a com-

pound form, consisting of the perfect middle or passive participle and cicri

in the perfect, and of this participle and rjaav in the pluperfect.

211. Conjugate also the perfect and pluperfect indicative

middle and passive of Trefnro) (TreTrefifiai, etc.) and of ypdcfxo

(yeypafji/xai, etc.).

212. VOCABULARY.

S.\ia, adv., at the same time. Komro (/cot), k6^<i>, cKO\|/a, K^KOi{>a,

apiO|i<Ss, ov, 6, number, enumeration. KCKO|ji|iai, Ik^ithv, cut, fell.

S^vSpov, ov, t6, tree. X((ir» (XtTr), Xc(«|/u, cXiirov, X^oiira,

Kard, prep.: with gen., doum from; XA.€i|i(iai, IXiU{>9^v, leave.

with ace, down along, over, by. npogtvos, ov, 6, Proxenus.

KaTa-Xi(iro>, leave behind, abandon. rpidKovTo, indeclinable, thirty.

Kara-K^irro, cui down or in pieces. \ikiot,, ai, a, 1000.

LABIAL MUTf: VERBS. 53

213. 1. KaTokeXeLfXfxevoL elcrl TpiaKovTaTO^OTaL ,' 2. ajxa

Se eTreTrefJLxjjo, cS Upo^eve, iirl Tr)v 'ye<f)vpav. 3. /caTa/ce/coTrrat

rots TToXe/ttocs^ r) crTparta. 4. oTrXtrat ^tXtot TreTrefxixeuoL

rjcrav Kara BdXaTTav. 5. oXtyot rail' Kv/dov <^i\o)v Kara-

XeXet/x/xei'ot ^crai'. 6. XeXeLfxfxevoL rjcrav ol crrpancoraL.

7. e/c ravTTys rrjs kw/at]? ayyeXo? eTreVe/ATrro Tr/ao? Kupo^*.

8. ra Bevhpa KCKoirrat. 9. Kv/ao? aTroTreTTefXTrrai^ rov

dyyeXov. 10. rov? OTrXtrds jxeraTreTrefjifxeOa €K ri^s <l>yoi»'ytd9.

214. 1. The army had been cut to pieces by the satrap. •

2. Twenty bowmen have been left behind in the plain. 3. Aletter had been written at the same time.^ 4. A messenger has

been sent away to the satrap. 5. For a thousand soldiers had

been sent to the stronghold.

Notes.— » The agent (203).— 2 Middle.— 3 For the order, cf. 213, 2.

215. A Thirty Days' Halt, and Enumeration of the Troops.

ccTTt Se Kttl 'Apra^ep^ov ^acrtXeca eV KeXatt'ats ipvfxvd

im rats inqyaX'S rov Mapavov Trorafxov • pel Se /cat ovros

Sta KeXaLvcov.

ivravOa /xeVet Kupo? rjix€pd<; rpiaKovra • koX rJKe KXe-

5 ap)(o^ e)(o)v OTrXtrds ^^tXtous koI TreXracras Kal ro^6rd<;.

d/xa Se /cat So^atVeros naprjv €)((ov OTrXtrds ^tXious. UnXL

Kat ivravda Kvpos dpiBfxov ra>v '^XXtjvlkwv crrparLoyrcjv

inoirqaev ip r(o Trapaheicra), /cat rjcrav OTrXtrat fxkv [xvpiOL

/cat ^tXtoi, TTcXracrrat Se St(r;)(tXtot.

Notes.— 1. Joti : for the accent, see 166, 1 9. Si^x^ioi : the numeral '

adverb St's means ttvice.

54 PALATAL AND LINGUAL MUTE VERBS.

LESSON XXIII.

Perfect and Pluperfect Indicative Middle and Passive of

Palatal and Lingual Mute Verbs.

216. Learn the conjugation of the perfect and pluperfect

indicative middle and passive of aytu, lead, bring, in 776

217. 1. A palatal mute (k -y x) before (i becomes (or remains) y

;

with o- it forms 5 ; before t and 6 it becomes (or remains) respectively

K and X'

2. <r between two consonants is dropped.

218. Conjugate also the corresponding perfect and pluperfect

of TaTTco (ray), arrange, draw up (rerayfiai and ireTayfxrjv).

219. Learn the conjugation of the perfect and pluperfect

indicative middle and passive of ireido), persuade, middle obey,

in 777 (ir€Tr€i<r|iai and lir€Tr€io-|niv).

220. 1. A lingual mute (t 8 6) before |ji becomes o- ; before <r it is

dropped ; before t and it becomes er.

2. <r between two consonants is dropped.

221. Conjugate also the corresponding perfect and pluperfect

of dpTrd^Q) (dpiraS), rob (^pTraa-fiai and Tjpirdafi-qv).

No. 15. Attic Four Drachma Piece.

PALATAL AND LINGUAL MUTE VERBS. 55

222. VOCABULARY.

IV, adv., ivell. TaTTw (ray), Td|«, cTa|a, Wraxa, ri-

evuvvfios, ov (130), of good name or ra-yftai, IrdxO'nv, arrange, order,

omen, euphemistic for left, on the especially of troops, draw up, mar-

left side, as contrasted with 5e|i6s. shal, post.

fjLcVos, Vi <"'5 middle; t6 fiicov, the mid- v'noliyiov,ov,T6,beast of burden; plur.,

die, centre. baggage animals.

Trapao-Kcvd^w, irapaa-Kcvdo-ci), etc. (cf. ^vXarru (cpvXaK), <{>vXd|(<), €<)>v\a|a,

vapaaKev/)), get or 7nake ready, pre- tr(^v\a\a, ir€(|>vXa-Y|iai, £4>vXdx9Tjv,

pare. guard, watch, defend; mid., defend

o-vv-rdTTw, draw up together, marshal. oneself against, guard against.

223. 1. TovTOv hrf ev Tre(f)v\d'yixeda. 2. ^Kxai tj cTTpaTia

/caret {against) to roiv TToXefxicov fxeaov. 3. ot Se noXcfiLOL

rj9poL(TfievoL eial /cat crvvTeTayfievoL. 4. 'ApTa^€p^r]<; €t?

fxd^-qv TrapecTKevacTTO. 5. ovtol ol (TTpaTioirai ev reray/xeVot

elaCv. 6. T(o 8e Xo^dyco ^ rovrco T^Seiw? TreVetcr/xat. 7. ere-

ra/CTO Se eTrt t&> evcovvjJLO)^ ovto^ 6 crTpaTrjyos- 8. ot cTTpa--

Trjyol 'QyjxevoL "^aav ets tt7v 'Apra^ep^ov aKrjvyjv. 9. /cat

ra oirXa rots cTTpaTioiTai'i^ eVt dfia^cov i^/cro Kat vno^vyLcov.

10. at 8e cr/ci7t'at Tre^vXay/xeVat €to"t rot? jSap^dpocs-^

224. 1. The fellow has been led into the presence of

Clearchus. 2. But we had obeyed Cyrus. 3. The men on

the left (wing) had been posted at the bridge. 4. You have

prepared yourselves against dreadful foes. 5. The horses and

the beasts of burden had been led through a hostile country.

Notes.— ^ Verbs signifying to obey take the dative (860).— "^ on the left

(vlngy— ^for the soldiers, a dative of advantage (861).— ^ Tiie agent (203).

66 READING LESSON.

225. The March continues. Review of the Troops.

ivrevOev i^eXavvet et? ©vfifipuov. evTavda rjv vapa

rrjv ohov KpTJvrj' ettI 8e ravrrj Xeyerat Mt8ds tov Sarv-

pov Orjpevcrai. ivrevdev i^eXavveu els TvpLolov, /cat

e^era^et iv t(o 7re§t&> rrjv (TTpariav. CKeXevcre he tov^

5 '^Wr)vLKOv<; (TTpaTKirrds Ta^OrjvaL (licnrep et? {for) fjid^r^v.

era^S'qcra.v ovv eVt rerTapoiv {four deep) • €l;)(e 8e to fiev

Se^Lov MeVcoi' kol ol crvv avrw, to 8e evcovvjxov KXeap^o^

Kol ol eKeCvov, to Se fxeaov ol aXXot aTpaTTjyoC.

Notes.— 3. 6T]p€vorai : to have caught, aorist infinitive active.— 5. raxflfj-

vai : first aorist infinitive passive, to be drawn up.— Anrep : as if.

No. 16. Silenus the Satyr.

PBEPOSITIONS. 67

LESSON XXIV.

Prepositions.

226. Prepositions are used with the genitive, dative, and

accusative. Some prepositions are used with only one of these

cases, others with two, others with all three.

227. The prepositions ain't, instead of, dird, off from, from,

Latin ab, ۤ, out of, from, Latin ex, and irpd, before, Latin pro,

take only the genitive, i^ signifies from within, out of, airo,

offfrom, away from.

228. €V, in, Latin in with the ablative, and avv, with, Latin

cum, take only the dative.

229. dvd, up, and €ls, into, Latin in with the accusative, take

only the accusative.

230. d|jL(|>i, about, 8 id, through, on account of, Kard, down,

lierd, in company with, after, and inrcp, over, Latin super, take

the genitive and accusative.

231. Im, on, upon, irapd, alongside of, beside, ircpi, round,

about, irpos, over against, at, to, and vird, under, Latin sub, take

the genitive, dative, and accusative.

232. In general, the genitive with prepositions denotes that

from which something proceeds, the dative that in or by which

something is or takes place, the accusative that towards, over,

along, or upon which motion occurs, as

:

ayyeXos Icrri Trapa Kvpou, he is a messenger from (^from beside) Cyrus;

irapa t<S Kvpw rj(Tav ol cTTpaTrjyoc, the generals loere with (beside) Cyrus;

ayovdi Tov avOpwirov Trapa. Kvpov, they bring the fellow to Cyrus.

58 PREPOSITIONS.

233. The chief relations expressed by the prepositions are

place and time ; but they express also cause , origin, means .,

agency ., condition., purpose ., and other impoi-tant ideas. Theoriginal force of the preposition shades off into many meanings.

234. Prepositions are nsed in forming compound vsrbs (93).

a. In determining the force of a preposition in any sentence, the pupil

should study the connection of the preposition with the other words in the

sentence, or with the verb to which it is prefixed, keeping the original

meaning of the preposition in mind. The general vocabulary must be

constantly consulted.

235. VOCABULARY.

dXXd, conj., hut, yd, stronger than 5^. €vWs, adv., at once, immediately.

a(i,«j>i, prep.: with gen., about, concern- ircpt, prep.: with gen., about, concern-

ing ; with ace, aboui, round. ing; with dat., round, about; with

yX^dvd, prep, with ace, up, up along, ace, about, all round, round.

up to, with numerals, at the rate of^ irp6, prep, with gen., be/ore, in front

opx«, ap|«, ^]p|a, ^py\i.ai, tipxOtiv (c/. of, for.

apxTfi), be first, rule, reign over, com- irpwros, 17, ov (cf. irp6), first, foremost

;

mand ; mid. , begin. irpwrov as aAv., first.

ov, adv., again, in turn, moreover. vvip, prep.: with gen., over, above, in

clra, adv., then, thereupon. behalf of; with ace, over, above.

236. 1. avyLfxa^oi ayaOoi elcriv ol dix(f)l Kvpop.^ 2. ol

8e aXXot iOijpevov ra dy)pia oltto Linrajv. 3. ol Kvpov <f>i,\oL

i(TTpaT€Vfi€POL €LcrLv vwep avTov. 4. Tavra nepl 7179 crrpa-

rta? ayyeXoL irapa tov dSe\(f)ov eXe^av Kvpco npo Trjq

fid^-qq. 5. fxerd tovto nopevovTaL iirTa (TradfJiov<; dud

nevre Trapacrayyd? T179 r)ix€pd<?^ napd tov TTOTajxov.

*^6. Kvpos ovK ecTTiv eVt tco dSeXcfx^, aXX' a^to? icrriv

PREPOSITIONS. 59

dp^eiv dvT eKeCvov. 7- iK€Lvo<; 8e twv 6tt\Ito)v^ -qp^ev

ovTOL 8' av Trpo avrov 'Apra^ep^ov reray/xeVot ^aav-

8. Kv/30? iKekevcre top KXeapxov irpoiTov fxev raTTeiv tovs

(TTpaTiarrd<;, elra he dyeiv Sta tov ttcSiou. 9. 6 oe (TaTpdir'r]<;

TTopeverai €vdv<; irapd tov *ApTa^ep^r)v, /cat cTTpaTLcard'; €)(€i

dfi(f)l Tov<i TpiaKoaiov;.

237. 1. The messengers will proceed from the market

place to the tents. 2. Cyrus and his staff* proceed imme-

diately to the palace. 3. He had a stronghold above the

village. 4. Before the battle the generals sacrificed in their

tents to the gods.^

Notes. — ^ those about Cyrus, i.e. his attendants.— * each day, genitive of

the time within which (854).— ^ The genitive follows ap^^w (847) * I.e.

those about Cyrus.— ^ Dative without a preposition.

238. The Greeks inspire the Barbarians with Fear.

i^erd^ei ovv 6 Kvpo? TrpcJTOv fxep rovq ^apfidpov;'

ol Se TrapeXavvovcTL Tera.yp.evoi /caret, tXd?- elra Se tov^;

aXXovg crrpaTKiyrd^. fxeTa Se ravra eTrepxfjev dyyekov

napd Tov<; (TTpaTr)yov<; tov<s 'EXXryvt/cou? kol e/ceXevcre

5 TTopevecrBat cocnrep etg pd)(r)v ol Se raura eXe^av rot?

crTpaTLd>TaL<; • /cat eVet icrdXTny^ev 6 craXTrt/crTf?/ rrpo^d^-

^vTOLjrdoTrXcLjKal crvv Kpavyfj Tpe^ovcTLv eVt ra? (TK7)va?.

TOVTO Se rot5 fiapfidpoi<; <f)6l3ov Tra/aet^e.

Notes.— 2. ol S* : and they, the article being used as a demonstrative.

— T€Ta-y|«'voi : having been draicn up, perfect passive participle.— Kara tXas:

by companies (tAi;).— 6. co-dXiriYltv : aorist of o-oATrt'^w. For a picture of

a trumpeter (craATriKTr/s), see No. 55 8. irop-€ix€: caused (Trap-i.\(a).

60 LABIAL AND PALATAL MUTE STEMS.

LESSON XXV.

Labial and Palatal Mute Stems of the Consonant Declension.

239. The Third or Consonant Declension includes all nouns

\yhose stems_endjgLj, consonaiit or in i or v. The stem may

generally be found by dropping the case ending of the genitive

singular.

240. The case endings are :

Masculine and Feminine,

singular. plural.

N. -s or— (-S or—) -€S (-es)

-(ov (-wm)

-ct (-ibus)

-as or vs (-es)

-€S (-es)

a. The corresponding forms in Latin are added in parenthesis.

241. The dual has n. a.v. -€, g. d. -oiv, in all genders.

242. Learn the declension of k\(o\);, thief, (t>v\a|, guard,

<|)d\a'Y|, phalanx, and 5i(opv|, canal, in 743.

243. In the nominative singular and dative plural s unites with a

final labial (ir p «|>) in the stem to form »|r, with a final palatal (k -y x) to

form 5.

244. Monosyllabic stems of the consonant declension accent

the last syllable in the genitive and dative of all numbers.

The endings oiv and oov are circumflexed.

G.

LABIAL AND PALATAL MUTE STEMS. 61

245. VOCABULARY.

8iwpv|, vxoy, ij, canal, ditch.

cUrPoXVj, ^j, rj, entrance, pass.

cir-<i|i,i, be on or upon, be over.

0p<^, Gp^fcii, 6, a Thracian.

Owpa|, d/cos, 6, breastplate. No. 17.

icf)pv^, wKos, 6, herald. No. 75.

K(Xi|, lAfoj, 6, a Cilician.

kXca^t, /cXwTrij, 6, thief.

<|>dXa'y|, 0(i\a77os, 17, Ztne of battle,

phalanx.

4t>vXa|, a/coj, 6 (c/. (^uXdrrw), watcher,

guard.

No. 17. Alexander the Great.

246. 1. KXeap^o^ ^9(^^ oTrXtrds x^^^ov? /cat TreXTatrra?

0pa/ca?. 2. iKeXevae TropeveaOai Trjv ^aXayya. 3. Sto,

Tou 0(op6iKO<; iTo^evOrj viro tov KtXt/co?. 4. Tore oe dfjia

ttJ rjfxepq} KrjpvKa<; enepifje nepl (rnovhcov. 5. ei^ 8e Ty

€19 TO TTcStoi^ ela/SoXy rcTay/xeVot eto"l rwt' KiXikwi/ (^vXaice?.

6. dXX' ev fxeao)^ ^p.ev tov iroTafxov kol Trjq Stwpv^o?.

7. ot yap To^drat tov? xXajTra? ihico^av. 8. to Se €vot>-

Wfiou Trj<; (^aXayyo? avTcov Trapa tw iroTapiCo rjv. 9. Tot5

yap 0pa^i TroXep-to? 171/. 10. iiTevdcv iiropevovro eVt ti7»'

Otwpu^a • yi^vpai 8' inyjaav.

62 LABIAL AND PALATAL MUTE STEMS.

247. 1. This thief was dishonored. 2. The Cilicians have

horses. 3. He sent Thracians (as) guards. 4. The heavy-

armed men had breastplates. 5. The canal is long and narrow,

and upon it is a bridge.

Notes.— ^ at daybreak (literally at the same time icith the day). The

dative is used with words implying union (864).— ^ {y jii<r«: between.

248. The Troops are forced to halt at the Cilician Pass.

e'/c 8e Tvpiaiov i^eXavvei Trpo<; Adva. KaL AvKaovidu

SiTJpTTaa-av ol aTpaTL(x)TaL- TroXe/xtct yap avT(o rjv. iv

8e Aavot? /LteVet 6 Kvpos rjjxepdf; T/aet?, kol airoKTeiveL

M€ya<f)€pinr}v, <f)OLvlKL(TTr)v ^acriXetov • itre^ovXeve yap

6 auTw. ivrevOev elcre^aXXov ei? rrjv KiXiKLav • rj Se

elcrlBoXr) -qv 68o? cx/aa^iTo?, opdid Ka\ (TTeviq • iXeyero 8e

/cat SveVveo't? 6 KlXl^ eluai iirl tcov aKpoiv, (pvXaTTOJV ttjv

elafioXTjv. 8ta tovto efievof rjfxepdp iv tw 7re8iw.

XoTES.— 1. Study the route on the map.— 5. fUr^PoXXov : they tried

to enter, imperfect of cia/SaAXto, expressing attempted action.— G. «l(ia|iT6s :

cf. afxaia. — 7. <|>vXdTT«v : guarding, present participle active.

No. 18. W\t»;.

LINGUAL MUTE STEMS. 63

LESSON XXVI.

Lingual Mute Stems of the Consonant Declension.

* 249. Learn the declension of vv|, night., do"iris> shield,

opvis, bird., yipoiv, old man., and dp|xa, chariot., in 744.

250. In the nominative singular and dative plural of the first three

nouns the final lingual (t 8 0) of the stem is dropped before s. vv^ there-

fore stands for wkt-%, kuk-s, ks becoming ^. So wkt-(tl, wk-o-l, w$i.

251. The fourth noun yepwv rejects <r in the nominative, and length-

ens o to ». Final t is dropped, since this letter cannot stand at the end of

a word. In the dative plural both v and t are dropped before <r, and o is

lengthened to ov.

252. In the accusative singular most masculines and feminines add a

to consonant stems, biit nouns in is, except oxytones (25), drop the final

T 8 6 of the stem and add v. Thus opvU (stem opvlO), opvlv; but dcr^rts,

oxytone (stem do-TriS), do-Trc'Sa.

253. The vocative singular of most masculines and feminines with

mute stems is like the nominative, but the vocative singular of stems in

i8, and of those in vt except of oxytones, is the mere stem. Final 8 or t

is dropped, since neither of these letters can stand at the end of a word.

Thus, vocative a(nri, yipov.

254. The nominative, accusative, and vocative singular of neuters,

such as appxt, are the simple stem. Final t is dropped. In the dative

plural T is dropped before <r.

255. VOCABULARY.app.a, aros, r6, chariot. No. 26. £pvis, t^os, 6, ^, bird.

doriris, fSos, ^, shield. No. 34. o-T6|jia, aros, t6, mouth; of an army, van.

yepwv, ovToi, 6, old man. o-TpaTtujia, otos, t6 (cf. (TTparid, arpa-

eXiris, ISos, ij, hope. Ttc^rijy), army.

vtKX], ijs, T], victory. Xo-P*-^) '^o^i ^> grace, favor, gratitude;

vvf, vvkt6s, i], night. X^P*" «X'>'i be or feel grateful.

64 LINGUAL MUTE STEMS.

256. 1. iv Be rat? (TKr)val<s rjaav dcTTrtSe?. 2. ecrrt 8e

dTpdrevixa UepauKov iv T(o Tra/aaSetcroj. 3. roi^ ovv deol<s

^dpiv et^o^' ttJs vtK'qq} 4. ttjv ye(f)vpav ravrrjv \e\vKev 6

craTpdTrrjq Trjs vvktos-^ 5. T(o Be yepovTi tovt(o eKeivoi

TToXefiLOL rjO'av. 6. iiropevovTO Be evdv<; eirl to tov ttotol-

fjiov cTTOfxa. 7. crvv rot? 9eo2<i /caXat rw (XTpaTevfxaTi cXttiSc?

eicrt VLKT}^. 8. ip Be rat? oi/ctat? ^cra^* opvlde<i. 9. exofiev

/cat oTrXa Kat dpfxaTa kol LKavd to, eVtrifSeta.

257. 1. We feel grateful to the old man. 2. At night they

ceased from battle.^ 3. Cyrus had twenty chariots. 4. The

bowmen shot birds and wild asses in the plain. 5. The army

was cut to pieces by these barbarians.

Notes.— ^for victory, a genitive of cause (851). — ^ Genitive of the

time within which (854).— ' Genitive of separation (849).

258. Cyrus reaches Tarsus, which the Troops destroy.

T|y 8' vcrrepaia rJKev dyye\o<; \eyoiv on irecfyevye %vev-

vecrt?. Kvpo? ovv dva^atvei etn rd c.cpa, evTevdev Be

KOTa^atvei et? ireBiov koKov. Bid Be tovtov ekavvei

Trapacrdyyd<s irevre /cat eiKocriv et? Ta/acrov?, evOa rjv

5 /SacrtXeta. ev Be rfj vTrep^oXy t^ et? to ireBCov /care-

KOTT'qcrav, ce>? Xeyerat, eKaTov OTrXtrat tov MeVoji/o?

(TTpaTevfjLaTO^ vtto tmp KlXlkcjv. ol Be aXXot eVet tjkov,

Tapcrov? Bi.y]pira(Tav Bid tov oXeOpov to)v (iTpaTKDTwv.

Notes.— 1. rfj v<rTfpa((|i : the next (day), VH-^P'!- l^«i»g understood, a

dative of the time when (870)-— ir^<j>€VY€ : second perfect of ^«vy<o, Jlee.

— 2. Avtt-pa£v€i : the verb ^aCvw means go.

ADJECTIVES OF THE CONSONANT DECLENSION. 65

LESSON XXVII.

Adjectives of the Consonant Declension.

259. The feminine of Adjectives of the Consonant Declen-

sion, when it differs from the masculine, follows the

A-Declension. Its nominative singular ends in a (short).

260. Learn the declension of xapicis , graceful, ircts, all, and

cKcov, willing, in 752, and of the participle Xuov, loosing, in 754.

These have stems in vt.

261. The feminine of these adjectives is declined like OdXaTra (62).

262. The nominative singular masculine either ends in s, before

which VT is dropped and the preceding vowel lengthened (€ to ei and o

to o), or rejects s, like ycpwv (744). For the vocative singular masculine

of -)(apLCL^ and kKw, see 253.

263. In the dative plural masculine and neuter of •^^apUi'i, c is not

lengthened, although vt is dropped. ttSs lacks the vocative singular and

the dual. The forms Travrtav and iraai are irregular in accent (cf. 244).

264. VOCABULARV.

&-iras, fi-7ra<ro, E-irav, all together, all. iras, ira.<xa, irav {cf. irdvv), all, entire.

Ikwv, ovffa, 6v, willing, of one''s own wtoXos, ou, 6, armed force, expedition.

accord; in the pred., willingly. <rwv-A-yw, bring together, collect.

cTi, adv., yet, still, longer. {to-rcpos, a, ov, later; vffrepov as adv.,

i]Sr\, adv., already, now, forthwith. later, afterwards.

6av(i,d^(i> [dav/iaS), 6av|xdo-0|iai., cOav- xapUis, ecra-a, ev (cf. x^^P's)) graceful,

lioo-a, TcOavfiaKa, €6avp,d(r9T)v, won- accomplished, clever.

der at, admire, wonder. \pfi\i.a, arcs, r6, something one uses;

ovK-^i,, adv., no longer. plur., things, money.

66 ADJECTIVES OF THE CONSONANT DECLENSION.

265. 1. r)K€L e)(Ciiv ttolv to crTpaTevfia. 2. ravra he eXe^e

Tracrt rots cTTpaTL(oTaL<s. 3. ol Se OTrXtrat anavTe<; rjaav

fjLvpLOL KaL ^tXtot. 4. 6 t'ecti^uis ^aptets eo"rt. 5. vcrrepov 8e

XpijfMaTa €Tr€fx\jj€v eKcov Travrl tco aTpaTevfxaTL. 6. et9 Se roi/

TrapoiSeL(rov €TL crvvdyei irav to (TTparevixa. 7. at (TTTOvSat

etcrt /cat rot? aXXots aTrdaiv. 8. o'TpaTiqyo'i T)Br) -qv 6 Kvpoq

TTOLVTOJV T(ov iu TCO TTcStai ^ap^dpoiv. 9. dXXct, ci KXeap^e,

ovK€TL TTopevaofxeOa ekovtc^ ctvv Kvpco. 10. TrdvTe^; ydp

OavixdcrovTaL tovtov top cttoXov.

266. 1. Everything has been done by the generals. 2. All

the soldiers were proceeding willingly. 3. The gifts of the

satrap were all beautiful. 4. Afterwards all the guards were

drawn up. 5. The entire army proceeded through the plain

twenty-five parasangs.

Note.— ^ ttSs and aTrds generally have the predicate position (813).

267. The Troops refuse to advance.

ivTavda [xevet Kvpo^ Koi 17 (TTpaTia r)fxepd<; eiKocnv. ot

ydp crr/aartwrat ovk4tl tjOcXov iropeveaOat • vTrcoirTevov

ydp 17817 iirl 'ApTa^ep^rjv tov (tt6\ov etvat. 7rp(x>T0<; Se

KXeap^os rovs avrou (rTpaTL(oTd<; e/ceXeve iropevecrdaL •

6 ot 8e avTov re e^aXXov koI ra UTro^vyta ra eKeiuov.

vcTTepov Se crvvTjyaye tov<; (TTpaTL(OTd<;, /cat npoiTov fxev

iSdKpvep • ol Se eOavpiat^ov • etra 8e eXe^e raSe.

Notes.— 2. riOtXov: imperfect of iOeXm inrwirrcvov : imperfect of

viroTTTivw 3. €lvai : translate, that it was, etc. Cf. 191, 3.— 4. ovtov:

0/ himself, his own.— 5. oiU: bufthey. Cf. 238, 2.

CONTRACT VERBS IN a(o IN THE INDICATIVE. 67

LESSON XXVIII.

Contract Verbs in ao) in the Indicative.

268. Two successive vowels, or a vowel and a diphthong,

within a word, ma^lje united by Contraction in_a_single

long vowel or a diphthong.

269. Verbs in ao), €»^ and oo) contract the final a, €, o^of

the verb stem with the following vowel or diphthong in the

present and imperfect.

270. Learn the conjugation of the present and imperfect

indicative active, middle, and passive of Ti}i.do>, honor, in 781.

271. Observe that

(1) a -|- 0, ov, or 0) = (o; a + €^a; a-|-€i = a.

272. A contracted syllable is accented if either of the

original syllables had an accent. A contracted penult or

antepenult is accented regularly (21, 22). A contracted final

syllable is circumflexed ; but if the original word was oxytone

(25), the acute is retained.

27.3. A verb is called a vowel verb, a mute verb._or a

liquid verb , according to the final letter of its stem. This maybe a vowel, a mute, or a liquid (X [jl v p).

274. Most stems ending in a short vowel lengthen this

vowel in all tenses except the present and imperfect, a or €

to t], and to 0) ; but a after €, i, or p generally becomes a.

Thus, Tl/xdco, rlfjLTjaco, iTi/XTjaa, rerifirjKa, TerifxruxaL, iri/X'qdrjV.

68 CONTRACT VERBS IN aco IN THE INDICATIVE.

275. VOCABULARY.

Podti), ^f\<ro]t.ai, i^y\<ra, shoiU, call out, g€vo<t>wv, wvroi, 6, Xenophon, an

cry out. Athenian, author of the Anabasis.

€l, conj., i/, wAefAer (a proclitic). opiicuo, 6p|x^<ra), etc., set in motion,

cpuTouo, ip<j»Tf\<rt», etc., ask a question, rush; mid., set out or forth, start,

inquire. iroXXaKis, adv., often, frequently.

viKaci), viK'fja-w, etc. (cf. viK-ri), conquer, Ttfidw, Ti(jiTJ(r», etc. (cf. d-Tt/tdfw), va2ue,

surpass, be victorious. esteem, honor.

276. 1. ivlKOLTe TOV<; /xera Kupov ^vXa/ca?. 2. plKcofxeOa

VTTO Tcov KlXCkcov. 3. 6 Sc a€vo(f)cov ovTov rfporrd, " Tt (t^Ay)

^oa?/" 4. Kvpo? Se (opfiaro dno T179 KcofMr)*; Trj<; wkto^^

fieta a€vo(f)(ovTo^. 5. ot a/x<^l Kvpov Xeyovcrti' ort ret Trdvra^

vIkoxti. 6. Kv/309 KXiap^ov TroXXa/ct? erert/xTy/cet • Trctj/ra?

yap Tov? dya6ov<; et? iroXefMOv ijtfjid. 7. ipajra el /cat rot?

aXXot? (TTpaTLcoraL? at crTTOj/Sat etcrtv. 8. ovrot ot crTpaTL(o-

Tca ivLKcov Tov<; OpctKa?. 9. ei/ rots Ilepo'at? ot yepovre^

TLfJiiovTaL. 10^ /fat evdv<; t(o KXedp-^o) e/8od ayetv to (TTpd-

revfta /caret fieaov ro^ roii/ TToXejXLCJv.

277. 1. He conquers the enemy. 2. And he honored the

general with other gifts.* 3. But the soldiers were shouting

to the guards to stop. 4. This man asks Avhether you admire

the army. 5. When Cyrus set out,^ I proceeded^ at once to

Phrygia.

Notes.— ^ Grenitive of the time within which (854). — * Adverbial accusa-

tive (835), are completely victorious.— ' Note the position of the article (812).

— * Use the dative (866). — ^ Use the imperfect.

READING LESSON. 69

278. The Speech of Clearchus, and its Effect.

" dvhpe<; (fellow) (TTpaTiuiTai, e/xot ^eVo? eaTiv 6 Kupo?

KoX 7roXXa/ct9 17817 TeTtfxrjKe. /8ovXo/xat ovv (rvfXTTopeve-

crOaL avT(p. eVet 8e vfiels iixol ovk iOeXere TTeidecrdaL,

iyo) avv vpJlv e/zo/xat • v/ieZs yap e/Aot ecrre koI <^i\oi /cat

5 (rvyu/Lia^ot."

ravra eXe^ev. ol he cTTpaTtwTat ot re avrov eKeCvov

Kai ct aXXot eTratvoucTf irapa 8e twi/ aXXoji/ crTpaTrjywp

8ta'^tXtot e^ovres ra OTrXa Kal to, (TK€vo(f)6pa arpaToire-

SevovTai TTapa K\€ap)(ov.

Notes 1. i\u>l : dative of the first personal pronoun cyci, / (Latin

ego). For the case, see 862.— -3. v|i€is : you (plural), genitive O/xtov, dative

vfuv, accusative vfxas. — 4. 2<|/o|iai : future of (Trofxcu, follow 7. «iraivov<ri:

by contraction for CTraivc'oucri, from ciraivco), praise.

No. 19. Greek Armor.

70 CONTRACT VERBS IN €(0 AND oco IN THE INDICATIVE.

LESSON XXIX.

Contract Verbs in €« and ow in the Indicative.

279. Learn the conjugation of the present and imperfect

indicative active, middle, and passive of irotco), do, make, in 782,

and of 5i]\6(i>, manifest, in 783.

280. Observe that

(2) € -|- (0 ^ 0) ; € -[- or ou = 01) ; € -|- « or €i ^ €i.

281. Observe also that

(3) o-}-<D^ci>; -j- 0, €, or ou ^01) ; o -|- €i = oi.

a. Review the rule for accent in 272.

282. VOCABULARY.

aSiK^w, dSiK^o-u, etc. (cf. 45i/coj), he K^K\T]|iai, ckX^Oi^v, call, summon,

unjust, do wrong, wrong, injure. name.

a-8iKos, ov (d neg. + SUri), unjust. 8ti, conj., that, because, since.

apx(»v, ovTos, 6 {cf, ipx<>>), ruler, com- voUu, iToii^<r«, etc., do, make; /cokws

mander. voUu, treat badly, harm, injure,

Si\\6ia, ir\\u><ru, etc. , make dear, show, ravage.

manifest. iro\t\Ua, iroX€|i^<r«, etc. {cf. ir6Xe^j),

'EX.Xds, ddos, ij (cf. 'E\\r)viK6i), Greece. loar, make tear, fight.

KOKus {cf. KaKbs), adv., badly, ill. ^\,\io>, ({>iX^o-u, 44*^^*''''^) ir€4>£XTj}iai,

KoX^w, KoXw, iKdXfcra, k^kXtiku, c(|>iX^6t]v {cf. ^fXos, <f>l\ioi), love.

283. 1. 6 Se TTOTafxo<; /caXetrat Maiavhpos- 2. 6 he

dp)(0)v iiroXeixEL dSuKov TToXejxov.^ 3. Tovq Kvpov <f>i\ov<;

Ka/cws irotetre. 4. tovtov? yap tov<; ayo^otra? ol (rrpaTLwrai

jxaWov i(f)L\ovv 17 tov<; aXXov?. 5. vtto Kvpov Upo^evo^

CONTRACT VERBS IN eo) AND 0(O IN THE INDICATIVE. 71

ovK rjOiK^vro. 6. Ka/cw? eTTOiet? ry)v rov crarpaTrov ^(x)pdv.

i. (fyojSoV TTOiOVCTL TOt? ITTTTOt? TYJ KpaVJ-Q? 8. TToktV 8e 6

Kupo? iqpcxrrd, " 'HSi/covv to?' dvOpwirov,' " 9. 817X01 8e ort

aiTopov icTTiv ayeiv to (TTpdrevp^a €tg t-^i^ *EXXaSa. 10. vTrep

Ty\<; EXXaoog eTTokepiOvv /xera roii/ aXXcoi' • eTrel Se Kvyoos

e/caXet, inopev6fxr)v vrpo? aurdi/.

284. 1. Are the other soldiers doing this? 2. The bar-

barians are wronged by the guards. 3. You love these more

than (you love) the others. 4. The Thracians are wronging

the allies. 5. They ask whether you were calling the bowmen.

Notes.— ^ A cognate accusative (83.3). — 2 Dative of means (866).

285. Cyrus is perplexed, but states his professed Purpose.

Kvpos oe jxeTeirefXTreTO rov KXeap)(^ov 6 Se teVat fxev

OVK rjueXe, Xddpa 8e t(ov crrpaTLcoTcov TrefJiircov avrw dyyeKov

eXeye dappelv.

ixerd oe Tavra awrjyaye tov<; (TTpoTLCiyrd^ /cat 817X01

5 on arropov eVrt iraXiv -rropevecrBat et? ry)v 'EXXa8a dvev

r(xiv imTiqheLOJv rj 8' dyopd rjv ev tco ftap^apLKto crrpaTev-

IxaTi. ol 8' ipojTcoai Kvpov el rj 6809 fiaKpa ecrriv 6 8'

diTOKptveTai {answers) on 'A^poKOfxd^ exOpo<; dvy)p eVl

TCO Evcf)paTr] TTOTafXM ean • 7rpo<; rovrov ovv ySovXerat

10 TTopeveadaL.

Notes. — 1. Uvai: to go (to him), present infinitive of tifii, go. —2. (TTpaTiwTwv

: the genitive follows the adverb \aj9pa, secretly, without the

knowledge o/(856).— 3. OapfMiv : by contraction for dappUiv, and dependenton lAeye, bade him be of good courage.— 4. o-uv/j-ya-ye : cf. 267, 6.— 7. 01 8«,

o 8« : cf. 238, 2.— 8. IxOpos dv^p : a man (who is his) enemy.

72 CONTRACT NOUNS AND ADJECTIVES.

LESSON XXX.

Contract Nouns and Adjectives of the Vowel Declension.

286. Most adjectives in cos and cos suffer contraction.

287. Learn the declension of xP^o'ovs, golden, dirXovSi

simple, sincere, and dp'yvpovSi of silver, in 751.

288. These adjectives, in their contracted forms (which alone occur in

Attic Greek), differ from d-ya06s and a|ios (750) only in the following

particulars : (1) they have ovs and ovv for os and ov; (2) no distinct

vocative forms occur; (3) they circumflex the final syllable throughout,

except in the nominative and accusative masculine and neuter dual.

289. Compound adjectives in oos are of two terminations (130) and

keep the accent on the same syUable as in the contracted nominative singular,

as (ewvoos) cfivovs, (evvoov) tvvovv, well-disposed, genitive ((.ivoov) cwvou, etc.

290. Some contract nouns are declined like the adjectives

in 287.

291. Learn the declension of vovs, mind, \ivSi, mina, and

yfj, earth, in 742.

292. VOCABULARV.

dKlvdKT)s, 01^, 6, short sword. No. 11. jivd, fivds, i], mina= SIS.OO.

dirXovs, rj, ovv, simple, sincere. vovs, voC, 6, mind; iv vt^ lx«i ^«i'« '«

dp-yvpovs, a, ovv, of silver, silver. mind, intend.

•yfj, 7^s, 71, earth, ground, land. o-Tptirros, oO, 6, necklace, collar. No. 21.

iKocTTost »7, ov, each, every. X"^"*"^?* V, ovv, of bronze, bronze.

tv-vovs, ovv (ei5 + vovs), well-disposed. \pvtrovs, v, ovv, of gold, gold.

CONTRACT NOUNS AND ADJECTIVES. 73

293. 1. evvoL he Kvpa> ol ap^ovres elcriv. 2. (fyCXoi^

evuoLs Kvpos TTLCTTOS Tjv. 3. aTrXoO? rjv 6 tov <f)v\aKo<s

X6yo<i 4. TO, Se S(opa ^aav (TTpeTTTol ^pvdoi. 5. Kv/aos

OTrXtTT) eKoicrTco 7re)ai//et irevre p,va^. 6. rt (what) iv v^

€r)(eTe; 7. rore iv Trj yrj irpcoToi, rjcrav ovtol /cat eV Trj

daXaTTTj. 8. at Se vreXrat ;j^aX/cat ^crai'. 9. Ba)pa 8 avrw

eTrefjixjjafJieu (TTpeTTTov ^(pvcrovu Kat OLKlvaKiqv apyvpovv.

10. eVoXejaet rot? Spa^l^ kol /caret y^^* /cat /caret ddXaTTav.

294. 1. Each of the heralds has five minas. 2. Cyrus sent

the old man a gold collar. 3. What does the commanderintend? 4. For Cyrus had a short sword of gold. 6. Theother generals are well-disposed to Xenophon.

Note— > toith the Thracians. For the case, see 864.

295. Cyrus promises additional Pay. Syennesis becomes friendly.

rot9 8e (TTpaTioyrai<i vTroxjjtd fiep iaTLv ort ayet irpo^ *ApTa-

^4p^7)v, 6p.ct)<i Se enovTai. Trpoa-aLTOvai Se fiLcrOov. 6 Se

Kvpo<; VTTtcr^vetrat eKacTTO) crTpaTLcorrj dj^rt SdpeiKov rpia

rjfjLLodpeLKa • ort Se cttI tov dSeX(f)ov iv v(o e)^et TTopeveadai

6 ivravda a/couet ovSet? [yiohody) ev ye t(o (f)avep(p.

iv Se Tapcrot? SveVvecrt? fxev eScjKe (gave) Kvpo) ypV'jxara et? rrjv crrpartdv, Kvpos Se iKeCvo) Ittttov koX arpe-

TTTOv ^pvaovv /cat xjjeXia /cat aKiva.K'qv ^pvcrovv.

Notes.— 1. rois o-TpaTiwrais : dative oi possessor (862), the soldiers have

their suspicions, i.e. they suspect. — 3. Tp£a: Latin tria.— 4. ijiiiSapciKd : tjixl-

equals Latin semi-.— 5. iv -ye t^ (|>avcpw : at least (yc, enclitic) publicly.—8. <|/^ia : for a picture of the i/^e'Atov, armlet, see No. 89.

74 DEPONENT VERBS. CONDITIONAL SENTENCES.

LESSON XXXI.

Deponent Verbs. Conditional Sentences.

296. Review the indicative of Xvco in 765-770, and of the

perfect and pluperfect indicative middle and passive of mute

verbs in 775-777.

297. Many verbs^ called Deponent Verbs, have no active

yoice, but are used in the middle or in the middle and passive

in an active sense.

298. In most deponent verbs the principal parts are the present, future,

aorist, and perfect of the indicative middle. These are called middle depo-

nents. Thus, T]Y^o|tai, lead, conduct, ij-y^o-oitai, tj-yrio-dfiiiv, 'q-y'niiai.

299. A few deponent verbs have the aorist passive instead of the

aorist middle. These are called passive deponents. Thus, povXo|i,ai, will,

wish, PovX'/j(ro)iai, PcPovXT)|jiai, cPovX'^Oi^v.

300. Some verbs which have active forms are nevertheless used almost

exclusively in the middle, or middle and passive, and practically become

deponents, as iicTaTrcix-iroiiai, and o-uo-TpaTcvojiai, used as middle deponents,

and irop€vop.ai, as a passive deponent. See 178.

301. In conditional sentences the clause containing the con-

dition is called the protasis^ and that containing the conclusion

is called the apodosis. The protasis is introduced by some form

of €l, if.

302. The supposition contained in a protasis may be either

particular or general. A particular supposition refers to a

definite act supposed to occur at a definite time. A general

supposiiipn refers indefinitely to any act, which may be sup-

posed to occur at any time.

DEPONENT VERBS. CONDITIONAL SENTENCES. 75

303. The negative of the protasis is regularly (jltj, that of (

the apodosis is ov.j

304. 1. €1 irpaTTct tovto, KaX(os t'xci, if he is doing this, it

is well, si hocfacit, bene est.

2. €L €Trpa|€ TovTO, KaXcos t'x^tj if he did this, it is well,

si hoc fecit, bene est.

The protasis here has the indicative ; it states a particular supposition

in the present or past, and implies nothing as to its fulfilment. The

apodosis has its verb in the present indicative, but it may have any form

of the verb demanded by the thought.

305. When the protasis simply states a present or past i

particular supposition, implying nothing as to the fulfilment •

of J:he condition, it has the indicative with cL. An}^ form of f

the verb may stand in the apodosis.

306. 1. el €irpa|e tovto, KaXcas dv eVxcv, if he had done

this, it would have been well, si hoc feeisset, bene fuisset.

2. €1 eirpaTTe tovto, KaXcos av ctx^cv, if he were (now) doing

this, it would be well, si hoc faeeret, bene esset; or, as in 306, 1,

if he had done this, it would have been well.

The protasis in these examples has a secondary tense of the indicative

;

it states a supposition in the present or past, and implies that the condition

is not, or ims not fulfilled. The apodosis has a secondary tense of the

indicative with av.

307. 1. \Ylien the protasis states a present or past supposi-

tion^mplying that the coiidition^ not.^^1 was not fulfilled.

the secondary tensesof the indicative are used in both protasis

and apodosis. The apodosis has the adverb av.

2. The imperfect here refers to present time or to an act

as going on or repeated in past time (cf. 306, 2), the aorist to a

simple occurrence in past time.

76 DEPONENT VERBS. CONDITIONAL SENTENCES.

308. VOCABULARY.

dir-d-yci>, lead away or back. \ii\, adv. , not.

Pov\o|iai, povX'/j(ro)Jiai, PcPovXTifiai, ircipdo|iai, ircipct<ro)iiai, ircircCpSiLai,

^PovX^9t]v, will, wish, desire. cTrcipaOTjv (274), try, attempt.

YJY^Ofiai, ij'yi]0-op,ai, r\yr\<r6nLr\v, r\Yt\^ai irpoTT«(7r/)a7), irpa^w, cirpola, -ircirpa-yo

(rf. d7w), lead the way, lead, guide, and ir^-irpaxa, ir€7rpa-yj*ai| ^P^\^^v,

conduct. do, act, accomplish.

KoXws (c/. »ca\6s), adv., beautifully, xP^^'f^'^^* XP'^^'^of"-"'''* ^XPl*'"<^f*T'> "^^XFI"

bravely, finely, successfully, well; i&ai (c/. XPW*)> w*c> make use of,

KaXu» Isx^i, it is well. employ.

309. 1. Ku/309 rois lttttols^ KaXwg e'xp'fo'ctTO. 2. ct

ravra eirpd^av, KaXws €(r^ev. 3. et ravra €TTpd^av, KaXax;

av ear^ev. 4. 'Bevo(f>(t>v i/BovXero fMera t(ov akXcov Tropev-

eadai. 5. ra> (TTpaTevfiaTL^ 'qyqTai els to ireSiov. 6. i^ov-

\iqdy) TrefjLTreLV aTTO tov aTO/xaTOS OTrXtrdg. 7. roi/ 8e

(TTpaTTjyov iiTeipaTO ireideiv. 8. et /at) /SovXerat KXea/a^o?

avTOVs dirdyeiv, aXXot, arpaTT^yol rjyrjcrovTaL. 9. iiropeveTo

dv eVl Tov? TToXefiLOvq, ei (TTpdrevfia el^ev. 10. dXX* ct

^ov\ovrai (xvv rots aXXot? TTOpeveadai €ts 77)1/ 'EXXctSa,

T^/ceti^ KcXevet avTOVs rrjs vvkt6<s-

310. 1. If he has the money, he will send (it) to the army.

2. He attempted to cut the enemy's army to pieces in the

night. 3. If this is so,^ I will lead the troops at once to the

stronghold. 4. He would not have done this, if I had not

bidden him. 5. He wished to dismiss all the guards.

Notes.— ^ ^pao/xai, use (serve oneself hy') takes the dative of means (866).

Cf. Latin ulor with the ablative. — * Dative of advantage (861).— ' oJtws

SUBJUNCTIVE ACTIVE. 77

311. Arrival of the Fleet at Issus with Reinforcements.

ivrevdev i^eXavveu crTa0fxov<; irevre Trapaa'ctyyct? rpta-

Kovra €ts 'Icrcrou?. ivravOa fiepovcnv rjfxepd'; Tpei<; • /cat

Kvpco TTapyjcrav at eK YiekoTTOvvrjaov vrje^ TpiaKovra /cat

irivre koX Itt avrals vavap^O'S Ilv6ay6pd<; AaKeSatfj.ovLO'?.

5 at 8e vrje<; wpfiovp irapa ttjv Kvpov orKiqvrjv. iraprjv 8e Kat

^eLpL(TO(j)o<; Aa/ce8at/xot'to9, fxeTdTrefnrTO<; vtto Kvpov, eirra-

Kocriov*; €)(oiv OTrXtrd? • Tovroiv eaTpaTrjyei irapa Kvpo).

Notes.— 3. vfjcs : nominative plural of vaSs. Cf. Latin naues. —4. avrais : refers to vijes, which is feminine.— vavapxos : vaOs + apx*^- —5. up|iovv: see opfiew.— 6. iwrdirtnirros: verbal adjective from ^cTa7r£/x7ro/xai.

— 7. io-Tpar^-yei : cf. aTpaTr]y6<i. The genitive follows orparT/yew (847).

LESSON XXXII.

Subjunctive Active. Vivid Future Conditions.

312. Only the present, aorist, and perfect tenses occur^m,

the subjunctive . The perfect is rare.

313. The time expressed by the present and aorist subjunctive is gener-

ally future, the present expressing the action as going on or repeated, the

aorist expressing simply its occurrence, as «av kwXutj, if he shall be hindering,

or if he shall hinder (habitually), but tov kwXvo-q, simply if he shall hinder.

314. Learn the conjugation of the subjunctive active of A-uoj

in 765 (Xvco), 767 (Xvao)), and 768 (XcXvko)).

315. The subjunctive has the long vowel « or t| in place of the final

vowels o or 6 and a of the tense suffixes found in the indicative (138, 140,

148). The form is « before |i or v in the personal endings, elsewhere r\.

The subjunctive uses the endings of the primary tenses (136),

\

78 SUBJUNCTIVE ACTIVE.

316. eav irpaTTXI (or irpal^l) tovto, KaXios €|€i, if he shall

do this (if he does this), it will be well, si hoc faciet, bene erit.

The protasis is here introduced by lav, if, and has the subjunctive

;

it states a supposed future case vividly. The apodosis has its verb in the

future indicative, but any other future form might occur.

317. When a supposed future case is stated distinctly and

vividly (as in English, if I shall go, or if I go), the protasis has

the subjunctive with cav, and the apodosis has the future

indicative or some other form of future time. •

318. VOCABULARY.

diro-xwp^w, diro-x«p^<r«, etc. {cf. x^pcl, irap-t'xw, hold beside or near, furniah,

xupiov), give place, go away, with- supply, give, cause.

draw. iroXiopK^w, iro\iopK-f\<r(a, etc., hem \a a

PaoriXcvw, Pa<riX€v<rw, tPao-CXcvcra {cf. city, besiege.

pafflXeios), be king. 'irpa.y\ia, aros, rb {cf. irpdrrw), deed,

tdv, by contraction av or rjv (et + &v), thing, affair, difficulty; plur., affairs,

conj., if, with subjunctive. trouble.

l|i,ir6piov, ov, t6, trading place, empo- «<j>€\^», w<}>€X'^<r«, etc., help, assist,

rium. benefit.

319. 1. -^p Trapexofxev dyopdv, e^ere tcl eVtrr^'Seta. 2. iav

fj,r) ravra TTonjcrrj, dSiKr^Vet. 3. rjv he dTro)((opT](Ta)cn, Kvpo<;

avTov? ov TlfXTJaeL. 4. idv <^i\ov 7701170-179^ jovrov, cJ^eXr/cret.

5. edv vlKT](r(oixev, Tr)V ^wpdv ov hiapTrdcreL. 6. iav ovv

TrejxxjjiqTe tovtov tt/do? Kvpov, nXola e^ere. 7. iav oe jxr)

nXola dy-Q iKavd, toI<s aXXot? ^prqa^opieda. 8. idv 8e ol

KtXt/c€9 Trpdyfiara TTape^o)cn, Kvpo? TTopevcrerai in avrou?.

9. idv vlKyjao), /8acrtXeucra> dvrl tov aSeX^ov. 10. iav to

ifjLTTopLOv 'rro\LOpK7)(rr)<;, dTTo\(iipri(Tov(Tiv ol KtXtKcg.

SUBJUNCTIVE ACTIVE. 79

320. 1. The messenger shall have ten minas, if he does^

this. 2. If he does not collect an army, his brother will be

king. 3. If we proceed to this height, those above the road^

will withdraw. 4. If he does not collect hoplites, he will not

defeat his brother. 5. If we have troops and boats, we Avill

besiege the emporium by land and sea.

Notes ^ Verbs signifying to make may take a predicate accusative

(here <f)L\ov) besides the object accusative (840).— ^ Use the aorist.—* ol iirkp Trj<; oSov.

321. Safe Passage of the "Syrian Gateway."

ivT€v0€v i^ekavvei iirl TrvXd? rrji; KtXt/ctd? Kat T179

^vpid^. rjcrav 8e aurai hvo reL^r], koI to jxcu irpo tt^s

KtXt/ctd? ret^o? %vevpecn<; eT^e Kat Kl\lko)i> (f)v\aKTJ, to 8e

irpo rrjs '^vpCd<; 'ApTa^ep^ov iXeyeTO (f)v\aKrj ^vKaTTeiv.

8ta fjLCcrov Se tovtcov pel TTora/MO?. /cat rj TrctpoSo? ^^'

(TTevr) /cat tol t€l-)(T] et? ttjv OaXaTTav KadrJKev. raurd? ra?

TTvXd? ovK i(j)v\a^€v 'A^poK6ixd<;, dXX' eVet d/covet ort

Kupo? iv KtXi/cta ecrrt, irapa 'ApTa^ep^rjv aTreXawet.

XoTEs.— 1. iriiXos: the article is omitted, since the word is used almost

as a proper name.— 2. ifo-av : tcere, consisted of.— TetxT ' nominative plural

of the neuter noun tcT^^os, wall. — irp<$ : facing.— 5. 8id |i^ov : between.

No. 20. (po^epa fjv 17 fidxt}.

80 SUBJUNCTIVE ACTIVE.

LESSON XXXIII.

Subjunctive Active (continued). Subjunctive in Exhortations

and in Final Clauses.

322. Learn the conjugation of the present subjunctive of

cljJLi, in 795.

323. 1. t6v |€Vov Ti|xii<Tci)|JL€V, let us honor our guest.

2. \LX\ Xu(rcDji€v TT^v 'Y€({>vpav, let us not destroy the bridge.

Both these sentences express exhortation ; the verb in each is in the first

person plural of the subjunctive. If the exhortation is negative, (i^, not, is

used.

324. The first person of the subjunctive (generally plural) is )

used in exhortations. Its negative is |jltj.

325. 1. TT^v *Y€<t)t)pav Xvaoficv, tva (also a)S or oircos) tovs

TToXcjiiovs Ka)Xu<r(«)|Jicv, we will destroy the bridge^ that we may

check the enemy.

2. TovTOV dird'YO}Ji€v, tva ^y\ (also <bs |iTJ, or Sitcds Jfn, or

simply |ifi) KaK(os tovs <j)iXous iroiTJcr'Q, we are leading him

away., that he may not do our friends harm.

The subordinate clauses here express purpose and take the subjunctive;

they are introduced by the final particle tvo (also c»s or ^ttws), that, in order

that, or, if negative, by tva fi^ (also «5>s |i^, or oir«s ^f\, or simply ^i\), that

not, in order that not. The verb of the principal clause is iu a primary (50)

tense.

326. Qlauses which denote purpose (or final clauses) arev

introduced by the final particles tva, «s, or Sttos, and take thef

subjunctive after primary tenses. The negative is iii].'

SUBJUNCTIVE ACTIVE. 81

327. VOCABULARY.

airia, alT/jo-w, efc., ask, ask for, 4X^\a|iai, T|\d9T]v, drive; intrans.,

demand. drive, ride, march.

oLkovu, dKovo-ofiai, TlKovara, aK'/JKoa, kuXvoi, KttXv<rUf etc., hinder, prevent,

t|kovo-6t)v, hear, learn, hear of, give check.

heed to. ovhi {ov + S^), neg. conj., but not, and

dir-cXavv(i>, drive away; intrans., ride, not, nor yet, nor; as adv., not even,

march, or go away. not at all.

Ida), iaa-a, clacra, ctaKa, claiiai., tla.9r\v a-vy-KoXiw, call together, summon.

(274), permit, allow, let go. <{Kv-yci) (0^7), <|Kv|o|iai and <|>€v|ov|iai,

IkcS {cf. iKftvos), adv., in that place, i^vyov, iri^tvya, flee, run away, flee

there. from, flee one's country, be an

i\aiva {i\a), k\&, -^Xaa-a, ^X^XaKa, exile.

328. 1. fiT) TOVTOV iacrcjfxev ^evyeiv. 2. Trdvra^ ut^ekeiv

Tret/aarat, Iva avT(o (^iXot (oai. 3. 8ta tov ireBCov i\avva)[xev.

4. Kvpov atrovcrt^ TrXota, 6>s tovs TreXracrras dTroireixxpcocTL.

5. TToXefXTJacofiev ovv to'l<; f^ap^dpoi^^ Xva fxr) tov<; ^tXou?

Ka/cw? TroLTJ(T(i)(TLV. 6. iav Be 6 aaTpdirrj^ rf evrt rw ^vcfyparr)

iroTa[x(p, aTreXoi. 7. 171' Se (f)€vyy, eKei 77/905 ravra ^ovXev-

crofxeOa. 8. ouS' eav ravr' aKovar), avyKaXel Toiff; crrpa-

Ttctjrd?. 9. /xi^ KcoXvcofxev to Kvpov (TTpdrevixa aTreXavveLP.

329. 1. Cyrus, let us honor ^ our guest. 2. Let us besiege^

the emporium both by land and by sea. 3. And let us send

with Xenophon* the peltasts from the van. 4. What (ri) will

the soldiers have, if they conquer?^ 5. He calls the generals

together to persuade them to take the field with him.

Notes— ^ Verbs signifying to ash take two object accusatives (838).—« Cf. 293, 10.— » Use the aorist.— * Use the dative (865).

82 READING LESSON.

330. Xenias and Pasion Desert.

ivrevdev i^eXavveu Sta Svptdg et? MvptavSov ifXTTopiov

o' icTTL TO ^(OptOV cVt TT) OaXaTTT), Kol Ot/CftTat VTTO 4>0t-

vlK(jt)v. ivTavOa ixivovaiv rjfxepds kiTTa.' koX aepCd^; /cat

Hdcnwi^ ttXoiov Xa/36vT€<; /cat to, ^^pyjfiaTa aTTOTrXeovcrt,

5 ^a\e7raLvovTe<; on Kvpos top KXeap^ov eta tovs arpaTLco^

Tct? avTOiv e)(eiv. Kv/aog Se crwe/caXecre Tov<i aTpaTrjyov^

Kai eXc^e raSe- " 'ATToXeXotTrdcrti^ ')7jaa9 (ws) Hevtd? /cat

ndcrtcui'. dXXa /xd tov<; Oeovs ovk avrou? 8tw^&j, ovSe

avTov? /ca/coig TTOtT^crw." ot 8' dXXot arpaTrj-yol eVet

10 rjKovcrav ttjv Kvpov dpeTijv, r]S€co<; crvvenopevovTo.

Notes.— 2. otKcirai: passive, is inAaftjVerf.— 4. XaPovrcs: having taken,

second aorist active participle of Xafifidvui, declined like ckwv (752),

Xa^iav, \afiovaa, Xaftov, etc.— 8. Oeows : accusative in a negative oath (837).

No. 21. Darius III.

SUBJUNCTIVE MIDDLE AND PASSIVE. 83

LESSON XXXIV.

Subjunctive Middle and Passive. Subjunctive after Verbs

of Fearing.

331. Learn the conjugation of the subjunctive middle and

passive of Xvco, in 7G5 (\t)<iD|iai), 767 (Xvo-uiiai), 709 (\€Xu|ievos «),

and 770 (XvOw).

332. The long vowel w or t) (315) is used also in the middle and pas-

sive in all the tenses. But in the aorist passive it is added to the tense stem

(195), as Xv$€-<j), Xv8« (by contraction). The subjunctive uses the end-

ings of the primary tenses (315), here the middle and passive endings (17&),

except in the aorist passive where the actice endings occur (136).

333. 1^ SeSoiKa |it] ras 'Y€<})vpas Xi)co(ri, Ifear that they will

destroy the hridyes.

2. 5£5oiKa|i€V jiT] ov iricrTol ^t€, we fear that you will not he

faithful.

The subordinate clause, which expresses the thing feared and is the

object of the leading verb, here takes the subjunctive ; it is introduced by

(i^, that or lest (Latin ?ie), or if negative by liij ow, that not (Latin ut). The

verb which denotes fear is in a primary tense.

334. After verbs denoting fear, caution,, or dcmge7:3_^if\, that

or lest, takes the subjunctive after ijrimary tenses. The nega-

tive form is |jlt] ov.

No. 22. Persian Daric,

84 . SUBJUNCTIVE MIDDLE AND PASSIVE.

335. VOCABULARY.

S^SoiKa, aperf. with force of pres., aor. voy.Llo> (voniS), vo|i,im, etc., regard, con-

cScio-a (c/. d€tv6s),fear, of reasonable sider, think.

fear. <rird«, Jo-n-aora, to-iraKa, c<nraa-|tai,

Sta-o-Trdw, draio apart, separate. €<rird<r6Tjv, draw.

e^-airaTdci>, l^-airaTTJo-w, etc., deceive (txoXt), rjs, ij, leisure; o-xoX^, slowly.

_

grossly, mislead. ^o^(a, ^o^r\<rot, i^6§r\a-a {cf. 4>6^os,

liri-K(v8vvos, ov {cf. KhSvyos), dangerous, 4>o^p6s), frighten ; commonly pass.

perilous. dep., be frightened, fear, of un-

kCv8vvos, ov, 6, danger, peril. reasoning fear.

336. 1. Trauo'w/Lte^a, w c^tXot, ravri^? rrj^ /ict^i^?.^

2. cr^oX^ ^ TTopevovrai Iva fir) rj (fxiXay^ StacTTratr^^.

3. Kv/309 Tov craTpdiTiqv (ftiXov^ ov vofxiel,^ iav inl ttjp

ap^7)v TTopevrjTaL CKetvos. 4. jSowcn iroLVTe^, Lva ol noke-

fXLOL i^aTTaTr)6a>aL. 5. (f)o^ovvTaL yap fxrj ov 6 (TarpaTn)^

Tov TToXefxov TTavrjTaL. 6. -^v Se rj ye(f)vpa XvOrj, ol TToXefiLot

dTro^(oprj(rovcn. 7. r) he X^P^ TroXe/xtct icTTLv iTnKivhvvov

ovv €(TTaL^ iav iropevrjade 8t' avrrjq. 8. SeSot/ca fxrj cnrd-

crrjTaL tov aKlvaKrjv. 9. Kivhvvo^ ecrrt p.r) rrj<; vvkto<; ol

TroXejXLOL TTopevcovTaL in avrov'?.

337. 1. I fear that the satrap will be sent. 2. Let us

deliberate about this. 3. We will destroy the bridge, that the

enemy may not send for the peltasts. 4. I do not fear that

this man will be made^ satrap. 5. There is no danger that

Cyrus will wish to pursue these generals.

Notes. — ^ A genitive of separation (849).— ^ A dative of manner \

— * A predicate accusative (840).— * Future third singular. -— * Third sin-

gular of the future (^taofjuu) of ei/ii (for IcrcTai).— ® Use the aorist.

READING LESSON. 85

338. Advance to the Euphrates.

/Ltera ravra Kv/309 i^eXavveu Trapacrayyds eiKocriv

irrl Tov XdXov woTa^ov • ivrjaav Se iv t^ TTora/AW

l^6ve<;, ovs (which) ol Svpoi 6eovs ivoixL^ou Kal dScKelv

ovK elcjv. i(TKTJvovp 8e ol crrpartwrat e^' rat? Uapvad-

5 ri8o9 Ka>fjLaL<;. evrevOev i^ekavvei eVt ra? TTT/ya? rov

AdpSaTO<i TTOTajxov. ivravda rjcrav /SacriXeta /cat napd-

Sfttros KaXos- Kvpo9 8' avTov eKKoiTTei koX to. ySacrtXeta

Kara/caet. ivrevdeu i^ekavvei CTTaOfiov'^ Tpei<; inl tov

FjV(f)paTr)v TTorapiOV.

XoTES.— 2. Ix6w€s : ^sA, nominative plural of Ix^^'^i ws, o. — 4. own

tl'cDv : i.e. they permitted nohoihj.— Ilapvo-dTiSos : the mother of Cyrus. The

income from these villages supplied her Avith " pin money."— 7. avriv

:

the park.

wmmmiwjmmNo. 23. A Youthful Knight.

86 CONTRACT VERBS IN THE SUBJUNCTIVE.

LESSON XXXV.

Contract Verbs in the Subjunctive.

339. Learn the conjugation of the present subjunctive

active, middle, and passive of Ti|jLd(o in 781, of iroieo) in 782,

and of 5t]\6(o in 783.

340. Observe that

(1) a + <» = »; a + ti = a; a-|-xi^a,;

(2)€4-o) = «; €+Ti=:ii; €+xi = Ti;

(3) o-|-a)^(o; o-|-t| = «; o4-Tl = ot'

341. VOCABULARY.

d-(i,ax€( (d neg. +yadx'?), adv., without KaT-d-yw, bring back, restore.

fighting. Xonr6s, •>), 6v {cf. \elirw), remaining;

dp-yvpiov, ov, t6 {cf. dpyvpov?:), silver yfith the art. , the rest.

money, money. vvv, adv., now, just now.

I9i\<)>, cOeX'^o-w, T|0^Ti<ra, T|0€XriKO, be irapa-KaX^w, call to one^s side, summon.

willing, wish. o-viA-iropcvopiai, accompany. *

2iro|i.ai (o-ctt), i[«|/o|iai, kw6^i\v, follow, ^v^6.s, dSoi, 6 {cf. <p€&yu), fugitive,

accompany. exile.

342. 1. iav 8e tov^ (TTpcLTL(oTd<; dhiKrj, ovk ideXTJaojiev

enecrSai. 2. (f)o(3ovvTaL fxyf tov<; Kvpov (j&tXou? Treipaade

KaK(t)<; noLelv. 3. iav Se tovtov<; viK(t)jxep, Trcti/re? e^jjovraL.

4. ipcoTWfjiev Tov dyyeXov el to apyvpiov €^et- 5. (fyo/Selrai

fxrj Tr€Lp(ouTaL Kardyeiv tov^ (f)uydSa<;. Q.Civ r<^ ^avep(o\

A€^et tJ'a TTCtcrt 817X01 rt (what) iv v(o ej^et. 7. eai^ to crTpd-

CONTRACT VERBS IN THE SUBJUNCTIVE. 87

Tevfxa OLTTO^oyprj Trj<; vvkt6<;, Gfjovrai ol irokifxioi. 8. rjv Se

Tov<^ aXXov? (TTpaTLoyrd<; TrapaKaXrJTe, ireipaaovTai 7ravTe<s

ayadoi eli^at.^ 9. rjv he Kv/30s ect tov KXiap^ov tov<s arpa-

Ttwrcts ^x^ELv, ovk4ti (TVfJLTropevcrovTaL ol aXXot crrpaT'qyoL.

10. iav vvv Tov<; <^tXov9 irapaKaXcofjiei', dfia^el Trjv Xoltttju

ohov^ TTopevcrofieOa.

343. 1. Let us ask Cyrus what he intends. 2. He fears

that the troops will demand their pay. 3. Let us set fortli,

soldiers, against these Cilicians. 4. With the help of^ the

gods, let us conquer the enemy. 5. We fear that the soldiers

may wrong our allies.

Notes.— ^ to be.— ^ A cognate accusative (833).— * with the help of, crvv.

344. The real Object of the Expedition is disclosed.

evravOa fievovcnv r)[xepd<; irime, koX tols (TTpaT'qyolq

Tois 'EXXr)VLKOL<; Kvpos Xeyeu otl t) oSo? ecrTat irpos top

'ApTa^€p^r)v et? Ba^vXwi/a • /cat /ceXevet avrovs Xiyeiv

TavTOL Tol^ (TTpaTL(oTaL^ /cat TTeideiv eireadai. ol Se crrpa-

5 TL(x)TaL ^aXeTraCvovcTi rot? crTpaTr)yois, /cat ovk iOeXovcnv

eTretjOaL iav jxr) Kvpo<; aurot? ^pyjfxaTa StSw wcnrep koi

vporepov. ravra ot cTTpaTrjyol Kvpco eXeyov • 6 S'

VTTicr^velTai aTpaTKOTT) eKoiaTcp irevre dpyvpiov jxva^; iirrjv

€19 Ba^vX(x)va ij/coicrt. to fjiev Srj 'EXXr)VLKov ovtox;

10 iireia'dr}.

Notes 5. (rTpaTt]"yois : dative of indirect object after ^(aXeiratVoucri

(8G0).— 6. 8i8w : give, thii-d singular present subjunctive of SiSiofj-L. —7. irpoTcpov : previously, an adverb in the comparative (c/*. irpo).— 8. tiHjv :

whenever, followed by the subjunctive, like iav.

88 LIQUID STEMS OF THE CONSONANT DECLENSION.

LESSON XXXVI.

Liquid Stems of the Consonant Declension.

345. Learn the declension of dYtov, contest, Tj-yejitov, guide,

jjLTiv, month, and pTJTtop, orator, in 745,

346. The nominative singular rejects s and lengthens the vowel of the

stem, if this is not already long. In the dative plural v is dropped befoie

0-. The vocative singular is like the nominative in oxytones ; in other

liquid stems it is like the stem.

347. Learn the declension of iraTTJp, father, jjtTJTiip, mother,

and din^p, man, in 746.

348. 1. irar/jp and k-^ttip drop € of the stem in the genitive and dative

singular and accent the last syllable. Elsewhere they retain € except in

the dative plural, where cp is changed to pa ; c is accented except in the

cases named and in the vocative singular, which is the mere stem and has

recessive accent.

2. dWip drops c wherever a vowel follows cp and inserts 8 in its place.

8 is inserted also in the dative plural. The accent is thrown back except

in the genitive and dative.

349. VOCABULARY.

d'Y<&v, wvos, 6 (cf. 47w), gathering, n'fjv, /j.r)f6i, 6, month.

assembly, contest, games; ayQva (i'^'nip, n.7jTp6i, ri, mother, Lat. mater.

irouTv, hold games. oIlKaSc (cf. oiKla), adv., home, home-

dv^p, d;'5p6s, 6, man, Lat. uir. ward.

"EXXt]v, r]vos, 6 (cf. 'EXXtjukAj, 'EXXds), iraW|p, irarpSs, 6, father, Lat. paler.

a Greek. p-(\T<i>p, opoj, 6, speaker, orator.

ii-y(|xwv, 6vos, 6 (cf. 7}y4oiJMi), leader, ^]ir]^it,o\i,a,i (\//7f<f)id), «|n]({>iov|iai, etc.,

guide. mid. dep., vote, decide.

LIQUID STEMS OF THE CONSONANT DECLENSION. 89

350. 1. dycopa Se iTTOLTJcravTO ol EXXr)ve<;. 2. Tovrr) rrj

r^fxepa} fJieO' rjyefjLOvo'; inopevovro oiKaBe. 3. Xeyet Kvpo<s

OTL 6 dvrfp eVl rw Ev<f>paTr) irorap.^ iariv. 4. 17 Se p-yJTrjp

Kvpou aTroTrefXTrei ttoKiv inl ttjv dp^ijv. 5. dXXa /cat

narepa^ a€vo(f)(t)VTa iKoXovv. 6. koX dpidfjiop ro)v EWrjvoiv

eTTOLTjcrev iv rw TrapaSetcrw. 7. ixjrrjcfyLcravTo he ol EXXt^vc?

TTopeveadai fxeTO, tov d^'8po9. 8. /cat eTrefixfje Kvpo<s Trevre

lx7]v(op^ fiL(T06v. 9. et* Tots.''EXXT7crtv ^aav pT]Tope<; dyaOot.

351. 1. His father summoned Cyrus. 2. They voted to

send men with Clearchus. 3. Cyrus was made satrap of

Phrygia by his father. 4. Each man shall have five minas of

silver.* 5. He carried on war with the Greeks.

Notes. — "^ Dative of the time tchen (870).— ^ Predicate accusative

(840). — 3 Genitive of measure (841, 5).— * Genitive of material (841, 4).

352. Menon's clever Device to win the Favor of Cyrus.

Mevwv he irplv hrjXov elvai tl TTOirjCovcnv ol aXXot

"^EXXT^t-e?, TTOTepov e\\)ovrai Kvpco 7) ov, crvveke^e to ovtov

(TTpdrevpLa koX eXe^e rdSe* "*Ai^8/5e9, vvv Setrat Kvpo?

eTTeaOai tov<; "EXXrjva^ evrt ^ApTa^ep^rjv. iyo) ovp KeXevco

5 vfxd^ {you) ev6v<; htaf^alveiv tov TroTafxou. 7)v fxev yap

\lrr)(l>i(TOJVTai eirecrdai, vp.d'; t(x)v aXXcov npoTlfMrjcreL cTTpa-

TioiTOiv Kvpo9 • rjv he dTro\\fy)(j)i(TOiVTai 01 aXXot, Tropevcro-

[xeOa dvapres oiKahe TrdXiv."

Notes.— 1. irplv St^Xov clvoi : before it teas evident. — 2. ir6T€pov . . . tj :

whether ... or.— K«p<(): the dative follows CTro/xat (864).— ov: accented at the

end of a sentence.— o-vv€X€|€: see crvWiyu).— avrov: cf. 267, 4.— 7. (rrpa-

Ti««Twv : dependent on the preposition included in the Compound verb (852).

*90 INTERROGATIVE AND INDEFINITE PRONOUNS.

LESSON XXXVII.

Interrogative and Indefinite Pronouns.

353. The principal interrogative pronoun is tis, tis, ti',

ivho? ivliich? ivhat? (Latin quis). It always has the acute

accent on the first syllable, except in the short forms rov, rw,

and never changes the acute to the grave.

354. The indefinite pronoun is tIs, tIs, tI, some., any

(Latin aliquis), or, used substantively, somebody^ anything

(Latin quidam). It is enclitic.

355. Learn the declension of tis and tIs in 763.

356. VOCABULARY.

8^(1), Scfjo-ci), etc., lack, want, need; mid., lack, desire,

request ; Sci, used impersonally, there is need, it is

proper, one ought.

iir-aivio>, iw-aiv^aw, etc.,praise.

ilTcposi a, ov, the other, one of two; without the art.,

another, other.

T]So|xai, Ti<r6T|(ronai, r\<r9r\v, be glad, be pleased.

M^vwv, wvos, 6, Menon.

TToios, d, ov, interr. pron., of what sort? Lat. qualis.

iroo-os, r?, ov, interr. pron., how much 1 Lat. quantus.

o-4>ev8ov^TT]s, ov, 6 (cf. fftpfvddvTj), slinger. No. 24.

Tis, t£, interr. pron., who? which? what?

tIs, tI, end. indef. pron., a, some, any, a certain

;

as noun, somebody, anything. No. 24. a(p€v5ovrjTai.

INTERROGATIVE AND INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 91*

357. 1. TOVTo Xeyei rtg. 2. rt? tovto \eyei; 3. Xeyovcn

Se Ttt'cg ort Kv/ao? rjcrdr]. 4. ^i^ 8e' rt? iv rrj arpana Mepcov

©erraXd?. 5. kol ipcoTO, tw a(l)evhovT]Tr]v ttoctov apyvpiov

e)(€t.. 6. iav viKwcn, ri^ Set avrov? Xueti/ r-qv ye(f)vpav

;

7. ev noioL'; npayixaacv rjaav ol EXXryi^e?/ 8. ipajra

TLvos^ ecrTiv 6 tTTTTO?. 9. K0/3OS €TT(iicrev avhpa Ilepar)^ Kat

erepov nva twi/ rjyeixovojv. 10. ipcora top ayyeXov rt?

irraivei tov<; Mev(t)vo<; (TTpaTKirrdf;.

358. 1. Why need the men proceed? 2. What does he say-

to^ this? 3. Somebody asks whether you said this. 4. What

sort of men ought to take the field ? 5. How many slingers

have you in the army?

Notes. — '^Adverbial accusative, m,%? (835).— ^Predicate genitive of

possession (843).— ^ Trpd; with accusative.

359. Cyrus is greatly pleased and himself crosses the Euphrates.

01 8e MeVwvo? cTTpaTLOiTaL iirel ravr' 7jKov(rav, Treidovrai

KOI Sia^atVoucrt tov TTorap}>v Trpiv tov<; aX\ov9 XeycLu

TL TTOLtjcrovo'L. Kvpo? he r)cr0r} re Kat rw cTTparevpaTL

hi dyyeXov eXe^eu • " 'Erytu fiev, (o dvhpe<;, 17817 ti/xag

5 iTTaivo) • evOvs he koI v/xet? e^e eVati^eo'CTe, 17 (or) ovKeri

eyoi Kvpd? elfii" ol [xev hrj crTpaTLCOTai iv iXvio'L KaXat?

^aap, Mei^cDVL he kol hwpa Xeyerai Trefxxjjai. fxerd he ravra

hie^aive tov noTafxov eiTreTO he koX to aXXo crrpctTev/xa

avTw airav.

Notes.— 2. irplv . . . \^-y€iv: before the rest said.— 5. i^ : me, accusative.

See the notes on 278, 1 and 3. — 7. ir€|i,«|rai : to have sent, aorist active

infinitive. — 8. tiiriro : for the augment, see 871, 5.— 9. avrcp: cf. 352, 2.

92 OPTATIVE ACTIVE.

LESSON XXXVIII.

Optative Active. Less Vivid Future Conditions.

360. Besides the present, aorist, and perfect, found in the

subjunctive (312), the optative has the future and future perfect.

For the distinction of time between the present and the aorist,

see 313.

361. Learn the conjugation of the optative active of

\vco in 765 (Xvoijii), 766 (\u(roi|ii), 767 (\uo-at|ii), and 768

(XcXvkoiijll).

362. The optative adds the Mood Suffix i (in the third plural w) to the

tense stem, as Xvo-i-jii, Xvara-i-|u. In the perfect the a of the st-em XeAvxa

is changed to o. The optative uses the endings of the secondary tenses

(145), but the first person singular active takes (jli. The forms Xv<r€ias,

Xvo-€i(, Xvo-ciav, in the aorist, are irregular, but they are in common use

instead of Xuo-ais, Xvaai, Xvaauv. For the accent of Xvoi, Xv<rot, Xv<rai,

see 23.

363. €l irpaTTOi (or irpa|€i€) tovto, kuXus av €^01, if he

should do this, it would be well, si hoc faciat, bene sit.

The protasis is here introduced by A; if, and has the optative ; it states

a supposed future case less vividly than the subjunctive (317). The

apodosis has its verb in the optative with the adverb &v.

364. When a supposed future case is stated in a less distinct

and vivid form (as in English, if I should go), the protasis has

the optative with cl, and the apodosis has the optative with

<lv.

OPTATIVE ACTIVE. 93

365. VOCABULARY.

Sia^aTos, v, 6v, fordable, passable. self with provisions, collect or pro-

SCKaios, o, ov (c/. diKr]),just, right. cure supplies, forage.-

SiKaiMS (cf.dlKatos), adv., justly, rightly. kXcCm, kXcCo-u, cKXcio-a, KCKXeiftai and

8oK£a>, 8d|», <8o|a, ScSoYiiai, €86x6tjv, K€KXci<r|i.ai, CKXeio-O-qv, shut, close.

seem, seem best or good, think; •ircS'g (c/. iref6$), adv., on /ooi.

doKet, etc., impers., it seems, it irtjos, )), 6v, on foot; oi we^ol, the

seems best. infantry.

€iri-(rlTi^o|iai {(Tlrib), iiri-crlTiov\i.ai, iir- paS(»s, adv., easily.

€o-lTi(rd|iT]v {cf. (tXtos), furnish one- o-tros, ov, 6, grain, food, supplies.

366. 1. et Tavra TTOirjceiev, d7ro)(^copT]aaLfxev av. 2. el

TTape)(oiixev dyopav, e)(OLT dv Kal oItov kol olvov. 3. et vlKrj-

(rcLLfjiev, ovK dv ttjv )((opdv StapTTCtcretev. 4. d^Lov<; dv e^ot

(^tXov9, et €)(OL€v Ta oirXa. 5. et dirdyoifxi avrov? TTokiv et?

ry)v 'EXXaSa, St/catw? dv ')(apiv e)(Otev. 6. et 8o£ete rot?

vre^ot? iTrtalTL^ecrOaL, tl av TToirjaaiTe ,' 7. et ra? TTvXd?

KXetcretai', TroXto^/g^atre av avrovs Kal Kara yrjv kol Kara ?

OakaTrav. 8. et 6 7rora/A09 /u.>) ""^C^ StaySaro? et?;,^ TrXota

avvdyotev dv. 9. et 8e pLLcrSov Trefji^eiev avrot?, (TVfip,d^ov<;

av e)(ot St/catovs /cat dya^ovs.

367. 1. If you should do this, we should justly feel grateful.

2. If they should plot evil against hiin,^ he would do themharm. 3. It would be well, if the general should caU the mentogether. 4. If we should besiege the fort, the enemy would^vithdraw. 5. If they should resolve^ to proceed, Cyrus wouldsend them a leader.

Notes.— ^ should prove to be.— ^ Ugg f}^Q simple dative (861),

if it should seem best to them.

— ^ I.e.

94 READING LESSON.

368. The Gods send a Portent. Advance to the Arazes.

hie^aivov Se tov Trorafiov irel^y • TrXota yap ovk et^ov.

ovncjTTOTe he ovto<; 6 TroTafxo<; Sta/Saro? ^i^ ''^^Cv ^^ f^V

Tore, dXXa ttXolols- eSd/cet 817 rots cTTpaT-qyol^ /cat to'1<^

<TTpaTL<xyraL'i Trctcrt deiov eXvai.

5 ivTevdev i^eXavvet 8ta T179 Sv/at'd? (TTaOfioix; ivvia

Trapaadyyd<; TrevTTjKovTa • /cat d^iKvovvrai 7r/3o? toi'

*Apd^r]v TTorafxov. ivravOa rjcrav Kcofxat fxeaTol atrov

Kol olvov. ipTavda ep.evov -qfiepas rpet? Kat irrealTL^ouTO.

Notes.— 2. riv : with force of pluperfect, had been.— 3. irXoiois : dative

of instrument (866).— 7. o-trou Kal otvov : dependent on /AtcrTat, stored with.

Verbal adjectives signifying fulness and want take the genitive (855).

No. 25. Greek Armor.

OPTATIVE ACTIVE. 95

LESSON XXXIX.

Optative Active (continued). Optative in Final Clauses.

Object Clauses.

369. Learn the conjugation of the present optative of cljjli

in 795.

370. 1. TT|v Y€<|>\jpav eXixrajtcv, tva (also ws or ottcos) tovs

Tro\€|iious Kca\\)(rat|Ji€V, we destroyed the bridge^ that we might

cheek the enemy.

2. TovTov d'irTi'YO|jL€V, iva [tii (also ws |i.ti, or ottws [Jlt], or

simply JIT]) KttKws tovs <})iXous iroilio-eie, we led him away, that

he might not do our friends harm.

The clauses which express purpose here take the ojttative (cf. 325), but

they are introduced by the same final particles that introduce the subjunc-

tive. The verb of the principal clause is here in a secondary (50) tense.

V/J 371. Clauses which denote purpose (or final clauses) are

covVfintroduced by the final particles iva, d)S, or ottws, and take the

loptative after secondary tenses. The negative is iiTJ.

372. 1. povXcvcTai oirws Pao-LX€\i(r€i dvrl tov d8€X<j>ov, he

plans that he may he king in place of his brother.

2. ipovXcvcTO OTTCOS ^a(JiKiV(rii dvrl tov d8€X())0v, he planned

that he might be king in place of his brother.

3. povX€V€Tai OTTCOS \ir] iCTTOii €ttI tco dS€X<|>co, he plans that

he may not be in his brother s power.

4. ipovXcvcTO OTTCOS ^ €aTat CTTi tco dScXcjxu, he planned that

he might not be in his brother s power.

Al

96 OPTATIVE ACTIVE.

The subordinate clause is here the object of the leading verb, which

signifies to plan or strive for (the leading verb may also signify to care for,

to effect); this subordinate clause is introduced by 8ir«s or, if negative,

by 8ir«s |i^, and has the future indicative whether the principal verb is in

a primary or a secondary tense.

373. Object clauses depending on verbs signifying to striji&.

for., to care fo7\_t(L,effect., regularly take the future indicative

with ^TTcDS or oiras liij ^'fter both primary and_secondary tenses.

374. VOCABULARY.

ciri-)i€X^o(t.ai, €iri-|i,cX^o-o|iai, ^iri-|U|ii- (^a, €t\T)p,fiai, IX^4*®^v> ^(1^6) receive,

XT|)t,ai, ^ir-€|i€X^6T]v, exercise care, get, find.

care for, give attention to, see to. iropC^w {iropiS), iropiu, etc., furnish, pro-

<pT)|j.os, Vi <"') and os, ov (130), deserted, vide; mid., obtain.

uninhabited, deprived of. Tiji.'^, ^s, i) (cf. rlndu), value, honor,

lr]Tiu>, t,i\Ti\a-<i>, etc., seek, ask for. esteem.

Xafipdvu (Xa^), X^«|/o}j,ai, cXa^v, itKi]- Ti\t.\.o%, a, ov {cf. rifx-^), valued, dear.

375. 1. 6 ap^oiv rot? "^Wr^aiv rjyeixova eirefi^ev, Iva

oia Trjf; 'iro\e^td<i ^cjpds ayoi avTov<;. 2. tovtov rov avhpa

(0(f)eXei, Lva (f)iXou €)(ol. 3. rtg iinfieXeLTaL ottw? ol

(TTpaTiwTai Tov paaSov XTJxjjopTaL j 4. tcjp he ^ap^dpwv^

iirefxeXeiTo, ott&j? noXefxelv re LKauol eliqaav koX evvoi avrco.

5. itpJTOvv Tovs ap^ovra<^, Iva avrot? avixjSovXevoLev. 6. t(o

KXedp^co ine/BovXeve Mevcov, iva (^tXo? €117 r(o (raTpaTrr).

7. d^LOL dv elre Tlixrj<;^ <^tXot, et TTO/at^otre roJ (TTpaTevfiaTL

oirXa. 8. i7nfJieXij(TeTaL 6 Kvpo<; ottcd^ ol crrpaTcwTaL '^dpiv

i^ovo'Lv avT(o. 9. /cat crvv avroi? fxev eciqv dv TtfiLos, avruiv^

Se et ejpT7/A05 elr)v, ovk dv t/cavo? eliqv tov<; ffyiXov^ (offyeXelv.

OPTATIVE ACTIVE. 97

376. 1. If you should send a guide, we should be grateful.

2. This he did that the rest of the Greeks might withdraw.*

3. He took care that he should have good friends. 4. I did

this in order that the enemy might not hear. 5. Let us plan

to get provisions.

Notes. — ^ The genitive follows verbs signifying to care for (846).—2 The genitive depending on a|tos, worthy, is the genitive of value (853).

— ' The genitive depends on adjectives signifying fulness or want (855).

— * Use the aorist.

377. Advance through the Desert of Arabia.

ivTevOev e^ekavvei Sta ry)^ *Apa^td?, rov Ev(f)paTr]v

TTOTafxov iv Septet e)(ajv, cTTaOfiovs eprjiiov; irevTe irapa-

(rdyyoLq TpLOLKovra Koi irivTe. iv rovrco ok tco totto) tjv r)

yrj TTeSiov airav ofxakov (ocnrep OdXoLTTa. drjpCa Be irav-

5 Tola ivrjv, ovoi aypioL Kai o'rpovdoL at 'Apd^Lat • ivrjcrav

8e KoX cjTtSe? /cat SopKaSe^. Tavra Se rd diqpia ol crrpa-

TLWTai ivLOTe ihtCOKOV ttTTO llTTTOiV ' KoX TOVS 6vOV<i ^aXcTTO^'

^u \afJL^dv€Lv • OoLTTOv ydp ro)v LTrircov erpe^ov.

Notes.—-5. o-rpovfloC : for an ancient picture of the ostrich, see no. 28.

—

8. 'iirircov : a genitive of comparison (858) after ddxTov, more quickly, the

comparative of the adverb ra-j^ioi^, quickly.

No. 26. Chariot Race.

98 OPTATIVE MIDDLE AND PASSIVE.

LESSON XL.

Optative Middle and Passive. Optative after Verbs of Fearing.

378. Learn the conjugation of the optative middle and

passive of \v(o in 765 (X\Joi|iiiv), 766 (\i)aoi|j.T]v), 767 (\\)orai|niv),

769 (X€\\)|Jievos €iiiv and XcXUaoifi-qv), and 770 (XuOciiiv and

XuGTio-oifi-qv).

379. The mood suffix is i, as in the active (362), except in the aorisi

passive ; here it is fq in the singular and sometimes in the dual and plural,

but the shorter forms XvOeirov, XvOttrriv, etc., occur more frequently. In

these forms the accent does not go back of the mood suffix. The optative

middle and passive uses the middle and passive secondary endings (175),

except in the aorist passive, where the active endings occur (145).

380. 1. e8€io'a \i\] ras 'Y€<|)\)pas Xvoicv, I feared that they

would destroy the bridges.

2. cSciorafiev \u] ov irio'Tol cTtc, we feared that you would not

be faithful.

The verb which denotes fear is here in a secondary tense (cf. 333), and

the subordinate clause takes the optative.

381 .^_Afterverbs denotinp^/'gar^ caution, or danger, [ir\. that

or Zgg^akes the optative_after secondary tenses^^JTljejiegatiye

form is |it| ov.

382. VOCABULARY.

tlcrot (cf. «'j), adv., inside, within. f\9p6s, i, 6v, hostile; ix^P^^i '>> ^cKar^pwOcv, adv. , on both sides orflanks. noun, enemy, foe.

(vvotKcos {cf. evvovi), adv., with good kvkKos, ov, 6, circle, curve.

will, kindly. kvk\6<i>, kvkXwo-m, etc. , encircle, hem in.

i

OPTATIVE MIDDLE AND PASSIVE. 99

o|i(i)s, adv. , nevertheless, yet, still, how-

ever.

•Tr\T]<rid5w (irXriffLaS), "irXT)<ria,<r«, etc.,

approach.

(TTtpioi, o-TcpTJo-w, etc., deprive, rob, be-

reave.

<rto%t» (<rw, ffwd), otmo-oi, ccraxra, (reo-wKa,

<ria-<t>^ai and <r^o-(i>(r|iiai, i<ru>9r\v,

save, rescue, keep safe; mid. and

pass., save oneself, be saved alive,

return safely.

a-u|iia, aros, t6, body, life, person.

383. 1. eSetore fjL^ ol i)(dpol TljxrjOelev. 2. et ol FtkXr)pe<;

TrkyjcndloLev, <f)o/3r]deLev dv ol noXefXiOi. 3. aepo(j)(i)VTa

ap'^ovTa eTroLrjordfjieOa Xva crcjdeLfxev. 4. evpo'LKCt)<? av

e)(oi ^ rots "EXXi^crti' 6 Kvpo?, et ^-q^icTaLVTO avixTropeveaOaL. 2,

5. et OTrXa fir} €)^oip,ev, koX twv o'tu/xarcot'^ aTeprfdelfxev av.

6. et Se TTte^ot/xe^a vvo to)v TroXefxicjv, Tropevoijxeda av

KVK\(a.^ 7. ol Se (TTpaTLOiTai eSetcrat' fxr) Kara\€i<j)6eirj(Tav.

8. et vlKTJaaLfxev, /cat (6o^A) aait,OL[jLe6a dv /cat ra eVtrrySeta av

e)(OLp,ev. 9. dW ojutajs 6 (TTpariqyo'; i(f)O^TJdr] jxr) KVKkoideo)

eKaTepoidev. 10. irapeKaXovv tov<; dvbpas elcrui 6Tro)<s avrot?

a-vix^ovkevoLfxrjv ri St/catov eVrt /cat tt^os ^e&it' /cat Trpo?

dvdp(i)TTO)V.

PIIII'S!

lUU OPTATIVE MIDDLE AND PASSIVE.

384. 1. I feared that the bridge would be destroyed.

2. There was danger that the barbarians might try* to with-

draw during the night. 3. He was afraid that the enemywould not cease from war. 4. I would not take part in the

expedition, unless Xenophon were present.

Notes.— '^ be well disposed. c;(<d is used with an adverb in the sense of

ci/it with an adjective. Cf. koAws Ix« in 308.— * Verbs of depriving

may take a genitive of the thing. Cf. 838. This is the genitive of

separation (849).— * Dative of manner (866).— * Use the aorist.

385. The Soldiers go hunting.

ol yap ovoL, evret ol crrpaTtajrat iSiojKov, irpoerpe^ov •

Kai TTokiv^ inei iTT\'r)(Tiat,ov ol lttttol, ravro inoLovp, kol

ovK Tjv XajJi^dveLv €t fir) ol CTTpaTLcoTaL SteTctrrot'To.

(TTpovBov Se ov8et? (inohody) eXa^ev. rat? yap Trrepv^Lv

6 cocnrep IcttCo) i^prJTO, kol ol Stw/covres ra^v ivavovTo.

ras Be curiSa?, et rt? ra^u 8t(w/cet, ecrrt Xafx/Bdueiv

TrirovTai yap ^pa)(y koX Ta)(y dirayopevovo'i.

Notes.— 2. tjv : teas possible. Cf. lari in 6.— 3. SwrdTTovTo : posted

themselves at intervals, and thus took up the chase in succession.— 4. Tkafk :

second aorist of Xa/ifidvo}. — irripv^iv : )(pdofiai takes the dative. Cf. 309, 1.

— 5. ixP^o: irregular contraction for ixparo.— 7. Ppaxw: a short distance.

No. 28. " Tois yiip rripv^ip uirvep IrrU^ ixp%ro.*

CONTRACT VERBS IN THE OPTATIVE. 101

LESSON XLI.

Contract Verbs in the Optative.

386. Learn the conjugation of the present optative, active,

middle, and passive of TL|ido> in 781, of iroico) in 782, and of

5i]X6(o in 783.

387. The mood sufRx in all the voices is i, except in the singular

active, where it is generally itj. The forms bracketed in the paradigms

are uncommon or rare. When the mood suffix is it), the first person singu-

lar active has the regular ending v (145).

388. Observe that

(1) a + 01= <?

;

(2) € -|- 01 = 01

;

(3) -j- 01 = 01.

389. VOCABULARY.

dptT^, ^s, 17, goodness, courage, valor. out for hire, let; mid., cause to be

t|TTdop,ai, T|TT^<ro|Aai, etc., pass, dep., let to oneself, hire.

he inferior, he defeated. ovofta, arcs, t6, name.

Xvir^w, \vir^<r<o, etc., grieve, annoy, ttms, interr. adv. , ^ow ?

molest. Tolxa, adv., quickly ; in apod, with dv,

(iio-6o4>6pos, ov {fu(xd6s + <p€pu, bear, re- perhaps.

ceive), receiving pay; fjLi(rdo<f)6poL, oi, Tifjicopcw, Tlp.up'^a-u, etc., avenge; mid.,

mercenaries. avenge oneself on, take vengeance on,

fxio-Oow, |jiia-6(0(r(i>, etc. (cf. nicrdos), let punish.

390. 1. TTois dv Trjv /xa^ryi' TTOioifxr]v ^ 2. el oiKovcraifiL

TO TovTov Tov KaKOv OLvdpwTTOv opofia, TifJiOjprjaaLixrji' av.

•). Kivovvo^ rjv fjLTj 6 crarpa7n79 XviroCr] tov^ "EXXT^i/a?, 4. et

102 CONTRACT VERBS IN THE OPTATIVE.

ol EXXT^i^e? vlK(oev Tovq ^ap^dpov<i, Kak(i)<; av €)(ol.

5. ovK av ovp 6avfJid^oLfjLL el ol TroXefXLOL TretpSvTO avxot?

enecrdaL. 6. ircttre? i(f)o^ovpTO ixr) 6 KK€ap)(o<; TlficDpoLTO

Toifs (TTpaTLcord^. 7. el OTrXa €)(OLixev, kol ry dpeTrj dv

)(^pcojx€0a. 8. i(f)ol3ovvTO jxr) ovkctl t(o crrpaTev/xart rj-yoLTO.

9. €t Se TjTTMVTO ol ^vXtt/CC?, OVK dp (TCoOelev. 10. TOVTOVS

Tovs ixi(rdo<j>6pov^ rd^ dv jXiadolTO, el nopevoLVTO eis ttjv

dpxqv.

391. 1. I feared that they would withdraw to the boats.

2. If we should ravage their land, the enemj'^ would be

frightened. 3. If they should be defeated, they would with-

draw. 4. But when Cyrus called (me), I proceeded, that

I might be of service to him. 5. The Greeks would march

away to Phrygia, unless somebody should molest them.

392. March to Corsote and Pylae. Cattle perish in the Desert.

TTopevofxevoL Se Sta TavTri<; Trj<; ^(opd<; d<f>LKvovvTaL cttI

Tov MacTKUv TTOTafxov. ivTavda tjv TrdXt? ipijjxr), ovofxa

8' avrfj KopcrcoTij • irepX 8' avTr)v pel 6 noTaixo<g kvkXco.

ivravda iirecrlTLaavTO. ivTevBev i^eXavveu crra^/xov? ipyj-

5 fxov<s TpeiCTKaiheKa Trapa<rdyyd<; ivevyjKovra, tov ^v(f)paTr)v

TTorafxov iv 8e^ta €)(cjv, kol d(f)LKV€LTaL inl IlvXd<;. iv

TOVTOLS T0L<S (TTadlXoZ'; TToXXo, TOiV VTTot,VyL(DV dlTCoXeTO VUO

Xlfxov. ov ydp Tjv )(6pTO^ ovhe BevSpov, aXXa i/ztXi) ^v

dirdcra rj -^(xtpd.

Notes.— 1. irop<v6n€voi : proceeding, ^xesQwt participle in the middle.

—

2. ir6Xis: city, a feminine noun.— 7. iroXXd: many, a neuter plural.

—

dirwXfTO : perished, a second aorisfc middle.

STEMS IN a- OF THE CONSONANT DECLENSION. 103

LESSON XLII.

Stems in a of the Consonant Declension.

393. Learn the declension of etipos, breadth, TptTJpt]S,

trireme, and Kpeas, meat, in 747.

394. The stem ends in <r (^evpea; rpi-qpta, Kpcao-). In masculine and

feminine nouns £ in tlie final syllable of the stem is lengthened to t] in the

nominative singular (Tpi^pTjs) ; in neuter nouns it is changed to o in the

nominative, accusative, and vocative singular (cvpos).

395. Final <r of the stem is dropped before all case endings, and the

vowels thus brought together are contracted. The vocative singular of

masculine and feminine nouns is the simple stem. The forms rpv/jpoiv

and Tpi'^pwv have recessive accent.

No. 29

104 STEMS IN a OF THE CONSONANT DECLENSION.

396. vocABU

4iri-Xc(ir<i>, leave behind ; intrans. , fail.

(vpos, ouj, t6, breadth, width.

K^pas, K^pus and Kiparos, t6, horn of

an animal, wing of an array.

Kpdvos, ous, t6, headpiece, helmet. No.

29.

Kp«'as, Kp^us, rb, flesh; plur.,pieces of

flesh, meat.

oirXC^w (ottXiS), wirXura, uiirXur|xai,

«iirX£tr9Tjv (c/. 6v\ov), arm, equip.

No. 30.

LARY.

opos, ovs, t6, mountain.

•irXtOpov, ov, t6, a plethrum, a measure

of 100 Greek feet.

ZcoKpdn]s, ous, 0, voc. ^(hKpares, Socra-

tes, the celebrated philosopher.

T€ixos, ous, t6, loaZi, fort.

TKr(ra<^^pvT]s, ovs, 6, acc. Turffa(pdpvT]v,

voc. Ti(raa4>4pvr}, of A-Decl., Tissa-

phernes.

Tpi'^pris, oKs, i}, trireme, war vessel, with

three banks of oars. No. 86.

No. 30. oirXl^erai 6 veaulas.

397. 1. eX^e Se kol TpLTJpei*; 6 Kvpo^. 2. tovtov tov

TTOTafxov TO evp6<? ecrrt Trevre TrXedpa. 3. /cat e/ceXeve

K\ea/3;(ov TOV Se£tov Kep(x}<;^ rjyeladai. 4. ro 8e Me^'aJ^'09

(TTpdT€Vfxa T]hr) ev rrj X^P9' W ^^^^ ^^^ opecov.^ 5. (ottXl-

(TfxevoL Tfcrav 6a>pd^i^ /cat Kpavecri^ irdme^. 6. ivTevSev

inopevdrjcrav Trpo<; ret;^o9 €pr)fxov. 7. '3evo(f>(t)v ttjv eTTicTTo-

\y]v e7r€/xi/;e XiOKpareu. 8. rov? (TTpaTiofTd<; 6 pev (tIto<;

STEMS IN a OF THE CONSONANT DECLENSION. 105

eVeXeiTTe, Kpea 8' ert elx^v. 9.( '^v he ravra Tei)(r),^ kcu to

fxev^ eXx^ KikiKcov <f)vXaK'ij, to Se^ 'ApTa^ep^ov iXeyeTo

(jyvXaKT) (f)v\dTT€Lv) 10. iirel Be rjcrav erri rat? dvpai<; rat?

TL(rcra(f)epvov<;,^ ol (TTpaTrjyol TrapeKXijOrja'ap eicroi.

398. 1. But Menon had the left wing. 2. And Xenophon

consults with SocratesJ 3. The generals proceeded through the

mountains. 4. They all had helmets of bronze. 5. Thence

he sent the messenger upon the mountains.

Notes ^ The genitive follows lyyeo/xai, but not ayw, which is an

important exception to the general rule (847).— ^ The genitive follows the

adverb of place (856).— ^ Dative of instrument (866). — * The predicate;

TavTa is the subject.— ^ the one . . . the other. See 815.— * For the position

of the genitive, see 812.— "^ Dative (865).

399. Great Hardships in the Desert.

ol S' ev TOVTCp T(o TOTTO) avOpoiTTOi ovov^ 6X4x0.^ TTapo.

Tov TTOTafMOv opvTTOvTes Kol 7roiovvTe<; et? Ba^vXajj/a ^yov

Kal i.TT(jikovv KoX avTayopdt,ovTe<; oltov et^ojv. to oe crTpd-

Tevfia 6 (tIto<; eVeXetTre, kol dyopdt^ecrdai ovk ^v el jmy) ev

5 TT) AvSta dyopa ev T(o Kvpov ^ap^apiK(o. /cat tiixlo'; rjv

6 crtros • Kpea ovv ecrOiovaiv ol (rrpartwrat. tovtcov

TToXXou? Se T(t>v aTa9fia>v irdw /xa/cpov? rjkavve Kypof; •

TToXXa/ct? yap eSet jxaKpav TTopevecrdau Trpo<5 )(opTOv.

Notes.— 1. ovovs dXtras ; upper millstones, which were turned some-

times by hand, sometimes by a beast. See No. 66.— 2. irotovvrts : by

contraction for Troteovrcs.— 3. ejcov : see ^d(o.— 4. t|v : was possible.—7. iroXXovs : maiiy, accusative plural masculine. The following fjuiKpov^

modifies this as a predicate adjective, many of these marches that Cyrus made

were very long.— 8. iiaKpdv : sc. bhov, a long way.

106 IMPERATIVE ACTIVE.

LESSON XLIII.

Imperative Active.

400. The tenses occurring in the imperative are the present,

aorist, and perfect, but only a few perfect active foi-ms occur,

and these are rare. For the distinction of time between the

present and aorist, see 313.

401. The personal endings in the active are :

IMPERATIVE ACTIVE. 107

408. In prohibitions, in the second and third pei-sons, the

present imperative or the aorist subjunctive is used with [jltj and

its compounds.

409. VOCABULARY.

8i8do-Kw (5i5ax), 8i8d|«, t8t8a|a, 8€8£- |A«po5> °^^i "^^i division, part, share,

8axat 8«8£8a-y|jiai, c8i8dx0Tiv, teach, portion.

instruct, show. Nos. 1 and 36. op-yfj, ijs, ij, temper, anger.

Y^Xo<|>os, ov, 6 {yrj + \6<pos, crest, hill), irats, 7rai56s, d, 17, child, boy, girl, son.

mound of earth, hillock, hill. irt|\6s, ov, 6, clay, mire, mud.

8vo, tioo. <r'tr€v8a), a-mva-a, (<nTiva-a,urge, hasten,

ko\lII» {koiu5), KO|it», etc., carry away, be urgent.

bring, convey. wrmp, conj. adv.,just as, as it were,

Kpdros, ovs, t6, strength, force, might. as if.

410. 1. [17} dye, (o KXeap^e, to aTpdrevyLa iirl to. opr).

2. fjLr} TTOLtjcrr)*; ravfa, (o %(OKpaTe<;. 3. Kvpco fxaXXov ^i\oL

€(TTe 17 Tw dde\(f>(o. 4. /x^ St8ao'/ce top iratSa dSiKeLV.

5. fxr) opfjLTJcrrjTG dvd Kpdro'i /cara tov yyfKo^ov. 6. dfxa rrj

"qjxepa hvo dyyeXovs TrefjLxjjdvTcov Trpo<; to ret^og. 7. anev-

crare, cS Hepcrai, kol KOfiCcraTe ra? dixd^d<; Ik tov n-qXov.

8. fxipo^ TL TOV ^ap^apiKov crrpareu/xaros Tre/xr/zare eVt Ty)v

ye(f)vpav. 9. napaKaXecrov oicnrep opyfj ^ tov^ Ilepcrd^ eujcu.

10. /cat ets to fieaov TOV<i dp^ovTas dyeTe • irapiaTd) Se 6

Krjp^v^.

411. 1. Send the messengers to the hill. 2. Be loyal to

the Greeks. 3. Do not destroy the bridges. 4. Be friends

and allies, soldiers, to Cyrus. 5. Fellow soldiers, do not

wonder that^ I am grieved.

Notes.— ^ Dative of manner, in anger (866). — 2 ^^i

108 IMPERATIVE MIDDLE AND PASSIVE.

412. The Wagons get stalled in the Mire.

Koi Bt] TTore iv arevcp /cat 7717X0! rat? ct/xct^at? Svcttto-

pevTO) era^ev 6 Kvpo? Svo dp^ovTa<; twv IlepcTa>v Xajx^d-

v€Lv Tov /Bap^apiKov crr/aarev/Aarog /cat avveK^i^dl^eiv Ta<;

dp,d^d<^. eVet 8' ihoKOvv avrw o^oXatw? ttol€lv, d)(nrep

5 opy-Q e/ceXevcre rov? Trept avrov Tl€pcrd<s tov<; /caXov? Kaya-

6ov<; (Tvi^eTTLcrTTevheLv ras dfid^ds- euOa hr) jxepo^ tl rfjs

eura^ta? ^v dedadai.

Note.— 3. orpaTtviiaTos : partitive genitive (844).

LESSON XLIV.

Imperative Middle and Passive.

413. The personal endings in the middle and passive are :

IMPERATIVE MIDDLE AND PASSIVE. 109

^i<rlTt<r|i,6s, ov, 6 {cf. iirtatTl^o/iai), a x*'P> X^V^^j Vi hand^ arm.

procuring of supplies, foraging. X'^'^^'^t Q)vo^, 6, undergarment. No. 51.

irapa-K€X€vo|iai, urge along, exhort, XPh'S" (x/'IJS), want, need, desire.

urge. t|;eXiov, ov, t6, armlet, bracelet. No. 89.

417. 1. el Se ^/ar^^et?, nopevov inl to oyoo?. 2. et? to

Trehiov aBpoKrOeinuiv ol "EXXi^j'e?. 3. ra 8e TrXota /ai) [xeTa-

Trefxxjjrjade. 4. TrapaKeXevea-de TLa(Ta(f)epv€L cTTpeTTTOv^ irefx-

ireuv Tol<; ap^ovcn kolI i/zeXta /cat ^trwi^a?. 5. Tropevdcrdo)

iv Trj Se^ta X^'-P^'''^*' fxa^aLpav e)(0}v. 6. ra Se eVtrr^Seta

dyopd^ecrde /cat (TVfnropevOriTe. 7. €v0v<; ovv iropeveade

fieTo. Kvpov ets ri^t' dyopav iTnalTLcrfiov eveKa. 8. jmi^

aiTiao'iqa'de top ap^ovTa ort dTrapdaKev6<; icniv. 9. tovtov,

a> dvhpe<; crr/oaTtcurat, Tratere Kat ^tdcracrOe Tropeveadai.

418. 1. Urge the soldiers to rest. 2. Send, Cyrus, for the

generals and the captains of the ^Greeks. 3. Proceed with

them, soldiers, into the villages. 4. Let the mercenaries be

collected in the market-place. 5. Proceed slowly, soldiers,

through the plain.

419. Splendid Discipline of the Persian Nobles.

ajpfxyjaav yAp coanrep nepl vlky}^ /cara yr]\6(f>ov, €)(ovTe^

rov9 T€ /caXov? ^iTOiva^ Kai rag TrotKtXd? dva^vpCSa^,

euLOL 8e /cat crTpeTrrovg irepl rot? Tpa')(TJXoi<s /cat i^eXta

TTcpt rat? ^epcriv • evdii^ Se (rvt' Toi^ot5 eicreinjSrjaav et?

6 Tov 7717X01^ Kat i^eKop^Laav Tas dfid^d^;.

6 Se KOpo? ecTTreuSe Tracrai' 7171/ oSov /cat ou SteTpl/Bev

onov fJLT) iTTLCTlTLCTixov eveKa rj (or) tlvo<; aXXov eSet • i^o'u-

Xero yap tov *ApTa^ep^rjv dirapdaKevov Xap.^dveiv.

110 CONTRACT VERBS IN THE IMPERATIVE.

LESSON XLV.

Contract Verbs in the Imperative.

420. Learn the conjugation of the present imperative active,

middle, and passive of Ti|id(o in 781, of iroieo) in 782, and of

6tiX6<o in 783.

421. Observe that

(1) a -{- € = a ; a -|- o or ou = co ;

(2) € -|- 6 = €1 ; € -|- or OX) = 01)

;

(3) -f- €, 0, or ov = o\).

422. VOCABULARY.

dir-aiT^«, ask from, demand. AaKt8ai|i6vios, a, ov, Lacedaemonian.

Scvpo, adv., hither, here. UtI-k-c'ti (/ot^ + en), adv., not again, no

8i4>0€pa, as, i], tanned hide. ' longer.

8p6|ios, ov, 6, run, race course. Sirov, rel. adv., where, wherever.

l8i.wTT]s, ov, 6, private person or soldier, o-xeSia, as, tJ, raft, float. No. 31.

private. roXudw, ro\\k{\a-<i>, etc., risk, dare.

423. 1. fir) TTokejieiTe aZiKov iroXeixov.^ 2. ToXfiaTO) /cat 6

ihL(OT7]<; Xeyetv. '^. ynqKert OLTTaiTeiTeTov yaadov. 4. opixaaOe

evdv<; nel^fj diro tov ifxiropiov. 5. eV rwv hi(^6epoiv cr^ehid<;

TTOLeiade. 6. /caXet tov<; AaKehaifxovLov^; Sevpo. 7. /xT^/cert

<f)ofiov, w KXeap^e, fxr) KVKX(i)6y^ kKarepoiOev. 8. rjyefjioua

aLTelTe^ Kvpov, Iva Stct (^tXict? ttJ? ^(opds dirdyQ. 9. iparrd

8e avTovq tlvo<; St) ei^eKa ecTpaTevaav eVt rov<; (pCXov;.

10. rjyov, (o vedvCd, ottov top hpofxov TreTroCrjKas-

CONTRACT VERBS IN THE IMPERATIVE. Ill

424. 1. Ask Cyrus for boats. 2. Try to do well by your

friends. 3. Let Clearchus lead the right wing and Menon the

left. 4. Call out to the general to bring the army here.

5. Besiege the stronghold both by land and by sea.

Notes.— ^ A cognate accusative (833). — ^ Verbs signifying to ask take

two, object accusatives (838).

425. Traffic with Charmande across the Euphrates.

irepdv Se tov ^v^parov TroTafxov /caret tov<; ipijfxov^

(TTaOfiovs rfv 7rdXt9, ovofia Se ^apfxavhrj • eK ravTrj^ ol

cnpoTiuiTai r^yopat^ov to. eTTtrrySeta, tov iroTafxov Sta/8at-

vovre^ cr^^eStat? c58e. et? ra? hi(^dipd<i a? [which) el^op

5 (TTeydcrpiaTa tcov cTKrjvcov elae^aWop ^oprov Kov(j)ov, elra

(jvvrjyov /cat avvecnruiv, iva fxrj jBpe^deiy) rj Koipcfir). inl

TovTOiv hii^aLvov Koi ekdjx^avov rd eVtri^Seta, oXvov re

KoX (TLTOV.

Notes. — 4. o-x€8£ais: dative of instrument (866). — <rT€-yd<7-|iaTa : as

coverings, an appositive (804).— 6. <rvWo-ir«v : see trv-crTraw, draw or sew

together.— Kdp<|>T| := ^opros ko£^os.

No. 31. Raft of Inflated Hides.

112 ADJECTIVE STEMS IN v AND ea.

LESSON XLVI.

Adjective Stems in v and €(r of the Consonant Declension.

426. Learn the declension of [xeXas, hlack^ cv5ai|i.o>v, .for-

tunate^ and dXi^Orls, true^ in 752.

4^^1. Review 259. Most adjective stems in v are of two endings, like

cvSai/awv. The accent is recessive.

428. Adjectives with stems in €s are of two endings. Cf. the declen-

sion of Tpt,rjpr)<; in 747. See 394, 395.

429. VOCABULARY.

clXtjG^s, h {cf. dX-^Oeia), unconcealed, KaTa(}>avV|s, ^s, in plain sight.

true. (icXas, fiiXaiva, /xiXau, black.

do-<|>aXT|s, ^s, free from danger, safe, 6p.aX^s, is, even, level.

secure. irX'/ipT]s, ej, full, full of, abounding in.

€"y-KpaT^s, ^s (cf. Kpdros), possessed of iroXvrcX^s, ^s, costly, expensive.

poiver, master of. T6iros, oi;, 6, place, region.

cv8ai|i(ov, ov, fortunate, happy. ({>oivi|, Ikos, 6, palm tree, palm. No. 45.

V 430. 1. ovK €(TTL^ Tratrt hr) evhaijjiocnv eivai. 2. ourot Se

Travres OTrXa el)(ov ^ikXava. 3. Tropevecrdai tt)<; vukto<; ovk

acrc^aXes ^v. 4. ol Kvpov (f)iXoL rrj^ ^PXV'*^ "^V^ "^^^ irarpo^

4 ey/cparet? eaovjai. 5. 6 tov a'arpdirov TrapctSetcro? 7r\TJpr)<;

ecrrt (f)OLvtK(op.^ 6. ol wepl Kvpov TlepcraL et^ot' ^troij'a?

TroXvreXet?. 7. irapa rfj oSw ^v fxeXav tl ^(opiov. 8. ipcjra

Tou SpaKa el 0X7)67) ravr iari. 9. eV tovtco Se tw tottw ^p

7} yrj TreSiou airav o/xaXe? wanep OdXaTTa. 10. koI 7JS7) re

^v p,i(Tov 7)fi€pa<; /cat ov KaTa<f)avel<? Tjaav ol TroXe/xtot.

PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 113

431i 1. But the birds were black. 2. The soldiers were

still in plain sight. 3. This was not true. 4. It was not safe

to be among* the barbarians. 5. There Cyrus had a palace

and a park full of wild beasts.

Notes.— ^ For the accent, see 166, 3.— ^ The objective genitive follows

adjectives signifying mastery (855).— ^ Adjectives signifying fulness and

leant, like the corresponding verbs, take the genitive (855).

—

* Use iv.

432. A Quarrel at the Ford.

6 Se olvo<; eK T17? ^akdvov iireTTOLrjTO Trjs aTro tov (fioC-

vIko<;, kol 6 (tItos fjieXivq^ tjv ravrr)^ yap rfv rj X^P^Tr\'qprj<;. a^ji<^L\iyov<ji Se rt ivravda oX re tov MeVwt'OS

(rrpartwrat koX 01 KXedp^ov kol 6 KXeap^o^ Kptvei

5 dhiKeiv TOV TOV MeVwi/o? koX TraUu. 6 Se ravra rot?

<^t\ots eXeyev. ol Se crrpartwrat CTrel TJKovcrav e'^aXe-

naivov KOL u>pyLt,ovTO i(r)(yp(os rw KXectp^o).

Notes.— 2. |icX(vifs : predicate genitive of material (843).— 3. djicjuXc-

70VO-C Ti : have some dispute.— 7. B^edpx*?: the dative object follows verbs

signifying anger (860).

LESSON XLVII.

Personal Pronouns.

433. The personal pronouns are c-yco, /, cr'O, thou, and ou

(genitive), of him, of her, of it.

434. Learn the declension of these three pronouns in 759.

435. The forms \uiv, \Loi, pi; «rov, trot, a-i; ov, ol, i, are enclitic. Butif the pronoun is emphatic, the enclitic forms of the pronoun retain their

accent, and in the first person the longer forms Ijiov, i^u>l, i[U, are then

used. This generally happens also after prepositions.

114 PERSONAL PRONOUNS.

436. The nominatives of the personal pronouns are.seldom

used, except for emphasis.

Thus, fxif <f>evyo)fj.ev, let us not flee ; av re yap 'EXAjyv ct koX yifiw, for

you are a Cheek and so are we Greeks.

437. The pronoun of the third person, ov, ot, €, etc., is

generally an indirect reflexive in Attic prose, i.e. it is used in

a dependent clause to refer to the subject of the leading verb.

Thus, <f>o^ovvTai jxi} oi ^apjiapoL (T<f)i(7iv ov;( CTrtovrai, they fear that the

barbarians will not follow them.

438. To supply the place of a pronoun of the third person the oblique

cases of aurds are used. Review 160.

439. * VOCABULARY,

• d|tvTj, jjs, 'hi fl3;e. No. 32.

• Sairavdw, Sairavifjo-M, etc., spend, expend.

• iy<!>, ifju>v or fwD, pers. pron., I, Latin ego; stronger form

iyioyt, I for my part, Latin equidem.

• KaTa-<rKeirT0|4ai, etc., view closely.

• |j.d, adv. , by, used in negative oaths.

, |vXov, ov, rb, wood, piece of wood; plur., wood, fuel.

• ow, dat. or, pers. pron. , of himself, Latin sul.

• ovirw (oil + TTw, yet), adv., not yet.

• irpoo--€Xavvci>, ride towards or on.

« <rKcirTO|xai (jKeir), (rK^^o|iai, etc., mid. dep., view, spy out,

search.

'a-i, (Tov, pers. pron., thou, you, Latin tH. ^^ 32 itf,/^.

> o-xit« (o'X'S)) '^"H*^''-} i<r\i«r9r\v, split.

' (Spa, ttj, 7j, time, season, hour, proper time.

PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 116

440. 1. dX\' et? ^/u-a9 rov9 SapetKovs ihaTrdvojv. 2. 6 au-

ro? (TToXo^i icTTLv vfXLv Te Kal rjiXLV. 3. napa rfj aKrjvfj aov

^vXa e(T\it,ev a^tvrj^ 6 (TTpaTLa)Tr)<;. 4. i/ojut^o) yap v/xa?

iixol elvac (/)tXou9. 5. dXXa /xd rov? deovq^ ovk eyoije

auTous Stw^o). 6. e/AOt ovt' ovtto) hoKei copd eli/aL 7)pXv

TOVTO (TKeiTTecrdai. 7. a€vo(f)(^v avrov KeXevei ol^ (Tvp.TTep.Tr€iv

aiTO Tov crrd/xaro? avSpa^. 8. iyu) ovv Xeyco otl ere Set

TrpocrekavveLv koL iravTa KaracTKeTrTecrdaL. 9. ol Se (TTpaTT)-

yoL avTov iporraxTL tl cr^icriv eajai iav plKT/jcTcocn. 10. dXX

eVet vfiel<; ifxol ovk iOeXere neiOecrOaL ovSe eneaOaL, iyo) avv

Vfjuv &j)0[xaL.

441. 1. I myself summoned you. 2. He has been wronged

by us. 3. This man, fellow-soldiers, is a friend of mine.*

4. But if I conquer, my friends will be in honor. 5. He feared

that his brother would plot against him.^

Notes.— ^ Dative of instrument (866). — ^ The accusative follows the

adverb fid in a, negative oath (837).— ' Observe that this is the dative,

and cf. 437. — I.e. to me. — » Cf. 437.

No. 33. Bridle.

116 REFLEXIVE, RECIPROCAL, AND POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS.

442. The Life of Clearchus is in Great Danger.

Ty Be avTjj rjfxepa KXea/a^o? ^kcv €t§ ttjv ayopav Tr}V

irapa T(o Trora/AoJ. iireLhr) Be avTrfv KarecTKei/zaro, d^tTT-

ireveL irakiv enl Trjv eavrov aKrjvrjv Bia tov Meuo}vo<; arrpa-

rev/xaros avv oXtyot? rot? irepl avrov. Kvpos Be ovtto)

5 rjKev, dW en TrpocnjXavve- rwv Be MeVwi'o? arpaTKxiTwv

^v\a o")(itfii)v Tt? K.\eap\ov Biekavvovra Tret/aarat ^aXkeiv

rfi d^ivrf- oiWo<; Be \i9co /cat aWof;, etra TTCtt^es, /cat

Kpavyrj rjv (fto^epa.

Notes 3. lavrov : of himself, his otcn. — 7. oXXos : sc. Trtiparax ftdX-

Xciv.

LESSON XLVIII.

Reflexive, Reciprocal, and Possessive Pronouns.

yC 443. The reflexive pronouns are e\iavjov, of myself, (reavjoU,

of 1/ourself, eauTOv, cavrT^s, tavToO, of himself, herself, itself.

444. Learn the declension of these pronouns in 760.

445. The reflexive pronouns are compounded of the stems of the

personal pronouns (759) and avros. But in the plural the two pronouns

are declined separately in the first and second persons.

I 446. The reflexive pronouns refer to the subject of the

clause in which they stand. Sometimes in a dependent clause

they refer to the subject of the leading verb, — i.e. they are

indirect reflexives.

Thus, dc^iTTTTCvci CTTt T^v auTov (TK-qvriv, he rides aioay to his own quarters;

eKcXcvcrt Kvpos tov 'Api(TTiinrov aTroir€fi{f/aL tt/jos cavTov Tous CTTpaTiwTas,

Cyms ordered Aristippus to send the soldiers to him.

REFLEXIVE, RECIPROCAL, AND POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. 117

^ 447. Learn the declension of the reciprocal pronoun dWrj-

Xwv, of one another^ in 761.

y 448. The possessive pronouns are €|tds, my^ ads, your^ t||jl€-

Tcpos, oMr, v|xeTepos, your. They are formed from the stems

of the personal pronouns (759), and are declined like adjectives

in OS (750).

449. VOCABULARY.

dXX^Xuv (c/. dWos), recip. pron., of ^|i6s, ^, 6" (see 448), poss. pron., my,

one another. mine.

d|uX^(D, d|xc\^a-w, etc., he careless, Tjiitrcpos, o, ov (see 448), our.

neglect. crcavrov, ijs (see 445), reflex, pron., of

d(j>-Mrircvci>, d<^inrcv(rw (c/. tViros), ride thyself, yourself.

back, return on horseback. o-6s, <rij, (rii/ (see 448), poss. pron., thy,

cavTov, Tjs, ov (see 445), reflex, pron., your.

of himself, herself, itself. <rxoXaUi>s (c/. <rxoXi?), adv., slowly.

c|i,avTov, ijs (see 445), reflex, pron., of vficTcpos, d, ov (see 448), poss. pron.,

myself. your.

450. 1. eTTt r^7^' ifiavrov cTKiqvr^v at^nnTevcro). 2. Ku/3o?

Se fxeTeTrefXTrero eK^ivov irpo^ eavrov. 3. rovTOiv rdv )((opiCt)v

TTOiVTcov aarpdnaL elalv ol tov crov ^ dhe\(f)Ov <^i\oi. 4. \4yei

Se oTt ol "EXXT^t'e? vIkoxtl to /ca^' eavrov?- 5. tt^^ vfxeTepdv

dpeTr)v iOavixdcrafxev. 6. ifiocov Be dXXr^Xot? cr^oXatw?

inecrOaL. 7. rovrov yd/3 6 e/ico? naTrjp e/ceXev<re TreCOecrOai

ifxoL. 8. ^7^' 8' r)fxel<; vlKT]ao)fX€v, Set rovg rjfjieTepovs <f)CXov<;

TovTOiv ey/cparet? €t^'at,. 9. (rv Se I'vi' 7171^ Kv/oov ^copdv

e^et? Kttt ri^v creavrov dp^r)v crw^et?. 10. ov^ cu/ad eVri^'

YjfXLv dfieXelv rjficjv avruiv^ dWd ySovXevecr^at irepX tovtcjv.

118 REFLEXIVE, RECIPROCAL, AND POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS.

451. 1. You have your own province. 2. They carried on

war with one another.* 3. He gets his own soldiers together.

4. They feared that you would neglect yourselves. 5. It is

time for us to deliberate in our own behalf.

Notes.— ^ Nouns with a possessive pronoun take the article when they

refer to definite individuals (809).— ^ por the genitive, cf. 430, 4.— * The

genitive follows verbs signifying to neglect (846).— * Use the dative (864).

452. Clearchus advances against Menon's Troops.

6 he KXea/3^09 KaTacftevyei el<s to eavrou aTpaTevfia,

Koi evOvs irapayyeWei et? to, onXa • kol tov<; fxep oirXtTds

avTov iKe\ev<T€ fievetv, ra? d(r7rtSa? npos to. yovara €)(ov-

TttS, avTo? Se Xa^cjp TOif<; ©pa/ca? ot (who) ^crav avro) iv

5 T(p (TTparevfJiaTL, iqXavvev iwl tov<; Mepcovo'?, oxtt eKeivoi

i(f)o^ijdr)aav kol avro? Mevov, koi rpe^ovaLv eVt to, onXa.

Notes.— 3. outow : adv., there, i.e. where they were.

—

tos do-ir(8as . . .

txovras : the left knee was slightly advanced, the shield set firmly in rest

upon it, and the spear held in readiness for defence. — 4. XaP«v : literally

having taken, second aorist active participle of Aa/M/Savw.

No. 34. Greek Hoplites.

THE INFINITIVE. 119

LESSON XLIX.

The Infinitive.

453. The tenses occurring in the iniinitive are the present,

future, aorist, perfect, and future perfect. The middle and

passive differ from one another, in form, only in the future and

aorist.

454. Learn the eleven forms of the infinitive active, middle,

and passive of \v(o in 765-770.

455. The endings are in the active €v and vat ; in the

middle and jjassive (rOai.

456. The ending €v contracts with a preceding c to tiv (Xve-ev, Xvciv).

The perfect active and aorist passive add vai, but the perfect changes a of

the stem to t (AeAvxa, XcXwKt-vai), and the aorist lengthens the tense suffix

as in the indicative (\v6e, XvOfj-voi). The aorist active (\wrai) is irregular

in form.

457. The accent of verbs is recessive (53), but all infinitives in vai

(as XeXvKt'vai, Xv6i^vai), the aorist active infinitive (Xvo-ai, PovXcvcai), and

the perfect middle and passive infinitive (XeXvcrflai) accent the penult.

458. The present infinitive of elfit is etvai (79^).

459. Learn the present infinitive active, middle, and passive

of Tifido), irotco), and Si]\6ci> in 781-783.

460. Observe that

(1) a 4" €«• or 6 = a ;

(2) € -|- €1 or € = €1 ;*

(3) o -|- €1 or 6 = ou.

120 . THE INFINITIVE.

461. Many of the uses of the infinitive are identical in

Greek and English. U.g. :

1. Kupos KcAevei tov crTparr/yov '^yeiarOai, Cyrus commands the general

to lead.

2. ^ovkofieda a.TTO\<Dpuv, we wish to tcithdraw.

3. crvvcfiovKevov rots (TTpaTiwrats firj raura Troirjcrai, I advised the soldiers

not to do this.

4. dSvvaTov icrri ravra TroLrj<Tai, it is impossible to do this.

5. Sei Tovs Xoxdyovs cnrevSeiv, the captains must make haste.

6. ovTOL LKavol rjaav ras Kiofids <f)vXd.rTtiv, these icere sufficient to guard

the villages.

7. T^v xoipdv iirerpfif/c Siap-Trdaai toTs 'EAAi/tn, he turned the country

over to the Greeks to plunder.

Thus, the subject of the infinitive is in the accusative (cf. 1, 5), but it

is generally omitted if it is the same as the subject or the object (direct or

indirect) of the leading verb (cf. 2, 3, 6, 7). The infinitive may be the

subject nominative of a finite verb, especially of an impersonal verb or

co-Tt (cf. 4, 5). It may be the object of a verb whose action naturally

implies another action as its object, especially of verbs expressing wish,

command, advice, attempt, and the like (cf. 1,2,3). It may depend on adjec-

tives, especially those expressing ability, fitness, willingness, and the like

(cf. 6). Finally, it may express purpose (cf. 7). Tlie negative with the

infinitive in these cases is ^f\ (cf. 3).

402. VOCABULARY.

dSvvaToy, ov, unable, impossible. i'n\.-Tpiiro, turn over to, entrust, alloio.

dp.(t>6T€po$, a, ov, both. \6\os, ov, 6 (cf. Xox-a76s), company.

dva-yKTi, T>5, t;, force, necessity. Tpt'irw, rpi^u, cTp€\|/a and «Tpairov,

d4>-iKveo)iiai (1(c), d<^-C^p,at, d4>-iK6|iT]v, T«'Tpo<}>a, WTpc^Ljiai, ^rpdirnv and

di|>-i-y(iai, come from, arrive, reach. €Tpt'<|>6iiv, turn, direct, rout.

8«.a-o-n»S«, bring through safely, save. «|>vy^. v^, v (<f- <^«h'w)i flight, rout.

THE INFINITIVE. 121

463. 1. TO, yap iinTTJheia ovk ecTTiv €)(eLi>. 2. rjKOfJiev

yap vfxa<; (T(ot,eiv. 3. dW ovtto) avdyKt) ecrrt (f)€vy€Lv.

4. dSvparov ecrrat Trjq vvktos d<f}LKveLadaL. o. dp.^oTepoi^

irapeKekevcrd^xeOa T179 6pyrj<;^ jravaaaOai. 6. avrot? CTre-

rp&jje Tov<; TratSa? StSacr/cett'. 7. T7/aet? ^(prjl^ofxev hiacTOidrjvai

npos TTjv 'EXXctSa. 8. twv 6it\It(ov Svo Xo^ov? cKeXeucre

eirecrdaL aurw. 9. rroXeixelp LKavoL rjcrav /cat evvo'iKcoq el^ov

Kvpu). 10. i^6(DV dXXr^Xot? roug /ca^' eavrovg 7ToXejxLOv<;

€19 (f)X)yr}v Tpe\\iai.

464. 1. They were trying to rout my troops. 2. We,fellow-soldiers, must march on. 3. I advise you not to allow

this man to do harm. 4. Why need we destroy the bridge ?

6. He forced the guards to withdraw.

Note.— ^ A genitive of separation. Cf. 336, 1.

465. Proxenus interferes, and Cyrus comes riding up.

6 ok Tlpo^evo^— v(rTepo<; yap irpocrijkavve /cat Xo^o?

avTcp enrero t(ov OTrXtrwi/— evdv? ovu els to fiecrov dfjL(f>o-

ripoiv dya>i( eSetro rov KXedp^ov fir] Tvoielv ravra.} 6 Se

;j(aX€7raii/et ort Trpatu? Xeyet to ovtov wddos, iKeXevcre re

5 avTov e/c tov fiecrov teVat. eV tovto) Se d(f)LKveiTaL /cat

Kvpo<; /cat d/covet to Trpdyjxa. €vdv<; 8' eXafie rd TraXra

€19 Ta9 xelpas Kat fieTa to)v ttlcttojp r^Key iXavvoiv et9 to

fxeaov, /cat Xeyet TciSe.

Notes 2. oZv -. the narrative has been interrupted and is resumedwith ovv. — -3. tStiTO TOV KXcdpxov ktX. : besought Clearchus not to do this.

— 4. OTi irptj^s X^-yti kt\.: because he spoke lightly 0/ his trouble.— 5. Uvai:

to go, to get, present infinitive of cT/jli, go.

122 THE INFINITIVE,

Q^^

No. 35. t6^ov.

LESSON L.

The Infinitive (continued).

466. Learn the conjugation of the present and imperfect

indicative of <t>T|jii in 794.

467. All the forms of the present indicative of <^i//xt are enclitic except

<f>rj<:. Review 168, 169.

468. 1. ^T\<Ti KXcapxov t^'yctcrGai, he says that Clearchus is

leading.

2. <})'qalv v\icis TavTa irotiio'ai, he says that you did this.

3. K€\€V€t KXeapxov T)Y€io-6ai, he orders Clearchus to lead.

4. KcXcvci vfias xavxa iroiT^aai, he bids you do this.

In all the examples the infinitive is the object of the principal verb, but

in the first two it represents the words of an original speaker and its tense

corresponds in time to the same tense of the indicative (the speaker says :

KAe'apxo? r/yeLTai, ravra i-n-oi-qaav); whereas in the last two examples,

where the infinitive is the object of a simple verb of commanding, as

explained in 461, this distinction of tense does not exist, but both riyda-dai

and TTOirja-ax refer to the future.

THE INFINITIVE. 123

469. The infinitive in indirect discourse is generally the

object of a verb of saying or thinking, or some equivalent

expression. Here each tense of the infinitive corresponds in

time to the same tense of some finite mood.

470. 1. KpauYtiv €iroio\)v, (oarc tovs iroXcftious cLko-uciv,

they made a great noise, so that the enemy heard them.

2. d()>i'n"ire'U€i irplv tovs dXXous d<))iKV€i<r6ai, he rides off

before the rest arrive.

471. The infinitive may follow «o-t€, so that, expressing

result, and irpiv, before.

472. VOCABULARY.

avrlKa, adv., immediately, forthwith. op-y(^o)i,ai (dpyiS), opYiovfjiai, etc. (cf.

Y€vos, ouj, t6, family, race. opy-r)), be angry.

ylyvo\La\, (yev), ytvi\a-o\i.ai, (ytv6]Kr[v, irp(v, conj., b^ore, until.

-y^Yova, 'y€-ycvi])iai {cf. y^ws), be born, irpoOvpios, ov, ready, eager.

become, prove oneself to be. irpo<r-'^K», have come to, be related to.

SijXos, Vi 0" (c/- S7}\6<t)), plain, evident, trrpaTdirtSov, ov, t6, camp.

manifest. raxt'ws {cf. rdxa), adv., quickly.

t|, conj., or; 71 ... Tj, either . . . or. <j>7jp.i (0a), <|>^a-(i>, e<|>T)aa, say, declare,

ofioXo-yew, oiioXo-y^a-co, etc., confess. state, affirm.

Give the forms of the quoted sentences in the follovFing exercise (473)

in the words of the original speaker.

473. 1. ol he aWot (^ctcrt /SovXevaecrOat. 2. To^evdrjvai

'EK\r)va e^t) iirl rw Se^tw. 3. ifiol Se (f)7}(TL (^1X09 kol

m(TTo<; yevTjcrea-Oai. 4. aevo^wvri^ (apyit,ovro, voixH^ovTeq

dOiKr)6rjvai vtt ovtov. 5. ^t^/aI 877 17 vIkolv herjcruv rj

rjTTaa-Oai. 6. ivofxi^ofjiev avrt/ca 'q^etu avrou? €7rt to crrpa-

Toireoov. 7. ofxoXpyel*; ovu irepl e/xe aSt/co9 yeyevrjcrdai;

124 THE INFINITIVE.

8. e<l)aaav Se tovtov tov Hepo'rjv yevet ^ irpocrrjKeLv tw

'ApTa^ep^rj. 9. Travras ovtq) Stupot? eTLfid oicne avrw

[LoXkov (J)lXov<; elvat rj tw aSeX(^aj. 10. TrpodvfxoL icrfxev

ra^ew? Tropevecrdat TrpXv hy]\ov ^voll tC ol aXXot ''EXXi^i/es

TrOLrj(TOV(TL.

474. 1. All confessed that Cyrus was loved ^ by the Greeks.

2. He thought that the Lacedaemonians would take^ the field

against Tissaphernes. 3. They said they would not engage in

war with Cyrus. 4. He says he will start before the enemy

approach. 5. They are not so hostile as to plot against him.

Notes.— ^ The dative follows verbs expressing anger (860).— * /„ race,

a dative of respect, which is a form of the dative of manner (866).— ' They

said, Kvpos <^iA.eiTai * The person's thought was, " The Lacedaemonians

wiU take," etc.

475. C3nrus makes a Successful Appeal to Clearchus.

" KXeapxe kol Tlpo^eve koI ol aXXot EXXi^i/e?, tl

TTOieire ; et yap Tiva aXXi^Xoi? fxa^-qv (Tvud\jj€T€, voixit^ere

iv Tjjhe TYj rjjxepa ifxe re KaraKeKoxfjecrOaL /cat v/xa? ov

TToXv ifJLOv vcTTepov • iav yap to, i^/aerepa /ca/cw? e)(r),

5 TToivTe^ ovTOL ol ^dp/3apOL TToXefjiLOi rjfxlv iaouTat.

KXeiap^o? 8e eTrel rjKovcre. ravral^ev eavrw iyevero^ Kal

inavaavTO diK^orepoi Trj<; opyi]^.

Notes.— 3. KaTaK£K6t|/€<r9ai : future i)erfect infinitive in indirect dis-

course, shall have been cut to pieces, shall he instantJy cut to pieces.— ov iroXv :

not long.— 4. 4|xow vcrrepov : after me. Adverbs of the comparative degree

take the genitive (858).— 6. 4v cavT$ ^Y^vfTo : came to himself, recovered his

senses.

STEMS IN L AND v. 125

LESSON LI.

Stems in i and v of the Consonant Declension.

476. Learn the declension of irdXis, citi/, iri)x,vs, /orearm,

aarv, toivn, and ix^vs, fish, in 748.

477. Vowel stems add v in masculines and feminines to form the

accusative singular. Most stems in i and a few in u have e in place of

their final i or w in all cases except the nominative, accusative, and vocative

singular, and have ws for os in the genitive singular, but »s, although long,

does not aifect the accent. The genitive plural foUows the accent of the

genitive singular.

478. VOCABULARY.

uKpiiiroXis, ews, ij (&Kpos-\--ir6\is), upper \6yyi\,7js, i], spear point, spear. No. 41.

city, citadel, acropolis. tnvrtKo.LSiKa., inded., fifteen.

ao-Tv, ewy, t6, town. ir^X^?) ^'^^i °j forearm, cubit,

iopv, aTos,T6, spear shaft, spear. No. 14. -iroXis, ea>s, rj, city, state.

8vvanis, ews, i], ability, power, troops. SdpSeis, «wv, al, Sardis.

t^<Ta<ris, ewj, ij, review. Td|is, ecus, rj {cf Tdrru), arrangement,

txOvs, i^os, 6, fish. order, array, division.

479. 1. TTjv Tov crTpaTevixaTO<; rd^LV idavfxaaev. 2. 0VT09

€7ro\€fjLr](rev i[xol^ e)(Oiv tyjv iv XapSeaiv aKpoirokiv. 3. 6

TTora/xog eVrt to evpo^"^ nXeOpov,^ irXi^piqq 8' l^Ovojv.*

4. eicTTt oe /cat ySacriXeta eVt rat? tov TroTafxov 7r'r}ya2<; vtto

Trj a/cpoTToXet. 5. napa TovTiqv T7)v ttoKlv rjv y'r]Xo(f)0<;.

6. iu TO) TOiv 'AOrjvaLcov acrret ^v d/cpoTToXt? KaXij. 7. el'^ov

0€ ovTOL Koi Sopv w? (about) TrevTeKaiSeKa irrj^eoiv^ Xoy^-qv

^X^^' ^- Kvpo? 8' i^eTacTLv noieiTai tcjv 'FtWyjvcov kol tcov

^ap^apoju iv to; TreStw irepX ixecra.^ vvKTa<;. 9. crv he, c3

126 STEMS IN I AND V.

craTpaTrr], ttjv re Kvpov SvvafXLv /cat ')(0)pav c)(eL^ kol ttjv

(ravTov ap-^-qv (rw^ets, r^ 8e 'Apra^ep^ov Sv^a/xis crot avfi-

fXa^OS^ i(TTLV.

480. 1. He had garrisons in the cities. 2. There are fish in

these rivers. 3. For Cyrus sent the tributes from these cities.

4. There he made a review and enumeration of the Greeks.

5. If you make use of the Greek force, you will easily conquer

these barbarians.

Notes.— ^ For the case, see 864.— ^ Accusative of specification (834).

— * Predicate genitive of measure (843).— * The genitive follows TrAi/pj/s

(855).— 5 Attributive genitive of measure (841, 5).— ® The adjective. See

the general vocabulary.

481. Treacherous Proposal of Orontas.

ivrevOev 8' oJ? (as) eTTopevovTO, e^aivero ixy^ Ittttcov

ctKct^ero 8' etvaL ravra w? (about) Stc^tXtwi' lttttcov. ovtol

eKaop /cat ^opTOv /cat et tl aWo y piqcniJiov rjv. 'Opdi/rcts

8e, \lip(Tr]<i OLvrjp, yivei re vpocnJKCJV rw 'Apra^ep^r) /cat

6 TO, TToXe/xta Xeyofievo^ irdvv ayado^ elpat, iuL^ovXeveL

Kvpo). ovToq eke^ev otl et avrco Kvpo<s iTTLTpeipeLev

di'hpa<; ^tXtov? 17 tov<; TToXe/Lttov? /cara/coi/;et€i/ av 17 avrou?

dv KcjXvcreLe Kaeiv top ')(6pT0v.

Notes. — 1. ivrevOfv : from the camp opposite Charmande. See the map.

— c({>a(vcTO : there kept appearing, imperfect (68). — 2. tinrwv : a predicate

genitive oi possession (%i'i'). — ovtoi : refers to the horsemen implied in

tTnrcjv. — 3. A ti oXXo : ichatever else. — 5. rd iroX^^ia : in matters pertaining

to war, an accusative of specification (834). — X€y6|«vos : present passive

participle, ftejn^ saj'rf or reckoned. — 0. cl avrS kt\.: Orontas said: ci ipol

CTTiTpci/'Ctas avSpas \IX.lov<s, rj rows TroAc/iious KaraKOij/aiixi av 1/ auTOVS av

K<i>\vaaLfiL kt\. (364).

PARTICIPLES ACTIVE. • 127

No. 36. Greek Schoolroom.

LESSON LII.

Participles Active.

482. The participle occurs in the present, future, aorist,

perfect, and future perfect tenses.

.483. Learn the four forms of the active participles of \va>

in 765-768, and their declension in 754. Xucrcov, about to loose,

is declined like Xva>v.

484. Participles form their stems by a special suffix added to the

tense stems. In the active this is vt, except in the perfect, where the

suffix is OT, as Xvo-vT, Xvao-vr, Xvaa-vr, XcXvk-ot. In the perfect final o

of the stem is dropped before or. The perfect active participle is oxytone.

485. The present participle of clfii is «v, oxiaa, <5v (795).

486. Participles in a<i)V, ecov, and owv are contracted. See

Ti|JLd<ov in 781, ttouov in 782, and StjXocov in 783. Learn the

declension of ti|1(ov and iroiwv in 755. 6i]X«v is declined

exactly like iroiwv.

128 • PARTICIPLES ACTIVE.

487. The participle constantly occurs in Greek where

English uses a relative clause. E.g.:

1. ovK i(f>i\€i Tov ^aa-iXcvovTa 'Apra^epirfv, she did not love Artaxerxes,

who was king,

2. CTTi TOV TTorafjiov TTOpevovTai, ovra to cvpos irXedpov, they proceed to

the river, which is a hundred feet wide. ^

3. Ti2 Tovs iTTTTOvs XvcavTi wpyi^cTo, he was angry with the man who had

loosed the horses,

4. ovToi etcrtv ol vfia^ Travra? dStKi^crovres, these are the men who will

wrong you all.

An attributive participle may thus be used like an adjective to qualify a

noun (cf. 1, 2); or the noun may be omitted, and the participle with the

article may itself be used as a noun (cf. 3, 4). These participles denote

time present, past, or future, relatively to the time of the leading verb.

488. VOCABULARY.

air-lx") ^^^P off} intrans., be distant. oto)i.ai, ol^o-ofiai, (J^Ot]v, think, expect.

PoT)e€w, PoTjO'^crw, 4PoTJ0T)<ra, PfPoVjOT^Ka, 'Opovras, a (Doric gen.) or ov, 6,

P€poT|9T](iai, run in order to aid, help, Orontas.

assist. ow8^-iroTc (oidi + vot^, ever), adv. , nefver.

8w8€Ka, indecl. , twelve. irdp-<i|ii, be near or present ; t4 irapbvra,

cvvoia, aj, ^ (c/. evvovi), good will, the present circumstances.

fidelity. irp^crOev {cf. vp6s), adv., before, pre-

oIk^m, oIk'/jo-w, etc. (cf. oIkIo.), inhabit, viously.

dwell; pass., be inhabited, be situ- 4>i.\(S, ds, ij (cf. <pl\oi), friendship.

died. X*^*'""'^'* "^1 ^"^ hard, difficult.

489. 1. rpvrjpei^; yap ej^et 6 kcoXvctcjv r}fxa<?. 2. ol

irpoaOev rjixlv^ ^or]0T](ravTe<; tov<s 6pKov<s XeXvKdaiv. 3. c2

dvhpes (TTpaTioiTaL, ^aXeTra ecrrt ra irapovra. 4. a>€TO yap

Tov^ KOikv(TovTa<i eivai irepdu tov Trorafiov. 5. tt/jo? toJ

7roTa/ia> KMjxr) (oKelro, aTri^ovcra tov TroTafxov irapaadyyiqv.

PARTICIPLES ACTIVE. 129

6. KXea/3;^o? yap ^tXta^ koX evvoCa^ ^oy]dovvra<; ovSenoTe

^Ix^^' ^' ^^^ y^P viKOiVTOiv^ ecrrt Kai to, eavrcou crw^eiv.

8 ipcord TL TO kojXvov'^ icm Tropeveadai. 9.€(f)7]

top fxev

/caXois TTOLOvuTa eTraiveiv, top Be dhiKovvTa ovk eTraiveiv.

490. 1. Those who dwelt by the sea were friendly. 2. He

sent men who would rescue the boys. 3. But he called those

also who were besieging the city. 4. Aristippus, who was a

friend of Cyrus, hastened to Sardis. 5. Here was situated a

prosperous city, twenty parasangs distant from the sea.

Notes.— ^ The dative of the indirect object follows verbs signifying

to aid, assist, and the like (860).— ^ Dative of cause (866).— ^ Predicate

genitive oi possession (843).— * the thing tvhich hinders, i.e. the hindrance.

491. The Traitor betrayed.

T(p Se Kvpo) aKOvcravTi Tavra eSd/cet (w<^eXt/u,a elvaL, /cat

e/ceXevcrev 'OpovToiv Xajx^dveLv ^xepo^ Trap' eKoiaTov twv

rjyefxovcop. 6 8' ^Op6pTd<s vofJiLcrd<; eTOLixov<s etvat avrw

Tovq dpSpa<; ypdcfyei iTTLCTToXrjv irapd 'ApTa^ep^rju otl

5 yj^eL cTTpaTi(oTd<; eyoiv • dXXa (fipdaai rot? eavrov cTTpa-

Ttairat? eKeXevev (o<; (as) (jiiXov avrov VTToSe^eaOaL. ivrjv

8e iv Tjj imcrToXrj /cat t'iJs irpocrOev <^tXtd9 VTrofxpTjixaTa

Kai irL<TT€Q)<s. Tavrrjv rrfv eTn<TToXr}v StSojcrt ttlctt^ dvSpC,

&)? (oeTC 6 8e Kvpo) SiScjcrtv.

Notes 1. ravra: subject of eSo/cet. — w<{>^i|j,a : for the meaning, cf.

ox^cXcw 2. T«v T)-y€|xov(ov : the commanders of Cyrus's native troops. —5. (avrov : refers to Artaxerxes.— 6. avrov : i.e. Orontas.— 7. Ttjs irp<S-

<r6€v <{>k\(as : theirformer friendship (811).— 8. 8(8(i><rt : he gives.

130 PARTICIPLES MIDDLE AND PASSIVE.

LESSON LIII.

Participles Middle and Passive.

492. Learn the seven forms of the middle and passive

participles of Xvco in 765-770. All participles in os are declined

like aya06<i (750). Learn the declension of \v6cis in 754.

493. The special suffix (484) added to the tense stem in the middle

and passive to form the participles is juvo. But the aorist passive uses

the active ending vt, as kvOe-vr, and is oxytone. The perfect middle and

passive has the acute on the peniUt,

494. For the present participles of contmct verbs in the

middle and passive, see 781-783.

495. The participle may define the circumstances of an

action. U.g. :

1. Tous )8ap/?apous viKT/o-avrcs oiKaSe iiropevovro, tchen they had con-

quered the barbarians, they proceeded home.

2. d8iK7/det9 avTov iirata-a, I struck him because I had been wronged.

3. iiropevovTo Tr]v \<i>pdv dpTTo^ovrc?, they advanced ravaging the country.

4. iiropevero im Tr]v iroXiv ra? <nrov8a<i iroirfo-ofievo';, he proceeded to

the city to make the truce.

5. (r<i>OevT€<; av \a.piv vpxv €Xoifi€v, if we should be saved, toe should ft

grateful to you.

6. fieaov l^^wi' t^s ovtov (rrpaTias o/itos c^w iyevero tov Kupou evoyvv-

fjMv KcpaTos, although he was at the centre of his own force, nevertheless he mis

beyond Cyruses left wing.

7. Traprjv c^wv OTrAiras rpiaKoaiov^, he was there with 300 hoplites.

These participles express tivie (1), cau.-ie (2), means or manner (3),

purpose (4), condition (5), concession (6), and attendant circumstance (7).

PARTICIPLES MIDDLE AND PASSIVE. 131

490. VOCABULARY.

'EXXVior-irovTos, ou, 6, the Hellespont. Kara-Xaiipdvo), seize upon, capture.

l|-aiT€'«, ask from, demand; mid., beg jjidXwrTa (t/. ndWov), adv., most, espe-

off. daily.

£^-€(m, impers., it is alloioed or pos- JSi\r\Tos, ov, i], Miletus.

sible. jiovos, v^ ""t flione, only ; fibvov, as adv.,

I|» (c/. ^1), adv., outside, beyond, be- alone, only.

yond the reach of. irpo-Tvjid«, honor before others or espe-

Upds, &, ov, sacred ; to, iepd, sacrifices, daily.

omens. Xtppovrio-os, ov, i], the Chersonese.

497. 1. ifxoL, (o apSpe<;, dvojxevo) to, lepa /caXa •^v. 2. vvv

e^eaTLv avrot? croiOeZari TTopeveadai. 3. (fyojSovixevoL 8e Trfv

ohw ofji(t)<s eiTTOvTO. 4. TrefjLxjjojfjLev 8e avhpa<5 KaTaXrjxlfOfjievov^;

TO, (XKpa. 5. fxovoL /caraXeXet/x/xeVot o/xcd? tov? (f)vXaKa<;

KaraKoi/zavre? ei^w eyevovTO. 6. /cat eVoXejuet e/c XeppovT]-

(Tov opixatfjievos toI<; @pa^l toI^ vnep 'FXXijaTrovTov oIkovcl.

1 . Tore TrpoTlix(op,€vo<s fxakicrra viro Kvpov vvv r)fxa<; tov^

Kvpov <^tXou9 KaKw? 77ot€^^' TTeipoLTai. 8. 17 8e [xfJTrjp i^ai-

Trj(Tap.evri avrov aTroTre/xTret TTctXtv eVl Ty)v ap^rjv. 9. rt^

ow, e^f) 6 Kvpo<;, dBLKr)Oel<s vn ip,ov vvv eTTtySovXeuet? /jlol ,'

498. 1. They will not wrong us, if we make <i truce with

them. 2. They fled from the hill, in fear that they should be

cut to pieces. 3. But Xenophon, when he had thus offered

sacrifice, proceeded to Miletus. 4. This man, although he had

been sent to bid the Greeks proceed, advised them as follows.

6. Aristippus, the Thessalian, since he was hard pressed by his

enemies, asked Cyrus for pay.

Note.— 1 Cognate accusative (833), because you have suffered what ufrong f

132 READING LESSON.

499. Orontas is brought to Trial.

6 oe Kvpo9 (TvXXaixfidv€L ^OpovToiv, /cat (TvyKaXei cts

rryi' eavTou crK7]vr)v Ilepcrds rcoi/ Trept avrov Itttol, /cat rov9

Toil' EXXr^t'cui' arpaTrjyovs iKekevaev OTrXtrcts dyayeti',

TOiJrou9 Se Ta)(drjvaL nepl Tr)v avrov (Tktji/tjv. ol Se ravra

5 eTTOvr)(Tav, ayay6vT€.<i tu? (about) TpLcr)(iXLOv<; OTrXtrct?.

K\€ap)(ov Se Kat etcrw Tra/ae/cctXecre (TVfx^ovXov • ovto<;

yap Kat avrol /cat rot? aXXots eSo/cet Trporlfirjdrjvai

jLtaXtcrra r&ii/ EXXt^^'wv.

Notes.— 3. d-ya-yciv: second aorist infinitive (indicative rjyayov). In

line 5 the second aorist participle, dyayovrcs, occurs.— 7. avT$ : i.e. Cyrus.

Not only Cyrus but also the rest of the Persians thought that Clearchus

was the most prominent man among the Greeks.— 8. t«v 'EXX^vuv : parti-

tive genitive with fiaXiara (842).

No. 37. Greek Armor.

ADJECTIVE STEMS IN v. IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES. 133

LESSON LIV.

Adjective Stems in v of the Consonant Declension— Irregular

Adjectives.

500. Learn the declension of T|8tls, siveet, in 752, and of the'

iiTegular adjectives (xcYas* great, and ttoXvs, much, many, in 753.

501. With T|8vs, cf. the declension of 7r^;(vs and aarv in 748. (ic-yas

and iroXtis are irregular in having each two stems.

502. VOCABULARY.

aiT66i {cf. a^6s), adv., here, there. SirwrOcv, adv., behind, in the rear.

^9vs, eta, i), deep. iroX.vs, ttoXXtj, ttoXiJ, much, many ; ttoXi)

tY-yvs, adv., near, at hand. as adv., much, far.

T|5vs, eta, i; (cf. ijdofjiai), Sweet, pleasant. <rKr\via, o-KrjWjaw, ia-Ki\vr\(ra {cf. <rKi}vfi),

'qiiurvs, eta, v, half. be in camp.

Kpif|VTj, rjs, T], spring, well. Td(|>pos, ov, i], ditch, trench.

\t.iyo.s, fieydXt], fj-iya, great, large. iiSup, vdaros, t6, water.

503. 1. 6 S' dvTjp TToWov^ d^LO^ <f>LXos io-TL. 2. Kal

TToXt? avTodi (pKeiTO [xeydXr) Koi evhat^oiv. 3. rwv 8e ^ap-

^dpcov^ (fyo^o^ TToXvs ^V' 4. ecKiqviqcrav^ iyyv^ Trapahetcrov^

fieyaXov /cat koXov. 5. Kvpo) eirejXTre ^/DT^/aara TroXXa ei9

TT}!' (TTpaTiav. 6. Kara yap fxeaov^ tov (TTaOpxtv tovtov

Ta<f)po<; ^v ^aOela. 7. ttoXXou? 8e tcju (fyvXdKcov OTTicrdev

T(t)v vTTO^vyLojv ctX^^* ^* ^vTavBd icTTL Kprjvr) rjSeo'; vSaro?.

9. inopeveTO i-rrl Trora/xdi^, oura to eupo? irXiOpov, TrXyjpr] 8'

l\6v(i)v fieydXojv. 10. e)(€L to tJixlo-v tov (TTpaT€vixaTo<s.

134 ADJECTIVE STEMS IN v. IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES.

504. 1. The wine was very sweet. 2. There Cyrus had a

palace and a great park. 3. The soldiers were in great hopes.

4. Thence they proceeded into a large and beautiful plain.

5. In this plain there were many villages.

Notes.— ^ The genitive depending on a^tos, leorth, worthy, is the geni-

tive of value (853).— ^Subjective genitive (841, 2), the fear that the barbarians

felt, not the fear that they inspired.— ^ Inceptive aorist (134, 3), icent into

camp, encamped.—*The genitive follows cyyvs (856).— ^at the middle of this

day's march. fi€ao<; in this position (813) refers to a, part of the subject.

505. Cyrus makes the Charge :" This is not the First Time that this

Man has been false to me."

fiera Se ttjv Kpicnv tov 'OpovTci KXeap^^os i^TJyyeWe

Tot? ^tXot? C09 iyevero- ov yap diroppiqTov rjv. eXe^e Se

ort Kvpo9 ^PX^ '^^^ \6yov o)Se. " UapeKaXecra v/aag,

dpSpe<; <f)iXoL, ottojs (Tvv vfjuv ^ov\€v6p,evo^ 6 tl ot/catov

5 iari KOL 7r/3o? de^v /cat Trpo? dvOpamoiv tovto irpa^o) irepX

'Opovrd TOVTOVL. tovtov ydp irpwTOv fxev 6 e'joto? Trarrfp

eSa)K€u vtttJkoov eli/ai eyioi- ra^^^ets Se u><i €(f)r) avro? vtto

TOV ifxov dheX(f)OV euro? iTToX4p,r)(Tev ifioL cxcov ttjv eV

'^dpSecTLv dKpoTToXiv, Kol iya> avrov TrpocnroXefKov iTTOvr)(Ta

10 TOV 7rpo<; e/xe iroXefMov iravaaadav."

Xotp:s.— 2. «#s iyivtro : hoio it (the trial) was conducted.— 3. T|px«

:

began. For the following genitive, see 845. — 4. o -rt : tvhatever, the neuter

of the general relative ooris, T7Tt9, o ti, whoever, whatever. The relative

clause is summed up emphatically in the following tovto.— 5. irp^M

:

aorist subjunctive. — 0. Tovrovt: here, with an emphatic gesture, stronger

form of TOVTOV 7. €8«k€v : gave. — clvai : expresses purpose (461, 7). —9. avT6v : subject of Traixrao-^ai.— irpotnroXfiiwv : by warring against (him), a

participle expressing manner (495, 3).

ST£MS IN A DIPHTHONG. 135

LESSON LV.

Steins in a Diphthong of the Consonant Declension.

506. Learn the declension of paciXevs, kinff, Povs, ox, cow,

Ypavs, old woman, and vavs, ship, in 749.

507. Final v of the stem disappears before all vowels in the endings,

and in vavs the resulting vo becomes v€ before a long vowel and vrj before

a short vowel. The genitive singular may end in cas instead of os.

508. VOCABULARY.

dir-<pxo|xai,, come or go away, retreat, cpxop.at, (epx, ^Xi^^), tjXOov, cX'/jXvOa,

desert. come, go.

'Aprtjiis, tSos, ij, Artemis. No. 69. linrevs, ^wx, 6 (c/. 'i-inros), horseman,

^acriXiis, ^us,6 {cf. ^affiXeij}), king. cavalryman; Tplur., cavalry. No. 17.

Povs, i3o6s, 6, ii, ox, cow; plur., cattle, vavs, veuis, ij, ship. No. 43.

oxen. ovK-ovv (ov + oSv), interr. particle, not

P<o|j,6s, ov, 6, altar. No. 38. then ? not therefore f expecting an

"Ypavs, ypdSs, rj (cf. y^piov), old woman. affirmative answer,

yvv/j, yvi/aiKds, rj, woman, wife. <rTpaT0ir€8cvo|iai., a-TpaToir€8«vaop,ai,

€ir€i-8T| (eirel+ Sri), conj., when, since. etc. (cf. ffTparbireSov), mid. dep., go

cp|j.r]v€vs, ^ws, 6, interpreter. into camp, encamp.

50J). 1. rats vavalv^ eirokiopKei ^iky]Tov. 2. ev 8e rat?

OLKiai^ Tjaav /3oe9 koX opvWe^. 3. 6 8' epfxrjvevq Xeyet otl

irapa /Sacr(,Xeaj9 ^ jxeydkov ep^ovrai irapa Kvpov. 4. naprjv

0€ /cat arpaT-qyo^ T1.9 Aa/ceSat/aot'to? eVt twv ve(op. 5. el

ySacrtXeu? iv tS ttcSiw o'TpaToireSevoLTO, OTT\i(raLmo dv 01

tTTTrets. 6. TjXdev inl top Trjs 'AprejatSog ^ojfxoi/ 6 epp,r)vev<;.

7. TovTov ep^Ka Kvpo^ ra? vav<; fxeTeTrefjLxjfaTO. 8. tov<;

136 STEMS IN A DIPHTHONG.

yepovra^i Kai ra? ypav^ KarkXnrov oXiryd*; yap vav<; el^ov.

9. Kttt TTapa [MeyaXov /SactXeoj? Traprjv TLaaa(f)€pvr)<s /cat 6

rrj^ ^ao"tXea>9 yvvaLKO^s dhe\(f)6<;. 10. ovkovv napa ^aau-

Xeiw? TToXXot 77/309 Kv/30v dnrjXdov, ineiSr) irokipioi dXXr^'Xoi?

iyeuouTO ,'

510. 1. He sent the interpreter to^ the generals of the

Greeks. 2. Let us plunder the king's country. 3. They

asked the king for cattle.^ 4. The expedition will be'^against

the great king. 5. For Cyrus sent to the king the tributes

from the cities.

Notes.— ^ Dative of instrument (866).— ^ When the reference is to

the king of Persia, jSacriAcvs commonly stands without the article.— ^ irapd

with the accusative.— * Verbs signifying to ask take two object accusatives

(838).— ^lorrai (for eatTai). For the future, see 170.

611. He cross-examines Orontas.

Mera ravra,€<f>7j,

qj UpovTa,TL ere rjOiKTjaa , airo-

Kpiverai otl ovSev rjbiKiqcre. ttoXiv Se 6 Kupo? -^pcord,

" OvKoiiu v(TTepov, (o^ avTOS crv o/aoXoyet?, ovBev vn ifxov

dSLKovfJievo<; KaKw<; erroiei^ ttju ifxrjv ^wpdv;' ecfiT] 6

6 'Op6vTd<s. "OvKovt'," €<f)T] 6 Kv/309, ^' OTTOT av iyLyvct)aK€<;

Tr)v (rax/TOv hvvayiLv, i\.d(t>v eVt tov Trj<; 'A/^re/xtSo? ^(opov

Kal TTCtcrd? e/xe TncTTd irakiv ISoj/ca? poi koX eXa^Ses trap

ipov j^^ /cat Tavd* (opoXoyet 6 O/aoi/rct?.

Notes. — 1. xi: cognate accusative (S3'3), what tcrong did I do you f—2. ov8^v : the answer of Orontas in his own words was ovSkv i^SiKT/o-as, you

did me no icrong. ov8iv is the neuter accusative singular of ouSei'?, no, none.

— 4. dSiKovfLcvos : concessive participle (495, G). — ?«j>ti : said " Yes." —6. 4\9«4v : second aorist participle, declined like ckcjv. — 7. IScaKas : did

you give.

RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 137

No. 38. /3w/x<is.

LESSON LVI.

Relative Pronouns. Genitive Absolute. Numerals.

512. The relative pronouns are os, r\, o, who, which, and

oaris, TiTis, o Ti, whoever, whichever. The latter is called the

indefinite relative.

513. Learn the declension of os and oo-tis in 764.

514. ooTis is compounded of the simple relative os and the indefinite

enclitic tis (354), each part being separately declined, o ti is so written

to distinguish it from on, that, because.

515. 1. TavT lirpaxQil KXedpxou o-TpaTTi'yo'OvTos, this was

done when Clearchns was general.

2. |i€Td TavTa Kvpov kcXcvovtos 'Opovrav dird'yovaiv, after

this, at the command of Cyrus, they lead Orontas away.

138 RELATIVE PRONOUNS.

These participles are circumstantial (495), and express time and cause;

each modifies a noun in the genitive ; the noun and participle are not

grammatically connected with the main construction of the sentence.

616. A noun and a participle not grammatically connected

with the main construction of the sentence may stand by them-

selves in the genitive. This is called the Genitive Absolute.

517. Learn the first ten cardinal numerals in 756, and the

declension of ets, 5vo, rpcts, and TCTxapcs, in 757.

518. VOCABULARY.

els, fj-ia, Iv, one. o-rdSiov, ov, t6, stadium, stade, 600

€|-cXavv(i>, drive out; intrans., march, Greek feet.

march on. <rrpa.Tt\yio», irrpaTr\yf]<ro>, ^o-Tpa-r/jyi)-

Z«ws, At6j, 6, Zeus, highest of the gods. <ra, ia-Tpar-f\yr\Ka (cf. arparrrris),

Nos. 52, 61. be general, lead, take command,

KaTa-irpdrrw, do thoroughly, accom- command.

plish. <riaTf\p, ij^os, 6 {cf. vifiita), preserver,

OS, Vi 0, rel. pron., loho, which. savior, a title given to Zeus.

0O--TIS, ^rts, STt(5s + Tts), rel. pron., T^rrapts, o, /our.

whoever, whichever. fpeis, rpt'a, three.

ovS-cCs, ovdefda, ovd^v, declined like els rpCros, Vi ov (cf. r/rets), third ; t6 rplrov

(oiide+eh), none, no, nobody, nothing. as adv., the third time.

519. 1. TjyefjLova atretre^ o(rTL<;^ vjtxa? aird^ei. 2. e^e-

Xawet 8ta ^pvyid^ aTaOjJLOP eva et<? ttoXlu olKovfxeurjv,

evhaCfxopa kol [xeyd\r]v. 3. ^aav 8e aurot? ySoe? ov<;

idvcrav rw Att rw crojTrjpL. 4. iau /caXws JcaraTrpa^ct) iif)*

d^ (TTpaTevofiat, Kard^co vfxa<; ot/caSe. 5. ixerd Tavra, (o

^OpovTa, ecTTLv^ 6 ti^ ere rjhiKiqcra; 6. Kvpov 8e Kekevaav-

Tos ^Kpi(JTnnTO<; dTreTreixxjjei' 6 ei)(€ CTTpdTevjxa.*' 7. ivrevOev

RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 139

iXavvovai Kvpov (TTparriyovvTO^; (rra^/utous rpet? ein tov

FiV(f)paTr]v irorafjiov, ov tjv to evpos rerra/sa (rraSta. 8. iv

§€ T(o Tpvrco crra^/xw Kvpo? i^eraauv Troteirat eV rw TreStoj

776/01 fieads vvKTas, ovhevo^ kojXvovtoS'

520. 1. And with her he sent horsemen whom Menon had.

2. Whoever of you did this was unjust. 3. Cyrus sent him

gifts which are regarded at court" (as) precious. 4. WhenOrontas had confessed this, Cyrus spoke as follows. 5. There

Cyrus had a large park full of wild beasts which he used to

hunt ^ on horseback.

Notes.— ^ Imperative.— ^ xhe case of the relative depends on the

construction of the clause in which it stands (826). — ^ xhe antecedent is

omitted (827).— * For the accent, see 166, 2.— ^ A cognate accusative (833),

is there any ivrong that I have done you ?— ^ The antecedent is attracted into

the relative clause (829), for airiivcfixpc to aTpdrev/jLa o ei)(€.— '' irapa

fiaaiXci. — 8 Imperfect.

521. Orontas confesses his Treachery.

" Tt ow,"€<f)7]

6 Kv/3o?, " d8tKT7^et? vn i/xov vvv to

TpiTov eVt^ovXevet? /Ltot/" Xe^avro? Se tov 'OpoPToi otl

ovoep d8tKT7^€t9 iiTL^ovXeveL, rjpdrrrja-ep 6 Kvpos avTOP,

" OjaoXoyets ovv irepl i/xe dStK^crat/" " 'O/xoXoyw," €(f)r]

5 6 OpoPTois, " dpayKT) yap-' e'fc tovtov iraXtp -qpcoTTjcrep

o Ku/309, " Ert ovp ap eLTjq t(o ip.^ dSeX(^&I 7roXe/xt09,

ijxol 8e <^tXo9 Kol TTtcrros;" 6 8e aTTOKptpeTai, " OvS'

€t eLTjp, (o Kvpe, (ToC y ap nore en 8o^at/x,t."

Notes.—1. dSiKneefe : here causal (495, 2), because you have suffered what

wrong f but in line 3 concessive (495), although he had suffered no tcrong.

4. d8iKii<rai : infinitive in indirect discourse (469).— 8. a-olyc to you at

any rate irori €ti : ever again.— 86gai.|xi, : sc. <^iAos Koi ma^TO'i eivai.

140 CONDITIONAL SENTENCES.

No. 39. /3ai), |3oy/

LESSON LVII.

Conditional Sentences. General Suppositions.

522. Review 301-305.

The suppositions expressed in 304 are particular (302).

523. 1. lav Tis KXeiTTXl, KoXdl^CTai, if any one {ever) steals,

he is (always) punished.

2. €1 Tts kXctttoi, €KoXdl^€TO, if any one (ever) stole, he was

(always) punished.

Here the suppositions are not particular, but general (302). In the first

example, the supposition is present ; it is introduced by l^v, if, and has

the subjunctive ; the apodosis has here the present indicative, but it mayhave any present form denoting repetition.

CONDITIONAL SENTENCES. 141

524. Present general suppositions have kav with the sub-

junctive in the protasis and the present indicative (or some

other present form denoting repetition) in the apodosis.

In the second example, the supposition is past ; it is introduced by tl,

if, and has the optative ; the apodosis has here the imperfect indicative,

but it may have any past form denoting repetition.

525. Past general suppositions have €l with the optative in

the protasis, and the imperfect indicative (or some other form

denoting past repetition) in the apodosis.

526. Review 306, 307 ; 316, 317 ; and 363, 364.

527. VOCABULARY.

ScC, adv., always, ever. trori, adv., once, ever (enclitic).

ck-itoSmv (i^ + trovs), adv., out of the irovs, 7ro56j, 6, foot.

way. vir-KTXvtoiiai (<r£x), v'Tro-<rX'<i<ro(jiai, iir-

eiriKOvpT]|i.a, oros, t6, relief. t(r\6\i.r\v, vir-ia-\r\\i.ai {inrb + «x'^)?

cp-yov, ov, t6, work, deed. hold oneself under, undertake, prom-

KKiirru) (/cXeTr), K\4«|/a>, €KX€\|fa, KCK\o<)>a, ise.

KiK\f\i.\i.ax, iK\6Ltn]v {cf. k\u}iI/), steal. viro-Xva, loose beneath; mid., untie

KoXd^b) (Ko\ad), KoXdo-u, CKoXcura, kcko- one's sandals or shoes.

Xoo-fxai, £KoXda-8T)v, punish. «|/cv8o)xai, ^(v<ro\iai,, (}^(va-a\i.r\v, t^tv-

ow-iroTc {oi + TfOTi), adv., never.*''V-°-^) ^i^i cheat, deceive.

528, 1. el T(i>^ VTrdcr^otro^ rt Kvpo<;, ovirore ei/zevSero.

2. et rt? TTore KXeiTTOL t(i)v TTekraa-TOiv, €Ko\a.t,ero. 3. rjv

iTTLKovprjfxa roiv irohwv, et rt? Tr)v vvKTa^ vttoXvolto. 4. ol

Oeol LKavot etcrt tov<; fxlKpov^, koLv* iv Setvoi? cScrt, awl^eLv

pahio)^. 5. ovK av eTroCrjcre ravra, et ixrj e-yw avrov e/ce-

142 CONDITIONAL SENTENCES.

Xevaa. 6. iav tl<s tl ayaOov rj KaKov TroLtjcrr) avTov, ael

uIkolv^ neLpoLTaL. 7. ovSe yap av /ac 6 ^acnXev*; eTraivovr). et

dSiKoCrjv Tov^ (^tXov5. 8. dvhpes, iav fiot Treto'^^re,*^ tovtov

Tov dvdpoiTTOv i.KiTO^(iiv TTOLTJaecrde. 9. et v/ACt? ideXere

opfxdadai, eireordaL vplv ^ovXojxai. 10. Kai et rts avrw

hoKoif] Twv TT/ao? rovTO TO epyov Ter-aypiivaiv cr^oXatw?

TTOtetv, TOV eVtTT/Setoi' etraiev.

529. 1. He is always enraged if anybody deceives him.

2. If they caused us trouble, we punished them. 3. If he

promises anybody anything, he never deceives him. 4. He beat

his soldiers if they did not obey. 5. He never came to myhouse,^ unless he was sent for.

Notes.— ^ I.e. tlvl (763). — ^ Second aorist optative.— ^ during the

night, accusative of extent of time (836).— * I.e. koL idv, even if.— ^ to be

superior, to outdo (him).— 'With the force of the middle, obey.— ' irapa ifif.

530. Clearchus advises that Orontas be put to Death.

The Others concur.

7r/)09 TavTa Kvpo? eXe|^e Tot? irapovcriv, " 'O /xev dj/rjp

Tavra jxev ireTToi-qKe, ravra Se Xeyet • vp.oiv ok crv TT/awroq,

tS KXeapx^, Xe^ov 6 tl aoi So/cet." KXe'ap^^o? 8e eXefe

TctSe • " "Xvp^^ovXevco iyo) tov dvhpa tovtov iKirohuiv ttol-

5 ela-dai, Xva fx-qKeTL Serj tovtov (fyvXaTTeaOai, dXXd ct^oXt)

Tl 'qfxiv Tov<; (J)iXov<; ev Troteti^." Tavra Se e(f)7] /cat tov<?

ctXXov? Xe^at.

Notes. — 1. irpos ravra : in vietc of this, thereupon. — rois irapowriv : to

those present (487, 3 and 4).— 6. ravToL : i.e. to. avrd. — I<|>t] : i.e. Clearchus,

when the trial was over.

CONDITIONAL RELATIVE SENTENCES. 143

LESSON LVIII.

Conditional Relative Sentences.

531. A relative clause with an indefinite antecedent has a

conditional force, and is called a conditional relative clause.

This conditional relative clause stands in the relation of a

protasis to the antecedent clause, which is its apodosis. Its

negative is always jtrj.

532. Review 304; 305; 306, 307; 316, 317; 363, 364; 523, 524, 525.

533. A conditional relative sentence differs from a con-

ditional sentence not in force, but only in form. It substitutes

for the ordinary conditional particle ii, if, a, relative pronoun

or adverb, but with the added idea of the person, thing, time,

place, or manner, contained in the relative.

1. o Ti ^ovXiTat (=cr TL /SouAcTai, 305) irpa^o}, I will do whatever he

(noio) wishes ; o ri e/3ovAcTo (= el tl i^ovKero, 305) irpa^ixi, I will do what-

ever he wished.

2. o Tl ifiovX-qdrj (= el Ti i(3ov\rj6rj, 307) eirpd^a av, I should have done

whatever he had ivished ; o ti i^ovXeTo (^et ti c/SouActo, 307) eirpaTTov av,

I should be doing whatever he wished.

3. o Tl av fiovXrjTai (= edv ti (SovX-qTai, 317) Trpa^w, I will do whatever

he wishes.

4. o Tl fiovXoLTO i= ct Tl fiovXoLTo, 364) TTpa^aifii av, I should do what-

ever he wuihed.

5. o Tl av fiovXrjTaL {= iav tl ^ovXrfTaL, 524) Trparro}, I (^alivai/s^ do

whatever he wishes ; 6 tl /^ovXolto (=: ei ti j3ovXolto, 525) ewpaTTOv, I

(always) did whatever he mshed.

144 CONDITIONAL RELATIVE SENTENCES.

534. The particles ecos, ian, axpt> H'^XP'-' until^ follow the

construction of conditional relatives in both forms of future

conditions (533, 3 and 4), in unfulfilled conditions (533, 2), and

in present and past general suppositions (533, 5).

535. The particle irpiv, before, until, is used in the same

way, but only when the leading verb is negative or implies a

negative.

Thus, ov Trpoadtv Trawrofuu vplv av v/i,as Karaydyo) OLKaSe, I will not

stop until I bring you liome.

536. TTpiv, before, is followed also by the infinitive (471), but

only when the leading clause is affirmative'.

• 537. VOCABULARY.

€ws, conj., as long as, while, until. }i.&.\o\i.ai, (xaxovfiai, l)iiaxc(rd|i,i]v, \u)i.a.-

lana, lr\<ru, live, be alive. XIK'^'^' i^^f- f^xv)i fight, give battle.

S«vTj, r]s, 7), belt, girdle. No. 44. oirdrc, rel. adv., when, whenever.

OdvoTOS, ov, 6, death. rrpoa--Kvvio>, 7rpo<r-Kvv^(r(o, irpo(r-(KvvT)-

Kaipos, ov, 6, fitting time, occasion. <ra (c/. Kwiw, kiss), make obeisance

Kara-Xvu, unloose, halt, dissolve^ make to, salute.

peace. irpo<r-TATT«, assign, give orders to.

KaTa-\|n)<}>(^ofLai, mid. dep., vote against. \i^6s, ov, 6, fodder, forage.

538. * 1. a^Loq (^tXo? icrrlv 6 Kvpo^ w du ^tXo? y. 2/ onov

aTpariqyo'i ert t,(or)^ tov aTpaT'qyov irapeKoiXow. 3. eyw

yoLp (f)olBoLixr]v av rw y^yepiovi a>^ ripiiv nefixfjeLev eneadaL.

4. oTTOTav /catpog rj, r}$0) inl rrjv irokiv. 5. otroTe Karaxjir}-

<f>Ll[,OLVT6 Tivo<;^ BavaTov ol Uepcrat, ekdix^avov Trj<; ^(oin)<;.^

6. TOVTOv<; Tovq (TTa0ixov<; irdw fJcaKpov^ inopevovTO, ottotc

7) Trpo? vocop /SovkoLVTO r)K€Lu ^ npo^ )(lX6p. 7. ovK av TTpocr-

CONDITIONAL RELATIVE SENTENCES. 145

€Kvvy](Tav ov fxr] i^ovXopro. 8. eaovrai aTTOvSal ew? dv

/3acnXev<; r^fxiv TrpocTToi^r) fxa^eadai. 9. oto) ovp ravra fxr}

BoKel /caXoj? e)(eLv, OLTro^oiprjcrdTO). 10. ov Karakvcrei irpo<;

Toif^ TToXe/xiou? Trpiv av aoi avjx^ovXevarjTaL.

539. 1. We will trust the guide that Cyrus sends. 2. Andin company with^ you I shall be in honor wherever I maybe. 3. Whenever the Greeks approached, the barbarians fled.

4. Let there be a truce until I return. 5. We should fear to

use the boats that you might send us.

Notes.— * By contraction ior ^aoirj (T81). — ^ xhe relative is assirjii-

lated to the case of its antecedent (828). — ^ 'phe genitive often depends

on a preposition included in a compound verb (852) * The genitive

follows verbs signifying to take hold o/'(845). — ^ in company with, <tvv.

540. Orontas is led away.

/Acra ravra KeXevomo^ Kvpov eXa^ov Trj(; [^cjvrj^ top

'OpovToiv iirl davdrco aTravre? ot irapome^;. eira 8'

i^rjyov avrov ois TrpocreTd^dt), koX ol irpoadev trpocr-

KwovvTCf; avTov Kai (even) Tore 7rpocr€Kvvr}crav, Kaiirep inl

5 BdvaTOv dyofxevov. evret Se ei? Trjv 'ApTandrov (TKrjprju

elcnjx^dr], (TKiqiTTOv^ov tticttov t(o Kvpo) oi^rog, /xera ravra

ovSev TTepl avTOv rjKovev ovSct? • ecKa^ov Be aXXot aXXw?

OTTO)? (how) OLTriOavev.

Notes 1. cXa^ov . . . Oavdro) : took him by the girdle as a sign that he

was condemned to death, but in 4 ctti Bavarov, to execution. — 4. KaCircp :

although, strengthening the following concessive participle. — 7. ovSiv . . .

ovScCs : Greek doubles the negative, nothing . . . nobody ; English says

nothing . . . anybody. — oXXot aXX(i>$ : some in one way, others in another

(literally, others in another way).— 8. dirl9«vcv: second aorist of ajrodvyaKia.

146 COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES.

LESSON LIX.

Comparison of Adjectives.

641. Most adjectives add Tcpos to the stem to form the

comparative, and Tares to form the superlative.

POSITIVE. COMPARATIVE. SUPERLATIVE.

TTtaros (ttktto^, faithful Trio-TO-re/aos Trioro^TaTos

TToXc/Atos (ttoAc/iio), hostUc TToAc/iioi-Tcpos TToAt/tuoi-TaTOS

d(r<^aAi/s (d(r<^aA,e<r), safe a(T<^iaXi(T-T€pos a<T<f>aXe<T-TaTO^

542. When the penult of stems in o is long by nature, or the vowel

of the penult is followed by two consonants, the stem remains unchanged

;

otherwise o is lengthened to «. For the declension, see 750.

543. Some adjectives, chiefly in us and pes, are compared

by changing these endings to iwv and wttos.

POSITIVE.

COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 147

547. The superlative may express simply a very high degree

of the quality.

Thus, TToAc/AiwraTO? ^v /SacriXevs rots 'EAAiyo-i, the king was very hostile

to the Greeks.

548. VOCABULARY.

aUrxpos, 6., 6v, shameful, disgraceful. <rK(vo^6poi,ov,baggage^anrying; (tkcvo-

Ba^vXiov, wvos, i], Babylon. <p6pa as noun, pack-animals, baggage-

ptos, ov, 6, life. train.

ytia, ytva-dt, e-ycvo-a, y^7<v|i(u, give a Taxvs, «a, d {cf. rdxa), quick, swift.

taste; mid., taste. TeXevrdw, reXevrVjo-w, €T€X€vrrj<ra, tc-

(<r(i>s, a.d\., perhaps. T€X€VTt]Ka, iTeXftrr/jOtiv {cf. reXevr-^),

KcXiKia, as, i] (cf. KfXi?), Cilicia. bring to an end, end one's life, die.

irXai<riov, ov, t6, square, of troops. TeXewnfj, ^s, ij {cf. rAos), end.

iroXciiiKos, ^j 6v {cf. irSXefws), Jit for rtXos, ovs, to, fulfilment, end.

war, skilled in war, warlike. xp6vos, ov, 6, time, season, period.

549. 1. TO. 8e Kpea tovtcjv t(ov opviOoiv rj^icna rjv.

2. /x-^ KaKtov; wfxev t(op aXXcov W^XtJucjv. 3. iu Tjj reXevrrj

Tov /3tov ^aXeTTcwrarog iyevero 6 dvtjp. 4. gutto) 817 ttoXXou

)(p6vov rjSiovo<; olvov^ yeyevfxaL. 5. tovtov<5 i(f)a(rav ol ets

^a/3vX(t)ua (TTpaTevcrdfjiei'OL TroXf^t/cwrarou? elvat. 6. ivTev-

dev Kvpo? Tr)v yvvaxKa et? Tr)v KtXt/ctdt' aTTOTre/xTret Ty]v

Ta)(UTTr]v ohov.^ , 7. ovtoi elcn KaKLaroi re kol aur^tcrrot

dvhpe<;. 8. TeXo<; * 8e fxiKpoTarai yiyvovrai al rd<^poi.

9. Kupos ovroi^ ireXevTiqcrev, dvrjp oSz/ dp^eiv d^L(xyraTO<s.

10. TrdvT€<? ovTOL ol ^dp^apoL TToXefXLCJTepoL riplv ecrovTai to)v

Trapa ySacrtXet ovtcou. 11. tcroj? qui/ d(T<^aXe(TTepov ecrat

17/xri' TTopeveaOai irXaixriov Trotrjcrafievov^^ T(ov ottXItcju, Iva

TO. crKevo<f)6pa ip dcr^aXecTTepw^ y.

148 COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES.

550. 1. This road is narrower. 2. All were most faithful

to the king. 3. Now we will proceed by a longer road.

4. The satrap was a very unjust man. 5. Of all the Persians

Cyrus was most able to benefit his friends.

Notes. — ^ Genitive of the time within which (854).— ^ fhe genitive

follows verbs signifying to taste (846).— ^ Adverbial accusative (835), by

the shortest road. — * Adverbial accusative, ^na%.— * Troirja-a/xevovs limits

ly/ias undei'stood, the subject of iroptvca-Oai.— ^ in safer (^pohition), in

greater security.

551. Advance. Midnight Review.

ivrevOev i^eXavvet Slol Trj<; Ba^vXcovids (TTa0fxov<s r/aets

Trapaadyyd'; ScuSe/ca. iv he tco TpiTco aTaOjx^ Kvpo? i^e-

raaiv TTOLelTat twv Fi}X7]vcop Kai twv Bap^dpoiv iv rw

TreSto) rrepX /iecra? vvKTai • eSoKCt ydp ttj avpiov rj^eiv

5 /SacrtXect aifv to> (TTpaTevfxari fjLa)(ovfxevov. /cat eVeXeue

KXeapxov jxev tov Se^tou Kcpcjs rjyelcrOaLy Mevova 8e tov

evcovvfJLOV, avTos Se tovs eavrov Stera^e. fxerd he ttjv

e^eracTLv dfxa Trj rjfjiepa 7jKoi/Te<; aurojaoXot napd fxeyoiXov

l3a<TL\e(o<; dTnjyyeXXov Kvpa> irepi ttj^ /SacrtXeiw? crr/aarta?.

Notes.— 4. 486k€i : he thought. — t'q aiipiov : sc.7jyi.ipa. (811), <Ae next

day, dative of the time when (870).— tiSciv : future infinitive in indirect

discourse (469). — 5. fiaxovfuvov : future participle expressing purpose

(495, 4). — 7. SUtoI* : Cyrus drew up his barbarian force (rows kavTov) on

the left of the entire Greek force.— 8. t||x^p9 : the dative follows apjo. (864),

(^^No. 40. ^l4>ot.

PRESENT SYSTEM OF VEBBS. 149

LESSON LX.

Present System of Verbs. Indirect Discourse.

552. In the previous lessons the verb has been developed

by moods. It will now be developed by Tense Systems.

553. The following tense systems have been presented :

1. Present system, including the present and imperfect tenses in all the

voices. Tense suffix °/g, tense stem \v°/g. Thus, \v<o, e-Xvo-v, \vo-fuii,

i-kv6-firiv. Cf. 138, 147, 177.

2. Future system, including the future active and middle. Tense suffix

cr^/e, tense stem Auo-°/j. Thus, Auo-to, Xvcro-fULi. Cf. 139, 177.

3. First aorist system, including the first aorist active and middle.

Tense suffix aa, tense stem kvaa. Thus, i-Xvaa, i-X.v<Td-fj.7)v. Cf. 148,

184.

4. First perfect system, including the first perfect and first pluperfect

active. Tense suffix Ka (first pluperfect kc), tense stem AeAvxa (first

pluperfect XcAvkc). Thus, AcAvxa, c-A.e\wr;. Cf. 140, 149.

5. Perfect middle system, including the perfect, pluperfect, and future

perfect middle and passive. Tense suffix none (in the future perfect o^/^),

tense stem XtXv (future perfect AcAvo-"/^). Thus, AcAv-joai, e-XiXv-ynqv,

XeXvfTo-fmi. Cf. 185, 186.

6. First passive system, including the first aorist and first future passive.

Tense suffix de, lengthened to Orj in the indicative (first future passive

Orj(r°/f), tense stem Xvde, XvOrj (first future passive Xvdrj<T''/f). Thus,

i-Xv6r}-v, Xv$rjao-[uu. Cf. 195, 198.

554. The three remaining tense systems have also been

briefly considered, the second aorist (91), second perfect (114,

115), and second passive (197). In the following lessons they

will receive fuller treatment.

150 PRESENT SYSTEM OF VERBS.

555. Conjugate the present system of Xuto in 765, giving the

moods in order, down the columns, first in the active, then in

the middle and passive.

656. The Synopsis of any system of a verb consists of the

first form in each tense in each mood of that system, arranged

according to voices.

ThuS; the synopsis of the present system of Xv(o in the active is, Xu«,

cXvov, Xv<i>, Xvoifii., \v{, \vei,v, Xvwv.

Give the synopsis of the present system of \vw in the middle and

passive.

557. A direct quotation or question gives the exact words

of the original speaker or writer. In an indirect quotation or

question the original words conform to the construction of the

sentence in which they are quoted.

558. Indirect quotations may be introduced by 8ti or (bs,

that, with a finite verb, or by the infinitive (469) ; sometimes

by the participle.

559. Indirect questions follow the same principles as indirect

quotations with 8ti and (bs, in regard to their moods and tenses.

560. 1. -Ypd<|>a) CTno-ToXTJv, / am writing a letter; \iyii '6ti

(or cbs) 7pd<})€t em(TTo\r\v, he says that he is writing a letter.

2. Ti povXcaBc ; what do you want ? cpcoT^, ti (or 8 ti) pov-

X€o-0€, he asks what you want.

In these examples a simple sentence is quoted indirectly. This involves

in the first example a change in the person of the verb of the quoted sen-

tence. In the second example there is no such change in person ; whether

it occurs or not depends on the connexion, as in English. It involves also

PBESENT SYSTEM OF VERBS. 151

the use of on or ws, that, to introduce the indirect quotation, and may

involve a change of the interrogative pronoun ti to the general relative o Tt

in the indirect question. There is no change in either of these examples

of mood or tense.

561. VOCABULARY.

dirop€w, 6iiTopi\<rw, etc. {cf. diropos), he oiirut-iroTt (ou-ttw+ tot^), adv., never

in doubt or want, be at a loss. yet.

d«r«)>(iXws {cf. d«r^a\^s), adv., safely, iropcCa, as, ij {cf. iropeiofiai), journey.

securely. <rvX-\€"y«, collect, gather, bring to-

Sc'xo^iai,, 8c|o|iat, ISc^diJiT^v, 8€8€7(i,ai, gether.

receive, admit. Tp^<|>a>, Opc\|rM, €6p€\|/a, T€6pa)ip,ai, Irpd-

\iy(i>, (kt^a, elXoxa, c):X€-y|j.ai., tXt'YTjv ^r\v and c6p<<{>6r]v, nourish, support,

and eXtx^^v, collect. maintain.

|j,^vToi, adv., really, in truth; conj., XP'^> XP'^*''*''? impers., it is needful, one

yet, still, however, nevertheless. must or ought.

Give the original forms of all the indirect quotations and questions in

the following exercise (562).

562. 1. Kvpo? 8e TovTOLf;^ oiTropcJv re kol Xvirov/xevo^

fieTeirefjLTreTO top KXeap^^ov. 2, BokeI^ Se fxoL r)fia<; ipcoTav

Kvpov TL^ /SovXerat 'qfjuv ^prjaOai. 3. \eyop,ev yap on

KaKiov^ eto"l irepX rjixas t] r]ixel<; irepi eKeivov<^. 4. tovto S'

au ovTOi crvXXeyerat koX r/aet^erat auroJ to crrparevjaa. 5. ol

oe* ekeyov ort ovncoTToO* ovto<; 6 iroTafxhs Sta/Saro? iyevero

Tre^rj ei firj tote.^ 6. ayopav Se irape^^ere^ rw cTTpaTev/xaTL

KOL Se^ecr^e rou? "EXX^^i/a?. 7. /BovXevcofxeda, avSpe? crrpa-

TLOJTaL, et' Kara, yrjv XPV TropeveaOai. 8. Eei^o^wt' pevroi

/SouXerat /xer' avTwv T7)v TropeCdv TTOieicrdai, voixit^oiv ovt(o<;

a(T(f)aXe(TTepov elpau. 9. rouro St) Set Xeyetv, ttco? ai^ nopev-

OLfiedd T€ d(T(f)aXw<; koI el yid^ecrOai Seot /caXw? fxa^OLfieda.

152 PRESENT SYSTEM OF VERBS.

563. 1. Cyrus was exhorting the Greeks not to flee. 2. Hecalls his soldiers together to consult^ about the journey.

3. He orders the exiles to take the field with Clearchus.

4. Put^ this fellow out of the way. 5. He says that one of

Menon's soldiei"s was splitting wood.

Notes. — ^ Dative of cause (866).— ^ Impersonal, it seems best. —3 Cognate accusative (833) after xprjaOai, what use he wishes to make of us.

For the dative "^fuv, cf. 309, 1. In its original form the question would 'be,

Tt )8ovAct T7/u,Tv )(prja6aL;— * The article is used as a demonstrative, atid

they (815).— ^They said, ovTnairoO outos 6 Trora/xos 8ia/3aTos cyeVero et firj

vw. — * Imperative ^ ci, whether, introduces the indirect question. —8 Use the subjunctive in a final clause. — ® Use the present.

564. Council of War. Speech of Cyrus.

Kvpo? Se crvy/caXecrds tov^; arparriyovs koX Xo^dyous

roiv ^Wrivoiv crvve^ovXeveTO re ttw? av rrjv fid^rju ttoloIto

Koi auTO? TTaprjvei Oappvvcjv rotctSe • " 'fl dvhpe<; "EXXt/i/c?,

ovK duOpcoTTcov OLTTopaJv fiap^dpojv (Tvixp.(X)(Ov<; v/xa? dyo),

5 dXXa vop,it,(tiv dfjLeLvov<; ttoXXcjv ^ap/SdpcDv vfxd<; elvai, 8ta

Tovro TTpoaeka^ov. ecrre ovv dvSp€<; d^Loi T175 iXevdepCd^;

'^S ^€Te Koi rjs vfids iyo) evhaifiovL^co."

Notes.— 2. ov iroioiro : the joerson changes. C/! 390, 1.— 3. -irapTjvti . . .

ToidSc : exhorted and encouraged them as follows.— 4. dvOpwiruv Pap^dpuv :

verbs signifying want take the genitive (848). — diropwv : the participle

expresses cause (495, 2). So vofxi^wv in the next line.— 5. d|u(vovs : braver,

accusative plural masculine of d/xetvajv, irregular comparative of dya^os. —Sid TOVTO-: resumes vofii^wv, because I thought, etc., on this account.— 6. eo~r€ :

imperative.— iXcvOeptas : the genitive depending on d^ios, worthy, is the

genitive of value (853). — 7. 11s fXfTt= yv tx^rc, which you possess. The

relative is assimilated to the case of its antecedent (828).— r\s : genitive

of cause (851) with cvSai/xovti^o).

FUTURE AND FIRST AORIST SYSTEMS OF VERBS. 153

No. 41. X67X'7'

LESSON LXI.

Future and First Aorist Systems of Vowel and Mute Verbs.

Indirect Discourse.

566. Review 553, 2 and 3, 274, and 90.

566. Conjugate the future and first aorist systems of Xu<o

in 766 and 767, giving the moods in order, down the columns,

first in the active, then in the middle.

Give the synopsis of the future system of \v(a in the active, 'in the

middle ; of the first aorist system of Avo) in the active, in the middle.

567. Review 560, 1 and 2.

In these examples the verb in the principal clause is in a primary tense

(50), and there is no change in either the mood or the tense of the quoted

verbs.

568. 1. €X£|€V OTi (or <bs) 'Ypd<|)oi (or 'Ypd<j>€i) €Tri(rToXTJv, he

said that he was writing a letter.

154 FUTURE AND FIRST A ORIS T SYSTEMS OF VERBS.

2. TJpwT-no-c Ti (or 8 Tt) povXowrSe (or povXto-Gc), he asked

what you wanted.

In these examples there may be a change from the indicative to the

optative, but the tense remains the same ; the verb in the principal clause

is in a secondary tense (50).

569. After a primary tense, an indicative (without civ), in

indirect quotations after 8ti and «s, and in indirect questions,

retains both its mood and its tense. After a secondary tense it

is either changed to the same tense of the optative or retained

in the original mood and tense.

570. 1. oiJTws civ TTiv €Trio-ToXi]v i-ypaxl/a, in that case Ishould

have written the letter.

2. \iy€i 8ti (or d)s) ovtcos dv ti]v ^ttio-toXiiv e-ypaxj/c, he says

that in that case he should have written the letter.

3. cXcl^v 8ti (or ws) ovtos dv tt|v Ittio-toXtiv €'Ypa\j;€, he said

that in that case he should have written the letter.

571. 1. Ci\f eni(jTo\y\vdiV "^^(vifiias', would you write a letter?

2. cpcoTo^ €l €Trio-ToXi]v dv 'YPd^'ciaSf he asks whether you

would write a letter.

3. TipwrTio-cv €l €mo-ToXT]v dv -Ypdxjreias, he asked whether you

would'write a letter.

The verb in the quoted sentence retains its original mood and tense (an

indicative or optative with &v), whether the verb which it follows is

primary or secondary.

572. After both primary and secondary tenses, an indicative

or optative with dv, in indirect quotations with 8ti or ws, and

in indirect questions, retains both its mood and its tense

(with dv).

FUTURE AND FIRST AORIST SYSTEMS OF VERBS. 155

573. VOCABULARY.

8ia-Tptp<i>, rub through, consume, waste Kpwirrw {Kpv<p), Kpvt)/<o, £Kpwvj»a, KCKpv|i-

tirne, delay. (lai, €Kpv<t>0T)v, hide, conceal, keep

cvda (c/. iv), adv.: of place, where, secret.

there, here; of time, then, thereupon. K(i>\kiyn\'S, ov, 6 {cf. kw/it)), villager.

cp^a^o^ai (ipyad), cp-yd<ro|xai, clp-yoord- otKoi {cf. olkIo.), adv., at home; ol otKoi,

|i,T]v, cCpYoa-fiav {cf. epyov), work, do, those at home, one's countrymen.

inflict on. See 23.

Odirrca {ra^i), 6d«|/<i>, e6at)>a, T^6a}i,|ji.ai, rcXcvraios, o, ov {cf. reXevr^), last; ol

£Td<|>Tiv, bury. TeXevraTot, the rear guard.

KtJpVTTW {ktJPVk), KT]pv|<l>, CK'fjpV^a, KCK^- Tptp<l>, Tptt|;6>, trpl^a, T^Tpi<j>a, T^TpiH"

pvxa, KiK'i]pvyikai, iKr\pv\'d-t\v {cf. ktj- jiai, (Tpl^r\v and iTpt^9r\v, rub.

pv^), proclaim, maJce proclamation. \^v, 6vos, i], snow.

Give the original forms of the indirect quotations and questions in the

following exercise (574).

574. 1. eVeXeucre 8e Toitq (rrpaT'qyov^ (rvvrd^ai rov?

EXXTyi'as. 2. ol 8e Stw^az^eg ra^v^ iiravo-avTo. 3. eSoKet

yap Kvpo? rj^eLv ySacrtXea crifv T(o cTTpaTevjxaTL jxaxov-

jxevov. 4. ireixxifov KcjfXTJTois aKexfjofievov^ tto)? ej^ovctv^ ol

reXevTatot. 5. evda Brj Kvpo<; eSetcre fir) ^acrtXeu? /cara-

Koxfieie TO ^WrjViKov. 6. oti, he inl ySacrtXed dyoL ovk

T)Kovcrav ol crTpaTLcoTai. 7. rjpoyrcov Kvpov tl ^ovkoiro rfj

(TTparia ^prjadai? 8. /cat Kvpo? eXe^^et' ort 17 680? eicrotro^

7rpo5 ^aaiXed fieyav. 9. aXXa SLaTptxjio} Iva (fto^wvTai ol

ayyekoL fir) ov ras CTTTOj/Sa? TroLrjacofieOa. 10. 1^ ^toii'

eKpmjje /cat ra oTrXa /cat rovg dvdpcoTrov;. 11. iKrjpv^av ol

(TTpaTrjyoL rovg avS/oa? ddxfjaL. 12. IXe^^ei' ort ovTa)<s dv tovs

ot/cot ^ KaKov Tl eipydcravTO.

156 FUTURE AND FIRST AORIST SYSTEMS OF VERBS.

576. 1. Orontas, thinking that the horsemen were ready,

wrote a letter to the king. 2. I said that we had manyfair hopes of victory. 3. He orders them to see^ what the

hindrance is. 4. He collected an army by means of^ this

money. 5. The satrap said that Cyrus had plotted against the

king.

Notes. — ^ The neuter of the adjective is here used as an adverb.—* Cf. Ka\u><: txpvaLv. — ^ Cf. 562, 2.— * Future optative of cI/jll.— ^ Qne

of the two objects of av clpydaavro (839).— ®Use o-Keirro/i^ii. — ''by means

of, aTTO.

576. "You need not fear the Coming Struggle, and Success will

bring Reward."

" 'Eyw Se et9 olov epy^eade aycova v/aa? StSa^w. to /xev

yap TrXrjOo^ t(ov ^apftdpop ttoXv ecrxt /cat Kpavyfj iroXXfj

lirep^ovTai • av he ravra dvaa^^rjcrde, rd akka ala^vvo^iai

oXoi TjiXLv oi iv Ty X^P^ eialv dvdpcoiroL. iav he vfxels

5 dvhpe<; ^T€ /cat ev rd ifid yep7)TaL, eya> vfjicjv top fxev

ot/caSe /Sovkofxevov dTrekdelv t;rjko)Tov TTOirjaoi rot? ot/cot,

TToXXov? Se ot/aat ^ovkijcrecrdaL Trap ifjLOL jxeveiv.

Notes.— 1. els olov . . . d'yuva: into what sort of struggle you are going,

indirect question introduced by the relative otos, equivalent to Latin qualis.

Cf. oioi in line 4.— 2. Kpav-yfj : dative of manner (%QQ').— 3. ravro : i.e.

their numbers and outcry.— dvd<rx'n«r9€ : second aorist subjunctive middle

of av-€)(oi, hold up, mid. endure rd dXXa : accusative of specification (834),

as to all else I am ashamed (to thinl-) ichat sort of men my countrymen are.

— 5. rd l^ : my affairs. — v^wv tov Pov\6|X(vov : tchoever of you (partitive

genitive, 842) shall vnsh. For 6 ySouAd/xevos, see 487, 3 and 4.— 6. tTiXwT6v :

an object of envy.

IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 157

No. 42. Ancient Persians.

LESSON LXII.

Irregular Comparison of Adjectives.

577. The following are the most important cases of irregular

comparison

:

POSITIVE. COMPARATIVE. SUPERLATIVE.

1. dyado?, good dfitLvwv

2. KaKo;, bad (543)

3. Ka\6<i, beautiful

4. /Ltcyas, great

5. iuKp6<i, small

6. 6Atyo9, little, plur. few

7. Tro\v<;, much, plur. many

8. paSios, easy

KpetTTWV

)(€LpU>V

rjTTWV

KoXXliOV

iXoLTTOiV

irXtLdiv or TrAecDV

pa<t)V

apioTos

/StArto-Tos

KpartcTTOS

^ttpto-TOS

rjKia-Ta (adverb)

KaAAlCTTOS

/ACyi(TTOS

€Aa;^i<rTos

ttAcToto?

pao-Tos

158 IBREGULAB COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES.

578. VOCABULARY.

dXXdTTw (dWay), d\Xd|(o, qXXala,

TJ\Xax.a, T]XXa-y)xai, riXXdxSiiv and

TiXXd-ynv (c/. dWos), make other,

change.

a.v-i\t», hold up; mid., stand firm

against, endure.

d^i6(i>, d|t.u(r(i>, etc. (cf. (S|ios), think fit,

deem proper, claim, demand.

dir-aWdTT«, change off, abandon, rid

oneself of ; mid., depart, go away.

8ia-TeX^a>, finish, complete.

oT€, conj., when.

iraiScvo), iraiScvcco, etc. {cf. irats), train,

educate.

p(;CSi.os, a, ov {cf. pgLSlws), easy.

ptiTTci) {p(.<p), pt^l'u, cppit|/a, €ppi()>a, Sp-

pl|jk|tai,, cppt4>&t]v and eppU|>i]v, throw,

hurl, cast aside.

orK€VD<}>ope(i>, (rKcvo<t>op'^o-(i> {cf. <rKevo<p6-

pos), carry baggage.

<rrp€<J>«, <rTp^t|;«, tirrpt^a, €<rrpo^a,

€(rTpa|jLp.ai, e(rrpd4>r]v and i<rrpi^9y\v,

turn, twist; intrans., turn,face about.

TcXcci), TcXw, Ir^co-a, Tcr^cKa, tct^c-

(Tfiai, iTi\i<rQr]v {cf. riXos), finish,

fulfil.

TtTTapdKOVTa {cf. T^TTapes),. indecl.,

forty.

579. 1. ^ekrlov eti/at i^T) ra aXXa ets tov noTafiov plxfjaL.

2. fi€yL(TTOv, (S at'Speg, €)(€Te Kaipov. 3. *KpicrTLTnTO^ 8e

tTTTreids ov/c eXarrov? rpidKocrtoiv ei)(ev. 4. a^eivov €<ttl

ravra avi^ecrOai rj aTTaWaTrecrOai. 5. ot oe TrXetcrrot

(rr/aet/favre? e^evyov d^'a Kparo^ 8ta rov TTora/AOv. 6. ouxot

a^tovcrt Twi^ Xo^dyw^' yiti^ '^eipov<^ elvai. 7. ttoXv yctp padv

eo'Tt StareXeicrat ri^t* oSdv. 8. '^aap KXedp^o) eV rw crrpa-

TevfjiaTi tTTTTet? TrXetov? 17 rerTapaKovra, tovtcdv oe ot TrXeto'Tot

SpaKe^. 9. Tttura dTra\\d^o)/xev, Iva oj? TrXetcrrot^ /Ltei/

r}[X(t>v ev Tot? ottXois^ (ixjlv, cos iXd^LO'TOL 8e (TKevo(f)op(ocn.

10. Kv/Dos ert Trats (uz^ or* eTratSevero /cat o^vi' rw dSe\(f>(o

Koi (Tvv rot? dXXots iratcrt Trctt'rwi'^ irdma^ KpaTLcrro^

iuOfJLL^eTO.

IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 159

580. 1. For it is much easier to go away. 2. We should

be worth more ^ if we should have our arms, 3. There were

very many^ wild asses in the plain. 4. It is best for us to

proceed at once to the height. 5. For all the sons of the

noblest Pei-sians are educated at the king's court.

NoTKS.— ^ quam pluriml, as many as possible, ws or on may be prefixed

to the superlative to strengthen it.— ^ in armis, under arms.— ^ Partitive

genitive with KpaTicrTos (842).— * Accusative of specification (834).— ^ The

genitive of value follows a^tos (853).— * Superlative (547).

581. Objection of Gaulites.

Kv^og fxev hi] ravra Traprjvei toIs arpanqyoZs koX

Xo^dyoi? • FavX-tTTy? 8e Trapwv (^vya<; '^dpno^, TTtcrro? 8e

Kvpo), eke^e • " Kai fiijv, (o Kvpe, XeyovaC tlv€<; otl ttoXXoL

VTTLa^veL vvv iv klj^Svvol<s (ov heipol^, av 8e /caXw? Kora-

5 Trpa^r)<i icf)' d arparevei, ov pLeyLvrjcreaOai ere <^d(Tiv •

evtot Se KoX XeyovaLV otl ovS' el ySovXoto, olo'^ t dv etrj^

irpd^ai ocra VTTKT^vel.-^ j>

Notes.— 2. irurros Kwpw : in the confidence of Cyrus. Gaulites probably

spoke by the direction of Cyrus.— 3. Kal ^i\v : and yet.— 4. «v : the parti-

ciple expresses cause (495, 2).— 5. ov (upLv^o-HT^ai : that you will not remember,

i.e. that you will forget, future perfect of fii/jivrjaKw, remind, serving as simple

future to the perfect, fx.€fxvr]ixai, remember, which has the force of a present.

— 6. ovS* cl . . . ol6s t' ov €It)s : not even if you should toish, would you be able

(364).

No. 43. War Ship.

160 FUTURE AND FIRST AORIST SYSTEMS OF VERBS.

LESSON LXIII.

Future and First Aorist Systems of Liquid Verbs. Interrogative

Subjunctive. Indirect Discourse.

582. Verbs whose stems end in a liquid (X ji v p) are called

liquid verbs (273).

583. Conjugate the future system of (jxuvo), show, in 771.

Give its synopsis in the active ; in the middle.

584. The future of liquid verbs is formed by adding the tense suffix

€°/tf instead of o-°/j (553, 2) to the stem ; c is contracted with the followv

ing vowel, as in the present of ttoUw (782). Thus, fievuy (/u-cv), remain,

future /levtu, /Acms, /u,eveT, etc.; <f>aLvoi (<^av), show, future <f>avu), <f)aveL<:,

<f}av€l, etc.

585. Conjugate the first aorist system of 4>aiV(D, shoib., in 772.

Give its synopsis in the active ; in the middle.

586. The first aorist system of liquid verbs rejects <r of the tense

suffix tra (553, 3) and lengthens the stem vowel in compensation, o to t]

(but to o after i or p), € to ei, i to i, v to v. Thus, <f>aLV(a («^xv), show,

€<f>riva ; ktci'vo) (^ktcv'), kill, cKTCiva ; Kpivo) (xpiv), judge, eKplva, etc.

587. 1. Ti TTpalo) (aorist subjunctive); what shall I do?

2. Tov avSpa diroKreivcop.cv ; shall we put the man to death?

3. |i,T] ir€|nra)jx,€V tovs ircXraaTas ; shall we not send the

peltasts ?

Each of these sentences is interrogative ; its principal verb is in the

first person of the subjunctive ; if negative, it takes (i^.

FUTURE AND FIRST AORIST SYSTEMS OF VERBS. 161

588. The first person of the subjunctive may be used in

questions of appeal, where a person asks himself or another

what he is to do. The negative is ji-q.

689. 1. diropet ti (or '6 ti) irpa|Tj, he is at a loss what to do.

2. T|Trdp€i Ti (or o ti) irpa|€LC (or Trpal-n)* he was at a loss

what to do.

The interrogative subjunctive here quoted, after a primary tense,

changes neither its mood nor its tense ; after a secondary tense, the sub-

junctive may become optative.

590. After a primary tense, an interrogative subjunctive,

when indirectly quoted, retains both its mood and tense. After

a secondary tense, it is either changed to the same tense of the

optative or retained in the same tense of the subjunctive.

591. VOCABULARY.

a.yy{k\<a (dyyeX), ayycXw, 'n'Y'Y*''^''^?

ilYy*^Ka, TJ-y-ytXiJiai, tiy^^Oiiv (c/.

477eXos), announce, report.

iir-ayytXXft), bring back word, report.

airo-Kptvo|iai, mid. dep., give a deci-

sion, answer.

diro-KTtCvw, kill off, put to death.

airo-(}>aCvu, show forth; mid., show

one''s own, declare, express.

PdXXu {^a\), poXw, S^oXov, P^pXtiKa,

P^pXT)|j,ai, ip\^OT)v, throw, throw at,

hit with stones, stone.

yvwfjLT), 1JS, i}, opinion, plan, judgment.

JK-PdXXu, throw out, expel.

K^ (Kav), Ka^o-M, cKavo-a, K^KavKa,

K^Kavfiicu, 4Kav6T|v, bum.

Kptvfil {Kpiv), KpiVM, iKptVa, K^KpiKa,

KeKpip.ai, IkpC6t|v, divide, distinguish,

decide, judge.

KTflva {kTCv), KT€VW, CKTClVa, CKTOva,

kill.

\iivo, fuvw, i\uiva, ]U}i.ivr\Ka, remain,

stay, wait for, last.

ir6T€pov . . . t), whether . . . or, in an

alternative question (both direct

and indirect); also, in an indirect

question, cl . . . ij, whether . . . or.

({>a(vtt {<t>av), (|>avw, c<(>T|va, ire<{>a'yKa

and ir^(|>T]va, ir^4>curp.ai, I<t>dv6i)v and

i^6.vr\v (cf. <pavep6s), bring to light,

show ; mid. and pass., show oneself,

appear.

162 FUTURE AND FIRST AORIST SYSTEMS OF VERBS.

Give the original forms of the indirect quotations and questions in the

following exercise (592).

592. 1. TTOTepov ravra OLTrayyeXel 17 fxevelTe; 2. av he

irpciyro^ dn6(f>r]uaL ttju yvcofx'qv. 3. idavfxaaav Be ndvre'i 6 tl

ol aXkoL FXk'r)ve<; diroKpivoLVTO. 4. diTopovp.ev el Kavaoifxev

ra? dfid^ds as e^ojxev. 5. tov<; jxev^ axnwv diroKTevel, tov<;

8' iK/Sakel. 6. e^ovkevovTO el tovs dvSpa<; Kreiveiavrj p,ri?

7. ov fxevTOL Ta)(p dyyekio, dXXd BiaTptxpa). 8. /cat KXeap^o?

Kpivd^ dBiKelv TOP Tov M.evQ)vo<; (TTpaTLCdfrrjv eTratev' 9. riye-

fiuiv ouSets rifXLV (^avetrat. 10. Kvpo<; 8' dneKptvaTO on

ttKovot TOV (TaTpdiTiqv eiTL Tw T^v(f)paTr) TroTafxco elvau. 11. 6

8' e^ovXevero el fievotev rj iropevoivro enl ra? aKirjvaq.

12. iraicreiv (f)dal tov dvOpconov tovtov Kai jSaXelvy eav fir)

TTopeviqTaL.

593. 1. The gods will show us the way. 2. There Cyrus

put a Persian to death. 3. He was considering what answer

to make.^ 4. They were at a loss whether or not to show

themselves.* 5. There they remained a week and collected

supplies for their journey.

Notes.— ^some . . . others (815).— ^'phe original question was, Trorepov

Tovi avS/)a? KTetvwfiev 17 fi-q ;— ^ He said to himself, ti d-rroKptvwfmi ;—

* They said to themselves, Trorepov (f>r]V(i>fJ.e6a n] p.rj

;

No. 44. fuij/ij.

FORMATION AND COMPARISON OF ADVERBS. 163

594. Answer of Cyrus.

d/covo-ct? Tavra tov Tavktrov e\e^€u 6 Kv/aog • " 'AXX'

ecrrt y^ev rffup, (6 avSpe^, r) apx^ V 'n'dTpcod tt/oo? fxev

fiecrrjiJi^pLdp ft^pt ou Sta Kav/xa ov^ oloi t elalp oiKelv

avdpcoTTOi, Trpo? oe apKrov P'^xpi ov Sta ^eLjxoiva • Tah^

5 ei' /Afo"^ Tovrwi' napra aaTpairevovcnV' ol tov dSe\(f)ov

(f)L\oL. r)v o r)ixel<; plKujcrcofxeu, rj/xd^ Set tov<s rflxerepov;

^iXov9 TovTdiv ey/c/aaret? 7rot^o"at."

Notes 1. FauXfTov: verbs of hearing {cf. 846) may take' an accusa-

tive of the thing heard, and a genitive of the person heard from as the

source (851).— 2. «o-ti : for the accent, see 166, 2 T|ntv : dative of advan-

tage (861). — 3. (i€«ni|jipptov : literally, midday (fi€<ro<;+ ^fiepd), i.e. the

south. — li^XP"- o^ • literally, to what (point), i.e. to the point where, neuter of

the relative os with /ie'xpt used as a preposition {until ).— Kav|ta : heat. Cf.

Kao) 4. xt^K'"""' = cold. Cf. ;(iwi/. — to, . . . irdvra : all between these {limits).

— 5. TovTwv : with iyKparcis (855).

LESSON LXIV.

Formation and Comparison of Adverbs.

595. Most adverbs are formed from adjectives and endin (OS. Thus :

ADJECTIVE.

St/caios, just

KuKos, had

d(r<f>aXi^^, secure

iJSvs, pleasant

STEM.

8t,Kaio

KUKO

d.(r<f>aX.€(T

GENITIVE PLURAL.

oi/catiwv

KaKWV

a(r<^aAciii/

ADVERB.

oi/cat'ws

KaKOJS

a.(r(f>a\u><;

164 FORMATION AND COMPARISON OF ADVERBS.

696. 1. Adverbs formed from adjectives of the vowel declension add

s to the stem, the last vowel of which is lengthened, and have the accent

of the genitive plural neuter.

2. Adverbs formed from adjectives of the consonant declension add «s

to the stem, which takes the same form as before »v in the genitive plural

neuter. The adverb is contracted when the genitive plural is contracted

and has its accent.

597. The neuter accusative singular of the comparative of

an adjective forms the comparative of the corresponding adverb,

and the neuter accusative plural of the superlative forms the

superlative of the adverb.

Form the adverb in the positive, comparative, and superlative of

dv8puo<i, brave, t<r;(iJpo5, strong, koXos, beautiful (577, 3), irp6$v/j.o^, eager,

and paSto9, easy (577, 8).

598. VOCABULARY.

dvSpcios, a, ov {cf. avijp), manly, brave. kivSvvcvco, kivSvvcvo-m, etc. {cf. Klvdvvos),

dvSpcCws {cf. dpSpeios), adv., bravely. be in peril, run a risk, encounter

pap^apiKws {cf. ^apPapiKds), adv., in the danger,

barbarian tongue, e.g. in Persian. ttov^w, iroWjo-w, etc. {cf. irSvos), toil,

8i-d-y<D, of time, pass, live, continue. labor, undergo hardship.

'EWt^vikws {cf. 'EXXijfik6s), adv., in irovos, ov, 6, toil, labor, hardship.

Greek. irpoOvfiws {cf. irp6evfios), adv., eagerly.

cvSaipidvcDS {cf. evdalfiuv), hxippUy. \aXtira.Lvu {xaXeirav), \aXtiravu, i\a-

C<rxvpws {cf. laxvpii), adv., strongly, \im\va, ixaXiir6ivQr\v {cf. xa^^ris),

vehemently, with severity. be severe or violent, be angry.

599. 1. €vSai/iovtu9 hidyovcTLV ol dphpeioL eo)? dp 4<^crt.

2. dKovcravTC^ 8' ol crrparioiTaL i^aXeTraiuov /cat (apyit^ovTO

ia)(yp(o<; rw KXeap^w. 3. €t dvdyKf] icrrl fxd^eadaL, dv-

Spewy? jxa^atjxeda. 4. tC vtt ifxov dSiKovfjLevo^ Ka*ca>? iTToUi^

TT^v ifirjp ^(opdp / 5. cure KLpSvpevcrapres ovre Troviycrai/rcs

I

FORMATION AND COMPARISON OF ADVERBS. 165

TrXeov TTpovTLficJVTO ^ ro)v aWoiv crTpaTL(OT(ov vtto K.vpov.

6. ol S* "EWrjpe'; a(T(f)aX(o<; iiropevovro to Xolttov Trj<; r]ix€pd<;.

7. Kol /8oa /cat y8a/3/3a/3t/caJ9 /cat 'EXXr)VLKa)<; otl jSacrtXev?

(Tvp (TTparevixaTi ttoXXw eyyv? icTTtv. 8. (ocrre T^oeiw? /cat

TTpoBvpi(x)<; inovovv. 9. d/covotre? tt^j' Kupov dpeTr)v tJSlov

/cat TrpodvfxoTepov (TweiropevovTO. 10. rovro S>) 8et Xeyeuv,

iT(o<; dv TropevoLfxedd re tus^ ao"(^aXecrTaTa, /cat et p,d^ecrdai

Scot, cJ? /cpartcrra jxa^oCfJieOa. 11. ei' vrdvot? oi^re? ttoXXoi?

cr^oXato)? eiTopevovro.

600. 1. Most gladly would I hear the herald's name.

2. Clearchus always punished with severity. 3. If we must

proceed, let us 'proceed slowly. 4. He asked whether they

could safely remain in the villages. 5. They did not undergo

greater hardships ^ than the rest of the soldiers.

Notes ^ By contraction for irpo-eTlfLtovTO ^ as safely as possible.

ws sti-engthens the superlative, Cf. 579, 9. — ^ toil more (irXiov).

601, He promises Great Rewards.

HcTTe ov TOVTO oeooLKa fxr) ovk ej(<y h(opa t/cava T0t5

<f)iXoL<; iav /caXojs KaTanpa^o) icf)' d crrpareuo/xat, dXXa fxr)

OVK €)((0 LKaVOVS <^tXov?. VpLWV Sc T(i)V *EXXt]V(OV KOL CTTe-

<f>avov €Kd(TTa> ^pv(Tovv Swcroj." ot 8e ravra d/covcravr€§

5 avToi re rjaav ttoXv TTpoBvjxoTepoi koX rot? dXXot? i^TJy-

yeXXov. 'qparrcov 8e avrov 61 re (TTpaTriyol /cat t(op dXXcjv

FXXrjvcov TLV€<; tl crcf)i(TLV ecrrat iav viKrjcraicrLv. 6 8e

TToXXa /cat fieydXa VTn(r^vovixevo<; d7re7re/x7re.

Notes.— 1. ex* : subjunctive after a verb of yeann^r (3.34).— 4. 8«<r« :

1 will give, future of SiSto/xi 7. <r4>£<riv: indirect reflexive (437).

166 SECOND AOBIST SYSTEM.

LESSON LXV.

Second Aorist System. Indirect Discourse.

602. Review 554.

603. The second tenses differ from the corresponding first

tenses in form, but have like meaning. When, however, a verb

has both tenses, they may differ also in meaning. Compar-

atively few verbs have both forms.

604. The second aorist system includes the second aorist

active and middle.

605. Conjugate the second aorist system of Xcitto), leave, in 773.

Give its synopsis in the active ; in the middle.

a. Note the exceptions to the principle of recessive accent (53), Xtirov,

XnreLV, XiiriaOai, AiTrtov.

606. The stem of the second aorist is formed by adding the tense

suffix (135) °/e to the verb stem, as XeiVoj (Amt), leave, second aorist stem

\nr°/f. In a few second aorists, c of the stem is changed to a. As a

secondary tense, the second aorist has augment in the indicative. It

follows the inflection of the present system (553, 1), having in the indicative

the inflection of the imperfect, and in the other nioods that of the present.

607. Review 558 and 468, 469. Note, further, under the

rule given in 469, that

:

608. Each tense of the infinitive with dv in indirect dis-

course represents the corresponding tense of either indicative

or optative with dv.

Thus : (Tvv vfilv av oTfiai eivai Tt/nios, with you I think that I should be in

honor. (The original thought is, al-v u/liTv ai/ eirjv Ti/u,tos.).

SECOND AOBIST SYSTMf. 167

609. Of the three common verbs meaning to say^—1. <^T||i( regularly takes the infinitive in indirect discourse;

2. tltcov (second aorist, said ) regularly takes otl or ws with the indicar

tive or optative

;

3. X^Y« allows either construction, but in the active voice it genei'ally

takes oTi or ws.

a. Note also that Sok^w takes the infinitive in indirect discourse (1) in

its common meaning of seem, appear, both when used personally and when

used impersonally; (2) in its less frequent meaning of consider, think, sup-

pose. When SoK^M means seem right, good, or best, the infinitive that follows

is not in indirect discourse.

610. VOCABULARY.

aipiw {alpe, e\), aip^o-u, clXov, 'gpiiKa, viiTovQa, experience, suffer ; et iraOeip,

^pi]|iai, ^piBr\v, take, seize, capture

;

he well treated.

mid.,take for oneself, choose, prefer, irtirrtt (ttct, itto), xco-ovfiai, iVco-ov,

elect, side with. -ir^irTWKa, fall.

diro-Ovrfo-Kw, die off, die., be killed, fall xpo-Tp«xw, run forward or ahead.

in battle. irwOdvoiJiai (ttvO), ircv<ro|xai, ^irv66p,T]v,

ctirov (etV, ip, pe), lp«, ({pr]Ka, €<;pT](j.ai, ir^iru<rfiai, inquire, learn by inquiry,

ippi\6r\v, say, speak, tell, order. ascertain, find out.

«fi-'7rtirTw, fall upon. Tp^X** i^P^Xi ^po-f^)') 8pa|xovfiai, cSpa^tov,

Ovrfo-Kw (ffav), 6avovp,ai, cOavov, rcOvriKa ScSpafXT^Ka, ScSpafirjixai,, run.

{cf. e6.va.Toi), die; -pert, be dead. wvios, d, ov, purchasable; rd wvia,

irdo-xw (irad, irevd), ircio-Ofjiai, ciraOov, wares, goods.

Give the original forms of all the indirect quotations in the following

exercise (611).

611. 1. rot? y8a/3/3apot9^ ivenecre to 'EWrjvLKov. 2. elnov

OTL av (f)vyoL€v. 3. 7rdvTe<; ol ^i\oi \eyovTai airoBaveZv

fxaxofievoL vTrep Kiipov. 4. e^w yap TpurjpeL<; wore ekelv^

TO €K€LPO)v ttXoIov. 5. KXcap^o? SoAcet yevecrdaL avr)p TToXe-

168 SECOND AOmST SYSTEM.

fjiiKos- 6. vofXL^eL Kvpo^ vn ijJLOv KaKco<; iradelv. 7- /cat

ol ovoi TrpoeSpafxov. 8. Spofxo^ iyevero toI<; o"T/3aTttuTat9^

eTTt Tas aKr)va^, ol h' iv ry dyopa KaraXtTrdi^e? to, wi/ta

€<j>vyov. 9. ovTOL eXeyov otl Kvpo<; TedvrjKe. 10. vp,u)v^

Se €pr}ixo<; a)v ovk dp lKavo<; olfxaL elvat tov<; <^t\ov?

<o(f)eXrjcraL. 11. evret 6 arpaTrjyo^ ravr' invdeTO, Xa/Soif

TOU9 tTTTTca? aTTifXacTev. 12. Kal 7re/3t tovtcjv VTrecr^crd /mot

fiovkevcr€(T9ai

.

612. 1. Within the night fear fell also on the Greeks.

2. This he did that he might inspire^ all men with fear.

3. The wife of the king is said to have fled. 4. They say

that all left^ the road and fled. . 5. He preferred the friend-

ship of the Persians.

Notes.— ^ The dative follows compound verbs (865).— ^ For the

infinitive following coo-re, see 471.— ' Equivalent to ol o-TpaTiwTai c8pa/xov.

— * For the genitive depending on (prjfjios, see 855.— ^ Use the aorist of

7rapej(a). — ^ Aorist participle, aU having left the road fled.

613. Cyrus is confident that the King will fight.

napeKeXevovTO 8e Kvpco TrdvTes firj fJLd)(€(T9aL, dXX*

OTncdev kavTOiv TOLTTecrOai. iv he rco Kacpco tovto)

KXea/3^os wSe 7ra>9 ipojTa top Kvpov • " Otet yap croL

/aa^ettr^at, c5 Kvpe, tov dSe\(f)6p

;

" " N-i^ At ,"€<f)T] 6

6 Ki)po9, " eiTTep ye AdpeCov Kal UapvcrdTiho^ eVrt Trats,

e/u,o$ he dSeXc^d?, ovk djxa^el ravr ey(o Xtj^ofiaL.^

Notes. — 1. jiri (J.dxc«r8ai : i.e. in person 2. cavrwv : after the adverb

oi' place (856).— 3. -yAp : with reference to some unexpressed intimation

of Cyrus, What! do you think, etc.— 4. Nrj A(a : Yes, by Zeus, accusative

in an oath (837).

NUMERALS. 169

LESSON LXVI.

Numerals.

614. Read the table of cardinals, ordinals, and numeral

adverbs in 756. Commit the first twelve in each column to

memory, and review the declension of €is, Sxio, rpets, and

T€TTapcs in 757.

615. VOCABULARY.

diro-T£|iva>, cut off, intercept. opdw {6pa, IS, dir), o\|/o|jiai, cISov, copaKa

c-y-K^({>aXos, ov, 6 {cf. Kc^aX^), brain; and cc&paKa, cwpa|jiai and u|i|iai,

of the palm tree, crown, cabbage. <a^9r\v, see in its widest sense, behold,

cl-o-irXwria, ds, i) {cf. oirXl^w), state of look, observe, perceive.

being armed ; iv ry i^oirXifflq., under o^tiKu (otpeX), 6({>ciX^(rw, w<f>€(XT](ra and

arms. u^tkov, u)^(l\r]Ka, w<{>€i,X'/i9T)v, owe;

C(rO((i) (iffdi, id, (pay), «So|iai, c<)>a'yov, pass., be due.

^S'^SoKa, €8^8«<r(Aav, T|8^<r8Tiv, eat, irov, interr. adv., where ?

live on. irpoo--€pxo)i,ai, come on or up, approach.

Kt^aXil, Tji, 7], head. Ti^va (re/x), rt^Gt, cTC|i.ov and crafiov,

KpVjs, Kpr^rbs, 6, a Cretan. TeVfjiriKO, T^T)XT]p.ai, ir^i\9r\v, cut.

616. 1. tTTTrect? 8e eiKoaiv Tjyaye, /cat npocreXOcov '^pcorrjae

TTOv av rSot^ TOV<; aTpaTrjyov^;. 2. TeTaprrj 8' rifiepa e<f)vyop

et? ^(npiov lcr)(vp6v. 3. kol toi? crr/aaTtwrat? ax^eiXero

fjnados TrXeov^ 17 rpiuiv firjvcjv. 4. '^v yap dna^ Svo 'q

rpiwv riixepoiv o8ov^ aTTOcr^w/Aet', ovk€tl ol noXefjuoL rj/xlv

€xjfovTaL. 5. ovTO) hrf crrpaTiqyoi irevre aiTorpiy]divre<; ra?

/c€<^aXa9^ ereXevrricrav. 6. /cat e'^eXawet <TTa0fjLOV<s tpel's

170 NUMERALS.

irapacrdyydf; etKocrt kol hvo inl tov MaiavSpov TroTafiov

TovTov Tjv TO evpo<; hvo irXedpa. 7. koL ^ke KXea/5^09 6

AaKehaLfx6vL0<; (f)vyoL<; €)((t)v bTT\iTd<; ^tXiov? /cat TreXracrTas

%paKa^ oKTaKoaiov^ kol ro^drcts KprJTa<; Stdfcocrtous.

8, ivTav9a ei^eLvav rjfxepds 8e/ca, Kal c^eracrts iv rrj

i^oTrXiaca iyiyveTO kol apt^/xd?, /cat eyivovTO o/cra/ctcr^^tXtot

Kttt e^aKocrtot. 9. Ivravda tov iyKe(j>akov tov (J^olvIko^

irpiorov €(f)ayov ol crr/aartajrat. 10. at/ST^cro/xat ow vfxd^

KOL ovrrore ipel ovSet?^ cJ? (^Aa^) eyci t'>)i' toji' ^ap^dpcop

(^iKidv eiKop^Tqv.

No. 45. Darius goes Hunting.

617. 1. The army asked Cyrus for four months' pay. 2. Hehad more than forty cavalrymen in his force. 3. But another

general also was there on board the ships with seven hundred

heavy-armed men. 4. The king was said to have six thousand

cavalrymen. 5. He proceeded thence three stages, fifteen

parasangs, to the river Euphrates, which is four stades in

width.

NUMERALS. 171

Notes. — ^ He said, ttov av ISoLfxi, where can I see ? The second aorist

indicative of opdw is ctSov, subjunctive iSo), optative iSoifii, etc.— ^ Used

indeclinably for ttAcovcdv.— ^ Accusative of extent of space (836).— * awo-

TfjirjOevre^ ras K€cf)a\d<i, having been beheaded. The active construction

would be aTroTe'/xvo) Tivi (861) ttjv Kc^Xiyv ; the passive, dTroTc^vcTat tis

TTjv Kc</>aAi/v, Aas Ais head cut off.— ^ In Greek the negative is doubled;

in English we should render, never shall anybody say.

618. Numbers of the Opposing Forces.

ivravda Sr) iv rrj e^oTrXtcrta dpLdfio<; eyevero twv [lev

FXXrjpcov acTTn? fjcvpCd Kat TeTpaKoaid, TreXracrTat Be

Sto'^tXtot Kal TrevraKOCTLOL, t(i)v 8e /xera Kvpov ^ap/Soipcov

8e/ca /Ltv/ataSe? /cat dpfxara hpeTravrj<f)6pa dfxt^X tcl eiKocrt •

5 TOiv ok TToKeixioiv Ikiyovro elvai CKarov kol et/cocrt yu,vpta8e9

/cat dpfxara Spe7raur](f)6pa Std/cd(rta. aXXot 8e ^aav i^a-

/ctcr^tXtot tTTTret?, wi/ ApTayepcrrjfs rjp^ev ovtol 8' au npo

avTov ySafrtXeiw? reTayfiepoL yjcrav. tov 8e ySao'tXew? arpa-

T€VfiaTo<; Tjo-av ap^ovTe<; /cat (TTpaTrjyol /cat 7)yefji6v€<;

10 T€TTape<;, rpiaKovTa ixvpidhajv e/cacrro?.

Notes.— 1. l-ycvcro : was found to be.— 2. do-irls . . . TtrpaKoo-te : literally,

10,400 shield, just as we say " a thousand horse."— 6. aXXoi : besides

7. a\i: moreover. — 8. tov: with o-TpaTct'/xaros.

No. 46. Attic Ten-Drachma Piece.

172 FIRST PERFECT SYSTEM.

LESSON LXVII.

First Perfect System. Indirect Discourse.^

619. The first perfect and pluperfect are found in vowel

verbs, in many lingual mute (7) verbs, in many liquid (6) verbs.

620. Review 553, 4.

621. Conjugate the first perfect system of \va in 768.

Give its synopsis.

622. Review 274 and 113.

623. Some liquid stems (582) suffer no change before the tense suffix,

as dyycAAo) (dyycA), announce, rjyyeXKo.

624. Monosyllabic liquid stems change € to o, as o-reAAo) (o-tcA), send,

icrraXKa;^Oupo) (j^dtp^, destroy, i<f)9apKa.

625. V is dropped in a few liquid stems ; if not dropped, it is changed

to y nasal, as Kpivw (Kpiv), distinguish, KCKpixa ; TctVo) (tcv), stretch, reraKa

(624); <f>aLvo} (</)av), show, iri^yKa.

626. Some liquid verb stems suffer transposition and become vowel

stems, as fiaXXta (^oA), throio, fii/ik-qKa (formed on stem (3Xa for /SoA.);

6vr]<TKij) (^av), die, ridvrjKa ; re/Avo) (Te/x.'), cut, TeTfirjKa.

627. 1. TovTco Kvpov €Trio'TpaT€tioin'a TJYV^iXa, I announced

to him that Cyrus was marching against him. (The original

announcement was, aoX Kvpo<: iiria-Tparevei.)

2. {JKOixre Ki)pov Iv KiXiKia ovra, he heard that Cyrus was in

Cilicia. (The report was, KO/ao? eV KtXt/cia icrri.)

3. opo) Ufias ovTios civ iropil^o|i€vous tol €TriTTJ8€ia, I see that

you could in this way procure supplies. (The original statement

was, ovT(o<i hv TTopi^oia-de ra iirtT'^Beca.)

FIRST PERFECT SYSTEM. 173

628. With many verbs the participle stands in indirect

discourse, each tense representing the corresponding tense of a

finite mood. Each tense with dv represents the corresponding

tense of either indicative or optative with dv.

Such verbs are chiefly those signifying to see, hear or learn,

perceive, know, be ignorant of, remember, forget, show, appear,

prove, acknowledge, and ayyeXXco, announce.

629. VOCABULARY.

al(r6dvop,ai {al<x6), al(rdTio-o)t,ai, ^<rd6- Zi.a-^9(lfxi», destroy utt€rly,ruin,corrupt.

|it]v, 'g(rOr]|jiai, perceive, learn, ob- €xt-o-TpaT€wa), inarch against.

serve. Oopv^os, ov, 6, disturbance, uproar.

dva-o-TcXXw, send back, repulse. irXifios, ovi, rb, fulness, extent, number,

dva-Ttivw, stretch up, hold up. multitude.

dv<i> (c/. avd), adv., above, up, up coun- crreXXa) (<j-t£X), otcXw, ccrrciXa, ccrroXKa,

try. c(rTaX|i,ai, itrTaXr\v, equip, send.

yt, intensive particle, enclitic and post- tcivw (rev), nva, crciva, rtVaKa, t^to-

positive, at least, yet, indeed, cer- ^ai, ira.dr\v, stretch, exert oneself,

tainly, often to be indicated in hasten, press on.

English only by emphasis. ^9(lp<a {4>6ep), ^BtpH, €«(>0€ipa, €<}>0apKO,

Ywnv^s, yJTos, 6, light-armed foot-soldier. €<t>eap|Aai, i^6a.(yt\v, destroy, lay waste.

Give the original forms of all the indirect quotations in the following

exercise (630).

630. 1. TpLT]peL<; rjKove top crrpaT-qyov exovra. 2. crrpa-

Tiojrdq eaTakKafiev rov ^ikov Kav(TovTa<;.^ 3. tol Trapa roiv

^Wr^voiv' /SacnXel (f>7]cnv dTrrjyyeXKCvaL. 4. Tra^'re? Se ol

TTap6vTe<; di^arera/cacrt ra? ^^et/aa?.^ 5. e^ddpKare ttjv

X(opdv. 6. iirel Se tov<; jSap/Soipovs icopojv^ ol "EXX-qves

ovx iavTolf; eVia-rparevoi^a?, rj(r6r)(rav. 7. iv MiXyJTa) Be

174 . FIRST PERFECT SYSTEM.

Tt,cr(ra(f)€pvr]s rjaOdveTO tov<; i^0pov<; to. aura jSovXevofxe-

vov<;. 8. T0U9 tTTTred? avecTokKeaav ol OTrXlrai. 9, ei ovv

op(pr)i/ v/Aci? afxeLvop ri ^ovXevofX€vov<;, eXdoLfxt av Trpo<; u/xag.

10. ireTaKeaav ol noXefXiOL ttoXXm irXyjOet^ /cat dopv^w^ dvco

77/009 TO opo<;. 11. Koi eua. ye Xo^dyov hie^OapKora^

avrov? oLKovoixev. 12. rjcrOovTO rovs yvixvrjTa<i Ta<; Kcofxais

17817 8ti7/07ra/c6Tas.

631. 1. His^ wife has persuaded him. 2. He says that they

have sent many light-armed foot-soldiers. 3. I have judged

these men to be in the wrong. 4. For he heard that Cyrus

was dead. 5. I saw that you were suffering harm.

Notes.— ^ The participle expresses purpose (495, 4).— "^ I.e. their answer

or decision.— 'A case of voting by show of hands * Imperfect of opdw,

with both syllabic and temporal (67) augment.— ^ Dative of manner (866).

— ^ Use the article.

632. Not all the King's Troops were in the Battle.

T(ou o€ TToXepiioiv irapeyevovTO iv ttJ p-d^j) ivevyJKOvra

pvpLdSe<; Kol dppara Spe7rav7](f)6pa EKaTou kol rrei/TTJ-

Kovra- 'A^poKopds 8e rwv rerrdpajv dp^ovTOiv (ov vcrrl-

prjae 7179 H'^XV^ r)ix,epaL<; TreVre, eV ^olvlkt)^ iXawcov.

5 ravra Se TJyyeXXov tt/oo? Kvpov ol avro/AoXiycravre? napd

peydXov /^acrtXeoj? irpo rrj^ fxd^r)<;, kol perd Trjv pd^-qv oX

vcTTepov iXri^drjcrav twv TToXepiwv ravrd ijyyeXXov.

Notes. — 3. va-Tipr\cri . . . it^vtc : ca}7ie Jive days too late for the battle.

fJid-XV* follows vareprjae (cf. varepos), which implies comparison (850).

T]lxipaL<; TrevTC, by the space ofJive days, is the dative of the degree of differ-

ence (867).— 5. ol avTO|ioXVj(ravT€s : those who had deserted (487, 3, 4).

SECOND PERFECT SYSTEM. 175

No. 47. Ancient Horse Race.

LESSON LXVIII.

Second Perfect System.

633. The second perfect system includes the second perfect

and second pluperfect active.

634. Conjugate the second perfect system of Xeiiro), leave^

in 774.

Give its synopsis.

a. Note the exceptions to the principle of recessive accent (53), AeAoi-

TreVat, XeAotTrw?.

635. The stem of the second perfect is formed by adding the tense

suffix a (pluperfect t) to the reduplicated verb stem, as ypa.<f>(i) (ypa<^), write,

second perfect stem yeypa<f>a. The second perfect and second pluperfect

follow the inflection of the first perfect system (768).

636. Some verbs aspirate a final labial or palatal mute of the verb

stem, changing ir and p to <j>, and k and 7 to x- See 114.

637. In the verb stem, € becomes o, as ttc/xttw (ttc/xtt), seiid, 7re7ro/x<^a

;

a is sometimes lengthened to a or r\, as ^atvo) (</>av), show, Tre^r/va, have

appeared (intransitive); i, with present stem in €i, becomes 01, as Xclttw

(Aitt), leave, AcAoiTra.

176 SECOND PERFECT SYSTEM.

638. VOCABULARY.

av8pdiro8ov, ov, t6, slave, esp. captive irX^v, conj., except; improper prep.

- taken in war. with gen., except.

PXaiTTCi) {/3Xa/3), pXdi)/w, epXat|/a, Pe- irXrjo-fos, a, ov {cf. Tr\r)ffid^w), near;

pXa(j>a, PcpXa|jL|jui,i, cpXdc^Orjv and neut. as adv., nXrifflov, near.

i^\a^r\v, injure, hurt, harm. irvp, irvp6s, t6, fire.

cIkoL^u (eiVaS), ctKao-ci), eCKao-a, c^Kao-fiai, (rt]|jiaCv(i> {(Tr]fiav), <rr]\kav&, (iri\\kr\va,

clKdo-Or]v, liken, suppose, conjecture. o-co-^fiao-iJiai, c(rT)|idvOi]v, give the

XdOp(}, adv., covertly, without the knowU signal, make known.

edge of. t^kw (tuk), T'f\^m, «TT]|a, T^T^Ka, crdKi^v

vdirt), Tjj, i), ravine, glen. and iTiw9r\v, melt; intrans., thaw,

oxOtj, 77s, 7), height, bank, bluff. melt.

639. 1. ra 8e aXXa eis to irvp ippt(f)aiJi€v. 2. rot? ovv

6eoL<s X^P''^ €<JTO} on rjfjLa'g ov ^e^\d<^d(rLv 01 noXefXiOi. i|

3. euKa^ov TTjv ^tova Terr^Kevai^ • /cat eVerT^Ket Sta Kpijvrjv if

TrXrjcriov rjv iv vdnrj. 4. elnov ort Kv/aoj^ dTrefcroi^ot /Sao't-

Xeu9. 5. (f>vyfj^ e(f)r) avrou? XeXotTreVat to x^cjp^ov. 6. yadeTO

yap Tov<s TToXefxCov^s 17817 etXi7<^OTa5 to, d.Kpa. 7. TreTTOixf^dcri

fi€ ai^Spes TTtcrTol ovres Kvpco koX vfjuv evvou. 8. ez/ Se tiJ

TToXe/xta^ SLaTeTpL(j)ev rjfxepd^ TToXXa?. 9. \d6pa Se rwi'

cTTpaTLCoTcov'^ €7r€7ro/x(^et Kvpco ayyeXov. 10. row? Tre^ou?

cttI rats 6ydai<s T€Ta)(^ev dvoj TOiv iTrirecov.^ 11. Kv/ao?

ovre aXXot* 7re7ro/x(^€ arjfxavovvTa^ o tl xPV '^ol€lv ovt€

avTOS Tre^'qvev. 12. TavTrjv ttjv x^pdv iTr€TeTp6(f)€L Siapird-

coj? rots "'EXXi7crt ttXi^i/ dt'SpaTrdSwt'.

640. 1. The enemy have not escaped. 2. He has sent many

gifts to Menon. 3. But the satrap had written a letter to the

king. 4. He said that he had sent a guide to the army. 5. He

announces that the guide has stolen the money.

SECOND PERFECT SYSTEM. 177

Notes.— ^ Infinitive in indirect discourse (469). — ^ Dative of manner

(866). — 2 Sc. xo>pa.— * The genitive depends on the adverb XdOpa (856).

— 6 The genitive depends on -the adverb avw (856).— « The participle

expresses purpose (495, 4).—

'' The infinitive expresses ^ur/>ose (461, 7).

641. Advance. The Great Trench.

ipTevOev Kvpo<; i^ekavveL crvvTCTayixivco rw crr/aarev/xart

iravTi /cat rw 'EXXt^viko) Kai rut ^ap^apcKO) • a)€TO yap

Tavrj] Trj r)ixepa fxa\eLa0aL ^aaiXed • /caret yap jxeaov tov

(TTadfJLOv Tovrov Td(f)po^ yjv opvKTr) /Sa^eta, Tra/Dereraro 8e

5 dvcj Sid TOV TreStou fJi^XP'' '^^^ Mi^SCds ret^ov?. "^v Se napd

TOV Ev(f)paTr)v TrctpoSo? aTevr) jxeTa^v tov woTafxov /cat Trj<;

Tdcfypov • TavTrjv Be Tr)v Td<^pov /SacrtXeu? /xeya? Trotet dvTi

e/)v/x.aro9, ineLBr) TTvvddverai Kvpov irpocrekavvovTa.

Notes.— 1. <rvvTtTO.y^vii» t§ o-rpaTcviiaTi : with his troops formed in line

of battle, a dative of accompaniment (869). — 3. kotoL . . . towtov : about the

middle of this day's march,— 4. iraptWraTO : pluperfect passive of jrapa-Teivoi.

— 8. irpoo-cXavvovra : participle in indirect discourse (628).

No. 48. Assyrian Soldiers.

178 PERFECT MIDDLE SYSTEM.

LESSDN LXIX.

Perfect Middle System of Vowel and of Mute Verbs.

642. Review 553, 5; 209, 210; 217; 220.

643. Conjugate the perfect middle system of Xvco, loose, in

769, Xciiro), leave, in 775, d-yo), lead, in 776, and irei6o>, persuade,

in 777.

Give the synopsis of each verb, first of its perfect and pluperfect, then

of its future perfect.

644. VOCABULARY.

d7ro-<rxa«, draw off, separate. bpirrtt {6pvx), opv^o), Mpv|a, 6pwpv\a,

^K-irX^TT«, strike out of one's senses, opupiryixai, o)pi\9r\v, dig.

terrify. irapa-TdTTa>, draw up side by side, draw

OwpciKC^o) (OupoLKid), cOwpaKio-a, rcOwpa- up in line of battle.

Kio-fiai, €0(i>paK(<rOT)v {cf. dwpd^), arm itX^ttw (ttXtjy, 7rXa7), irXTJ^w, lirXT]5a,

loith a corselet. ircirXTi-Ya, -ir^irXTiYiiai, tirXiiYlv and

|tdvTis, €ws, 6, seer, diviner. iiT\ayr\v, strike, hit.

\u\kv^K<i> {^lva), [Lvf\(ro>, (\kvr\a-a, \Li\Lvr\- viro-XtLtro), leave behind.

|iai, €|iv^o-9tiv, remind; mid. and \pv<rU>v, ov, t6 {cf. xpi'<''0''s)) P^^e of

pass., remember, with perf. as pres. gold, gold.

645. 1. ol ''EX\17^'€9 iyyv^ re^ ela /cat wapaTeTayfievoL.

2. Ste(r7ra(rTO yap ra crrpaTev/xara. 3. itrvOeTO he Toi(j)pov

6p(Dpvyp,iv7]v 8ta tov Trehiov. 4. tco 8e dvSpl^ tovtco rjSeio^;

TreneLCTfxaL. 5. Kvpov Se (^ydai tco ixdvrei v'JTe(T^y}(T9ai XP^(Tiov TTokv. 6. elirovTO Se /cat dXXot t(i)v Uepcrcov TeOcjpd-

KL<Tfl€POL €t9 ^ TpidKOCTLOV;. 7. TToXXtt/Ct? ydp iu VVKTl

TropevojJLevo^ dTrecnracrfiaL dwo twv iretfiv. 8. ttoctol tcjv

I

PERFECT MIDDLE SYSTEM. 179

dvhpaTToBcjv vnoXeXeLxjjoi'TaL ,' 9. /cat ocrrt? vfiwu /SouXerat

otKaSe aTreX^eti', fxefivija-do) dvr)p dyado^ eivai. 10. rjXavvev

eVt T0U9 MeVwi^o? (rr/oaTtfurcts, wo't' eKeivov; €KTreTr\rj')(dai^

KoX Tpe^eLv eVt to, ottAc

646. 1. I had been shot through ray corselet. 2. The army

will have been cut to pieces. 3. He says that the Greeks have

obeyed their commandere in all (particulars).^ 4. All had often

urged Cyrus not to fight. 5. Cyrus and his horsemen had

been armed with corselets.

Notes.— ^ For the accent, see 169, 3.— ^ xhe dative follows irtidofiai

(860).— ^ to the number of. — * Perfect (instead of present) infinitive, for

emphasis, were thoroughly frightened.— ^ iravra (834).

647. Silanus the Soothsayer is rewarded

Tavrrjv hr) ttjv irdpohov Kvp6<; re kol tj crrparta

TraprjXOe kol iyivovro elcro) tt]<; rd^pov. ravrr) jxkv ovv

TTf r)ix€pa ovK e/Aa^eicraTO /SatrtXev?. ivravda Kv/ao?

SiKdvov KaK4(Td<? top fxdvTLV ehcjKev Sct/aetKou? Tpio")(l-

5 Xtovs, ort Tji evheKaTTj o-tt' iKeCinqs rjixepa 7rpo0v6ixepos

e'nrev avrw ort ySacrtXev? ov /Aa^etrat Se/ca rjfxepwv, Kvpo?

o elrrev, " Ov/c dpa eri /aa^etrat, et iv rai^at? ov /ia^etrat

Tat? r^jxepai^- iav 8' dXr)0evcrrj<?, VTTicr^vovpLai trot 8e/ca

rctXa^ra." tovto to ^pvaCov Tore eScjKev, iirel TraprjXOov

10 at 8^/ca r)[xepaL.

Notes. — 4. cSukcv : gave (hini). — 5. S-n: because. — dir* iKtCvTjs : i.e.

before that (day).— 6. f||i£pwv : the time within which, but "^fx^pa preceding,

the time when. — 7. Ovk apa in yLa\tiTax : he will not fight then at all. —8. aXi)Ocv(rgs : shall prove to be speaking the truth.

180" PERFECT MIDDLE SYSTEM.

LESSON LXX.

Perfect Middle System of Liquid Verbs.

648. Liquid verbs suffer in the main the same changes in

the perfect middle system as in the first perfect system (623-626).

Thus, dyye'AXo) (dyycX), rjyyeXfiaL (623); {ttcAXo) (crreX), cotoA-jluu;

<^6tLp(o (^9tp^, e<f>6apiJLat (624) ; Kpivw (/cptv), Kc/cpt/nai ; tcivoj (tcv),

TiTafjuii (625); /SoXXw (/3aA), fSe/iXrjfiaL ', refivw (re/x), TeT/tiiy/xai (626).

649. Conjugate the perfect middle systems of (tt^XXo) and

<j)aivo) in 778 and 779.

Give their synopses.

650. If V is not dropped (625), it is changed to <r before |ji, as <^aiv<i)

(<^av), 7r€<f>a(rfxai.

651. In the inflection, <r between two consonants is dropped.

652. VOCABULARY.

&-iro-<rT^XX«, send away, despatch. a-irtlpot (ffirep), crircpu, co-ircipa, co-irap-

8ia-<nrc(p«», scatter about, scatter. p.ai, to-trdpriv, sow, throw about,

Sappia, OappYj<rci>, l6dppT)(ra, T€6dppT]Ka, scatter, disperse.

be bold or courageous. o-({>68pa, adv. , exceedingly.

otwv6s, ov, 6, omen. <r«TTjp£a, as, i] {cf. <TU)T-f)p), safety,

ovSafiov (cf. ov), adv., nowhere. deliverance.

6()>6a\)i6$, ov, 6 (cf. 6foiJMi), eye. TapdTT«(Tapax),Tap4|a», irdpaja, tctA-

irap-aY-y^XXd), pass along an order^ give pa-Yp,ai, {rapdxBiiv, trouble, disturb,

orders, order. agitate.

653. 1. davfjid^o) otl ovSafxov Kvpo<; iri^avTaL. 2. ira-

pTJyyekTO^ Se tol<; lTnrev(TL Oappovai^ Sl(ok€lv. 3. koI ravra

PERFECT MIDDLE SYSTEM. 181

a/covcrd? irapoi^Or) acfyoSpa kol 'qpcoT'Y]aev el rjSrj airoKeKpi-

fiefOL elev.^ 4. ol S' linrel<; ianapfxevoL elauv. 5. (Tvvr)yp.4voi

Yjcrav TO)v SiecnrapiJLevcjv ol TrXelaTOL. 6. KXea/a^^o? Se tol^

aXXots rjyeLTo Kara to, TTapriyyekfjieva,^ ol 8' eiTTOvTO. 7. aire-

o'TaXjueVot etcrtv ot ayyeXot /cat crvv aurot? <TTpaTriy6<; tl^

dyado^. 8. iXeiTTovTo Be r(ov aTpaTioiTiov ol 8Le(f)0apfxevoL

VTTO Trj<; ^Lopo? Toifs 6(f)daXiJLOv<s.^ 9. Toi)^ Se KprJTa<; €(f)r)

dlT€(TTak6ai. 10. 776/31 (TCOTrjpids rjjXLV OvofJLevoL? ol(ovos TOV

Atos TOV croyrrjpos TT€(f)avTaL.

654. 1. "Boats had already been despatched to the army

by Cyrus. 2. But the cavalry have been dispersed. 3. Thearmy has been corrupted. 4. None have appeared (who are)

able to help us. 5. Orders had been given the peltasts to follow.

Notes.— ^ orders had been given. The subject is the following infinitive.

Cf. 461, 4 and 5.— ^courageously. The participle (in the dative plural)

expresses manner (495, 3).— ^ Yot the optative, see 569. Give the question

in its original form.— * I.e. according to orders, literally according to the

orders that had been given.— ^ ol SucfiOapfievoi tous 6(f)$aXixov<s, those who

(literally had been injured ) had had their eyes blinded. The active construc-

tion would be ^ ;(ia)v hLa^Odpu tlvI (861) tovs 6<{>9aXfxov<i. In the

passive the dative becomes the subject and the accusative remains. Cf.

616, 5, and the note.

No. 49. Wheel and Axle of Scythe-bearing Chariot.

182 FIRST PASSIVE SYSTEM.

055. Cyrus advances with Less Caution.

eTTcl o iirl rrj Td(j)p(o ovk eKcoXve /SacriXev? to Kvpov

arpdrevixa Sta^atVeti/, eSo^e /cat Kupw koI Toi<; dXkoL<; ov

fieWeuv fia^€L(T0aL • (ocTTe rrj varepaia Kvpo^ iiropevero

rjix€Xr]ix€va)S jxdkXov. tt] Se rpiTrj ini re tov dpixaTO<;

5 Kady][X€vo<^ TYjv TTopeiav eTTOtetro koX o\iyov<i iv rd^ei evcov

irpo avTov, to Se noXv avTM dvareTapaypievov inopeveTo

Kai ToJu oirXiov toI<^ crrpartcarats iroXXd eVt djxa^cov -qyeTo

KaL VTTot^VyiOiV.

Notes. — 1. €k»\v€ : imperfect of attempted action.— 2. iZofy : personal

construction, the subject being a pronoun referring to /3ao-iA.£v5. —5. KaO'/jiAcvos : sitting, participle of the verb KdOrjfxai, sit. Both Kadiqti€vo<i

and (.)(oiv are participles of manner (495, 3) 6. ovt$ : dative of disadvan-

tage (861); (TTpaTioJTais, in the next line, is a dative of advantage.

LESSON LXXI.

First Passive System. Complex Sentences in Indirect Discourse.

656. Review 553, 6.

657. Conjugate the first passive system of \u(o, loose^ in 770.

Give its synopsis, first in the first aorist, then in the first future.

658. Liquid verbs suffer in the main the same changes in

the first passive system as in the first perfect system (623-626),

Thus, dyyeWw (dyyeX), yyyi\6rjv (623); Tctvw (rev), iTaOr/v (624,

625); Kptvd) (k/oiv), iKpiOrjv (625); ^aXXw (^ak), i^X-qdrjv; Te'/nvto (re/x),

iTfirjOijv (626).

FIRST PASSIVE SYSTEM. 183

659. If V is not dropped (625), it remains unchanged, as <^atVa) ((f>av),

i<f>dv9r]v.

660. When a complex sentence, i.e. a sentence consisting

of a leading and a dependent clause or clauses, is indirectly

quoted, its leading verb follows the rule for simple sentences

(569, 572, 590, 469, 608, 628), but its dependent verb or verbs are

subject to the law illustrated in the following examples

:

661. 1. Xt'-yci OTi <t>\i)ap€i oaTis ravTa Xe-yei, he says that

whoever says this talks nonsense.

2. KaXus €|€tv <j)Tiaiv, eav tovto irpaTToxn, he says that it

will he well if they do this.

3. uTrio'xvcLTai avTois |J.ti irpdcrGcv Trav(rc(r6ai irplv dv av-

Tovs KttTa'yd'Y'i;) otKaSc, he promises them not to stop until he

brings them hack home.

4. Tovs Ti-ycixovas (}>'no'lv d|€iv oSs pL€T€ir€'|i\|/avTO, he says

that he will hring the guides ivhom they sent for.

5. Xc^ci OTi KaXcos dv €ax.€V el eirpalav tovto, he says that

it would have been well if they had done this.

6. ^r\<Tl irpdlai dv o tl PovXoivto, he says that he would do

whatever they might wish.

Each complex sentence is here quoted after a primary tense, and the

verb of its dependent clause changes neither its mood nor its tense.

Convert each quoted complex sentence above into its original form.

662. 1. ilirev oti (|>X\}apoiT| oaTis TavTa Xc-yoi (this might

be oaTLS TavTa Xc^ei), he said that whoever said this talked

nonsense.

2. KaXcos €|€LV 'd^K], €t TOVTO TTpaTTOtcv (this might be lav

TOVTO irpaTTwai), he said that it woidd he well if they did this.

184 FIRST PASSIVE SYSTEM.

3. tnr€ax€TO avTots fiT] irpdaGev iravacaOai irplv avTovs

•caTa-yd'yoL olkuSc (this might be irplv dv avTovs Kara-yd'Y'i]),

he promised them not to stop until he brought them hack

home.

Here the dependent clause follows a secondary tense, and its verb

(originally a primary tense of the indicative or a subjunctive) may either

be changed to the same tense of the optative or retained in the original

mood and tense. When the subjunctive becomes the optative, ov is

dropped (lov becoming cl).

4. To-us Ti-yciiovas €<j)T| d|€iv ous [J.€T€Tr€|i\|/avTO (this could

not be ovs jtcTairtp-ij/aiVTo), he said that he would bring the

guides, whom they had sent for.

5. €X€|€V OTL KaXws dv layjiv el eirpalav tovto (here no

change is possible), he said that it would have been well, if they

had done this.

6. €<t>T| irpdlai dv 8 ti PovXoivto (no change is possible), he

said that he would do whatever they might wish.

Here the dependent clause follows a secondary tense, but its verb

(originally a secondary tense of the indicative or an optative) retains its

mood and tense.

663. When a complex sentence is indirectly quoted, after

primary tenses the dependent verbs retain the same mood and

tense. After past tenses, dependent primary tenses of the

indicative and all dependent subjunctives may either be

changed to the same tense of the optative, or retain their

original mood and tense. When a subjunctive becomes opta-

tive, dv is dropped. But dependent secondary tenses of the

indicative and dependent optatives remain unchanged.

FIRST PASSIVE SYSTEM 185

QQ4., VOCABULARY.

al«rxvv« {alffxy), ol<rx«v«, ^ffxvva, great, how many, as.

•Q<r\vv9r\v {cf. aiffxpi^), shame; aiffx^-

vofMi as pass, dep., feel ashamed,

feel ashamed before.

&\Xfi>s (cf. &\\os), adv., otherwise.

dv-oC'yw, dv-o(|(i), dv-^w^a, dv-cw'ya and

dv-cuxa, dv-cu-yiiai, dv-€«x6tjv, open

up, open.

Zito, 8^0-w, cSr^o-a, S^ScKa, 8c8€|iai, kSi-

6i]v, bind, fetter.

KaTOL-<r\Llm, split open, burst open.

oo-os, 17, ov, rel. pron., how much or

ir(is, adv., in any way, at all (enclitic).

<r(o<|>po(rvvi), tjj, ij, self-control.

TlTpWO-KU (rpo), TpMO-CO, CTpWCa, T€TpC»-

p.ai, cTp(o9t]v, wound.

Too-ovTos, 7;, ov, dem. pron., so much,

so many.

TVYX"^*"* {''^x)i Tcv^ojiai, €Tuxov, Tcru-

XT]Ka and rtrcvxa, Ai^, attain, get,

happen.

(^XvSp^w, 4>\vap^(rci), to^A: nonsense, talk

bosh.

Give the original forms of all the indirect quotations and questions in

the following exercise (665).

665. 1, TjO^vvd'qyie.v koX 0eov<; kol dv6p(OTrov<; top rjye-

fxoua S^crai. 2. y^pontov ttoWoX el rjadTJcreTaL /Sao'tXev?, iav

OLKoSe TTopevioixeOa. 3. Kvpo<; yap iv6p,Ll^ev ocra>^ Oolttov

eXOoL, ToaovTO)^ dnapacTKevoTepo) ^acrikei /aa^etcr^at.^ 4. Ka-

TacrxCaeiv re ra? TrvXds ecjiacrav, el fxr) eKovreq dvoi^eiav.

5. evOa TToWrjv o'o)<f)po(T}Jvrjv^ eZihd)(9'r)(Tav 01 TratSe?.

6. Kvpo? VTTea^eTO aurot?, el Kokc^s KaTairpa^ete top (Jtot

\ov., fxri irpocrOev TTavcrea-Oai irpiv avrovs Karaydyoi oiKahe.

7. KoX TToXXot eTpcoOrjcrav twv TreXrao'Twv. 8. ovtos 8*

etTrei/ ort (f>\vdpoLrj ocrrt? Xeyot aXXoj? ttcu? croynqpCdf;* dv

TV)(eLV.^ 9. ot /Aev 817 aTpaTTjyol ovto) \'r]<^devre^ rj^drjcrav

Trpos ^acTiked /cat diroTixyjOevTe? ras /ce^aXas^ ereXevriycrai^.

10. rovTo 817 8€t Xeyeiv, 7ra>s dv iropevoLjxedd re ws dcr^a-

XecTTara ' Kal €t ixd^ecrSai 8eot a>9 KpaTKTTa yia)(Oip.eda.^

186 FIRST PASSIVE SYSTEM.

666. 1. The soldiers were drawn up^ and forced to proceed.

2. But the enemy flee in fear^^ that they will be encircled

on both sides. 3. You will be forced to open the gates.

4. If these should be worsted, nobody would be left. 5. Hepromised him that if he would come he would make him a

friend to Cyrus.

Notes.— ^ otro) . . . too-ovtw, by how much . . . by so much, i.e. in English,

the . . . the, datives of the degree of difference (867). — ^ Cyrus thought,

o(T(o av OaxTov iX.6w, toctouto) airapaaKevoTepw ^ao'iXcT fia)^ovfw.i. — ^ The

passive construction after a verb signifying to teach (838), in which

the accusative of the thing taught is retained.— * The genitive fol-

lows verbs signifying to attain (845).— ^ In the original av TvxoLfJn

^ Cf. 616, 5.— ''as safely as possible. For ws with superlatives, Latin

quam, see the general vocabulary.— ® av belongs also with /Aa;(ot/i.£^a. —* Use the aorist participle.— ^'^ Use the aorist participle of Set'Sw.

667. "The King is coming!"

Koi T]Sr} re '^v anx<^\ ayopav TrXTJdovaav kol TrXiqaiovj

Tjv 6 (TTaOfxh^ evda Kvpo? ejaeXXe KaTokveiv, rjULKa dvrjp\

Ilepcrry? Trpo(f)aLveTaL Ikavvoiv d^'ct Kparos kol evOi)^ iraaiv \

019 iveTvy')(avev i^od /cat ^ap^apiK(x)<^ /cat EX.Xr^t't/cft)? ort

5 /8acrtXev9 (Tvv (rr/jarev/otart ttoXXw irpoa-ep^erai oJ? (as if) \

ct? ixd^r)v TrapeaKevacrfxevo^. evda hr) ttoXu? TdpcL\o<;j

iyivero- avrt/ca ydp ihoKovv ol "KWrjvef; /cat ndvre^ 8e\

ara/CTOt? (T(f)Lcnv eTTtTrecreto'^at.,

Notes.— 1. riv . . . irX'^Oovo-av : (V ?rns about the time of full market.—2. <rTa9|Ji6s : haltinr/ place. — '5. irpo<j)a£v€Tai . . . Kpdros : comes in sight riding

at full speed.— 7. Kal irdvTts 8* : and (Se) all alike, i.e. Persians as well as

Greeks.— 8. liriirto-cio-Oai : their thought was, draKTOis {in disorder) rfixiv

iirnrtvuraL )8a(riA«vs. See CTrt-TrnrTO).

SECOND PASSIVE SYSTEM. 187

LESSON LXXII.

Second Passive System.

668. The second passive system includes the second aorist

and second future passive.

669. Conjugate the second passive system of ctcXXco, send,

in 780.

Give its synopsis, first in the second aorist, then in the second future.

670. The stem of the second aorist passive is formed by adding the

tense suffix t to the verb stem, as crreAAo) (crTeA), send, second aorist

passive stem o-raAe (672). This is lengthened to tj in the indicative, and

in the other moods before a single consonant in the ending. As a second-

ary tense the second aorist passive has augment in the indicative. It

follows the inflection of the first aorist passive (770).

671. The second future passive adds ar°/e to the stem of the second

aorist passive, with the tense suffix € lengthened to r\. It follows the inflec-

tion of the first future passive (770).

672. An £ in the verb stem generally becomes a.

673. VOCABULARY.

PiaCws (c/. /3tdfo/xai), adv., violerUlij. v€Kp<is, ov, 6, corpse; ol veKpol, the

t|aK6<rioi, ai, a, 600. dead.

Koviopros, oO, 6, cloud of dust. itoXtov, ov, t6, spear, javelin.

Xevkos, 17, 6v, white. Tpoirrj, ijs, ij {cf. Tp^irw), rout, defeat.

|jicxpi, conj., until. vo-rcpaios, a, ov {cf. mrepos), later, fol-

vi^iKi], »;j, i}, cloud. lowing.

674. 1, Kvpos iTrXijyrj TraXxS vno rov 6(f)da\fiov yStaioj?.

2. €1 TTopevBeit) eVt rov^ aTpaTLCjrd<s, iKnkayeiep av. 3. i^dvrj

188 SECOND PASSIVE SYSTEM.

KovLopTO<; (oairep ve^ekq Xevicij. 4. ov ttoXXw^ Se vcrrepov

OL Xo;(dyot KaTaKomjcrovTaL. 5. o/xws Se \e^ou, €<f)T], i.K

TtVos eTrXriyy)^. 6. iirravda ol TreXTaoral iSCcoKov fJ^^r^pi to

oe^LOv av BLea-ndpr). 7. riy Se vcrrepaia^ ovk e<^dvy)(Tav ol

TTokeixLOL, ovSe T^ Tpirri. 8. cJs [when) rf rponr) iyevero,

OL€cnrdpy]crav kol ol Kvpov e^a/co(rtot* et? ro StwKett'^ ^PH-V'

(TavT€<;. 9. €(f)ao'av rows Xd^v? KaTaKOTrrjvai vno T(iiv

KlXlkcov. 10. et fievTOL irXeiovs auWeyelev, KLvhwevcreiev

dv SiacfydaprjvaL iroXv tov (TTpaTevfJLaTOS- 11. /cat i^ox^

XevofJieda avv rovrots ttcus ai^ Ta<f)€Lr)aav ol tcop 'EXXt^vwi/

i^e/c/aoi.

675. 1. The general appeared again with a thousand horse-

men. 2. The barbarians turned^ and fled. 3. The soldiers

came together^ and deliberated. 4. Show yourselves'^ the

bravest of the captains. 5. If the army should be scattered,

it would be destroyed by the enemy.

Notes.— * Dative of the degree of difference (867) with va-repov, literally

later by much, i.e. much later ^ jj^ consequence of what, i.e. why.— • Dative

of the time when (870).— * Cyrus's bodyguard of 600 horse.— * in pursuit.

The infinitive with the article may, like a noun, depend on a preposition.

— * Use the aorist passive participle.— '' Use the aorist passive.

No. 50. &pfM.

VERBAL ADJECTIVES. 189

676. The Order of Battle.

Kol Kv/309 idajpaKL^ero kol tol iraXTo, et? ra? ^eipas

eka^e, T0t9 re aXXot? Tracrt napTJyyeWev i^oTrXi^eaOau

evda hi) crvv TroXXfj cnrovB-^ irdTTOVTO, KXea/D^o? fiev to

Be^LOv Tov '^XXrjvLKOv e)(Oiv 77/369 rco ^v^parrj Trora/xo),

5 Ylpo^evo'!; Se ix6fi€vo<;, oi 8' aXXot jotera roCrot', Mevcov 8e

Kttl TO (TTpdrevpia to evcovvixov Kepa<; ecr^e tou 'EXAi^i/t/cov.

Tou Se ^ap^apLKov t7r7r€t9 ftei' na(^Xayd^'e9 et9 x*-^^®^?

TTapa KXeap^ov iTd^6r)crav iv t<o Be^Lco kol to 'FXXtjvlkov

neXTaa-TLKov, iv he Tft> €voivvp,oi ^ApLalo^ re 6 Kvpov

10 V7rap)(0<s /cat to aXXo /Sap^apiKov.

Notes.— For the disposition of the forces, see No. 56.— 5. lx.<ip,cvos

:

being next.— 7. els x^'o^ '• •'^c. tTTTreas, to the number of a thousand (horse).—9. T$ cvuvv|i,(j> : of the entire Greek force.

LESSON LXXIII.

Verbal Adjectives.

677. Verbal adjectives are derived from verb stems, and are

generally equivalent to passive participles in meaning. Theyare formed by adding tos and t€OS to the verb stem, which

generally has the same form as in the first aorist passive (with

the change of <|) and x^ to ir and k before t).

Thus, TTOiew, do, iTroirjOrjv, TroLr]T€o<; ; Tropcuo/xai, advance, iiropevOrjv,

TTopcvTcos ; TTC/XTTw, scnd, iTrifi<fidr]v, Trc/xTTTCos ; Oavfxd^u), wonder at, iOav-

fida-Orjv, Bavfiaa-To^ ; inidoi, persuade, mid. obey, inucrdy^v, iretorco? ; Sicokcu,

pursue, iSiwxOrjv, StwKTcos.

190 VERBAL ADJECTIVES.

678. The verbal in t€OS has both a personal and an impersonal

construction, of which the latter is more common.

679. 1. dXXai VT]€S |i€Ta'ir€|i'irT€ai €l(riv, other ships must be

sent for.

2. (b<t>€\TiTca (Toi T| irdXis cctiv, the city must he succored hy

you.

680. In the personal construction, the vei'bal in tcos is

passive in sense, and expresses necessity., like the Latin parti-

ciple in dus., agreeing with the subject. The a^ent is expressed

by the dative.

681. 1. TavTa thj.iv iron^Ttov eariv, we must do this.

2. TTciMTTca ccTTi Tov (yv^dT^yov U|XLV, you must send your

general.

3. Tf|v TTOpeiav Upv ircl^ip TroiT|T€OV, you must make the

journey on foot.

682. In the impersonal construction the verbal is in the

neuter of the nominative singular (sometimes plural), with Icti

expressed or underetood. The expression is equivalent to Sci,

one must, with the infinitive. It is practically active in sense,

and allows transitive verbals to have an object like their verbs.

The agent is expressed by the dative.

683. 1. cXaGc t6v Kvpov dircXOcov, he went off unnoticed by

Cyrus.

2. €TVX€ "Y^P Td|ts avTw i'Tro\Livr\ twv oirXirtav, as it chanced,

a division of heavy-armed men was following him.

3. <|>6do'€i Tovs dXXovs Kvpos d<|)iK6ji€vos, Cyrus will arrive

before the others.

VERBAL ADJECTIVES. 191

684. The participle with XavOdvo), escape the notice of,

Tu-yxdvo), happen, and (t>6dv(i>, anticipate, contains the leading

idea of the expression and is usually translated by a verb. The

aorist participle here coincides in time with the verb (unless

this expresses duration) and does not denote past time in itself.

685. VOCABULARY.

diro-irop€vo|iai, go off., depart. p.avOdv(>> (fiaO), (ia0^<ro|iai., c|ia6ov,

JtjXcotos, V, 6c (cf. ^n\6u), envy), to be \u]i.aQr\Ka., learn, esp. by inquiry,

envied, enviable. find out, hear of.

6av|iaarT6s, ^, 6v {cf. davfid^u)), wonder- \UTavt\Lirros, ov {cf. /MeTa-irifi-irofjMi),

ful, surprising. sent for.

linriK6s, ^, dv {cf. tirwos), for cavalry; (I'/j-irorc (/uij + irori), never.

rb liririKbv, the cavalry, the horse. m>0S} ov^, t6, sivord. No. 40.

XavOdvo) {\ad), X^o-w, cXaOov, XeXT]6a, <|>Odv(i> {<t>6a), ^Q'fia-ofikai and 4>6darw,

X^T)o-noi, escape <Ae notice o/; mid., e<|>eiiv and <<|>Oaira, anticipate, out-

forget: strip.

686. 1. et? KoXov^ r)K€T€- inl yap to opo^; Tropevreov.

2. (TKeiTTeov ixoi hoKeZ elvau ottw? to. onXfx i^ofxev, ra 86para

/cat ra ^L(f)r] /cat to, dX\a. 3. Kat ot tTTTretg Ikdvdavov

avTovq inl tco yiqkoi^o) yevofxevoi.^ 4. ovk dv evr) davixacTTOv

et TV)(OL€v Tavra fxadovre^. 5. OVT09 8e reray/ieVo? iTvy)(^avev

eVt T(p evoivvp.co rov linnKov^ ap^cov. 6. w oivSpe^ crr/aartw-

rat, TTju TTopeCdv Tre^fj irou-qTeov • ov ydp icTTt rrXola. 7. Traprjv

Oc /cat Aa/ceSat/Aoi'to? Tt9 inl twv vewv, /aeraTre/aTrros viro

Kvpov. 8. /cat ^9dvov<Tiv eTTt rw dKpo) yev6fX€V0L tov^

77o\€jLitov9. 9. r)fjuv 8e Trdvra noLrjTea oj? fXTjTroT inl rot?

l3apj3apoL<; yevcojjieda. 10. eyoi Se vfxcov rov ot/caSe ^ov\6-

pevov aTTOTTopevecrOai toI<; olkol ^rjXoyrov'^ ttoltJctq).

192 VERBAL ADJECTIVES.

687. 1. This it seems to me must be considered. 2. On the

following day the generals resolved that they must advance

through the mountains. 3. For there are many^ (reasons)

why^ I must not do this. 4. It would not be surprising

if Cyrus should think that he must pursue these men.

5. He says that the generals ought to consider what the

hindrance is.

XoTES.— * Sc. )(p6vov, in the nick of time.— ' Note aurovs, they got

there before they knew it.— 'With ap)(0)v, as commander of the horse.— * an

object of envy to his (friends^ at home. For the two accusatives after ttoico),

see 840.— * Use the neuter plural. — ^ St' a.

688. Armor of Cyrus and his Bodyguard. The Enemy appear.

Kv/DO? Se Koi OL tTTTTCt? TOVTOV 6(TOP k^aKOCTlOl (OirXtCTfJie-

voi Yjcrav dcopd^u fxeu avrol Koi irapafxrjpLhioL^ koL Kpdvecri

TToivTe^ ttX'^v Kvpov • Kvpos 8e xljlXr)v cT^e ttjv K€(f)aXr)v iu

ry P'O.^-Q. ol 8' Ittttol TTCti/re? ol fxera Kvpov eX)(ov /cat

5 irpofieTOiTrCSLa kol Trpocrrept'tSta • el)(ov 8e kol /xa^^atpd?

ol Imrels 'EXXT^viKa?. /cat 17817 re ^v fxeaov rjjxepds /cat

ovTTO) KaTa(f>avel^ -^crav ol TTokeynoi rjviKa 8e 861X17

iyiypero, if^dvr) KoviopTo<; (ocnrep vei^eki) XevKij, ^povot

8e TToXXo) vcTTepov (^(rnep fieXavid tl<s Iv to) 7r€8ta)

eVt TToXv.

XoTES.— 1. Sa-ov. neuter as adverb, with numerals, about.— 3. irXi)v

Kvpov: the exception extends only to Kpaveai.— 7. T|v(Ka ... iylyvtro :

when it began to be (literally, was becoming) afternoon 8. 4^dvt] : there was

seen.— XP^^*P • • • ^'"'^ iroXv ; considerably later (the cloud of dust appeared)

Just like a sort of blackness in the plain for a great distance (iirl ttoXv). For

;(/}Ova>, a dative of the degree of difference, see 867.

REGULAR VERBS IN MI, Tidrjfxt. 193

LESSON LXXIV.

Regular Verbs in MI, Tie-qjii.

689. Some verbs form the present and second aorist systems

by adding the personal endings directly to the verb stem,

omitting the tense suffix % (135, 606), except in the subjunctive.

In these verbs, therefore, the present and second aorist stems

are the simple verb stem, which is, however, often reduplicated

with I in the present system.

690. Compare the following forms of the present indicative active of

Ti-Orj-iiL (dc), place, put, with those of Xv(o (Xv), loose

:

194 REGULAR VERBS IN MI, Tidrjfic.

2. In the imperfect indicative active, jt(0cis, ItCOci ai"e formed as if from

a contract verb ridew. Cf. CTrotcts and cTroict (782). Similarly t£9«i in

the present imperative active. Cf. iroiu (782).

3. The subjunctive has the long vowel « or r\, as in verbs in <d (315,

332), but this contracts with the final vowel of the verb stem (340).

4. The optative has the mood suffix (362, 379), i or vi\, but the latter

only before active endings. The mood suffix is added directly to the verb

stem and contracts with it. In these forms the accent cannot pass beyond

the mood suffix.

5. The singular of the second aorist indicative active does not occur.

It is supplied by the first aorist forms «Ot]Ka, cOi^Kas, cOt^kc, formed with the

tense suffix Ka for o-a (148).

6. In the second aorist imperative active, fife is irregular, and the infini-

tive Otivau (for Oe-evaC) is formed with the ending cvai (for simple vai).

7. The active paiticiples riOcts and Otis are declined like X.vdf.i<i (754).

695. VOCABULARY.

alxK'<^^(''''0S) o") captured ; as noun, 8ia-TC0i)|i,i, set out in order, arrange,

oi aixiJ^df^uToi, prisoners of war, cap- dispose.

tives. «v-t£9tjp,i, put or place in, of fear, instil

ava-T(9T])ti, set up, dedicate. in, inspire in.

avTov (c/. oyT6s), adv., in the very €iri-T£0Tj|xi, impose on, inflict; mid.,

place, here, there. put oneself on, attack.

paKTT]p(a, as. i), staff, cane, walking- a-uv-Tldr\)i.i, put or place together ; mid.,

stick. Nos. 1, 30, 36. contract, agree on, make an agree-

-ycppov, ov, t6, wicker shield. ment.

yovv, ydvaroi, r6, knee. TfOtjfjii (de), 9i\<ru, cOi]Ka, T^OfiKa, ridti-

iip\i.a, oTos, t6, hide, skin. I*.ai, It^Otjv, put, set, place.

696. 1, eTnOijcreTaL '^fjuv.^ 2. tovtov^ Se e/ceXevc OecrOai

TO. OTrXa^ irepX ttjv avrov crKrjirrjp. 3. ttji' St/cr^i/ -^prj^co

einBeivax avroJ. 4. koI kcXcvovct^ ^vkaTTeadai fxr] vp.lv

REGULAR VERBS IN MI, Tidrj/xi. 195

imd(0VTaL Trj<; vvkto<; ol ^dp/3apoL. 5. Kat Tracrd? ra?

oi/ctct? €Kdev, Iva (f>6^op ivBeLT) to2<; d\XoL<;} 6. ovkctl

ineTLOepTO ol jroXefxiOL rot"? "EXXi^crt, SeSotKore? firj diroTjxr)-

0ei'r)(Tav. 7. rov? fxev birXiTd^ avTov^ eKekevcre fxelvai, ra?

dcTTTtSa? 77/30? TO, yovaxa dei>Ta<;. 8. iuravda dveridecrav ol

(TTpaTiwrai Sepfidrajv 7T\rj6o<; /cat ^aKTiqpids kol rd ai^/xa-

Xwra yeppa^ 9. Kat avvTidefxeda ttjp vvKTa^ rjv Xdficjfxev

TO aKpov, TO ^cjpiov (f)vXdTTeLv. 10. TrdvTa<; ovtcj Start^ei?

d7re77e)a7reTO aj<TT€ avrw jLtaXXov ^tXou§ eti^at 17 ySacrtXet.

697. 1. The hoplites grounded arms. 2. They feared that

the Greeks would attack them during th6 night. 3. He will

inflict punishment on them. 4. I fear that he may take ^ and

inflict punishment on me. 5. And when they had made this

agreement,'^ they proceeded to the river.

Notes.— ^ The dative follows many verbs compounded with iv, avv,

or €7ri'(865).— 2 For the phrase OeaOau to. oirXa, see the general vocabulary.

— * The adverb.— * They dedicated these in thanksgiving for their safe

arrival at the sea.— ^ An accusative of extent of time (836). Construe

with (^vXaTTtLv.— ® Use the aorist participle "^ ravra (cognate accusative)

698. Thd Enemy's Array. Cyrus wishes to attack the Persian Centre.

0T€ oe iyyuTepov iyiyvovTO, rd^a ^r) kcu ^aX/cd? rt?

TJaTpaTTTe /cat at Xdy^at /cat at Td^ei<i /cara<^a^'et9 eyt-

y^'oi^ro • Kat rfcrav tTTTrets ftei/ eVt tov evcouvfiov T(ov

TroXefXicov, i^OfJievoL he yeppo(f)6poL, e^6p.evoL Se oTrXtrat

6 crvv ^vXipac^ dcnricri. Trdvre*; 8e ourot Kara edvy) iv

TrXatfrto) TrXrjpei, di/dpanrojv eiropevovTO. irpo he avTcou 'qv

196 BEADING LESSON.

apuara to, Spenav'r)(j>6pa KaKovjxeva. /cat iu tovt(o Kvpo?

vapeXavvwv avTO<s crvv HiypiqTL Ta> ip[X7)vei /cat aXXotg

rpicrXv rj Tirrapcri tco KXedp^co i/Bod ayeiv to trrparev/Lta

10 Kara p,e<jov to T(ov TToXe/Atwv, ort e/cet ^acrtXev? ^v. " Kdv

TovTy' €(f)r}," vlK(Ofiev, TrdvO' r)fiLV TrcTrotT^rat.'

Notes. — 1. xo^'^'^s ns fio-Tpairre : here and there (tis) their bronze armor

began to flash.— 5. Kara eOvii : nation by nation. — €v ir\ai<r£«{) ir\i\pti dvOpw-

ir»v : in a solid square. — 7. KaXov|i€va : so called. — 10. kov : i.e. Kai iav.—11. ir€irotT]Tai : although a perfect in form, this refers vividly to the future,

— our whole work is (jjoill have been) done. Cf. 317.

No. 51 . ffri^pot.

REGULAR VERBS IN MI, BiSwfll. 197

LESSON LXXV.

Regular Verbs In MI, 6i8cd|xi.

699. Learn the conjugation of the present and second aorist

systems of 5iS(0|Jii (So), give, in 785 and 789.

Read and note the following in explanation of the paradigms :

700. 1. In the singular of the present indicative active 8o is lengthened

to 8», and the third person plural ends in 5Uri.

2. In the imperfect indicative active, ISCSovv, ^SCSovs, ^8(8ov are formed

as if from a contract verb 8i8ow. Cf. iSrjkow, «8i/Aors, cSiyAov (783).

Similarly 8£8ow in the present imperative active. C/. 8t/Aov (783).

3. For the formation of the subjunctive and optative, see 694, 3 and 4,

but here in the subjunctive o + ii= «, not oi (340).

4. The singular of the second aorist indicative active does not occur.

It is supplied by the first aorist forms ?8«Ka, eSwKas, cSwkc, formed with

the tense suffix Ka for <ra (148).

5. In the second aorist imperative active, 86s is irregular, and the infini-

tive 80VV01 (for So-cvat) is formed with the ending €voi.

6. The active participles 8i8ovs and 8o{ls are declined like Xvtov (754),

except in the nominative singular masculine.

701. VOCABULARY.

dXC<rKO|jkai (a\, dXo), aXw(ro|jiai, cdXuv yvyv&trKu (jvo), Yvw<ro}i.ai, c'yvuv,

and TJXuv, IdXcoKa and i^XuKa, be iyvwKa, iyvit><r\iai, €yvwo-8tjv, know,

captured, taken, or caught, used as perceive, feel, experience, learn,

pass, to alpio). think.

dva--yi.7vw(rKu, know again, recognize, 8(8w(ii (do), 8<6aru, S8wKa, 8<8«i>Ka, 8«8o-

read. jiai, I860t]v, give, grant, permit.

198 REGULAR VERBS IN MI, SiScofii.

KdvSvs, vos, 6, caftan, a long outer irpo-8(8w|ii, give over, betray, abandon.

garment. No. 11. o-T^4»avos, ov, 6, crown, wreaih, chaplet,

irapa-SlSa\u., pass along, give up, sur- garland. No. 51.

render, hand over. \pv<ro-\6.\ivos, ov {xpvff6s, gold + x<^^'-

ffX^tt (tXu), irXcvo-ofiaiand irXcvo-ovfiai, vos, bridle), with gold mounted

SirXcvo-a, ir^irXcvKa, ir^-irXcwrixai, sail. bridle.

a. Although not /u,t-verbs, aXta-KOfiai and yiyvtoaKu) have second aorists

of the /Ai-form.

702. 1. dvayvov<; Tr)v eTnarToXrjv ISw/ce ^wK/actret. 2. Kv-

po<; 8e iK€Lpa> hiSoicriv lttttov ^pv(TO')((xklvov /cat Kavhvv.

3. 'qpdjrcov CKelvoL el Solev av tovtojv to. iricTTd. 4. vjxcjv he

Twv '^WtJvcou kol (TTe^avov eKacTTco ^pvcrovv ooicroi. 5. koX

hovvai KoX XajSelv TTLCTTd ideXofxev. 6. /cat ev6v<i eyvotcrav

7rdvTe<; otl eyyv<; eari /SacrtXev?. 7. ein ^apSet? ov irXev-

(Tovvrat, eav p,7] avrot? ^prjp^ara otowTe. 8. Kat lttttol

rjX(o(rav el<s^ et/cocrt, /cat r} (TKrjv^ eaXcj. 9. rfj ydp vpocrOev

rjpepa neprrcov ^acrtXev? rd oirXa TrapaStSot'at eKeXevev.

10. dvdyKT)"^ hrj /utot v/tag irpohovTa^ rrj Kvpov (^tXtct

•)(^prj(rdaL. 11. 7rp6? 8e ^acnXed TrepiTcav rj^iov Kvpo<;

dSeX(f>o<s (ov^ avTOv hoOrjvaL ol^ ravrdq ra? TrdXets pdXXov

17 TL(r(ra(f)epvrjv dp^eiv avrcov.

703. 1. And he did not give them pay. 2. They bound

the guide and handed (him) over to them. 3. She is said to

have given much money to Cyrus. 4. They gave the Greeks

barbarian spears. 5. He took the letter and gave it to Cyrus.

Notes ^ about. — ^ Sc. lari — * In agreement with /u.€, the unex-

pressed subject of xPW^"-'--—

'' '^^^ participle expresses cause (495, 2)

6 See 437 and 435.

REGULAR VERBS IN MI, larrj/JLl. 199

704. Clearchus refuses. The Barbarians' Advance.

6pa>v he 6 KXea/9^09 to fxeaop (TTl(f)0<; Kat aKovcov

ySacrtXed tov evojuvfxov e^co ovra ovk rjdeXev diTocnroicraL

d-rro TOV TroTafxov to Se^iov Kepa?, (f)ol3ovfjLevo<; jxr) kvkXoj-

deCr] eKaTepojdev, rw 8e Kvpoj direKptvaTO otl avTco fxeXoL

5 OTTWS KaXw? e)(0L. KoX ip TOVTCO T(o Kaip(o /SttCTtXev? yikv

crvv Tw iavTov (rrpaTev/utart npoaep^eTat, to Be '^WrjvLKov

en ev t(o avrw fievov orvvTOiTTeTai. Kai 6 Kv/qo? napeXav-

V(ov ov Trdvv 77/309 avrw rw aTpaTev/xaTL KaTeOeaTo eKore-

poicre dTTo^XeiTOiv els Te tov<s TToXe/Aiou? /cat tov<; <f)(,Xov<;.

Notes. — 1. 6p»v . . . «rri<|>os : although he saw the compact body at the

centre, i.e. the 6000 cavalry mentioned in 618.— Akovwv : also concessive

2. Pa<riX^a . . . ovra : what he heard was, /8a(riXtus toi) cvwvu/xov (i.e. tow

Kvpov) i$(j) ea-Ti. See 628. See also Xo. 56 i. on . . . i\oi : his answer

was, ifiol /ic'Aei ottws xaAtos c;^^, t7 is my concern that all shall be tcell. See

663.— 8. ov Trdvu irpos : riot very near.— KartOcoTO : was surveying the field.

— cKarcpuo-c dTTo^Xciruv : looking in each direction.

LESSON LXXVI.

Regular Verbs in MI, io-tt||jli.

705. Learn the conjugation of the present and second aorist

systems of io-tiijjli (crTa), set, make stand, in 786 and 790.

Read and note the following in explanation of the paradigms :

706. 1. io-TTi|jii is for aL-ar-q-fiL, the rough breathing representing the

or of the reduplicating syllable.

200 REGULAR VERBS IN MI, Xar-qfii.

2. In the singular of the present and imperfect indicative active, o-ra is

lengthened to ottj, and the thii-d person plural of the present ends in am,to-Ttto-i arising from lo-ra-ao-t by contraction.

3. In the imperfect indicative, i is due to the augment (67, 2).

4. For the formation of the subjunctive and optative, see 694, 3 and 4,

but here in the subjunctive a + n= ti, not a, and a +t[j=

1], not qi (340).

5. In the present imperative active, timj (for laTa-Bi) rejects Oi andlengthens the final vowel of the stem.

6. The lengthening of crra to o-ti] occurs also in the second aorist

indicative, imperative (except in cttcLvtcdv), and infinitive active.

7. The active participles wrrjis and trrds are declined like Auo-ds (754).

8. The second aorist middle of tori/fii does not occur.

707. VOCABULARY.

dv-t<rTn|xi, make rise, rouse; mid.,

with perf. and second aor. act.,

intrans. , stand up, rise.

dTTo-SiSpdo-Kw, run away, escape by

stealth.

PaCvu (/3a), P^o-0(i,ai., cpT)v, P^^TiKa,

P^Pa|i,ai, 4pd&i]v, go, walk.

Sia-^aCvw, go over, cross.

8i8pa<rK(i> (Spa), 8pa<ro|tai, cSpav,

848paKa, run.

8vvapi.ai (di^va), 8uv^o-Of(.ai, 8(8vvT)p,ai,

«8vv^9tjv, be able or capable, be

worth, amount to, signify.

k^-ir{.^irKi\y.\., fill full, satisfy.

lirCo-Tajiai (iiriffra.), {irurrVjcroitai, rjiri-

oT^j0t|v, understand, know.

<«^-C<rTT))i,i, bring to a stand, make halt;

mid., with perf. and second aor. act.,

intrans., halt, stop.

S!oTi)|u (iTTa), «rT^<r«, to-rrio-a and

(<m\v, loTTjKa, cirrafiLai, to-raOijv,

set, make stand, make halt; mid.

(except first aor.), with perf. and

second aor. act., intrans., stand,

stop, halt.

Ka9-ia-Tr\fu, set down or in order, settle,

station, establish; mid., with perf.

and second aor. act., intrans., take

one''s place.

irtjiirXiiiii (irXa), irX^o-oj, cirXtjo-a, -ir^-

irXTjKa, ir^irXT]p,ai and iriir\r\<r\i.aii,

^irXVi<rflr)v, fill.

a. Although not /ii-verbs, /SouVoi, 8iBpda-K(D, and <f>6dv<a (685) have second

aorists of the /u,t-fonn.

REGULAR VERBS IN MI, laTrj/xt. 201

708. 1. ol Be TToXefXLOL ovkctl ecTT'qcrav. 2. iav tl Svvo)-

fxai^ raOra ttoltJcto). 3. ras Bi^64pd<; iTTLfnrXacrap ^iXov.^

4. avecTTiqcrav ol EXXi^ve? koX eXttop otl wpd tov<; <f)vXaKa<;

Kadia-rdivciL. 5. koX €(f)0r)aav^ eVl rw aKpo) yevofxevoc rovs

tTTTred?. 6. dXXa Kal rovro ye eTrCcrTacrde. 7. rouro

Se ovSet* dXXo SvvaraL rj° diroSpdvaL. 8. i/3ovXevovTO ottw?

dz/ KaXXio^Ta hia^aiev. 9. ineoTr) 6 Kvpos (Tvv rot? Trept

avTov d/awTTOis. 10. 6 Se e/xTrt/ATrXd? aTrdpTcov ttjv yv(ofjL7]v^

dneTreiJLTrev. 11. cTToipTcov ol OTrXtrat. 12. dXX eu imcTTa-

(t9(i)p otl ovk aTroSeSpaKdcTLP

.

709. 1. He halted his men. 2. Xenophon rose and spoke

as follows. 3. He was not able to rise. 4. They made those

who had been wounded^ rise. 5. You must cross the river,

that the enemy may not escape by stealth.

Notes.— ^ With recessive accent, disregarding the contraction. Cf.

iaTd/jMi (786), and see 694, 3.— '^ Verbs signifying to Jill take the accusa-

tive of the thing filled and the genitive of material (848).— ^ Second

aorist of the /At-form. — * Refers to a course of conduct.— ^ than.— ^ satis-

fying the desire.—

'' Use the perfect participle with the article (487, 3 and 4).

710. The Sacrifices are favorable. The Watchword.

ihoip 8e Kvpop diro tov '^W-qpiKOv 'a€PO(f)(op 'A0r]vaLO^,

TTcXacrd? ware crvpaprrjcraL rjpeTO et rt napayyeXXoc • 6 8'

crrtcTTr^o'd? elire Kat Xeyeip eKeXevcre irdcnp otl tol lepd

KaXd. TovTa 0€ rw a€P0(f)(0PTL Xeyojp Oopv/Sov TJKovcre,

5 Kai rjpeTo tl<? 6 66pv^o<; elt). 6 he KXeap)(^o<; elnep otl

' (Tvpd-qfjia TTapep^eTaL Sevrepop 17817 8td tmp rd^ecop. kol

iuavixacre Kvpo? rt? TrapayyeXXeL, kol yjpeTO 6 tl etr) to

202 BEADING LESSON.

crvvOrnxa. 6 8' direKpivaTO, "Zev? Xonrjp koI Nt/cr^.' 6 he

Kv/309 aKovtrds, " 'AXXo, Se^o/utat t€," e^T/, " /cat Tovro

10 €(TT<t)" TavTa 8* €t7ra>i/ cts 'r;7»' avrov ^(apdv aTnjkavvev.

Notes.— 2. ircXdo-Ss ktA. : approaching him so as to meet him. — •»ip«To :

the second aorist of poetic (.pofiai, equivalent to cptorctw.—A ti irapa-y-ytXXoi

:

whether he had any commands. For the optative in the indirect question,

see 569 3. lirio-Hjo-os : first aorist, transitive, pulling up {his horse).—4. Oopv^ov : for the genitive following okovw, see 846.— 5. KX^apxos dietv :

he had ridden up in the meantime.— 7. t(s irapa-y-yeXXci : who was giving it

out, without his approval.

No. 52. Zei)$ 1.i>)T7]p Kal Mkij.

REGULAR VERBS IN MI, SeiKVVfii. 203

LESSON LXXVII.

Regular Verbs in MI, 6€iKviJ|ii.

711. Learn the conjugation of the present system of 6€i-

KV\}|ii (SeiK), show, in 787, and the second aorist system of 8va)

{8v), enter, in 791. No second aorist of SeiKvvfii occurs.

Read and note the following in explanation of the paradigms

:

712. 1. In the present system of 8€(kvv(i.i, the personal endings are not

added directly to the verb stem StiK (689), but to the verb stem increased

by w.

2. In the singular of the present and imperfect indicative active, 8<ikvw

is lengthened to StiKvii, and the third person plural of the present ends in a<ri.

3. The subjunctive and optative are formed as in verbs in «.

4. In the present imperative active, 8<(kvv (for SeiKw-di) rejects 0i and

lengthens the final vowel of the stem.

5. In the second aorist active, 8v is lengthened to 8v in the indicative,

imperative (except in Suvrwv), and infinitive.

6. The active participles StiKvvs and Svs are declined 8eiKvv^, B^tKvvara,

SeiKvvv, genitive Scikvwtos, BeiKvvarjs, SetKvwros, etc,

7. The second aorist middle does not occur.

713. VOCABULARY.

diro-8c(Kvv|ii, set forth, make known, 8<(Kvv|ii (SeiK), 8{(|(o, cSci^a, 8^8cix<>'i

appoint; mid., set forth one''s views, ScSciYixai, cScCx^iiv, show.

declare. Scpw, Scpw, eScipa, ScSapixai, c8dpT)v (cf.

6iir-6\\v\i.i, destroy utterly, kill; mid., d^pij.a),flay.

with second perf. act., perish, die, 8vw, Svo-od, cSvo-a and eSvv, ScSvKa,

l>e lost. ScSv^ai, cSvO-qv, make enter ; intrans.,

'Air6XX«v, uvos, 6, Apollo, No. 53. enter.

204 REGULAR VERBS IN MI, SeiKvvfii.

tK-hipa, strip off the skin, flay.

cv-Sv(i>, put on, clothe oneself in.

€7ri-8i(Kvv|jit., show to, exhibit, disclose.

ivpLcTKa (evp), tvpi\a-w, rfvpov, T)vpT]Ka,

T)vpT]|i,ai, t]vp^Ot]v, find, discover;

raid., find for oneself, procure.

Kpc}i,dvvv|ii (Kpefia), Kp€)i,w, CKp^|xa(ra,

€Kpe}Jid(r9T]v, hang up.

MapiTvas, ov, 6, Marsyas, a satyr.

No. 53.

6XXv|ii, (6X), o\&, uXcora and uX6|ir]v,

oXtoXcKa and SXuXa, destroy, lose

;

mid. , with second perf. act., perish.

6\i.vv\i.\. {6fx, Ofio), 6|xov|jiai, w|iO(ra, 6|iwp,o-

Ka, 6)Ji(o|io(i,ai and 6p,w)ioo-|iai, w|x66t)v

and a\t.6<r9r\v, swear, take an oath.

No. 53. Apollo flays Marsyas.

714. 1. oLTroBeLKvvvTaL ol fxdvTeLS Tra^re? yvcoixrjv on

fj-oi^r) ovK ecrrat. 2. tov<; dvhpa^ avTovq ot? wfxvvre d7roXa>-

XeKare. 3. ol he OTrXtrat tov Mevcjvo^ vTro\ei^devre<; koX

ov hvvdfievoL evpeiv to aWo crTpaTevfia drrcoXovTO. 4. /cat

dnoTefjiovTe^; ra? Kec^aXa? tcov veKpwv, eTreheiKwcrav To'i<i

kavTOiv TToXe/xtot?. 5. rot? TraKriv iheiKwaav 6 tl Scot

TTOuelv. 6. evTavda Xeyerat ^XiroWoiv eK^eZpai Mapcrvdv

Kal TO Sepjxa Kpep,d<Tax. 7. Kcop.r)v he Set^d? avrot? ottov

(TK7)vy]crova'L dTreTTopevdr). 8. Kvpo? tov OotpaKa evehv.

REGULAR VERBS IN MI, SeiKVVfil. 205

9. fiovk6[xevo<; ovv Kvpo? iTnheLKvvuai to crr/aarev/xa, ige-

Ta(TLV TTOtetrat iv T(p TreSioj twv '^Wrjvoiv /cat to)v /3ap^apo)v.

715. 1. Hereupon he expresses his opinion. 2. After him

another rose up, pointing out what must be done. 3. He dis-

closed the plot to the general. 4. They put on their breast-

plates and ordered arms. 5. Many of the beasts of burden

perished.

716. The Greeks charge on the Run, and the Enemy take to Flight.

Kal ovK€TL rpla 17 rerrapa o^raSta 8t€t^en7v rw (f)d\ayye

an aWijXcDV rfviKa eTraiavit^ov re ol EXXr^i/e? /cat rjp^ovTo

dvTLOL teVat rots TToXe/Atot?. w? 8e Tropevofxevajv tcjv

'iSiWTJvojv e^eKvixaive /Ltepo? rt Trj<; (f)dXayyo<;, to vTroXeu-

5 TTop.evov Tjp^aTO Spofio) delv /cat a/aa i(j)64y^avTo TrdpTeq,

/cat TTcti/res 8e edeov. Xeyovai 8e TLve^ (o<; /cat rats dcnricri

irpos TO, SopaTa iBovTrr)(rav, (f)6fiov TTOiovvTes rot? tTTTTOt?.

irplv 8e To^evfxa i^LKvelcrdai eKKXtvovcnv 01 ^dp^apoi koX

<f)evyovcn. /cat ivTavOa 817 ihicjKov fxev Kara Kpdros ol

10 "EXXt^i/c?, i^6(ov Se dXXi^Xots /u,i7 ^eti^ Spofxa), dXX' eV rd^et

€7recr^at.

Notes. — 1. Kal ovk^ti . . . dXX'/)\(i>v : i.e. the two lines (dual) tvere less

than three or four stades (accusative of extent of space, 836) apart. This

was less than half a mile.— 2. l-iroiovi^ov : began to sing the paean, as an

omen of victory. — 3. avrtoi Uvat : to go to meet, to go against. For the

following dative, see 863. — «s 8c . . . (jxiXa^'yos : ivhen, as the Greeks pro-

ceeded (genitive absolute, 516) a part of the phalanx surged forward (see

iKKv fjuiiv<a),\iterally billowed out.— 4. to viroX.€iw6(uvov : equivalent to 01 aXXoi.

See 487, 3 and 4. — 6. Kal irdvrcs 8^ : cf 667, 7.— do-irCo-i : dative of instru-

ment (SQQ).— 7. 'iirirois: dative of JtsaJran/a^e (861).— 8. irplv. . . l^iKvcurOai:

before an arrow reached them (536), i.e. before the Greeks ivere within bowshot.

206 seconh perfect system without tense suffix,

LESSON LXXVIII.

Second Perfect System without Tense Suflix.

717. A few verbs have second perfects and pluperfects

formed without tense suffix, after the analogy of verbs in fii,

the personal endings being added directly to the verb stem.

718. Learn the conjugation of the, second perfect system

without tense suffix of tar-qiii in 792.

719. 1. The indicative singular does not occur. «rT«s (for i-ara-m)

is declined co-tws, iarStaa, coros, genitive co-raiTos, eaTwarjs, co-raiTos, etc.

2. Other verbs have forms in the second perfect without suffix. Thus,

pa(v(i> (/3a), ^, /SepaaL, they have gone, participle ySe/Sois ; OvxjVkw (^av), die,

TcOvaaL, they are dead, participle tc^vcws ; 8^8ia (Be), fear (cf. ScSoixa),

8e8tao-i, they fear, participle 8eSi(U9.

720. Here belongs also the irregular verb in fti, otSa (tS,

6t8), know., a second perfect with present force, formed without

reduplication, the pluperfect (as imperfect) being yhi) or ^heiv.

721. Learn the conjugation of ot6a in 793.

722. VOCABULARY.

'ApKoLs, dSoj, 6, an Arcadian. irpo-8iaPa(v(i>, cross first.

KaliTtp, conj., although, used with the irpo-cXavvw, ride forward, push on.

concessive participle. -irw, adv., yet, up to this time (enclitic).

(ii(r6o-()>opa, aj, 17 {cf. fiiado-<f>6poi), pay. (rv\ni.a\Ldi, as, i) (cf. fftjfi-fxaxos), al-

ol8a, €t<ro^ai, know, know of. liance.

o^xoH^ai, olx^o-o|iai, pres. with perf. o-vv-oiSa, share in knowledge, be con-

force, have gone, be gone. scious.

SECOND PERFECT SYSTEM WITHOUT TENSE SUFFIX. 207

723. 1. ovK tcrre o tl Troievre. 2. ol Se aXkoi ecrraa'av,

dnopovvTes t&> rrpayixaTi} 3. ol TToXe/xtot ovk Icrdcrt TTOi

TTfv TjixeTepdv (TVfJLfxax^oiv. 4. tov<; TT/aoSta^eySwra? XaySwi/

^^ero. 5. SeStao't rov? cTTpaTKirrd^ ol ttjv fiL<Tdo(f)opav

VTreaxrifxevoL.^ 6. dvSpe^ cTTpariwTai, twv *ApKdh(av ol

fxev ^ TeBvdcriv, ol Se XbtTTOt eVl yrj\6(f)ov tlvo^ Tro\iopKovvTai.

7. irdpecTTi he 6 craT/actTn^s fiovXofxevos etSeVat ri Trpd^dTJ-

(Terai. 8. ov ya/a ^Setrat' ot ''EXXT/t'e? Kvpoi^ TedvrjKora,^

dXX' et/ca^oj/ 17 StwKovra ot^ecr^at ^17 KaTakrjxjjojxevov rt

TrpoeXrjXaKevai.^ 9. rw Se di/S/at^ Tretcro/xat, ti'a etS'^re on

Kttl dp)(€cr0aL iTTiCTTafxaL. 10. ^Opovrdv TrpocreKvprjaav,

Kaiirep etSoreg on eVt ddvarov ayovro. 11. ot Se ctXXot

i(f)€(TTa<Tav e^o) tcov hevBpojv • ov yap rjv dcr^aXe^ iv rots

SeVSpot? ecrrdi/at. 12. crwotSa ydp ep.avT(o wdpra^ ixjtev-

crjxevos^ airrov.

724. 1. They said that the generals knew this. 2. Be

assured that they will follow you. 3. They were standing

among the trees. 4. Whether, then, I shall do what is just,^

I do not know. 5. I am not willing to go, fearing that he maytake me and inflict punishment on (me).

Notes.— ^ Dative of cause (866).— ^ those who have promised (487, 3

and 4).

—

^ some (815). Here in the second member we have a fuller

expression 01 Xonroi, the rest, for 01 8c, others * Participle in indirect dis-

course (628). The original thought was Kvpos reOvrjKe (^rs< perfect).

—

* Infinitive in indirect discourse (469). Their thought was ^ Slwkwv

OL)(€TaL rj KaraXr/i/'O/ievos tl irpoeX-qXaKe. — ^ Dative following Trcto-o/xai,

/ mil obey (860).—''Accusative of specification (834).— ^ that I have deceived.

The participle is in indirect discourse (628).— ^ just (things). See 806.

208 BEADING LESSON.

725. The King's Chariots are useless. Cyrus on the Alert.

T(OV O dpfJLaTMV TO, fJLeV 8t' aVTWV T(t)V TTok€jXl(t)V i<f>€-

povTO, TOL oe Kal Ota tcji/ 'EXXtjvcop, Kepa rjvio^cov. ol 8'

irrel irpotSoiev, hiioravro- /cat KaT€kTJ(f>d7] tls bjo-rrep iv

LTnrohpofxoj e/CTrXayets • /cat

5 ovhev fJievTOL ovBk tovtov

TTadeiv €(f)a(Tav, ovS' aXXo?

T(ov FiWiji/cov iv Tavrrj rrj

H'^XV ^^ot^€^ ouSet? ouSeV,

TrXrjv ivL rw evcopvfjLO) ro^ev-

10 drjvai rt? iXeyero. Kvpo? S', ^ ^ v X V ^ No 54. Persian Charioteer.opoiv TOV9 EXX'/yi^a? vt/cwvra?

TO Kad* auTou? /cat Stw/coi/ra?, T^So/xei'o? /cat TrpoaKvvov-

p,evo<; 17817 cJ? /Sao'tXeu? vtto roii^ d/>i^' avrov, ovS* (Sq

i^yj)(dr) hicoKELv, dXXa iirefieXelTO 6 tl Troirjcrei /Satrt-

15 Xev9. /cat yet/) ^8et avrov ort fxecrov ^ot rou Ilepo'tKoC

crr/aarev/aaro?.

Notes.— 1. t«v dpixdruv : I.e. of the enemy rd jmv ... rd 8^ : some

. . . others (815).— 2. t|vi6x«v : genitive following the adjective signifying

want (855). — ol 8^ : and they, i.e. the Greeks.— 3. tircl -irpotSowv, 8it<rTavTo

:

opened a gap, whenever they saw them coming on, optative in general supposi-

tion (533, 5). — KaT€\^4>0T) tis ^K-irXaYcCs : one Greek was caught in his con-

sternation. He was " rattled " and failed to get out of the way ! — 4. Kal

. . . c^a<rav : and yet, in fact (xai fievToi), they said that not even he suffered

any harm. For the emphatic negative expressed by the accumulation of

negatives, see the note on 616, 10. Cf. the next line.— 10. tIs : a single

man. — 11. 6p»v : when he sate (495, 1).— viK&vTas, 8n6KovTas : participles in

indirect discourse (628).— 12. 'f|8<S|uvos, irpoo-Kvvov|i€vos : concessive parti-

ciples (495,6).— 13. ov8* ws : 7iot even then (thus, under these circumstances^

— 15. 'n8€i ainov 8ti exoi : knew him that he had, i.e. knew that he had.

IRBEGULAB VERBS IN MI, <\>'q^ii, elfit, el/xi. 209

LESSON LXXIX.

Irregular Verbs in MI, ^r\\d, €l|ii, €t|ii.

726. Certain important verbs follow the analogy of regular

verbs in \li in the present and second aorist systems, but are

more or less irregular in formation. Some of them lack the

second aorist system entirely. In their other systems, so far as

these occur, they follow verbs in o).

727. Learn the conjugation of ^r\\u, €i\u., and €t|ii in 794,

795, 796, and review 166, 168, 169, 467.

728. VOCABULARY.

air-ci|i.i, (eT^it), go off or away, depart. vir-OTrTtvw, o-ir-oirrc'iio-w, •uir-ciirTCiKra,

cl|i( (iff), €(rop.ai, be. vtT-<i>imvQr\v {cf. 6\//oiJ.ai), suspect,

ct|ii (I), go, proceed, march ; pres. indie. apprehend.

with fut. force, shall go. ^ipm {(pep, oi, iveK, iveyK), oto-w, 'i^ve^Ka

lir-<i|iii {elfit), go or come on, advance, and r[vtyKov, Iv^voxa, cv^vf-yiiai,

make an attack. "h^^X^v, bear, bring, carry, produce,

Kara-Kaw, burn down, bum up. endure ; xaXeircDs (pipu, be troubled.

KpCo-is, ews, T) (cf. Kptvw), decision, trial. 4*^)''' (0a)) <t*^*'"*'> €<t>'n<'"a, say, declare,

irp6-ct|i,t {ilfu), go forward, advance. state.

pita (pi;), p<v(ro|xai, lppvt)Ka, ippvr\v, «{>Xvapia, ds, r) (cf. <}>\vap^u>), nonsense;

flow. plur. , bosh.

craXir(|b> {ffaXwiyy), i<rakiriy^a, blow xoXtirws (cf. x«^«t6j), painfully, with

the trum.pet. No. 55. difficulty.

729. 1. dXX' eyci (^ly/xt ravra <j)\vdpid<; elvai.^ 2. Trapa

Kvpov ovSels diryeL rr/ao? ySacrtXea. 3. Kal iirel iadkiny^ep^^

210 IRREGULAR VERBS IN MI, (f>r]fii, elfii, elfii.

inrjeaav. 4. ovtco yap aTTiovre^ dcr^aXcti? av aTTtot/xev.

5. e/AOt, (jj avOpe^, Ovofievco livai ^ inl jSacnXed ovk lyiyvero

Tct lepct. 6. dvSp€<; crT/aartwrat, fxr) ^av/xa^ere ort ;)(aXe7ro>9

(f)€p(i) rots TTapovcri npdyixacnv.^ 7. 8ta yiicrov Se roi)

irapaoeicrov pel 6 Maiavhpo^ Trora/AO?- at 8e TTTjyal avrov

elcriv Ik to)v ^aaikeiMv .^ 8. ra Se TrXota ovto? irpoioiv Kari-

Kavcrev, LPa fxr) Kvpo^ hia^aCr) top noraixov. 9. vvu fiev

ovv ttTTtre,^ KaraXtTTOi^re? roi'Se roi' dvSpa vcrrepov Se

irapecTTe Trpo<; ttjv Kpicriv. 10. Kal ou (f)dcnv iivax'' iav

fXTj Tt9 avTot? -)(pT]jxaTa StSw. 11. ot Se vncoTrrevov /cat

TovTov e/e/ca avrov Xeyetz/, cJ? ju,^ Tre^i? to»^es t^p t(ov /3ap-

/Sdpcjv Tt )(^copdv KaKov efyydtfiLVTO.^

730. 1. Let us go to the men. 2. They made the attack

with a great shout. 3. / say, therefore, that you ought to

cross the Euphrates. 4. But (while) saying this, he heard a

noise ^ going through the ranks. 5. They went frequently to

his headquartei-s and demanded their pay.

Notes ^ ^iqiiL takes the infinitive in indirect discourse (469).— ^ I.e.

the trumpeter ^ for going. Construe with ovk cyiyvero, were not favor-

able. The infinitive expresses /»urpose (461, 7).— * Dative of cause (866).

— * It would be more natural to say iv tois /Sao-tXtibis, but the speaker

has in mind the flow of the living water y*ro»i the palace.— ' Imperative

^ say they will not go. They said, ovk i/ncv.— ^ For two accusatives after

verbs of doing, see 839.— ® Use the genitive (846).

731. The King begins to move, and Cyrus charges.

Kat TrdvTe*; 8* ot to)v ^ap^dpcov dp^ome^ jxiaov €)(ovTe<i

TO avTCiiv rjyovuTaL, vofxi(,om€<; ovtq)<; iv dcr<f>aXecrTdT(o

etvax. Kat ^acrtXcvs Si) rore ^liaov e)((ov T179 avrou oTpa-

READING LESSON. 211

rta? o/MOj? e^oj lyivero tov Kvpov evcouvfxov K€paTO<;. enei

5 8' ouSel? avTw ifxd^eTO Ik tov olvtlov ovoe rots aurov

rerayyiivoi^ efinpocrdev, eTre/ca/xTrrev oj? ets Kv/cXoxni^.

ev^a S17 Kvpo9, SetVa? /xt) o-mcrBev yevofievos /caraKoi/zete

TO *EXX')7J'tACoi', eXav^'et dvTLO<? • /cat i[ji/3a\(i)v crvv Tolq

i^aKoaCoLS vIko. tov<; trpo /SacrtXeiw? reray/LteVov? /cat ets

10 (f>vyrfv erpexjje tov<; e^a/ctcr^j^tXtov?, /cat aTroKT^ivai Xeyerat

avros T^ eavTOv X^'P^ *ApTayepcrrjv tov dp^ovTa avTCJV.

Notes.— 1. (i«rov . . . tj^ovvtoi : i.e. they always command their own cen-

tres.— 2. owT«s : thus, repeats the thought of fxlaov I;(ovt£s to avrdv.— «v

d<r<|>aXe<rTdTw : in the safest (^position). — 3. Kal Pao-i\tv$ . . . o|i»s : the king

accordingly (81/) on this occasion held (concessive participle, 495, 6) the centre,

but still, etc.— 0. ovTOv : with tfiirpoa-Oev, in front of him (856).— 6. ivi-

KaniTTcv . . . KVKXaMriv : he wheeled round- (literally against), as if to encircle

(the enemy). See No. 56. — 8. IXavvci dvrtos : charged to meet (him).—11. airos "Tfl cavTov \apl : himself with his own hand (866).

No. 55. The Trumpeter.

212 IRREGULAR VERBS IN MI, trjfit, Keifiai, rj^iai.

LESSON LXXX.

Irregular Verbs in MI (continued), i-nfii, K€i(iai, rijiai.

732. Learn the conjugation of it^ii-i, send^ Kcifiai, lie^ and

KdG-niiai, sit, in 797, 798, and 799.

733. VOCABULARY.

'Aetivalos, a, ov,from Athens, Athenian. \r\y.\. (i),r[ira, tfKa, cIko, €lp,ai, ctOTjv, send,

d|i,apTdvw {dfiapr), oiiap-Hja-oiiai, TiH'<''^p- throw, hurl at; mid., rush, charge.

Tov, TjjidpTHKa, T)|idpTi]|i,ai, r\ii.apr-fi- KdO-Tifiai (170-), sit down, be seated, sit.

6r]v, 7niss the mark, miss, err, do Kcifiai, KiUro^ai, lie, be laid, lie dead,

wrong. be situated.

a^tr\]i.i, send away, let go or depart. X(0os, ov, 6, stone.

hi.-<\avv(j>, drive OT ride through. irpo-tfijii, send forth; mid., give one-

cir(-K€i|(,ai, lie upon, attack. self up, entrust, surrender, abandon.

734. 1. eVl TOV apfiaTO^ KadTJjxevo^ Kvpo<; ttjp iropeCdp

iiroieiTO. 2. T0t9 Sta/SatVovcrtv ^ eTTLKeicrovTai ol TTokeyaoL

OTTLcrBev. 3. €vdcL hrf Xo^ayo? rtg *A9rivalo<s avrou? e^e-

\evcrev d(f)l€paL eavrov. 4. ovtol he, otl ovk rjdeXe Kvpo<;

Tov<s (f)evyovTa<; itpoeadat, i(f>o^ovvTO avrov. 5. ovk d^cov

iiTTL /SatrtXet d(f)€Lvai tov<; i(f) iavrov (TTparevo'ap.ivov's.

6. KpoLTicTTOv Tjfuv leadaL a>9 rd^LcrTa cttI to aKpov.

7. ivTevdev iiropevOiqcrav 77/309 Tet^09 ep'qp.ov fxeya, Trpos

ry TToXet KeCfxevov. 8. tcov 8e Me^'a>^'09 cTTpaTLoyrtov ^vXa

<r)(i^(ov Tt9, W9 eI8e KXeap^ov SteXavi^oi/ra, Lfjcn Ty d^ivr) •

^

Kal ouro9 ixev avTov^ rjfjLapTev aXXo9 Se Xidu)* kol aXXo9,

cXra TToXXot, Kpavyr}<; yevopL4vir)<;.

IRREGULAR VERBS IN MI, 'r)Hi, Keifiai, ijfiai. 213

735. 1. Straightway they rushed into the boats. 2. Hesays he will never abandon his friends. 3. But crying out,^

"I see the man," he rushed upon him. 4. The enemy were

encamped in the open road. 5. They surprised the guards

sitting round a fire.

Notes.— ^ The dative follows cTrtKcicrovTai (865) ^ Dative of instru-

ment (866).— ' The genitive follows verbs signifying to hit or miss (845).

— * Sc. Irjai.— ^ ctTTtliv.

736. Cyrus attacks the King in Person, and is slain.

<us 8*17 TpOTTT) iyeveTo, hia<nreipovTai koX 01 Kvpov

c^aKocrtot cis to Stw/cetv bpynqaavre';, ttXtjv irdvv oXiyoL

dfx<f>' avTOv KaTe\eL<f)dr)crav. crvv tovtols Se (ov Kadopa

^acrtXea koX to dficj)' eKelvov crrZc^o? • /cat elTrcov, " Tov

5 dvhpa opSi^^ tero Itt avTov /cat Tratiet /caro. to (TTcpvov

Koi TLTpCJaKEL StO, TOV 9(opdKos ' TTaCovTa 8' aVTOV dKOV-

Tt^et rts TTaXrw vtto tov 6<f)0a\ixov yStatojg. Kat ivTavOa

ifia^omo Kat ySacrtXeu? /cat Kvpo? /cat ot d/A(^* avTOV^

vnep CKaTepov /cat tcjv p.ev dfji(f>L ^acrtXed direOprjcrKov

10 TToXXot, Kvpo<; he avro? dneOave /cat 6/crw ot dpicTTOi twp

irepi avTov e/ceti^o eV avTco. ovTa}<s ovv iTeXevrrfcre

Kv/)09, dvrjp oiv Hepcrcov tcjv fieTa Kvpov tov dp^alov

yevofievcov ySacrtXiKwraros re Kat ap^eiv d^LorraTO^.

Notes.— 2. els to Sicixciv : in pursuit. Cf. 674, 8.— xX^v : here a conjunc-

tion, except.— 4. cttwJm)? : the king's immediate attendants, who now rallied

round him in a compact body ((ttic^os) for his protection 6. airdv

:

i.e. Cyrus.— 12. Htpa-wv . . . -ycvofUvuv : the Persians meant are those of

the royal line born (ytvofjLcvwv) after the time of Cyrus the Great.

y

214 PLAN OF THE BATTLE.

1 2

m I M I I I I I I I 11M I I I I I I I 1

1

8 9 10

ml I I I I I IT

I I I I I

IV

I. —First position of Cyrus facing down stream.

II. — First position of King facing np stream.

III.— Second position of King facing down stream.

IV.— Second position of Greek Troops facing up stream.

1. Paphlagonian Cavalry.

2. Greek light-armed Troops.

3. Greek Phalanx.

4. Native Troops of Cyrus.

5. Position of Cyrus.

6. Cyreian Camp.

7. Position of King.

8. Troops of Tissaphemes.

9. Troops of Gobryas.

10. Troops of Arbaces.

11. Hill.

12. Cunaxa.

The dotted lines indicate the scythe-bearing chariots, posted in front of the Persian

forces in both armies.

No. 56. Position of the Troops at Cunaxa.

APPENDIX.

Containing Materials for Use in the Preceding Lessons.

Contraction of Vowels.

737. 1. Two vowels which can form a diphthong simply

unite in one syllable.

Thus, €vpei, £«p«i (747-749); Kp€ai, Kpiai (747); aX.rjOii, akr\9tl (752).

2. Two like vowels (i.e. two a sounds, two e sounds, or two

sounds, without regard to quantity) unite to form the commonlong (a, r\, or co).

Thus, fxvdd, nva (742) ; woUrjTe, iroir^t (782) ; 8r)\6o}, ^\& (783).

Exception : Kpiaxi, Kpio. (747).

a. But €-|-€ gives €i, and o + o gives ov.

Thus, TTOiKTc, TToitiTf (782); fvpii, €vp«i, Tpiiypccs, Tpi^pcis (747-749);

aXrjOee, a.\r\9tl, dXrfOee^, dXijOtis (752); 8rj\6ofitv, 6r\Kovfuv (783); vdos, vovs

(742); drrAoos, dirXovs (751).

3. When an o sound precedes or follows an a or an e sound,

the two become co.

Thus, TLfidd), ri\k&, TLfJidofiev, TifiiS|«v (781); Kpeaos, Kp^«s, Kpidutv, Kpcuv

(747); BrjXoTjTc, 8ri\«T€ (783); irouw, iroiw (782); TpiT^pewv, rpirjpwv (747);

dXrjOewv, akifi&v (752).

216 CONTRACTION OF VOWELS.

a. But 0-f € and €-|-o give ou.

Thus, hyjkotTe., StjXovtc (783); voc, vov (742); iroUoiitv, iroiov|«v (782);

)(pv<Tio^, yijpiwTov^ (JoV)\ evpios, ciipovs (747); aXijOios, iXtiOovs (752).

4. When an a sound precedes or follows an e sound, tha

first (in order) prevails, and we have a or t].

Thus, Ttfidcre, Tlfiarc, TlfidrjTe, rinarc (781); evpca, «wptj, rpiiypea, rpi^pT),

aa-rea, oo-tt) (747, 748); aXr^Oia, o.\y\9i\ (752).

5. A vowel disappears by absorption before a diphthong

beginning with the same vowel, and € is always absorbed

before oi.

Thus, TTOiUi, iroi€i (782) ; hrjkoovai, 8T)\ov<ri, St^Xooi, 8T|\oi (783) ; ttoUol,

iroLoi (782); evpeoiv, tipoiv, Tpirjpioiv, Tpirjpoiv (747); aXr)6ioi.v, dXrjSoiv

(752).

6. In other cases a simple vowel followed by a diphthong is

contracted with the first vowel of the diphthong, and a follow-

ing I remains as iota subscript., but a following v disappears.

Thus, Tiftaei, Ti|i$, Tlfidovai, Tifi«<ri, Tifmij, rl^, TifidoL, Tl\uf (781);

iroL€ov(ri, iroiowri, ttoUjj, iroi^ (782).

a. But in verbs in o<o, o-|-€t and o-f -q give oi. ^

Thus, Si/Xoct, 8t)XoI, 8r}\6ri, ST)Xot (783).

b. Infinitives in a€iv and 0€iv contract into av and ouv.

Thus, Ti/Aactv, Tijtav (781); St^Xo'civ, 8t)Xo«v (783).

7. (Special Mule for Vowel Declension.) In contracts of the

Vowel Declension, every short vowel before a, or before a long

vowel or a diphthong, is absorbed. See 742 ; 751.

a. But in the singular of the A Declension ea is contracted

regularly to t] (after a vowel or p, to a). See 742 ; 751.

CHANGES OF CONSONANTS. Ill

Changes of Consonants.

738. 1. The only consonants which can end a Greek word

are v, p, and s. If others are left at the end in forming

words, they are dropped. See 251; 253; 254.

2. Initial p is doubled when a vowel precedes it in forming

a compound word, and after the syllabic augment.

Thus, dvapptiTTw (dva + piTTTO)) ; Ipplirrov (imperfect of ptirTwi).

Mutes before other Mutes.

3. Before a T-mute, a ir-mute or a K-mute is made co-ordinate

(8) ; another T-mute becomes <r.

Thus, irefiiru), i'iri\i,^dr\v, ayta, fix^^*', "Ttidw, i':Ttl<r6r\v (196) ; XctVo),

X^iirrai (209,1); ayw, riKrai (217,1); iruOw, irt'ircio-Tai (220, 1). See

also 677.

4. Before k, a r-mute is dropped.

Thus, aOpoi^o), vfipoiKa, opTTO^o), 'HpiraKa (113).

Mutes before S.

5. A TT-mute with c forms \|/ ; a K-mute forms |; a T-mute

is dropped.

Thus, TTC/XTTO), ir^p-xl/o), circ|i\|/a, Slwkw, 8i<&|(i>, cSCco^a, apTrd^w, dpirdo-w,

Tfpiroo-a (90); AaVou, X^X€i\|/ai (209, 1); ayw, ri^ai (217, 1); ireiOw, T^irtio-ai

(220, 1). See also 243, 250.

Mutes before M.

6. Before (l a ir-mute becomes |i ; a K-mute becomes y ;

a T-mute becomes o".

Thus, XciTTOD, \^ci|i,|iai (209, 1); ayw, rj-yiiat (217, 1); ttciOw, rr^ircio-p.ai

(220, 1).

218 CHANGES OF CONSONANTS.

N BEFORE OTHER CONSONANTS.

7. Before a ir-mute v becomes \i ; before a K-mute it becomes

^-nasal (10); before a T-mute it is unchanged.

Thus, l(iirtirra> (ev + TriTrTw) ; <rv)tPovXtv<i> ((tvv + fiovXtvo)) ; (rv|i4»^p«>

(o-vv + <^«pw) ; <f>aLV(i), iri^ayKa (625); </>atvw, £<^dv9T]v (659).

8. Before another liquid v is changed to that liquid.

Thus, irvW^-y** (o-w+ Acyw); l|i,|iivw (€v + /x€vw); <rvpp^ci> (<rw+ pew).

9. Before a, v is generally dropped, and the preceding

vowel is lengthened (<i. to a ; € to €t ; o to ov). But v is

dropped before <ri of the dative plural without lengthening

the vowel.

Thus, \l(XS.% (for /xcAav-s); «ls (for cv-s); Xvovo-i (for Xvovo-l); ^yefj.utv,

T|-y(ji6<ri (.346).

10. Before c and a consonant, v in avv is dropped.

Thus, <rv<rTpaTfvo)iai ((rvv+ (TTparfvofuiC),

11. The combinations vt and v6 are dropped before c and

the preceding vowel is lengthened, as above (9).

Thus, yipojv, yipowri (251); x°-P'<i'S (for x^^^ptevr-s), irds (for ttovt-s);

irc((ro|i,ai (for Trcv^-tro/iai). See 262.

Changes of S.

12. Between two consonants or two vowels, <r is sometimes

dropped.

Thus, XtiTTw, Xa«i«t>ei (209, 2); ayw, tJx^* (217, 2); 7rei6w, iriirna-Qt

(220, 2) ; cvpovs (for cvptcr-os) ; Kpitos (for K/3cao--os), dXtjOovs (for aXrjdea-o^).

See 395; 428.

CHANGES OF CONSONANTS. 219

13. At the beginning of a word, an original a sometimes

appears as the rough breathing.

Thus, toTTiiii (for (ria-Trjfii); lirojiai (for (rc7ro/xat).

Changes in Aspirates.

14. When a smooth mute (ir k t) is brought before a rough

vowel, it is itself made rough.

Thus, d(^tt||u (for dir-ii//ii); dc^' «v (for otto tSv).

15. In reduplications, an initial rough mute is always made

smooth.

Thus, $vw, Ti9vKa (106).

16. The ending 6i of the first aorist imperative passive

becomes ti after Gi^ of the tense stem.

Thus, XviOtiTi (for \v$7}-6l).

17. There is a transfer of the aspirate in a few verbs which

are supposed to have had originally two rough consonants in

the stem.

Thus, Tp€<t><i> (Tpe<f> for Op€<fi), 6p^«|«<i>, e/c./'fldirra) (ra^ for 9a<f>), ir&^v.

No. 57. ^dp^apoi.

220 NOUNS. [739

PARADIGMS.

NOUNS.

739. A Declension, Feminines.

742] NOUNS. 221

741. Declension.

222 NOUNS. [743

Consonant Declension.

743. Labial and Palatal Mute Stems.

746J

224 NOUNS. [747

747. Stems in <r.

749] NOUNS. 226

749. Stems in a Diphthong.

^ao-iXcv's, 6,

226 ADJECTIVES. [760

750.

ADJECTIVES. \-

v.

Adjectives of the Vowel Declension.

dYoOds, GOOD.

M. F. N.

8. N.

751] ADJECTIVES. 227

dirXovS, SIMPLE, SINCERE.

S. N.

228 ADJECTIVES. [762

752. Adjectives of the Consonant or Consonant and

A Declensions.

XapUis (xaptfvr), pleasing.

752] ADJECTIVES. 229

c^a(|uav {eiiaiiMv), FORTuyATE. dXrjG^S {a\i)de(T), TRUE.

s. N. ^ cvSa(|X(ov

G. €v8ai|xovos

D. cvSaipiovi.

A. cvSaffiova

v. f{!8ai)iov

€v8ai^ov

€'u8a(|iovos

cvSaCfxovi

€v8ai|iov

cvSaifiov

{oKtfOi-o^) dXr^Oovs

{a\r]6i-'C) dXY]Oet

dXr^e^S

dXrjO^S

{a\r)6i-o^) dXi]6ovs

(aKy]di-i) dXT]6ci

dXijGt's

dXtiO^

D. N. A. v. €v8a(fl,0V£

G. D. cv8ai.|x<5voiv

ev8a(|iov€

€v8ai|i6voiv

(dXrj^^-c) dXifOci

{a\r]di-ot.v) dXT]Ooiv (dX7;^^-ot«') dXT]9oiv

p. N. V. cv8a()iovcs

G. cv8ai.|i,6v(i>v

D. cv8a(}io(ri

A. (v8a()iiovas

cv8a((xova

cv8aip6vwv

cv8aC|xo(ri

cv8ai|u>va

(dXrj^^-€s) dXT]6cis

(a\r}6i-wv) dXi^Owv

dXr]0^(ri

dXT)Ocis

(dXTj^^-o) aKr\'ir\

dXT|0(o'i

(dX7}tf^-a)dXTj6Tj

T|8vS {"n^v), SWEET. T|8tuv {riilov), SWEETER.

8. y.

230 ADJECTIVES. — PARTICIPLES. [763

753. Irregular Adjectives.

756] PARTICIPLES. 231

XcXvKws (XeXi/Kor),

HAVING LOOSED. HAVING BEEN LOOSED.

N. V.

232

757]

234 ARTICLE. — FUONOUNS. [753

No. 61 Ztvj.

DEFINITE ARTICLE AND PRONOUNS.

758. Article. 759. Personal and Intensive Pronouns.

M. N.

^

8. N. O T) t6

O. TOV Tf)S TOV

D. t£ rg T§

X. TOV TTJV t6

D. N. A. tA rat Tw

G. D. TOtv TOIV TOiv

P. N. ol al rd

O. TMV TWV TWV

D. TOis Tats Tots

. Tovs Tas Td

iyi

7611 PRONOUNS. 236

760. Reflexive Pronouns.

G.

236 PRONOUNS. [762

762. Demonstrative Pronouns.

OVTOS avTt] TOVTO

TOVTOW TOVTHS TOVTOU

TOVTCj» ravTj] tovtij

TOVTOV TftVTTJV TOVTO

68< T)8i ToSc

TOvSc T^ijO-St TOvSc

T$8< T^Sf T(^8<

TOvBi T^vSf ToSf

IkCIVOS JKC(V1] (KCIVO

JKcCvov ^Kc(tn]$ CKcCvov

JKC(v<p ^K((trQ iKfCvw

IkCIVOV ^Kc(vT]V €K€lVO

TOVTW TOVTW TOVTW

TOVTOIV TOVTOIV TOVTOIV

TwSc TwSc TwS(

TOlvSi TOtvSf TOlvSc

(Kclvw ^KC(VW (K(Cvci>

CKitvOlV (KCCVOIV CKcivOlV

ovTOi avrai ravra

TOVTWV TOVTWV TOVTWV

TOVTOIS TOVTaiS TOVTOIS

TOVTOvs TavT&s Tavra

otSc atSc T<i8<

TWV8< TWvSf TCOvSf

TourSt Taio-8t Towr8«

Tov<r8< Tao-8« Td8f

Ikcivoi iKcivai ^Kctva

(Kc(vci>v €K€(vwv CKcCvwv

CKCivois (KcCvais ^K((V01$

JKctvovs ^Kt(vas Ixciva

763. Interrogative and Indefinite Pronouns.

8. K.

764J PRONOUNS. 237

764. Relative Pronouns.

8. N,

238 INFLECTION OF VERBS. [766

765.4i

Active

Present System of Xv«, loose.

Middle and Passive.

i

present.

Xv(i>

Xv€lS

Xvci

Xv€-TOV

Xv€-TOV

Xvo-(«v

Xv€-Te

Xvov<ri

imperfect.

€-XvO-V

€-Xv€-S

i-\v(

€-Xv€-TOV

t-Xv^-n]v

€-XvO-fl€V

€-Xv€-T€

€-XvO-V

INFIN.

PARTIC.

present.

Xv<i>

Xvijs

XVTJ

XvT]-TOV

XvT]-TOV

\voi-\uv

XwTJ-T€

XvoMTl

XvOl-|Xl

Xwoi-s

Xvoi

XvOl-TOV

X\io(-TT]V

XvOl-|X€V

XvOl-T€

Xvou-v

Xv€

Xv€-TW

Xv€-TOV

Xv6-TWV

Xv€-T€

Xv6-VT»V

Xv<iv

XvMv, -ov«ra, -ov

PRESENT. IMPERFECT.

767] INFLECTION OF VERBS. 239

240 INFLECTION OF VERBS. [768

768.

s. 1

2

3

D. 2

3

p. 1

2

3

8. 1

2

3

D. 2

3

p. 1

2

3

6. 1

2

3

D. 2

3

p. 1

2

3

s. 2

g 3

H D. 2

g 3

s P. 2

3

INFIN.

PARTIC.

First Perfect System

of Xvu.

Active.

first perf. first plup.

X^vKa l-XcXvicT|

X^vKa-s l-XfXvKi^-s

X^VKC ^-XcXvKCl

XtXvKa-Tov ^-XtXvKC-Tov

XcXvKa-Tov f-XcXvKt-TTJV

XcXvKa-|uv ^-XcXvKt-^v

X«XvKa-T€ ^-XcXvKf-TC

XcXvKOo-t t-XtXvKC-0-av

FIRST PERFECT.

XcXvKtt

XcXvK^S

XeXvicg

XcXvKll-TOV

XeXvKTl-TOV

XfXvK(i>-(XCV

XtXvKTl-Tt

XfXvKWVl

XcXvKOl-|ll

XfXvKOl-S

XcXvKot

XfXvKOl-TOV

XfXvKot-rnv

X€XvKOl-fl,CV

XcXvKOl-TC

XcXvKOK-V

769. Perfect Middle System

of X<»« (see next page).

Middle and Passive.

PERFECT.

XcXv-)iai

XcXv-<rai

XcXv-rai

X^w-oOov

XcXv-erOov

XcXv-fuOa

X^v-vrai

PLUPERFECT.

l-XcXv-|lT)V

4-XtXv-a-o

€-XtXv-TO

€-X€Xw-(r6ov

t-XcXv-o-Oriv

f-XcXv-fuOa

c-XeXv-o-Of

i-XcXw-vTO

PERFECT.

XcXv-pi^vos u

XcXv-fi^vos Yfi

XcXv-|i^vos ^XcXv-fi^vw tJtov

X€Xv-p,^VW TITOV

XcXv-fJL^VOl WfUV

XcXv-ii^voi rJTC

XcXv-|jivoi wa*!

({t)V

ttt,

cItOV or flT)TOV

ftn^v ilT\rr\v

tl\uv c(T|p.cv

ilrt ctrjTC

tltv itT)<rav

XcXvK^-vai

XcXvK<&s, -Kvia, -k6%

XcXv-|uvos

XcXv-)i^vos

XcXv-(i^vos

XcXv-fUvci)

XcXv-^i^vw

X(Xv-|iivoi

XcXv-^^voi

XcXv-fUvoi

X^v-oro

X«Xv-o"0<i»

X^Xv-<r6ov

XcXv-o-Gwv

Xt'Xv-<r6€

XtXv-<r9«v

XfXv-o-6ai

XcXv-)fc^vos, -Tj, -ov

770] INFLECTION OF VERBS. 241

Perfect Middle System

of XvM (continued).

Middle and Passive.

FUTURE PERFECT.

s. 1 Xi\v<ro-^ai^

770. First Passive System

of Xvd).

Passive.

XcXvo-ci

XcXvo-t-Ttti

X€X«<r€-cr9ov

X€Xv<r€-o-6ov

XeXvo-o-fuOa

X€Xv<r£-(r6£

XiXv<ro-vT(ii

2

« 3

H D. 2

5 P. 1

2

3

s. 1

2

t 3

g D. 2

« p. 1

* 2

3

s. 1

2

t D.2

§ p. 1

2

3

8. 2

^ 3

H D. 2

g 3

S P. 2

3

INFIN. X(Xv(rc-(r6ai

PARTic. XfXv(r6-}uvos,

XcXv(roC-|i,T]v

XcXvo-oi-o

XtXw<roi-TO

X«Xv<roi-«r6ov

X€Xv<roC-a"OT]v.

XcXvo-oC-fjMOa

XfXvo'Oi-flrOc

XcXv<roi-VTO

FIRST AORIST.

242 INFLECTION OF VERBS. [771

771. Future System of Liquid

Verbs: 4)>a(vci> {<pav-), show.

Active. Middle.

FUTURE.

772. First Aorist System of Liquid

Verbs : <|>a(v<i> (<l>av-), show.

Active. Middle.

FIRST aorist.

774] INFLECTION OF VERBS. 243

773. Second Aorist System

of \ilirw (Xtir), LEAVE.

Active. Middle,

second aorist.

244 INFLECTION OF VERBS. [775

775. Perfect Middle System of Labial Mute Verbs;

XcClTM (X(7r), LEAVE.

Middle and Passive,

PLUPERFECT.

>H<Os

777] INFLECTION OF VERBS. 245

776. Perfect Middle System of

Palatal Mute Verbs:

aya (07), LEAD.

Middle and Passive.

PERFECT.

s. 1 (fy-nai) Tj-y-iiai

2 (^7-<rai) rjlai

3 (^7-Tai) TiK-rai

D. 2 (-^y-ffdov) lix-Oov

i

3 {riy-ff$ov) rix-Oov

Ip. 1 {^y-tJxOa) rj-y-iicOa

2 {iiy-cde) ^x-8*

3 (-^-nevoi) TJ'Y-ii^voi €l<rl

PLUPERFECT.

8. 1 (^y-fiv) t]-y-|«iv

2 (^-<ro) TJ^o

' 3 (^7-To) tiK-ro

' D. 2 {iiy-<r6ov) rix-Sov

> 3 (^7-(r^iji') tix-fl'T'

I p. 1 (^7-/*c^a) TJ"y-(i,€9a

2 (^7-<^^e) ^x-e*

3 (^-juei'ot) T|Y-|t4voi TJ<rav

PERFECT.

(^7-/*€I'0s) T|Y-|UvOS «, C<C.

(^7-/tei'os) TJ7-|Uvos tti\v, etc.

{^y-ffo) in|o

(^7-<r^w) 'HX-Ow

{^y-ffOov) tjx-Oov

(i77-(T0w;') qx-9«v

{riy-ade) rix-9t

(r)y-<T0(t)v tjx-6«v

(^-<r^ai) Tix-^ai

{iiy-nevos) tj'Y-Ia^vos, -i], -ov

s. 2« 3

H D. 2

« 3

i p. 2

PABTIC.

No FUTURE PERFECT.

777. Perfect Middle System of

Lingual Mute Verbs:

irelOo) {md), persuade.

Middle and Passive,

perfect.

(ireir€t^-/iat) irfircwr-|Jiai

(7re7rei^-<rat) ir^irfi-o-ai

{TTeTreid-Tai) ir^irtior-Tai

{iteireid-ffdov) irtir£i-(r6ov

(TTiireiO-ffdov) irt-irci-o-Gov

{irerreiO-fuBa) ir€ir€£o--(it9a

{ireireiO-aBe) ir^irci-«r6€

PLUPERFECT.

{i-ir€irei.d-ii7iv) k-ttvtnLv-^iyv

{i-wev€id-(To) t-irt'irti-o-o

(i-ireirei6-To) l-fr^ircKT-TO

{i-imriid-ffdov) i-iriiti\,-a9ov

{i-wewdd-aOrjv) l-ircirct-o-OTjv

{i-veveiO-fxeda) i-ircircCcr-fJieOa

{i-ireireid-<Tde) i-ir^irci-crOt

{i-ireireid-tJievoi) ircir€wr-(4^voi Tjcrav

perfect.

(irtweid-nevosi) ir£'ir£i<r-n<vos «, etc.

{irereid-ijxvos) ireircur-n^vos «tiiv, eic.

(7re7ret^-<ro) "Tr^irti-o-o

(TreTret^-cr^w) ir€ir€C-<r6«

(weir«tf-<7'^ov) x^ir€i-o"Oov

(7reiret^-<r^wj') ircireC-o-Owv

(7re7rei^-<r^e) ir^irei-o-Ot

(ireiret^-cr^wv) ireirtUo'Owv

(ir€7retd-<r^oi) ircirci-o-Oai

(TreTrei^-juewj) "irfircwr-ixfvos, -t], -ov

No FUTURE PERFECT.

246 INFLECTION OF VERBS. [778

778. Perfect Middle System of Liquid 779. Perfect Middle System of

Verbs: o-t^XXc* {<tt€\), send. Liquid Verbs: <t>a(v<a (((>av), show.

Middle and Passive. Middle and Passive.

€(rTaX-piai

€<rTaX-<rai

€<rTaX-Tai

€<rTaX-9ov

toToX-Oov

^(rrdX-ficOa

lo-ToX-Of

cl<r(

PLUPERFECT.

€<rTdX-(M]V

€<rTaX-<ro

€<rTa\-TO

tcrraX-Oov

i<rTa.\-dr\v

i<rTak-\u9a

to-raX-Ot

IcraX-ix^voi

T|<rov

PERFECT.

ir^<|>cur-|xai

'Trt(|>ttv-Tai

-jTi^av-Qov

ir€4>av-6ov

ir(4>do--}jif6a

ir^4>av-8€

'Trc({>a(r-)i.^voi

PLUPERFECT.

l-'ir£<j>d<r-ji,rjv

€-'ir€'4>av-9ov

^-ir€<j>dv-9T]v

c-irc4>do--|K6a

€-'jr€'<j>av-9€

ir(4>a(r-}Uvoi

Tjcav

IcrraX-fi^vos w, etc.

ta'raX-\i.ivi)> tjrov, etc.

i<rraX-\kivoi S>]uv, etc.

i<rTaX-(ifvos «tt)v, etc.

l<rTaX-|x^vw tlrov, etc.

i<rTa\-\Uvoi ft|uv, etc.

7c<{>ao--fi.^vos St, etc.

ir€<})a«r-ji^vw tJtov, etc.

•iri^a<r-\i.ivoi. wp-cv, etc.

ir((^a(r-|i^vos tlr\v, etc.

ir€<j>a<r-|ifvw cItov, etc.

irt^ao'-fiAvoi tl\uv, etc.

8. 2

780] INFLECTION OF VERBS. 247

780. Second Passive System of o-t^XXw {areX), send.

Passive

248 INFLECTION OF VERBS. [781

781. Present System of rifidw, honor.

Active. Middle and PASsrvB.

781] INFLECTION OF VERBS. 249

Present System of Ti(iA«», honor (continued).

Active. Middle and Passive.

s. 1

2

3

D. 2

3

p. 1

2

8. 1

2

3

D. 2

3

p. 1

2

3

(rlfidoi)

{rifidoiTov)

{TlfJLaoiTTjv)

(Tifiioi/Mev)

(rt/AOOiTe)

{rlfidoiev)

or

{Tifiaoir]v)

(rt/wtotTjs)

(rifjMolr])

{Tifj.aolr]Tov)

{rifiaoi-qTr]!')

{TtfjLaolijuev)

(rl/iaoiijTe)

(rl/jMoirjaav)

Tlp,(pTOV

Ti|JlU)TTJV

Tl|X(0|Jl€V

tI|1,UTC

Tl[Jl$€V

or

Ti|ll[)'T|V

Ti|iblT)

[tiuco'titov

[Tl|Jl(l>t)^CV

Tl(H«>TJT€

Ti(ia)Tj<rav]

{Tl/JMolpilJv)

{rifidoio)

(rifidoiTo)

(Tifidoiffdov)

{Tifiaol<T07]v)

{rlfiaolnfOa)

{rtfidoiffOe)

(rifjidoivro)

Tip.(U|l,T]V

TlfXUO

TlJi^TO

Tl)i.u<rOov

Tr|A«'<r9i]v

Ti|i,<o(r6€

Tl^WVTO

{rtnae)

(TlfjAeTov)

{rTfidere)

Tt|xa

Tl|iaT(i>

Tindrov

Tl|XaT(OV

TinaT€

TijiWVTWV

IN. (rt/Mietv) Tlfiav

M. (ri/iciui') Ti^MV

F. (rlndova-a) rl\i.&a-a

N. (rj/udoj') Ti|icov

rlfidov)

Tifxaiadu)

TifxdfaOov)

rlfMiaOwv)

Ti/xde<T0f)

Tiiiaiadwv)

Ti|ia<rOcd

Tifjid<r6ov

Ti)ia<r6wv

Ti|xd(rO€

Ti(i^<rO(i)v

rlndeffBai) TV|id(r6ai.

Tj/xa6yuews) ri^Mfuvos

TiHaOfldvij) TlfLUfJL^VT)

Tiftadfievov) Ti^ufuvov

250 INFLECTION OF VERBS. [782

782. Present System of troUw, do, jfAKE.

Active. Middle and Passive.

8. 1

2

3

D. 2

3

p. 1

2

3

iroUu)

iroUei)

woiierov)

iroiierov)

vroUoftev)

irot^ere)

noUovcri)

iroiw

iroicts

iroiti

WOlflTOV

iroitiTov

iroiov)i.€v

iroitiTt

iroiov(ri

IMPERFECT.

(iiroUov)

(iiroleei)

(iiroUe)

(dTToUerov)

{iTTOiedTTjv)

{iiroi^onev)

(iiroUere)

(iiroieov)

ciroCovv

ciroUis

CTTOUl

ciroitiTOv

tirouCrqv

liroiov|uv

cirokciTC

ciroCovv

FRESBKT.

782] INFLECTION OF VERBS. 251

Present System of iroUco, do, make (continued).

Active. Middle and Passive.

8. 1

2

3

D. 2

3

p. 1

2

3

8. 1

2

3

D. 2

3

p. 1

2

3

8. 2

3

D. 2

3

S P.

troUois)

iroi^oi)

TTQlioiTOv)

iroi€olT7\v)

iroi^oire)

iroUoiev)

or

iroieoitjs)

TTOieolrj)

iroieoirjTov)

iroieoiriTr])')

iroieolTj/iev)

iroieoiTjre)

TTOLeoirjaav)

TTot'ee)

TTOie^Tw)

iroUeTOv)

TTOie^TWv)

iroUere)

woiedmuv)

iroiieiv)

7roi4(i)v)

woiiovcra)

iroiiov)

[iroioi|i,i

iroiois

iroioi]

iroiotTOV

iro\.olTt\v

iroioi|UV

iroioiTC

iroioicv

or

iroiofrjv

irotoCiis

iroioiTi

[itoioCtjtov

iroioi^TTjv]

[iroio(T))uv

•7roio(ii<rav]

iroCci

ttoicCtw

iroitiTOv

itoicCtuv

iroitiTC

irOlOVVTMV

TTOIUV

iroiov<ra

iroiovv

Troieolfi.7}v)

iroi4oio)

woUoiTo)

woiioiaOov)

iroieolffOijv)

iroieolfJLeda)

iroiiourOe)

iroUotvTo)

(iroieiffdo))

{iroUeaOov)

(iroieiaduv)

(voiieaOt)

(iroie^ffOuv)

iroioC)Li]v

iroioio

iroioiTO

iroioi<r6ov

iroioC<r6T]v

iroioCfuOa

•iroioi<r9€

iroioivTO

iroiov

irouCo-dw

irouio-Oov

TTOlcUrOcdV

iroKicrOe

irouUrOwv

(iroUecrOai) -iroicicrOat,

(iroieSfxevoi) iroiovpicvos

{iroieon^vrj) iroiovpifVT)

{iroiedfievov) -iroioviicvov

252 INFLECTION OF VERBS. [783

783. Present System of StjXdu, manifest.

Active. Middle and Passive.

783] INFLECTION OF VERBS. 253

Present System of StjXow, manifest (continued).

Active. Middle and Passive.

254 INFLECTION OF VERBS. [784

Verbs in MI.

785] INFLECTION OF VERBS. 255

Verbs in ML

256 INFLECTION OF VERBS. [786

786.

8. 1

2

3

D. 2

3

p. 1

2

3

8. 1

2

3

D. 2

3

p. 1

2

3

s. 1

2

3

D. 23'

p. 1

2

3

s

8. 2

3

D. 2

3

p. 2

3

Verbs in MI.

Present System of Itrrrnii {(tto),

Active,

present. imperfect.

t-KTTTl-S

l-HfTTJ-<ri

IHTTO-TOV

i-irra-Tov

i'-o-ra-fitv

i-<rTa-T€

i-o-Tcuri

IHTTTJ-V

IHTTH-S

IHTTTJ

l-CTO-TOV

i-<rTd-TTiv

l-O-Ttt-JUV

l-iTTO-Tf

i-oTa-<rav

INFIN.

PARTIC.

PRESENT.

l-<rT«

i-<rr%s

i-c-rfi

i-o-rfi-TOv

l-O-TTl-TOV

i-CTw-fifv

l-CTi\-Tl

l-«rT»<ri

l-OToCtl-V

l-<rTaCT)-s

ir-irrali\

i-<j-Tai-Tov or i-<rTa£T]-Tov

l-<rTOt-TTlV l-<rTaiVj-TT]V

iHTTai-jiev i-<rTa(Ti-|ji€v

i-<rTai-T€ i-c-Taly\-Tt

i-<rTai€-v i-<rTa£n-<rav

i-crrd-Tw

i-<rTa-TOv

l-O-Td-TWV

l-O-Td-VTWV

i-o-rd-vai

i-<rTOS, -do-o, -dv

SET, MAKE STAND.

Middle and Passive.

PRESENT. IMPERFECT.

i-flrra-ftai i-o-Td-firjv

i-<rTa-<rai i-<rTa-<ro

i-<rTa-Tai i-o-ra-TO

i'-<rTa-<r6ov

i-<rTa-<r6ov

l-<rTd-|x<Oa

l'-<rTa-<r6€

i-OTO-vrai

i-<rTa-<rOov

i-<rTd-<r6T|v

i-<rTd-}i€6a

'-<rra-<r9t

l-a-TO-VTO

PRESENT.

l-<rTcl)-)t,ai

l-<rTf)-TOW

I-OTTJ-O-GOV

i-<rTfi-<r8ov

i-(rr(!>-\u9a

i-<rTTJ-<r6€

IHTTW-VTai

i-<rTa£-n,T]v

l-OTOt-O

l-o-Tai-TO

i-<rTai-<r0ov

i-<rra£-«r6Tiv

t-<rTa(-)uOa

i-<rTai-<rfl€

i-<rTai-vTO

I'-o-ra-o-o

i-o-rd-<r6«

i-<rTa-<r0ov

l-<rTd-<r0wv

^-©•Ta-<r8€

l-oTa-trBtav

t-o-TanrOai

i-<rTd-n€vos, -t), -ov

787] INFLECTION OF VERBS. 257

Verbs in MI.

787. Present System of 8cCKvvp,i (5«/c), show.

258 INFLECTION OF VERBS. [788

Verbs in MI.

788. Second Aorist System

of T(8ri|il {$e), PLACE, PUT.

792] INFLECTION OF VERBS. 259

790. Second Aorist

System of

lo-rqjjii {(rra), set.

Active,

second aor.

8. 1 l-o-rq-v, stood

2 t-o-rq-s

w 3 t-O-TT)

H D. 2 c-0-rn-TOV

« 3 €-«rTTi-TTlV

S p. 1 €-<rT1]-}ltV

2 ?-<rTT|-T€

3 l-oTTi-<rov

8. 1 <rra

2 o-rgs

> 3 o-TT]

y D. 2 (TTTl-TOV

3 6 tmi-TOV

g p. 1 <rT(l)-|t€V

" 2 <rTti-T€

3 <rT«<ri

S. 1 a-Tair]-v

2 o-raCTi-s

a 3 o-raCii

« D. 2 (TTai-Tov or <rTaii]-Tov

fS 3 (rTa£-TT]v 0Tai'<i-THv

p p. 1 <jTai-(i€v <rTaC7]-|x€v

2 <rTai-T€ <rrair\-r(

3 (rraic-v <rTo£Tj-<rav

s. 2 <rT{)-ei

> 3 (TT'fj-TW

^ D. 2 orrf^-TOV

§ 3 trHj-Toiv

g p. 2 o-Hi-Tt

3 <rTd-vT«v

INFIN. o-rfj-voi

PARTic. orr^s, oTaca, orrd-v

791. Second

Aor. System

of Svci), ENTER.

AOTIVB.

SECOND AOR.

l-Sv-v

l-8v-s

€-8v

C-Sv-TOV

€-8v-Tt]V

<-8v-|UV

C-Sv-TC

c-8v-<rav

8v(i>

8v'[is

8VT)

8vilT0V

8v'tlT0V

8vw|i<v

8vr]T€

8vw(ri

792. Second Perf . System

without SufELx of

l<rTT](l.l (o'To), SET.

Active,

second perf. second plup.

8v-e(,

8v-T<i)

Sv-TOV

Sv-TWV

80-T€

gv-VTOtV

8v-vai

8vs, 8v<ra, 8v-v

?-«rTa-TOv

?-<rTa-Tov

£-oTd<rt

l-OTtt-TOV

€-<rTd-TTJV

i-<rTa-(i€v

i-a-ra-Tt

l-<rTa-«rov

SECOND PERFECT.

c-<rT«

C-O-TflS

l-O-Tfi

C-O-TTJ-TOV

€-<rTTi-TOV

«-«rT»j-T€

c-<rT«<ri

i-<rra.li\-v

k-(rTali\-s

€-<rTatT|

l-<rTai-Tov or t-<rTair\-TOv

€-<rTa£-Tt|V l-irraiVj -rqv

k-<rrai-\uv c-<rTa(T]-|i£v

«-<rTai-T£ €-<rTa£Ti-T£

l-o-Tttit-v c-<rTa(T)-(rav

?-<rTa-0i

e-oTd-Tw

l-OTO-TOV

t-crrd-Twv

l-<rTO-T€

l-<rTd-vT«i»v

4-«rTd-v<u

l-<rT«s, c-<rT«<ra, c-<rT6s

260 INFLECTION OF VERBS. [783

Irregular Verbs in MI.

796] INFLECTION OF VERBS. 261

Irregular Verbs in MI.

795.

s. 1

2

3

D. 2

3

p. 1

2

3

s. 1

2

3

D. 2

3

p. 1

2

3

8. 1

2

3

D. 2

3

p. 1

2

3

8. 2

3

D. 2

3

p. 2

3

<l|l,C (^0-), BE.

Active,

present. imperfect.

ct|iC I] or T^v

cl 'n(r6a

796. £V(0, GO.

cotC

€<rT6v

€<rT6v

eo-|i^v

ia-ri

eUrl

TJV .

Tl<rTOv or tfrov

T]<rTT)v 'qT'qv

^fTTi r\Tt

qo-av

PRESENT.

1\TOV

qrov

w|jicv

wcri.

«lnv

tlrov or ettjTOv

cI|UV €tT])UV

ilri ettjTC

ctcv {{t^o-av

ta-di

tOTTW

€<rTOV

€<rT«V

€<rT€

(irruv

INFIN. tlvai

PARTic. »v, ov7a, 6v, gen. ovtos, etc.

262 INFLECTION OF VERBS. [797

Irregular verbs in ML

Active. Middle.

799] INFLECTION OF VERBS. 263

Irregular Verbs in MI.

No. 63. Athena.

RULES OF SYNTAX.

Subject and Predicate.

800. The subject of a finite verb is in the nominative. Thus, 17 oIkCo.

6vpd<i €^€i, the house has doors.

801. The subject of the infinitive is in the accusative ; but it is

generally omitted when it is the same as the subject or the object (direct

or indirect) of the leading verb. See 461, 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7.

802. A verb agrees with its subject nominative in number and person;

but a nominative in the neuter plural regularly takes a singular verb. Thus,

TO. irXoia fUKpa ^v, the boats were small.

803. With verbs signifpng to be, become, appear, be navied, chosen,

made, thought, or regarded, and the like, a noun or adjective in the predicate

is in the same case as the subject. Thus, 17 (.{(rfioX-q rjv 086s d/xo^iros,

the pass was a wagon road, 6 Trora/ios KaXcirai Mapauds, the river is called

Marsyas.

Apposition.

804. A noun annexed to another noun to describe it, and denoting

the same person or thing, agrees with it in case. This is called apposition,

and the noun thus used is called an appositive. Thus, Kvpo?, o tov Adpct'ov

utds, HcpcTTys rtv, Cyrus, the son of Darius, was a Persian.

Adjectives.

805. Adjectives agree with their nouns in gender, number, and case.

This applies also to the article and to adjective pronouns and participles.

Thus, Tj 6809 (TTtvrj r]v, the road was narrow, iiropevovro oi 'EXAt/vc? t^v

rffitripav ^wpdv apTrd^ovTe<i, the Greeks advanced ravaging our land.

800. An adjective or participle, generally with the article, may be

used as a noun. Thus, 01 iroXifiioi, the enemy, ro KuiXvov, the hindrance,

KaKov, evil.

266 RULES OF SYNTAX.

The Article.

807. Proper names may take the article. Thus, ai rov Kvpov KWfiai,

the villages of Cyrus.

808. Abstract nouns often take the article. Thus, 17 aXijOua, truth.

809. Nouns with a possessive pronoun take the article when they refer

to definite individuals, but not otherwise. Thus, o €/ao5 irar-qp, my father,

but c/xos <^iAos, a friend of mine.

810. The article is often used where we use a possessive pronoun, to

mark something as belonging to a person or thing mentioned in the sen-

tence. Thus, Kvpos eTn^ovktvaei t<S aStXtfxS, Cyrus will plot against his

brother.

811. An adverb, a preposition with its case, or any similar expression

may be used with the article to qualify a noun, like an attributive adjec-

tive. Here a noun denoting men or things is often omitted. Thus, 01 oikoi

€\6poi, his enemies at home, ol irapa ^aortXews ayycAAoi, the messengers from

the king, oi olkol, those at home, 01 dp-ffyl Kvpov, Cyrus and his followers.

812. An attributive adjective, or equivalent expression, which qualifies

a noun with the article, commonly stands between the article and the noun.

But the noun with the article may be followed by the adjective with the

article repeated ; here the first article is sometimes omitted. Thus, 17

'EXX-qvLKT] <f>v\aKT^, or 17 <f>v\aKr] ^ 'EWtjvlktJ, or <f>vXaKr] ^ 'EXAr/viKT/, the

Greek garrison, ^ cis to ircStov elafiokiq, or 17 ela-fioXij 17 ei5 to TreStov, or

ela-^oXr] ^ eis to ireSt'ov, the pass leading into the plain.

813. When an adjective either precedes the article, or follows the

noun without taking an article, it is always a predicate adjective. Thus,

fUKpal ai oiKtai rjaav, or ai oIkCui fxlKpal ^aav, the houses were small.

814. When a demonstrative pronoun agrees with a noun, it takes the

article, and stands in the predicate position. See 158.

815. In Attic prose the article retains its original demonstrative force

chiefly in the expression 6 fiev . . . 6 8i, tJie one . . . the other. 6 Sc, etc.,

sometimes means, and he, etc., even when no o fiev precedes. Thus, tous

p.€v aireKTeive, tovs 8 i^i^aXev, some he sleic, others he banished, oi Sk ravra

tXe$av Tots o-T/aaTiwTats, and they (the generals) told it to the soldiers.

RULES OF SYNTAX. 267

Pronouns.

816. The nominatives of the personal pronouns are seldom used,

except for emphasis. See 436.

817. The personal pronoun of the third person, ov, ol, I, etc., is gener-

ally an indirect reflexiye in Attic prose, i.e. it is used in a dependent clause

to refer to the subject of the leading verb. See 437.

818. auTos has three uses : in all its cases it may mean self; whenpreceded by the article it means same ; in its oblique cases it may meanhim, her, it, them. See 160.

819. The reflexive pronouns refer to the subject of the clause in which

they stand. Sometimes in a dependent clause they refer to the subject of

the leading verb,— i.e. they are indirect reflexives. See 446.

820. The possessive pronouns (448) are generally equivalent to the

possessive genitive (841, 1) of the personal pronouns. Thus, 6 c/xo5 rraTrjp

^6 irarrjp ifjiov, my father.

821. cKcTvos, that, is used of something remote ; o8c, this, of something

near or present, outos is used in referring to something that has already

been mentioned ; o8e, in referring to something which is about to be men-

tioned. See 159.

822. The interrogative tis (3.53), tcho? what? may be either substan-

tive or adjective. Thus, rts tovto Xiyti; who says this? rtms dvSpas eiSov;

tchat men did I see f

823. Tt's may be used both in direct and in indirect questions. Thus,

Tt^ 6 Oopvfios 1<TTL ; what is the disturbance f ipwra tis 6 66pv^6^ iari.

he asks what the disturbance is.

824. The indefinite tis (354) may be either substantive or adjective.

Thus, TOVTO Xc'ya tis, or av6pwTr6<s tis tovto Xe'yec, somebody says this.

825. TIS is sometimes nearly equivalent to English a or an. Thus,

ciBov dvdpwTTOv TLva, I saw a certain man, or / saw a man.

826. A relative agrees with its antecedent in gender and number, but

its case depends on the construction of the clause in which it stands. Thus,

€^£A.awovo-iv CTTi Tov ^v<f>paTrjv iroTapov, ov ^v to evpos TtTTapa (TtoZm,

they marched on to the Euphrates, the breadth of which teas four stades.

268 RULES OF SYNTAX.

827. The antecedent of a relative may be omitted when it can easily

be supplied from the context, especially if it is indefinite. Thus, Kara-

irpaiia c<^' a a-Tparevofiai, I shall accomplish {the objects) for which I amtaking the field.

828. When a relative would naturally be in the accusative as the

object of a verb, it is generally assimilated to the case of the antecedent if

this is a genitive or dative. Thus, avSpes a^iot etcrt t^s iXtvdepid^ ^s

KiKTTjvrai, they are men worthy of the freedom which they have.

829. The antecedent is often attracted into the relative clause, and

agrees with the relative. Thus, aTreireixij/ev o £t;(c aTpdrevfUL, he despatched

what forces he had.

Nominative and Vocative Cases.

830. The nominative is used chiefly as the subject of a finite verb, or

in the predicate after verbs signifying to be, become, etc. See 800, 803.

831. The vocative, with or without w, is used in addressing a person

or thing. Thus, 17 680s, w Kvpe, ayei cis ttcSiov koXov, the road, Cyrus,

leads into a beautiful plain, avSpcs (TTpaTtwTai, fellow soldiers !

Accusative Case.

832. The direct object of the action of a transitive verb is put in the

accusative. Thus, (r<^ev8ovr;v c;(ei, he has a sling.

833. Any verb whose meaning permits it may take an accusative of

kindred signification. This accusative repeats the idea already contained

in the verb, and may follow intransitive as well as transitive verbs. It is

called the cognate accusative. Thus, ttoAc/xci oZlkov TToXe/xov, he wages fin

unjust war, ti <re ^htKrja-a ; what wrong have I done you ?

834. The accusative of specification may be joined with a verb, adjec-

tive, noun, or even a whole sentence, to denote a part, character, or quality

to which the expression refers. Thus, to. iroXeiiia aya66<;, skilled in matters

pertaining to war, 6 TroTap.6<i com to tvpos irXiOpov, the river is one hundred

feet in width.

835. An accusative in certain expressions has the force of an adverb.

Thus, Ta TrdvTa vIkCxti, they are completely victorious, ti ScT avTous Xveiv rrjv

y€<f>vpav, why need they destroy the bridge f

RULES OF SYNTAX. 269

836. The accusative may denote extent of time or space. Thus, ivravOa

fi€V€i qfiepd'i tTTTci, he remained there a week, iiropevovTo o-ra^/jtovs Trei/re,

they proceeded fve days' journey.

837. The accusative follows the adverbs of swearing v^ and |iA, by.

An oath introduced by Wj is affirmative ; one introduced by \k& is negative.

Thus, v^ Aia, yes, by Zeus! fia tous deov^ ovk avrous Stwfw, by Heaven, I

will not pursue them!

838. Verbs signifying to ask, demand, teach, remind, clothe, unclothe,

conceal, deprive, and take away may take two object accusatives. Thus,

^yefiova aiTcire Kupov, ask Cyrus for a guide, tovs TraiSas cro)<f)poavvrjv

hiSaxTKOvai, they teach the lads self-control, avafivrjcrw yap vp.a<; toiis klvSv-

vov<i, I will remind you of the dangers, to. ^rjpxiTa Kvpov ovk eKpyirre, he

did not conceal his possessions from Cyrus, tovs avS/aas dneaTepi/JKaficv t^v

vavv, ice have robbed the men of their ship.

839. Verbs signifying to do anything to or to say anything of a person

or thing take two accusatives. Thus, tovs <^iAous kukov ti ipyda-ecrde, you

will do your friends some harm.

840. Verbs signifying to name, choose or appoint, make, think or regard,

and the like, may take a predicate accusative besides the object accusative.

Thus, TTUTtpa Hcvo^wvTa iKoXovv, they called Xenophon ^father,' (f>i\ov ttoi-

T^awfiiv TOVTOV, Ict US mokc him our friend, tov aaTpaim^v fjiCkov ov vop.LU,

he will not regard the satrap as afriend. ,

Genitive Case.

841. A noun in the genitive may limit the meaning of another noun.

This is called the attributive genitive and expresses various relations, most

of which are denoted by of or by the possessive case in English. Thus

:

1. Possession or other close relation, as Ta /JacrtAews /Sacri'Xeta, the

King's palace. The Possessive Genitive.

2. The Subject of an action or feeling, as 6 twv ^apfidpoiv <f>6^os, the

fear of the barbarians, i.e. the fear which they felt. The Subjective Genitive.

3. The Object of an action or feeling, as 6 Ttiiv 'EAAi^vwv <f>6fio^, thefear

of the Greeks, i.e. the fear which they inspired. The Objective Genitive.

4. Material or Contents, including that of which anything consists, as

TTcvTc /xvaT dpyvpiov, five minas of silver. Genitive of Material,

270 RULES OF SYNTAX.

.5. Measure, of space, time, or value, as rpiwv -^fiepdv 6805, a journey of

three days, ttcvtc /irjviav fii(r66<i, Jive months' pay. Genitive 0/ Measure.

6. Cause or Origin, as /tcyoiAcov dSiKTy/xarwv opyy, anger at great offenses.

The Causal Genitive.

7. The Whole, after nouns denoting a part, as 8ia fiicrov t^s iroXcws,

through the middle of the city. The Partitive Genitive.

842. The Partitive. genitive (841, 7) may follow all nouns, pronouns,

adjectives (especially superlatives), participles with the article, and adverbs,

which denote a part. Thus, tis twv 'EAAt/vwv; icho of the Greeks? Trdvriav

iravra KpaTia-To^, best of all in everything, vjxw b ySouAd/uiei'os, whoever ofyou

loishes, Ti/Aarai fidXiara tS>v 'EAAt/vwv, he is honored mx)re than any other

Greek.

843. Verbs signifying to he or become and other copulative verbs mayhave a predicate genitive expressing any of the relations of the attribu-

tive genitive (841). Thus, rtvos ccrrtv 6 Itttto^ ; who owns the horse f 6

XaA.os co-Ti TO evpo<i irXiOpov, the Chalus is one hundred feet broad, ^v 8c

Kal ouTos Tu>v MlXrjTov TToXLopKovvToiv, he too was one of these who were

besieging Miletus.

844. Any verb may take a genitive if its action affects the object only

in part. This principle applies especially to verbs signifying to share (give

or take a parf) or to enjoy. Thus, Xafi^dvovcn tov ^apfSapLKov arparevp-a-

Tos, they take a part of the barbarian force, tu>v cTriTiySciwv /oitTco^cTc, you

had your share ofprovisions.

845. The genitive foUows verbs signifying to take hold of, touch, claim,

aim at, hit, attain, miss, make trial of, begin. Thus, cAa/3ov t^s ^wn;^, they

took hold of his girdle, ov^ aTrrcTai t^s Kdp(f>-q<i to v8wp, the water does not

touch the hay, outos avTov ij/otapre, this one missed him, rjp-^t. toS Xoyou wSc,

he began his speech as follows.

846. The genitive follows verbs signifying to taste, smell, hear, perceive,

comprehend, remember, forget, desire, care for, spare, neglect, wonder at,

admire, despise. Thus, ouTrore lyStovos olvov yiytvpai., I have never tasted

finer wine, Oopvfiov rjKovae, he heard a noise, tovtodv p-ep-vqaOe ; do you

remember this t tS)v orpaTitoTaiv cTrcficXciTo, he looked out for his men, fi^

ameXuipev rjpSiv avTotv, let us not neglect ourselves.

RULES OF SYNTAX. 271

847. The genitive follows verbs signifying to rule, lead, or direct.

Thus, T(ov ottXItwv apX''» ^^ commands the hoplites, KAcap^^os 'tov Se^iov

K(.pios rjytiTox, Clearchus leads the right wing.

848. Verbs signifying fulness and tcant take the genitive of material

(841, 4). Those signifying to Jill take the accusative of the thing filled

and the genitive of material. Thus, oi a-TpaTL<DT(t)v diropS), I am not in

need of men, ras Si^^cpas iirifiTrXaaav \6pTov Kov<f>ov, they filled the skins

with dry grass.

849. The genitive (as ablative) may denote that from which anything

is separated or distinguished. On this principle the genitive follows verbs

denoting to remove, restrain, release, cease, fail, differ, give up, and the like.

Thus, Siea^ov oAAt^Awv tos rptaKovra oraSia, they were about thirty furlongs

distant from one another, iiria^ov t^s Tropuas, they desisted from marching,

TToXc/xov ^Se'ws TrawTtrai, he will be glad to stop fighting.

850. The genitive follows verbs signifying to surpass and be inferior,

and all others which imply comparison. Thus, ovroiq av irepiyevoiTo tSiv

l)(6pt)iv, he would thus get the better of his enemies, vo'Teprjo'e rrj^ H-^XV' Vt^^'

pats ttcVtc, he wasfve days too late for the battle.

851. The genitive often denotes a cause, especially with verbs express-

ing emotions, such as admiration, wonder, affection, hatred, pity, anger, envy,

or revenge. Sometimes it denotes the source. Thus, t^s iXevOepid's v/ias

€v8aifiovL^w, I count you happy because of your freedom, rots ^eots X'^P'-^

l)(ov(TL T^s viKT/s, they are grateful to the gods for victory, tovtwv ifiol )(aX€-

TraiVcTC, you are angry with me for this, rJKOva-e ravra tov dyy^XXov, he heard

this from the messenger.

852. The genitive often depends on a preposition included in a com-

pound verb. Thus, t5)v oAAwv -n-poTlfirja-ei, he will honor you above the rest,

KaTa{j/r)<f}{ZovTai avrov ddvarov, they condemn him to death (literally, they

vote death against him).

853. The genitive may denote the price or value of a thing. Thus,

TToa-ov SiSacTKcis; how much do you charge for your lessons f (literally, /or

what price do you teach?), <^taA.7/ XP^aij d$id 8zKa /xvwv, a gold drinking-cup

worth ten minas, ^t'Aos ttoXXoG o^^ios, a friend worth much (i.e. of great

value)

272 RULES OF SYNTAX.

854. The genitive may denote the time within which anything takes

place. Thus, wp/xaro t^s wktos, he set out in the night, rarra t^s ^fitpd^

cyeVcTO, this happened during the day.

855. The objective genitive follows many verbal adjectives. These

are chiefly kindred (in meaning or derivation) to verbs which take the

genitive. Thus, ifiirupoL yap -^aav t^s x'^P^'^j ^^^V were familiar with the

country (845), t^s ;((upas cyKpaTcis, masters or rulers of the land (847),

KW/Liai fiearal (titou, villages abounding in supplies (848).

856. The genitive follows many adverbs, chiefly adverbs of place and

those derived from adjectives which take the genitive. Thus, irepav tov

lSii<f>paTov, across the Euphrates, cicroj t^s ttoAcws, loithin the city, cyyvs tov

irapahucrov, near the park, ol cju.7retpa>s Kupou €)(ovm, those who are

acquainted with Cyrus.

857. A noun and a participle not grammatically connected with the

main construction of the sentence may stand by themselves in the Genitive

Absolute. See 516.

858. Adjectives and adverbs of the comparative degree take the geni-

tive (without rj, than^. Thus, KaKiovs rdv oAAwv, more cowardly than the

rest, doLTTOv twv iTnrwv irpexov, they ran more swiftly than the horses.

Dative Case.

859. The indirect object of the action of a transitive verb is put in

the dative. This object is generally introduced in English by to. Thus,

8lS<j)(tl fjLLcrOov T(p (TTpaTcu/taTi, he gives pay to the army.

860. Certain intransitive verbs take the dative, many of which in

English may have a direct object without to. The verbs of this class

which are not translated with to in English are chiefly those signifying to

benefit, serve, obey, defend, assist, please, trust, satisfy, advise, exhort, or any

of their opposites ; also those expressing friendliness, hostility, blame, abuse,

reproach, envy, anger, threats. Thus, oi wpoaOev ^pXv PorfOi^a-avTes, those

tvho have previously helped us, ircidtTaL tw aTparr/yw, he obeys his commander,

iriaT€vov(TL T<p Kv/3(j), they trust Cyrus, irapeKcXevovTO oAAt/Aois, they exhorted

one another, wpyi^ovTo tcr;^vpo!is tw K\€dp\w, they were excessively angry

with Clearchus.

RULES OF SYNTAX. 273

801. The person or thing for whose advantage or disadvantage any-

thing is or is done is put in the dative. This dative is generally introduced

in English hj for. Thus, aXXo a-TpaTcvfXAx Kvpw (rvveXeyero iv X.eppov^(T(o,

another force was collected for Cyrus in the Chersonese, ifx-ol kukov fiovXeveis,

you are plotting harm against me. Dative of Advantage or Disadvantage.

862. The dative with ci/xi, ytyvofuw, and similar verbs may denote the

possessor. Thus, o-TpartoiTai K.vp(o -^(rav ayaOoi, Cyrus had brave soldiers.

Dative of the Possessor.

863. The dative follows many adjectives and adverbs, and some

verbal nouns of kindred meaning with the verbs of 860 and 861. Thus,

Tw ifjLw dSeA^<d TToAc/Atos, ifiol 8c cf>tXo^ Koi TrtcTTOs, hostile to my brother, but

friendly and faithful to me, trrjXos Tais afxdiais Svairopcvros, m,ire hard for

the wagons to get through.

864. The dative is used with all words implying likeness or unlikeness,

agreement or disagreement, union, or approach. This includes verbs, adjectives,

adverbs, and nouns. Thus, tj Tropeid 6p.oid <t>vyr] iycyveTo, their march

ccime to be like flight, Mapo-vas 'AttoAAwvi TJpLcre, Marsyas contended with

Apollo, cTToAc/nei Tois ®paii, he carried on war with the Thracians, hj/ovTai

Kvpo), they will follow Cyrus, a/xa rg ^fi€pa, at daybreak, TrAiyo-io^et rots

TToXefiioLs, he approaches the enemy.

866. The dative follows many verbs compounded with iv, avv, or ctti;

and some compounded with Trpos, rrapd, irepi, and v-rro. Thus, rot? a-rpa-

TiwTats <f>6ftov €/A7roi£t, he inspires his soldiers with fear, o-v/XTrc/ATret twcTTpaTr/yw oAAou? o-TpaTiwras, he sends other soldiers with the general,

Kvpo) iTrijSovXevei, he plots against Cyrus.

866. The dative is used to denote cause, manner, and means or instru-

ment. Thus, <^tA6a Kai evvota i/Sorjdovv avTw, they helped him because oftheir friendship and good will, iropevovTaL kvkAw, they advance in a circle,

avTov<! <f}o^ova-i t^ Kpavyy, they frighten them by their uproar, SiafiaLvova-t

7rXo6oi?, they cross in boats, ^SovAerai ^fxtv xpw^^^h ^« wishes to use (i.e. serve

himself by) us, yivu irpoa-rJKei ^acriXei, in family he is related to the king.

867. The dative of manner is used with comparatives to denote thedegree of difference. Thus, ttoAAw /tei^tov eyi'yvero 7 ^o'^, the shouting grewmuch (literally, by much) louder.

274 RULES OF SYNTAX.

868. The dative sometimes denotes the agent with the perfect and

pluperfect passive, rarely with other passive tenses. See 203.

869. The dative is used to denote "that by which any person or thing

is accompanied. Thus, ^A^e (ttpaTtvfjuciTi, ttoAAo), he came with a mighty

army.

870. The dative without a preposition often denotes the time when an

action takes place. This is confined chiefly to nouns denoting day, night,

month, or year, and to names ol festivals. Thus, ry airy rifxipa, on the same

day, Tyj varepaLo., on the following (day), fiia wktI Travres airWavoVf all

perished in a single night.

No. 64. icdySus.

AUGMENT AND REDUPLICATION. VERB AND TENSE STEMS.

PRINCIPAL PARTS OF IMPORTANT VERBS.

871. 1. The diphthong ov is never augmented ; «i and tv are often

without augment.

2. Some verbs beginning with a single consonant have ci in the first

perfect and perfect middle systems instead of the reduplication. See 106.

3. Most verbs beginning with a mute and a liquid have the full

reduplication.

4. Some verbs whose stem begins with a, c, or o, followed by a single

consonant, reduplicate the perfect and pluperfect by prefixing the first

two letters of the stem, and lengthening the following vowel as in the

temporal augment. This is called Attic reduplication.

5. Some verbs whose stem begins with a vowel take the syllabic augment,

as if the stem began with a consonant. These verbs also have a simple e

for the reduplication. Some of them have the temporal in addition to the

syllabic augment. When another c follows, ec is contracted into cu

6. Some verbs derived from nouns or adjectives compounded with

prepositions are augmented and reduplicated after the preposition, like

compound verbs.

7. A few compound verbs take the augment before the preposition,

and others have both augments.

8. Some vowel verbs retain the short vowel of the verb stem, contrary

to the general rule (274), in all the systems in which the verb occurs.

9. Some vowel verbs retain the short vowel only in some of the tense

systems.

10. Vowel stems which retain the short vowel (see 8, 9, above) andsome others may add <r to the final vowel before all endings not beginning

with <r in the perfect and pluperfect middle. Some verbs may have <r also

before 0< or 8tj in the first passive system.

276 PRINCIPAL PARTS OF IMPORTANT VERBS.

11. Some verbs with short verb stems ending in a mute or v lengthen

the short vowel in some of the tenses, a to i), i to €i or oi, v to cv. The

shorter verb stem generally appears in the second aorist active or passive.

12. Stems consisting of a short vowel between two consonants some-

times drop the vowel.

13. Some verbs add « to the verb stem in some of the tense systems.

14. Some verbs drop <r of the future stem and contract.

15. Futures in mtw and io-o|uu from verbs in ijw of more than two

syllables regularly drop o- and insert c, and contract. The forms in 14

and 15 are called the Attic future.

16. Some verbs, instead of a future in o-o|mu, or in addition to it, have

a future in (rco|uu, contracted (rov|i.<u, formed with the tense suffix «»/..

This is called the Doric future.

17. In many verbs the future active does not occur, and the future

middle is used in its stead.

In the following, the numeral in parenthesis refers to the sections of

871, the superior numeral to the notes at the foot of the page.

o"Y«, lead, bring,

alv^w, praise,

alvia-u (9) inv£<ra (9) tJv<ko (9) -QynmLai ^jv^v (9)

alp^u (oipe, ^X), take, seize, mid. takefor oneself, choose,

alpV« €lXov(5) BPT«* BP^F*"' TiM^v(9)

alo-Odvo|i(u (alaO), perceive,

olo-e^o-ofwu (13) xi<rO«5|*tiv ||<r«ii|iai (13)

dKoiw, hear,

dKoWonai (17) tJKovff'a dK^Koa* (4) TjKoWenv(lO)

^ The stem is reduplicated, &yay. — * i; is dropped.

PRINCIPAL PARTS OF IMPORTANT VERBS. 277

oLXCo-KoiAou (o'X, d\o), be captured,

dX&trO\Lai cdXwv^ (5) cdXwKa (5)

aXXdrrw (dX\a7), change,

&XXd$0 t]\Xa|a TJXXaxa i]XXa-y|iai TJXXdxflTiv /TJXXd'Y'qv

ofLOpTavw {d/xapr), miss, err, do wrong,

d|U)iprfjo-0|iat i^|iapTov T|)idpTT]Ka f||i,dpT7]|Jiai TipLapT^fjOiiv

(13, 17) (13) (13) (13)

&v-olyo>, open,

dv-o(^ a,v-i*f^a, (5) av-iu\a (5) av-iif^ikox (5) dv-C(ox6T]v (5) yav-^cjrya (5)

PaCvM (/3a), go,

p^<ro|LOU (17) ifir\v^ pfpriKa p^pa|xai (9) ^^dOiiv (9) /

fUXKn (/3aX), throw,

PoXm iPaXov P^pXiiKa P^pXiipLai ^pX^Oiiv /

pXdirTM (/3Xo/3), injure,

pXdipu ipXa<|ra P^pXa<{>a P^pXa|i|xai ipXd<|>9T)v /cpXdpr]v

p€povXTi|xav(13) l^vX^eijv (13)

YCY^vt]|iai (13)

CYV(i>o-|xai (10) iyvma-9j\v (10) '

PovXo|jiat, wish, wiU,

PovX'^o'opiai (13)

7CYvo|xat. (yev), become,

^cWjo-oixai (13) l'Y^v6|&T]v y^Y^^^

YiYVfio-Kw (yvo), perceive, know,

YV(o(ro|i.ai c-yvuv ^ cyvuKa

Ypdt^M, write,

Ypdt|r«i> cYpax{ra ^^-ypa^ta (3) Yfypa|i|JiaL (3) lYpd<|>T]v

1 Second aorist of the /*t form (789). — 2 Second aorist of the fii form

(790).

278 PRINCIPAL PARTS OF IMPORTANT VERBS.

Sc(kvv|u {Scik), point out, show,

Upn,Jlay,

8cpu cScipa 8^ap|jiai jSdpTjv

Stw, bind,

JS^o-u c8rt<ra S^ScKa (9) 8^Sc|iou (9) ^8^eT)v49)

S^w, need, mid. need, desire, request,

/ 8c^(ro> (13) IS^T|<ra (13) SeS^TjKa (13) 8t8^T](iai (13) iStii9i\v (13)

8i8pa(rK&> {Spa), run,

8plio'0|tai(17) cSpoiv^ 8^8paKa

8(8»|ii (So), give,

J8u(r(i> l8Q>Ka (700, 4) S^wxa 8^|uu (9) ih6dr\v (9)

8vva|iai (dvva), be able, can,

Svv^o-o^iai 8e8vvi]|Jiai i8vWjOT]v

8v», make enter, intrans. enter,

{ 8vo-(i> c8vo-a 8^Ka 8cSv|i,ai (9) 48vOiiv (9)

I8VV

{du, -permit,

/ _ {^w cCSo-a (5) clfiKa (5) ctSineu (5) iUL9T]v (5)

i'biKvt, wish, desire,

cetX^o-w (13) T|eOiT,ora (13) TiOeXiiKa (13)

ctirov (flTT, ip, ^e), said,

/ lp& flirov c{pT]Ka (2) ctpT))t.ai (2) Ipp^v (738, 2)

{Xavvw {i\a), drive, set in motion, intrans. ride, drive, march,

I iX» (14) Ti\o<ra(8) iX^\aKa(4,8) a^XaHiai(4,8) TiXAeT,v(8)

1 Second aorist of the lu form (790).

PRINCIPAL PARTS OF IMPORTANT VERBS. 279

(ir(a-Ta|xai (eiriffTa), understand, know how,

lirurT^<ro|xai

{iro|xai, (fftir),'^ follow, accompany,

2t)>o|jiai l<nr6|Ativ (12)

TJirwrr^OTjv

cp'Ya^ofiai. {epryad), work,

Ip^do-oiJiai. ctp-ycurdnTjv (5) ctfycuri&ai (5)

{pXO|uu {ipx, i><v$, i\e), go, come,

^jXOov ^X^Xvea (4)

iv9lt» (iff01, id, i5o, <pay), eat,

ISo^ai^ c<|>a-yov IS'^SoKa ^S^jSco-pieu T|8^<rdt]v

(4,9) (4,9,10,13) (9,10,13)

cipCoxw {evp),find, discover,

cvp^o-u (13) T]vpov tivptiKa (13) nvpTjjiai (13) tivp^Otjv (9, 13)

i

lx« ((Tcxi <''X*))^ have, hold,

f^a i<r\ov (12) (<nC'nKa

<rX^<rw

O&irrw (raip for 0a<l>),* bury,

Odi)rw cOat)/a

Gav^jidtw (davnaS), admire,

6av\L6i<ro\i.a,i {\1 ) iQav\ka<ra rcOav^aKa

6vT)<rK« {Oav), die, be slain,

6avov|iai,(17) eOavov Ti9vr\Ka

f<rxT)|iai

T^Safx^at Irdi^Tiv

c6av)id(rOT]v

6v«, sacrifice,

Ovaw lOvo-a T^6vKa (9) TcOvfiai (9) M9i\v^ (9)

^ tvofJM.1 for o-eiro/iiot and thpo/Mi for (Te\potuii. (738, 13). In effvbu-qv the rough

breathing is retained irregularly. — '^ X few irregular futures drop o- of the stem,

so that the future has the appearance of a present. — ^ ^-^^ for o-exw and i^m for

ffe^w (738, 13). — * See 738, 17. — ^ Ov becomes tv before e-qv.

280 PRINCIPAL PARTS OF IMPORTANT VERBS.

it)(t,i (f), send,

f\<rii> <lKa (5)

lKWo|iai (2 k), come,

cl|iai (5)

lytiai^

ctetjv (5)

ta-Ti)|i,i (<rTo), sei, make stand, intrans, stand, stop.

(tttjo"© i<m\tra €<rrnKa<

KoXw (14) lKdXc<ra (9) k^kXtiko

K^u {Kav), bum,

Kav<ro) ^Kavo-a K^KavKa

KcXcviw, order,

KcXcvoru iK^cvo-a KCKcXcvxa

kXcUa, shut,

KXfCo-M cxXcura

kX^ittm ((cX«r), steal.

K^KO({>a

Kp<|*dvvv|xt (Kpe/j-a), hang up,

Kpc)iw (14) ^Kp^cura (9) ,

(o-raixai (9) lo-rdOrfv (9)

K^KXtjitai IkX'^Oi]v

KCKav|jLai ^Kav9T|v

KCK^cwriiai (10) {KcX(v(rdT)v (10)

K^KX<i(jiai JKXc(<r6T)v (10)

K^KXfio-ftai (10)

K^KXcfifiat (KXdn-ifv

K^KO)i.|i.ai iK6tn\v

UptiiAv^Tiv (9, 10)

XafiPdvu (Xa/3), take,

X^4»o|jioi(ll,17) cXapov €i:XTi<|>a (2, 11) ftXufijxai (2, 11) 4XV|.|>env (11)

1 Cf. the first aorist tOriKa (694, 5). — ^ t is due to the augment and redupli-

cation. — 8 For an irregular (107) treo-TTjKa, the rough breathing representing the

first ff, as in the present. (So tcraixai, for (reo-ra/xat.) Pluperfect darijKi; for

PRINCIPAL PARTS OF IMPORTANT VERBS. 281

XovOAvw (Xad), escape the notice of, mid. forget,

X^<r« (11) cXaOov X^ijOa (11) X^t](r|iiai (11)

X^w, gather,

8U{a ctXoxa (2) ctXry|Jiai (2) i\{yr\v

\iya, say, speak, tell, relate,

\{^«t IXe^a X^€Y|Aai ^X^x^'H*'

XfCirw (XtTr), leave,

Xc^w(ll) cXkirov Xaoiira(ll) X^ii|jL|iai (11) (X€(<|>eiiv (11) /

Xvtt, loose,

Xvaw cXvo-a X^vKa (9) X^vfiai (9) lKv9r\v (9) /

|i,av6dvtt (fMff), learn,

)ia6^o(iiai(18, 17) cfiaOov (U)id6T)Ka (13)

\^o\o^o^, fight,

|xaxov|jiai (13, 14) j(i,ax€o-d|XT|v(9,13) )jic|j,dx'nH'at (13)

pivu, remain,

\uvm CfMiva |i((ji^iM]Ka (13)

|u)ivx)Vk(i> {^"0)1 remind, mid. remember, mention,

\kirf\crw lfivT)<ra p,^|i,vT]|xai ^ i\i.vf\ir9r\v (10)

vo|ji({«a (vofuS), think,

vo|uw (15) Iv6|ii(ra vcv6|iiiKa vcv6|xur|Jiai ivo}i.Ur9r\v /

oto|iai or ot|i.ai,, think, believe,

olfj<ro|jiai (13) ^Oi]v (13)

oXXvfti (dX), destroy, lose,

6X» «X€<ra (9,13) oXcoXcko (4, 9, 13)

uX6|iiT]v oXwXa (4)

1 With full reduplication, contrary to the rule (107).

282 PRINCIPAL PARTS OF IMPORTANT VERBS.

£)jivv)Li {dfi, 6/xo), swear,

6|iOV)Lai (17) w|Jko<ra (8) 6|u»|u>Ka(4,8) o)i,(&)to|iai (4,8) w|i60T)v (8)

ofiwp.oo'fiai wp.oo'OTjv

(4,8,10) (8,10)opdd) {opa, IS, dir), see,

6<]/o|iai ctSov (5) ciSpSKa (5) (<ipa|iai (5)

IwpaKa (5) «i>(i|iai J><|>9t)v

opvTTw (dpvx), dig,

opv^u wpv^a 6pMpv\a (4) opuptryi^ai (4) upvx6T|v

o<^(X«i> (<5<^eX),i owe,

6(|KiX^<rtt (13) (0()><(XT](ra (13) u4iK(XT)Ka (13) w<)KiX^ei)v(13)

iraCtt, strike,

iraCo-w ciraio-a ir^iraiKa iiraUr9r\v (10)

ird(rx« (Trad, wevO), experience, suffer,

irc(<ro|Lai - liraflov ir^irovfla

irtt9« {vie), persuade, mid. obey,

n'£C(ra)s(ll) tirtvo-a (11) WireiKa (11) ir^-rrei(r|iai(ll) lircbrOT)v(ll)

iriiroiQa (11)

irC}iir\T]|ii {ir\a),ftll,

"itXtio-w €irXT|<ra ir^irXT)Ka irt'-irXtiiJiai tirX'q<r0nv (10)

ir^irXn<r(Jiai (10)

irtiTTw (irer, ttto), fall,

ir€o-ov|jLai, (16, 17) iirto-ov irfirTWKO

irX^w (irXv), sail,

wXtvo-oiiai (11, 17) €irX«vo-o (11) 'TrtirX€VKa(ll) ir€irX€vo-|iai. (10, 11)

irXtv(rov|jiai (11, 16, 17)

irX^TTft* (irXriy, irXo7), smite,

irX^^ci) e-irXrila ir^irXriYa WirXirynai l-irX'^Ytiv

tirXdyiiv '

1 (5</)e/Xw follows the analogy of short steins ending in a mute (11) in lengthen-

ing 6(p€\ to d<t>ei.\ in most of its tenses. — ^ vO are dropped before <r and the

preceding vowel is lengthened (738, 11). — » In composition.

PRINCIPAL PARTS OF IMPORTANT VERBS. 283

irpaTTftj (itpay), do, act,

irpa^w cirpd|a ir^pSYa iHirpa'y|Lat lirp^X^'H^ /

irfirpSxa

irvv9avo^at. (vvd), inquire, learn by inquiry,

irtvoropLai (11) cirv66|iT)v ir^7nNr|xai

p4i» (pv), flow,

pcvo-o|*ai(ll, 17) lppvT]Ka^ (13) lppvt\v

ptirrw {pi(p, pi<t>), throw,

pt\|r(i> ippi\|/a^ cppl4>a- cppi|i|iai. cppt<{>Ot]v /

€pp{4>'nv

(nrdw, draw,

co-iroo-a (8) ccnraKa (8) ca-ircur|iai (8, 10) «<rird<r9T]v (8, 10)

<rirc(pw (ffirep), SOW, scatter,

(Tircptt ccircipa hrvapfLOA lo"irdpi)v

o-TcXXw (o-reX), put in order, equip, send,

trrcXtt co-TciXa lo-ToXKa c<rTaX)i,ai {(rTdXT]v /

o-Tp^<^a>, turn, twist,

o-Tpc^l'w c(rTp<t|/a c(rTpo<t>a c(rTpa|i|i(u ccrTpd<^T]v /

€0-Tp<<j)9t]V

(Ttd^tt (<rw, (TwS), save,

vAvm l<ru<ra o-^o-UKa o-^o-ufxai co-wOtjv /

trco'wo'p.ai

TfX^w, complete,

TcXw (14) lT€X€<ra (8) tct^ko (8) TcreXto-nai (8, 10) 4TcX<<reT)v (8, 10) /

T^fitvai (re/x), cut,

TC|l«* CT€(ilOV T^|JlT)Ka TCT|lT)|iai CT|i^OT|V /CTafxov

1 For the reduplication, see 738, 2, — 2 jor the augment and reduplication,

see 738, 2.

284 PRINCIPAL PARTS OF IMPORTANT VERBS.

'HJKtt (ra/c), melt,

tVJ{« (11) iTtjIa (11) T^Ktt (11)

T(Oi)|ii (^e), put, set, place,

e^o-u lOifKa (694, 5) TcOciKai

rpi-att, turn, bend, divert,

rpi^a €Tpc«)/a rirpo^a

CTpairov

{TdKT|V

^XV (11)

W6€i)i.ai ^ «W6tjv'

Itp^<|>6i)v

Tp^<t>b> (Tpe<^ for Op€<p),^ nourish, support,

6p<\|>(i> cOpci)/a T^Opa)i|jiai {Tpd<)>Tfv

i9pi^6r\v

Tp^X" {'P<X, 5paM), run,

Spapiov^ai (17) c8pa)iov 8e8pdjiT]Ka (13) S(Spdp,t](iat (13)

T^Tpi|ip,ai ^TpC^T^v

{Tpt«^0T]V

rptpw (rpt/S, Tpi)3), ru6,

Tpi\)/(i> lTpi\|ra T^Tpi({>a

TVYX^vw (^I'X)? ^^^ attain, intrans, happen,

Tev^o|iai (11, 17) trv^ov T€Tvxi]Ka (13)

T^TCWX* (11)

inr-i(rxv^o|iai (cex, cx^)? ^oM oneself under, protnise,

wiro-<rxV|<ro(iai viT-Kr\6^r\v * vir-^trXTJiioi

(t>a(vo> {(pav), show,

>avc» 2()>T|va irc<{>a'yKa ir^(|>a(r|iai i^Lv^^v

irc<{>i]va i<^dvT)v

«)>^ptt (<t>ip, ol, ii>€K, iveyK), bear, bring, carry,

olo-w TJvcyKa^ cv^vox<l (4) lvVjvcY)i<u (4) tiv^x^^**

TJve-yKOv

1 The vowel of the verb stem is irregularly (274) lengthened to et in the first

perfect and perfect middle systems.— ^ q^ becomes re before diiv.— * See 738, 17.

— * Cf. ^x"- — ^ Formed irregularly without <r on stem ivCfK.

PRINCIPAL PARTS OF IMPORTANT VERBS. 285

^vya ((pvy), flee,

«|Kv$o|iai (11, 17) c<|>v70v

^viov|iai(ll,16, 17)

ir^<j>rirya (11)

<{>6dvu {<f>da), get the start of, anticipate,

<)>0^o-o|iai (17) c<}>6t]vI

<{>ed(ru (9) c<t>eao-a (9)

4>6€(pw (<p6ep), destroy,

4>0(pw €<|>6eipa

Xpdofiai, use,

Xp^(ro|iai -f\pr\<r6ni.r\v

S<t>9apKa {<t>Oapp,ai

K^XPII**^ (3)

€<{>OdpT]V

1 Second aorist of the m form. Cf. 790. — 2 The o of the stem is irregularly

(274) lengthened to ij in all the systems except the present.

No. 65, 'A.na^d)v.

WORD GROUPING.

Give the meanings of the following words,

occurred in the preceding vocabularies.

These words have all

872.

d'yopa

a-yw**

d8<X(|>6s

dOpoi^w

avOptOTTOS *

dpird^ci) * *

^dp^apos *

PovXcvw * *

^dp

Sap€iK6s

8(

8id

8iapird|<A * *

SlWKU

Swpov

FIRST WORD LIST. (Lessons III.-XII.)

(U

'EXXr^viKos*

€V*

cir(

c-iriPovXcvu * *

Ev4>paTT]s

T)|i^pa *

OdXarra

Otos*

6t]pCov

6vpa*

Ov(i>

tiriros *

Kal

KaKds

KaX6s*

KcXcvw

KX^apxos

Kpavy^

Kvpos

Xo-yos*

Xvw *

(xaKpos

|id\at.pa * *

^dxt)**

|llKp<Ss *

|i,i(r66s *

vcav(as

6, r\, t6

686s*

oIkCS

olvos *

oirXfTTis * *

oirXov * *

OpKOS

ov**

OVT€ . . . OVTt * *

'Tr€8Cov

ircXTOOT'fis * *

itcXtt) **

ir^ixirw *

n^po-Tjs *

irXoiov

xoX^|iios * *

iroXcftos * *

iroTa|ids *

irp6s

itvXtj

a-Kr\vi] *

<rT€v6s *

(TTpaTCVCl) * *

trTpaTt\y6% * *

(TTparia * *

(TTpaTlUTTJS * *

(Tvixfiaxos * *

<rvv*

(r<f>ev86vif

TO^OV * *

TO|dTT|S * *

TOTf

Tpdirc^a

TplSKOO-lOl

({>av(pds

<|>op<p6s * *

<t>6Bos * *

<)>T)XaK'^

XupS * *

X«i>pU>v * *

873. An inspection of this List shows that these words are

not all separate units, but that some of them are related to

others both in form and in meaning.

Thus, OirXov, oirXt-rris ; irtXTT], -TrtXTacrr^s : TriXtjios, iroX^ixios ; to^ov, to|<Sths ;

i{>6Pos, ({>oP€p6s ; X'^P^i X**?'®" > V-^\.''\> K'°'X*''P**i o'^ji-jiaxos ;o-Tparia, <rTpaTi«-

TijSi <rTpaT«v«, o-Tpar-'H'yds {army-leader, Lyo).

WORD GROUPING. 287

874. Greek words, then, fall naturally into groups. The

words in any group are related to one another both in form

and in meaning. Some words, called compound words, are

related to two or more separate simple words, as <rTpaT-iTY6s,

which is related both to aTparia and to ayo). Here belong

compound verbs.

875. Greek words may be related not only to other Greek

words, but also to words in other languages, notably Latin and

English. Thus dyco and a^o, dp7rd^(o and rapid., htopov and

donum are obviously related.

876. English words may be related to Greek words in the

same manner as Latin words, the Greek and English words

having a common original source. Their connection in form

is often obscure. Thus, 6-Opa, door {cf. Latin forts); \v<a,

LOOSE (cf. Latin so-luo). Such words are called cognate.

Other English words are directly borrowed from Greek words.

Thus, pdppapos, barbarous ;"EXKr\v\.K6Sy Hellenic; Oeos, theism;

CTicriVTi, scene; <mv6St sieno-grapher ; dvOpooiroS; phil-anihropy

;

Xd'yos, philo-logy.

877. It is of great practical importance to note and fix in

the mind the relationships of Greek words.

In acquiring a Greek vocabulary., do not commit words to

memory as separate units., hut group the Greek words together

that show affinity in form and meaning^ and associate with them

the related Latin and English words.

Inspect, in the general vocabulary, the etymological statements about

the words in the First Word List above that are marked with a star or

stars. The double star signifies that the word is related to another Greek

word, or to other Greek words, in the List.

288 WORD GROUPING.

878. SECOND WORD LIST. (Lessons XIII.-XXI.)

In this List, and in the six following Lists, first give the meanings of

the words, and then inspect, in the general vocabulary, the etymological

statements about all the words that are marked with a star or stars. The

double star signifies that the word is related to another Greek word, or to

other Greek words, in the List under consideration or in previous Lists.

Occasionally a related word is given in parenthesis which might other-

wise be overlooked ; but no related word is thus given which would be

suggested by a proper use of the general vocabulary.

aYY^Xos*

d'yopd^w * *

aYptos *

aKpos *

dX^Ocia

aXXos*

clvtL*

d^ios * *

dird*

airo'iri\Lira * *

airopos * *

'ApCo-Ti-iriros

'•ApTol^plris •

dpx^*dTifidtw

avT6s *

pap^apiKos**

^pdiJMA*

Aapcios * *

(SapeiKds)

8(t<r|Ji6s

8civ6s

8^

SCkti*

ctKOO-l *

^KflVOS

4vTav6a * *

ivTtvQlV * *

cir€i|ii * *

ImPovXifi**

lirKTToX^

liriT'f|8€U0S

lirrd*

CTOl|iOS

T]8^(i>s

r[K<ii

©tTToXoS

6t|P€VCi> * *

lKav6s

Ur\vp6i

\iyu * *

{\6yos)

MaCav8pos*

IxaXXov

fJKxd

(iVplOi

|«vos

88c**

JXcOpos

oX.C'yos *

oXos*

5vos*

jpOios

ovv

OVTOS * *

oi;T(i>s * *

iraUit

irdXiv*

irdw

irapd*

irapdScKTOS *

irapao'd'YYris

irapao-Kcvfj

irdp€ip,i * *

irdpo8os * *

iravM *

irfCew * *

(irwrij)

ir^vTC*

^pSvIIcp<riK6s * *

irWTTOS * *

troptvo\uu. * *

<raTpdirt)s

(nrov8'f| *

(rTaO)ji6s

(TVfiPovXcvu * *

a-v\i.tri\t,iria * *

«TUffTpaT€VO|«U**

ri

To|cva> * *

wids*

vit6*

«})£Xios**

<)>(Xos*

<^povpapxos

^pvyCci

«58€**

w<rT€

879. THIRD "WCRD LIST. (Lessons XXn.-XXXI.)

d8lKf»**

WORD GROUPING. 289

'yepoiv

290 WORD GROUPING.

881. FIFTH WORD LIST. (Lessons XLII.-L.)

opy(^o|iai * *

opos

oi5ir»**

irois*

irapaKtXcvo-

irqXos

irX^Opov

•rrXTJpris

irp£v * *

irp66v^os * *

irpoortXavvw * *

irpoo-'^^Kw * *

(TcavTov * *

(TK^irropiai * *

«r6s**

trmvSa

<rTpaT6ir€8ov * *

{iredlov)

dSvvaros

WORD GROUPING. 291

KaTa\|/r]<f>(^o-

|iai* *

KtXiKia * *

kX^vt«* * *

KoXd^ci)

Xc'yw * *

{xiiXurTa * *

|idxo|iou * *

(ICVTOli

MtXriTOS

}M)VOS*

883.

dYY^XXcD * *

alp^M*

aUr6dvo|iai *

dXXdTTO) * *

dvao-TcXXw * *

dvarcCvci) * *

dvSpdiroSov

dv8p€ios * *

dvSpciws* *

dvc'xw * *

ov«* *

d'ira'Y'yA.Xw * *

diraXXdrrw * *

diro0iTj<rK« * *

diroKptvop,ai. * *

dlfOKT€lV« * *

d'HOO'irdw * *

dirooTTtXXw * *

airoTCfiivu * *

vavs *

0tK£<0 * *

oilo|iai

oiricrOev

OTTOTt

'Opovras

OCTTIS * *

ovSeCs * *

ovStiroTC * *

OUKOVV* *

oviroT€ * *

ovir«iroT€ * *

ir€VT€Ka£8€Ka**

•irfixvs

irXa£<riov

iroXc^xiKos * *

voXis * *

iroXvs * *

iropcia * *

iroTC * * •

irovs * * (iref6s,

Tpaxrefo)

iTpoirQtv * *

irpo(rKvv€w *

-irpocTTdTTw * *

irpOTl|ida> * *

SdpScis

(rKcvo({>6pos

o-KT) vc(i> * * Tpcis ** {rpiAKOv-

(rrdSiov to, TpiaKdcwi,

(rTpaTi]-y€« * * Tpirjprjs)

<rTpaT0T€8€v«** Tp<<|>ca

oniXX^'Y*^ *

(ruT'/jp * *

rd^is * *

Td4>pos

ra^vs * *

TtXcvrdw * *

TfKivH] * *

T^OS * *

T^TTap«S * *

(Tpdire^a)

SEVENTH WORD LIST. (Lessons LXI.-LXX,

diro<|>aCv(i> * * svfla * * Kpvirra *

PdXXw** £|oirXi<rCa * * KTttvo)**

(elcr^oXri) (niirrpaTtvo)* * K(i>\i.-f\Tr\s

Pap^apiKus * * €p-yd^o|xai * * XdOpc;.

pXdiTTw* €<r6C« * -• *

cvSaip,6v<>>s * *

OdlTTOl) * *

{TdL(ppOS)

Gapp^w *

yvwuT]

yvptv^is *

SidYco * *

8iaa"ircipa> * *

SiareXcb) * *

Siarptpu * *

Si.a({>6€lp<o * *

c-YK€<{>aXo$ * *

clKd^u

ctirov * *

(^dvaros)

Oopv^s

0(i>paKi^(i> * *

IcrXvpws * *

irov* * (p-f/rup) K€()>aX'fj * ^

C^aXXd) * * KTjpVTTO) *KTjpVTTO) * *

CKirX'fJTTa) * * KivSvvcvu * *

'£XXT)viKd>s * * Kp'^is

ifkirtirru * * Kpiva* *

XdOpc;.

(idvTis *

\Livu*

vdmi

oHkoi * *

olwvds

OpCld) * *

(rTfiup^w)

OpVTTW * *

(diQpv^)

0T£

ov8a|iov * *

6(|>€CXw

6<|>0aXp.6s * *

iraiScvw * *

irapaYY^Xw * *

TpCros * *

v8«p*

viTKrxv^Ofiai**

uiroXvw * *

<j,tXCa**

XaXtiros

XcppovT)o-os

XiXos

Xpovos *

t|/€v8o^ak^

irapardTTW * *

•irdorx«*

xtiTTw * *

irXijBos

irX'^v

irXtitrCos * *

irX^TTCl* * *

irov(o) * *

irovos * *

iroTtpov . . . tJ

irov

irpoOvjicos * *

irpofftpxoiiai**

'TrpOTp€xw * *

irvvOdvofiai

irvp*

pi^iSios * *

ptirrw

cri\p,aivu *

(rKCvo4>op^b> *

292 WORD GROUPING.

o-ircCpw * * (r<)>6Spa *

(TT^XXw* * {iiri- o-(i>TT]pCa * *

(TToX-fi, ardXos) xapaTTw

<rTp€a>Cil # * TcCvO) * *

TcX^o) * * rpt^u * *

TCfjLVb) * * vird'YM * *

TtTTapaKOVTa** viroXcCiro) * *

T'/JKU) * <{>a(v<i> * *

{arpeiTTds) TtKivralos** Tp^x.«' ^QtLpa '

XoXfiraCvtt) * *

Xpv<rU>v * *

wvios

•884.

'AO-ifvaios *

otcxwo) * *

alxF''<^^<*>TOS * *

aXC(rKO|iai * *

oXXus * *

dfiaprdvu

dva'yiYvwo'Kw**

dvaTiOr^fii * *

dvC(rTT||xi * *

avolya *

airci|Jii * * (ef/xt)

diro8c(Kvv|i,i * *

diroSiSpacTKw * *

dir6XXv|jLi * *

'AiriXAwv

diroiropcvoiJiai* *

'ApKds

ftVTOV * *

d<)>tT])i,i * *

PaCvu * *

PaKTT|p£a* *

^laCws * *

Y^ppov

EIGHTH WORD LIST. (Lessons LXXI.-LXXX.)

ScCKVVIil * *

Sip\i.a * *

Bipta * *

St'w* (bind)

Sia^aCvbt * *

8iaTi6T]p.i * *

SiSpaaKO) * *

{dpdfws, Tpix^)

8£8«(».i* * (Swpov)

SicXatrvci)^ *

Svvapiai. * *

{abvvaTos)

tljil * *

ckS^PW * *

€|iir£|iir\'nni**

cvSvw * *

€vT£9r)|ii**

c|aK6(rioi *

circi|xi * * (el/x')

^iriSctKvviii**

lirtKCifiai * *

cir((rTa|*ai

tiriTlOtifjii**

cvpCo-Ko)

€({>l(rTT]^l * *

^t]\ut6s *

6av|ia(rT6s * *

iiririKos * *

C<rTT)|Xl* *

Kd6T)(iai *

Ka0MrTTj|i.t**

KaCircp * *

KdvSvs

KaraKaw * *

Karao-x't'' * *

Kcifxai. * *

Kovioprds

Kp<|tdvvv|ii

KpCo-is * *

XavOdvcd * *

6eia, \d$p(f.)

\cvk6s *

fi.av6dv(i> *

Map<rvas

O/uai, dfieX^u)

|UTdirc|xirros * *

jjL^iroTt * *

|xi(r6o({>opa * *

vcKpos *

v€4>^r] *

olSa * *

otxo|j.ai

oXXvfxi * *

{6\eepos)

ofi.vv|ii

00-OS

iroXriv

irapaSi8(i>p,i * *

irCptirXt^^i * *

(irX'^p-qs, irXrjdoi)

TrKiu** (irXolov)

irpoSiaPaCvw * *

irpo8C8ci)|ii * *

irp6ci)iii * * (dfu)

irpocXavvw * *

irpotT])ii * *

ir«

irws

pia*

o'oXirC^ci) *

o-T^<|>avos *

o-v^)iaxCa * *

o"uvoi8a* *

a-vvTlitwLi * *

o-w()>poo~uvi] * *

T£8T](il * *

Tirpwo'Kw

To^cvfia * *

TOO-OVTOS

Tpoir^ * *

TVYX**"**

vtroirrdo) * *

vo-Tcpaios * *

<Pcp<i) * *

{p.uTdo<pbpo%,

crKevo(p6pos)

<|>6dv(i>

<)>Xvap^o) * *

4>Xv8(>(a*«

Xo^cirws * *

XpwwoxdXivos* *

VOCABULARIES.

IlsTDEX.

ABBREVIATIONS.

ace. = accusative.

act. = active, -ly.

adj. = adjective, -ly.

adv. = adverb, adverbial, -ly.

antec. = antecedent.

aor. = aorist.

apod. = apodosis.

art. = article.

(j/l= confer^ compare.comm. = commonly.comp. = comparative.cond. = condition, conditional.

donj. = conjunctionconst. ==: construction.

contr. = contraction, contracted.

dat. = dative.

def. = definite.

dem., demon. = demonstrative.

dep. = deponent.dim. = diminutive.

dir. = direct.

disc. = discourse.

Dor. ^= Doric.

e.g. =for example.end. = enclitic.

Eng. = English.

esp. = especial, -ly.

ete. = and so forth.

f., ff. = following.

fem. = feminine.

fut. = future.

gen. = genitive.

i.e. =that is.

impers. = impersonal, -ly.

impf., imperf . = imperfect.

imv. = imperative.

indec, indecl. = indeclinable.

indef. = indefinite.

indie. = indicative.

indir. = indirect.

inf., infin. = infinitive.

interr. = interrogative, -ly.

intr., intrans. = intransitive, -ly.

Lat. = Latin.

lit. = literal, -ly.

mase. = masculine.

mid. = middle.

neg. = negative, -ly.

neut. = neuter.

No. , Nos. = Number, Numbers.nom. = nominative.obj. = object.

opt. := optative.

orig. = originally.

p., pp. = page, pages.

part.,partic. = participle.

pass. = passive, -ly.

pers. = person, personal, -ly.

pf., perf. = perfect.

pi., plur. ^plural.plpf

. ,plup. = pluperfect.

post-posit. = post-positive.

pred. = predicate.

prep. = preposition.

pres. = present.

pron. ^ pronoun.prop. ^ proper, -ly.

prot. = protasis.

reflex. = reflexive, -ly.

rel. = relative, -ly.

sc. = scilicet.

sec. = second.sing. = singular.

subj. = subject.

subjv. = subjunctive.

subst.= substantive, -ly.

sup. , super. = superlative.

s.v. = sub voce.

tr., trans. = transitive, -ly.

voc. = vocative.

YOOABULAEIES.

I. GREEK-ENaLISH VOCABULARY.

Ix the following Vocabulary the verb stem of each simple verb is given in

parenthesis directly after the present indicative, unless this stem appears unchanged

in the present indicative. The verb stem and principal parts of a compound verb are

not given if the simple verb occurs elsewhere in the Vocabulary or presents no

difficulties. Arabic numerals refer to the sections of this book or to the illustrations

;

in the latter case the abbreviation "No." precedes.

The derivation of most words is indicated within brackets or by means of the

dagger, which points up (j) or down (t) or in both directions (J) to some simpler

related word or words. If no indication of the derivation is given, the etymological

connection of the word is unknown, doubtful, or too difficult to be discussed here.

Greek words within brackets which are printed in black-face letter occur in the body

of the Vocabulary. The parts of compound words are separated by a hyphen.

d-, an inseparable particle, (1) nega-

tive; (2) copulative.

a, see 6s.

'AppoK6|ias, d (Dor. gen.), 6, Abro-

comas, satrap of Phoenicia and Syria,

and commander of one fourth of the

king's army.

d-Ya-ytiv, d-ydyri, etc., see Ayoo.

d-yaBos, Vi ^v, 63, 577, 750, good in the

broadest sense (as opposed to KaK6s),

brave, expert, upright, noble, useful,

excellent; a-yadbv, t6, good, good thing

;

pK, good things, blessings, supplies;

KaX6s Kal dya66i, KoKbi KayaWs, noble

and good, 'gentleman.'

a.yop&X,<o

fayylKko) (dyyeX), dyyeXu, ^77«\o,

riyyeXKa, fiyyeX/xai, 7]yyi\0r\v, 591, bring

news, announce, report. 628.

ayyeXos, ov, 6, 141 [angel, ev-ange/ist],

messenger, scout, envoy,- herald.

d-ycCpw (dyep), ^yeipa [Lat. grex,

crowd, Eng. pan-egyric], collect.

jd-yopa, as, ij, 40, assembly, meeting,

place of assembly, Lat. forum, esp.

market-place, market; dp.(t>l dyopav

wX-^dova-av, about the time offull market,

forenoon.

|d'yopd|(i> (dyopaS), dyopdcru, etc., 178,

frequent the market, buy, purchase;

mid., buy for oneself.

a-ypios ciKpdTroXis

a^pios, d, ov, 131 [dyp6s, field, Lat.

ager, Eng. acre], ranging the fields,

wild.

56, 776, 871 [Lat. ago], set going, drive,

lead, bring, conduct, carry, convey;

intrans., lead on, march, go; iyuv,

dyovres, with.

jd-yc&v, Qvos, 6, 349, 745 [Eng. agon/]

,

a bringing together, assembly, contest,

struggle, games ; dyQva ndivai. or iromv,

hold games.

d8£\<|>6s, o\i,J), 94, brother.

td-8iK^w, dSiK-fjffw, etc., 282, be unjust,

do wrong, wrong, injure, with fut. mid.

as pass.;pres. as pf., have done wrong,

be in the wrong, and so in the pass. , be

wronged, have suffered wrong.

|d-8(Kr](i,a, aros, t6, wrongdoing, of-

fence.

a-8iKos, ov, 282 [8(kii], unjust, wicked

;

6 dSiKos, the wrongdoer.

d-8vvaTOs, ov, 462 [8vva|xai], unable,

powerless, impossible.

auil, adv., 527 [Lat. aeuum, age, Eng.

EVER, aye], always, ever, from time to

time.

'A9r\vdL, as, i}, Athena, the patron

goddess of Athens. See Nos. 6, 46,

59, 60, 63.

j.'A9iivai, Qv, al, Athens.

4'A0t]vaios, o, ov, 733, Athenian;

'Adrivaios, 6, an Athenian.

dOpoC^u (ddpoLd), dOpolffu, etc., 94

[d6p6os, in a body], press close together,

collect, as troops, Lat. cogo; mid.

intrans., muster.

al, al', see 6, 6i.

alv^u, alviffb), ivecra, ivfKa, iviffMi,

gviOriv, 871 [alvos, tale, praise], praise.

alp^c* {alpe, i\), cdp'^aw, tlXov, vpr/Ka,

VPVf^f^h VP^^V^ 610, 871 [di-aeresis,

heresy], take, seize, capture; mid.,

take for oneself, choose, prefer, elect.

als, see Ss.

al(rOdvofj.ai. (alad), alaO-^ffOfiai, yadd-

(iriv, rjcrd-qixai, 629, 871 [aesthetic], per-

ceive, learn, see, observe; with gen.,

hear, hear of 628, 846.

al(rxp«5s, d, (>v, 548, shameful, base,

disgraceful.

\.ai<r\vvit) (alaxvv), alaxwCi, rjtTxvva.,

ri(7x'(>vdrtv, 664, shame; mid. as pass.

dep.,/eei ashamed, feel ashamed before,

stand in awe of.

alr^o), alr-fiffu, etc., 327, ask for, beg,

demand. 838.

atrCa, 05, 17, blame, censure

jalridofiai, airidao/jiai, etc., mid. dep.,

416, blame, reproach, accuse, charge.

alxfL-dXuTOS, ov, 695 [a^xM') (for dK-ifiri,

cf. axpos), spear point, spear, +dX£a-KO-

|iai], captured by the spear, taken in

war, captured; a/xA«i^<<"'0') o^ cap-

tives.

dKlvdKi^s, ov, 6, 292, short sword, a

weapon carried by Persians, Medes,

and Scythians, worn on the right side,

suspended from a belt, over the hip.

See No. 11.

dKOvrl^M {aKovTid), d/cocTtw [4/cwv,

javelin, dart, cf. dxpos], hurl thejavelin,

hit with a javelin, hit.

dKOVw, dKo6(roixai, ^Kovca, OK^Koa,

^Ko^ff6riv, 327, 871 [Lat. caueo, take

care, Eng. acoustic], hear, learn, hear

of, listen to, give heed to. 628, 846.

tdKp6-iro\is, ewj, rj, 478 [+ ir6\is,

Eng. acro-polis], upper city, acropolis,

citadel.

aKpos aXw<rofi.ai

aKpos, a, oi>, 188 [Lat. acies, sharp

edge or point, Eng. edgk, acme, acro-

bat], pointed, at the point, highest, top-

most; &Kpov, TO, height, summit; to.

&Kpa, the heights.

aXiTt\s, ov, 6 [dX^w, grind], lit.

grinder, only as adj. in the phrase 6vos

dX^rris, upper mill-stone, marked dd in

No. 66. At the right of the upper

figure, not quite one half of the out-

side of the mill

is shown; at the

left, a vertical sec-

tion. The stone

base is marked

a, and terminates

above in the cone-

shaped lowermill-stone c, in

the top of which

is set solidly a

heavy iron peg

(a in the lower

figure). The up-

per stone dd is in

the form of an hour-glass, the lower

half revolving closely upon c. Theupper stone is closed at its narrowest

part by a thick iron plate (6 in the

lower figure), in which there are five

holes. The peg in the upper part of c

(a in the lower figure) passes through

the hole at the centre of this plate

;

through the others, arranged roiind it,

the grain, which was put into the up-

per half of dd, or the hopper, passed

downward. When the upper stone wasturned by means of the bar /, the grain

gradually worked its way downward,and was ground into flour in the groove

e by the friction of the two rough sur-

faces, and fell into the rill h below.

ta-XifjOtia, as, ^, 178, truth, sincerity.

td-XT]6cv(D, a\r)dii<Tu, -^Xi^devaa, speak

the truth, tell the truth.

d-XT]OVjs, ^j, 429, 752 [XavOdvc*], un-

concealed, true ; rb dXrjdii, the truth.

aX((rKO|iai (aX, aXo), dXiIxro/iai, iiXuv

and TjXwv, idXuKa and yjXuKa, 701, 871,

be captured, taken, caught, be convicted

;

used as pass, to alp^u.

tdXXd, adversative conj., 235 [neut.

plur. of axXos with changed accent],

otherwise, in another way, on the other

hand, still, but, yet. It introduces

something different from or opposed

to what has been said before, and

occurs frequently after negatives. At

the beginning of a speech, by way of

an abrupt transition, or to break off

discussion, well, loell but, however, for

my part.

tdXXdTTW (clXXa7), dXXd^w, ^XXa^a,

rjXXaxO; fiXXaynai, riXXax^vu and ^X-

Xdyrjv, 578, 871, make other, alter,

change.

tdXX'^Xwv, reciprocal pron., 449, 761

[par-a//e/], of one another, each other.

dXXos, v^ O) 150 [Lat. alius, other,

Eng. ELSE, allo-pathy], other, another;

with the art. , the other, the remaining,

the rest, the rest of; dXXoL dXXws, Lat.

alii aliter, some one way, others an-

other ; with numerals and in enumerat-

ing objects, besides, further ; oibkv dXXo

1], nothing else than, only.

jdXXws, adv., 664, otherwise, in an-

other way ; dXXus ttws, in some or any

other way.

dXuo-o(iai, see dXlffKOfiau

&|ia ava'yi'yvaxTKM

&|ia, adv., 212 [Lat. simul, at the

same time, Eng. same, some], at the

same time, together; &na rr) rifi^p(f., at

daybreak ; dfia ry iirioinT-ri Tinipq., as

the next day was breaking. 864.

A)i,a(wv, 6vos, 7], an Aitiazun. The

Amazons were a mythical, warlike

race of women, the ideal of female

bravery and strength. They have a

prominent place in Greek Mythology

and are frequently represented on

Greek works of art. See Nos. 14, 65.

4.&|i-a|a, ijs, 7), 63 [+ o-y«, &^uv, axle,

Lat. axis, axle, Eng. axle], a heavy

wagon, originally with four wheels

(and therefore with two connected

axles, as the name signifies). See

No. i;3.

4c4ii-a|iT6s, 6v, passable for wagons;

656s dfia^irds, wagon-road.

otiapTdvci) {dfiapr), diJ.aprT^<rofiat, -qiiap-

Tov, i]fidpTr]Ka, i]ixdpTT)p.at, ^/iapTT^^r;*',

733, 871, miss the mark, miss, fail

(in conduct), err, do wrong, commit

error. 845.

d-|xaxcC, adv., 341 [fiaxtj], without

fighting, without a struggle.

a,\ulv*»Vf ov, gen. ovos, comp. of 070-

dbs, bll, better, braver, stouter.

d-fuX4(i>, apjeK-qaw, etc., 449 [|tiX{i],

be careless, neglect. 846.

d|i<)>(, prep., 235 [akin to a|i.<|Mi>, cf.

Lat. ambi-, amb-, in composition,

round abouf], orig. on both sides of,

hence about, followed by the ace. and

very rarely by the gen.; with gen.,

about, concerning, of things ; with

ace, of place, round, about, of persons,

countries, or things ; of the object

affected, a/i<pl ffrpdrev/ia dairavdv, spend

money on an army ; of time, about, at

;

with numerals preceded by the art.,

about, Lat. circiter. ol dfi<pl with an

ace. of a person may denote either the

followers of that person or that person

and his followers, as oi dp.<pl /3ao-i\^d,

the king^s attendants, but oi dficpl Xeipl-

ffofpov, ChirisophiiS and his men; rd

dix<pi rd^eis, tactics.

In composition d/i<pi signifies on both

sides, about.

d|i<{>i-X^-yu, speak on both sides, have

a dispute, quarrel.

tdfi({>6Ttpos, a, ov, 462, both.

a\i.^u [akin to d|u)>(, cf. Lat. ambo,

both, Eng. both], both.

av, a post^positive particle without

an exact equivalent in English. Twouses of iv are to be distinguished :

I. In conditional, relative, and tem-

poral protases. See 317, 524, 533, 534,

535. Here di> unites with the particle

el (forming ^dv, dv, or ^^i*), and some-

times with the relatives. II. In apod-

osis. See 307, 364, 533, 534, 536.

av, contracted form of idv.

dvd, prep, with ace, 235 [Eng. on],

up (opposed to Kard). Of place, up,

up along, upon, over, throughout ; with

numerals to signify distribution, at

the rate of, dvd ixardv, by hundreds, a

hundred each; to express manner, dvd

Kpdros, up to one''s strength, atfull speed.

In composition dvd signifies up, back,

again, and is sometimes simply inten-

sive.

dva-Pa(vcd, go up, ascend, march up,

mount.

dva--yiYvua-K«i>, 701, know again, rec-

ognize, read.

dvd'YKT] a|ios

dvdYKt), T/s, 7], 462, force, necessity,

constraint; dvdyKr) ia-rl (more often

without iffrl), it is necessary, one must,

of physical necessity.

dva-Yvovs, see dva-yiyvdxTKU).

dva-|xi|jivt]o-K(i>, remind of. 838.

dva|vpC8€s, Idcav, ai, trousers, worn

by the Orientals, but not by Greeks.

They were close-fitting and often were

highly ornamented in the weaving of

the cloth and by embroidery. See Nos.

14, 57, 58.

dva-o-T^XX«, 629, send back, repulse.

dva-<rx^o-9ai, etc., see dv-^x^-

dva-rapaTTo), stir up; pf. pass., be

in confusion or disorder.

ava-Ttlvw, 629, stretch up, hold up.

dva-T{6i]p,i, 695, put or lay upon.

dvSpdiroSov, ov, t6, 638, slave, esp.

captive taken in war.

dvSpcios, a, ov, 598 [dWjp], manly,

brave, valiant.

|dv8p€(«i>s, adv. , 598, bravely, courage-

ously.

dv-«iXov, see dv-aipiu).

dv-€<rTTjv, see dv-iffrrifii.

dv€v, improper prep, [akin to neg.

prefix d-], without, followed by the

gen.

dv-^(i>, impf. and aor. mid. with

double augment, -nveixifj-v and ^ve<rx<i-

fir]v, 578, hold up; mid., control one-

self, tolerate, endure.

dv-fj-ya-yov, see dv-dyw.

dvVjp, dvSpSs, 6, .349, 746 [andr-oid],

man, Lat. uir, as opposed to woman,youth, or child, in contrast with the

generic dvOpwwos.

dvOpwiros, ov, 6, 7], 78, 741 [anthropo-

logy, phil-anthropy] , man, human being.

Lat. homo, one of the human race

as opposed to a higher or lower order

of beings; contemptuously, person,

fellow ; pi. , men, persons, people.

dv-(orTT)|ii, 707, make stand up, rouse

up, start up, raise up ; mid., with pf.

and 2 aor. act., stand up, rise, get up.

dv-o£"y«, dv-ol^(t}, dv-^ip^a, dv-^ifya and

dv-^(f)X'>'i dv-4<fyixaL, dv-fipx^Vi 664, 871

[olyu, open], open up, open.

dvT-a-yopd^u, buy in exchange.

dvTi, prep, with gen., 141 [Lat. ante,

before, Eng. x-long, xs-swer, antt-dote],

orig. facing, over against, against;

hence, instead of, for, in place of, in

preference to, in return for.

In composition dvrl signifies against,

in opposition, in return, in turn, in-

stead.

idvrtos, a, ov, set against, opposite;

dvrioi ifvai, go to meet; iK roO dvrlov,

from the opposite side. 863.

dvTi-irapa<nccvdto|j.ai, prepare one-

self in turn.

dva», adv., 629 [dvd], above, up, onhigher ground, upwards, into the air, upcountry ; comp. dvuripu, sup. dvuTdrui.

d|tvti, Tjs, 439 [Lat. ascia, axe, Eng.

axe], axe, Lat. bipennis, with double

head, used for chopping and digging.

See Nos. 32 and 67.

No. 67.

d|ios, a, ov, 131, 750 [oy«, the root of

which originally meant weigh, as well

as lead, drive], weighing as much as,

worthy of, deserving, valuable, bqfitting.

a|i6(i> 'AiroXXwv

worth; neut., A^iov (sc. iarl), be worth

while, becoming ; ttoXXoO A^ios, worth

much, of great value; vXelovoi 4|ioj,

more valuable or serviceable; irXdarov

H^Los, most valuable. 853.

|oi|i6<i>, d^idaw, etc. , 678, think Jit,

deem worthy or proper, expect ; hence,

claim, ask, demand.

dir-aY-y^XM, 591, bring back word,

announce, report.

dir-a'yopcvci) [dyopeiju, harangue, say,

d-yopa], say no, forbid; intr., give up

or out.

dir-dY«, 308, lead away or back.

dir-aiT€w, 422, ask from, demand,

demand back.

dtr-oXXaTTO), 578, change off, aban-

don, quit, go away, depart, withdraio,

act. and mid.;pass. , be freed from, be

rid of.

dira|, numeral adv., once.

d-irapdo-Kcvos, ov, 416 [irapooTKCtWi],

unprepared.

d-was, da-a, av, 264 [a- copulative

(commonly d-) +irds], all together, all,

whole, entire; with the art. it has

pred. position, as &xav t6 fi^<rov, the

entire space between.

dir-cijii (el/iii), 728, go off or away,

depart.

dir-€\avv(i>, 327, drive away; intr.,

march, ride, or go away.

dir-tXOciv, see dir-4pxonai.

&-ir£p, see 8(7-Trep.

arc-ip\o\i.aLi, 508, co7ne or go away,

depart, retreat, desert.

air-ixa, 488, keep off or away ; intr.

,

be away from or distant, Lat. disto

;

mid., keep oneself from, desist or

refrain from.

dir-u'ti, see dir-etfu (eJfu).

dir-f]X9ov, see dn-ipxofMi.

dir-i^vai, etc., see dir-eifit (eifu).

dirXdos, iv, 6ov, contr. oCs, ^, oOv,

292, 751, simple, frank, sincere, Lat,

simplex ; rb dirXovi', sincerity.

dird, prep, with gen., 141 [Lat. ab,

Eng. OF, off], from, off, off from,

away from. Of place, from, awayfrom ; of time, from, after, starting

from; of source, including origin,

from ; of cause, on, upon ; of means,

by, out of, by the aid of, by means of,

with.

In composition dwd signifies from,

away, off, in return, back, but is some-

times simply intensive, and sometimes

almost neg. (arising from the sense of

off).

diro-pX^iTw, look away from all other

objects at one, look steadily.

diro-8€{Kvvp,i, 713, poitit out, makeknown, appoint; mid., set forth one^s

views, declare, express. 840.

diro-8i8pa<rKo>, 707, run away, desert,

escape by stsalth, abandon.

diro-Ovxio-Kci), 610, die off, die. be killed,

be slain, be put to death, suffer death.

diro-Kptvop,ai, 591, give a decision,

make answer, answer, Lat. responded.

diro-KT«(v(i>, 591, kill off, put to death.

diro-X(Lir<i>, leave behind, forsake,

abandon, desert.

dir-6XXv|jii, 713, destroy utterly, kill;

mid. with 2 pf. and plpf. act., perish,

die, be lost.

'Air6XXo>v, WTO J, 6, 713, Apollo, one

of the greatest of the divinities of tlie

Greeks, god of music and poetry. See

No. 63, where, clad in long under-

oLiroXcoXiKa ap}i,a

garment (xirdiv) and chlamys {x\afih),

he is represented, with knife in hand,

as about to flay Marsyas.

dir-oXuXcKa, see air-6\\v/j.c.

diro-ircjiiro), 188, send off or away, let

go, send home, remit ; mid., send away

from oneself, dismiss.

diro-irXt'w, sail from the side of, sail

away or home.

diro--irop€vo|jiai, 685, go off, depart.

td-irop€<o, diropriffu], etc., 561, he in

doubt, he at a loss, act. and mid.j be

in want of. 848.

a-iropos, ov, 131 [iropos], without

means, impracticable ; of roads, moun-tains, or rivers, impassable, unford-

able; Airopou, t6, obstacle, difficulty.

dir6-ppT)Tos, OP [ipm], not to be told,

secret.

diro-o-ird«, 644, draw off, separate,

withdraw.

diro-o-reXXw, 652, send back or awaywith a commission, despatch, dismiss.

diro-o-T€p€a), rob. 838.

diro-Tejivw, 615, cut off, sever, as

parts of the body, and so as a military

phrase, intercept.

aiTO-^aLva, 591, show forth; mid.,

show one''s own, declare, express.

diro-xci>p^a>, 318, go away, depart,

retreat, withdraw.

diro-t|;r]({>($o|Jiai, vote no,

vote against, reject by vote.

fiirrti) {d^), a^w, ri\j/a., rJixfLaL,

r)(t>dt)v [Lat. aptus, jit, Eng.

apse], lay hold of, fasten,

kindle; mid., touch. 845.

opa, post-positive particle

of inference, therefore, accord-

ingly, then.

dpa, interrogative particle, surely?

indeed ?, but often best expressed in

Eng. by the intonation ; ap ov, Lat.

nonne, expecting an affirmative answer.

t'Apapta, as, 17, Arabia.

'Apdpios, d, ov, Arabian.

'Apd^s, ov, 6, the Araxes.

tdp-yvp€os, a, ov, contr. oOs, a, ovv, 292,

751, of silver.

tdp-yvpiov, 01^, t6, 341, silver, silver

money, coin.

ap-yvpos, ov, 6 [dpy6i, white, Lat.

argentum], silver.

dp€T'^, ^s, 17, 389, goodness, virtue,

courage, valor, good service.

'Apiaios, ov, 6, Ariaeus, the lieu-

tenant-general of Cyrus, and comman-der of his barbarian forcfe.

dpiOnos, ov, 6, 212 [arithmetic],

number, enumeration, extent.

'ApCo-TiTTiros, ov, 6, 161, Aristippus,

apio-TOs, 7;, ov, 577, fittest in any

sense, best, bravest, noblest.

'ApKds, dSos, 6, 722, an Arcadian.

apKTos, ov, ij [arctic], bear ; the con-

stellation Ursa Maior, the north.

^pfia, oTos, t6, 255,

744, war chariot, Lat.

No. 68.

i(nriX<ti 10 atnrts

currus, still used by the Persians in

the time of the Anabasis for fighting,

but employed by Greeks at this time

only for racing. The Persian chariots

were sometimes fitted with scythes,

and were then called 5peiravri(f)6pa. See

No. 49. For Greek chariots, see Nos. 26,

60, 68, 90 ; for a Persian chariot. No. 45.

dpird^o) (dpirad), ap7rd<rw, ^piraffa,

ijpTraKa, ripwaa/jMi, rjpirdcrdrjp^ 56 [Lat.

rapid, seize, tear, Eng. harpy], seize,

capture, carry away, plunder.

'ApTa-yc'po-tjs, ov, 6, Artagerses, com-

mander of the king's body-guard.

'ApTei|^p|Tls, ov, 6, 131, Artaxerxes

II. , eldest son of Darius II.

'Aprairdrns, ov, 6, Artapates, the

confidential attendant of Cyrus.

"ApTcjiis, tSos, 17, 508, Artemis, sister

of Apollo, patroness of hunting. See

No. 69.

tdpxoios, a, ov [archaeo-logy], old,

ancient; rb dpxaiov, adv., formerly.

tApX'^i, ^s, v, 124 [mon-arc/iy], be-

ginning, rule, province, government,

satrapy.

apx«, &p^u, Mo, ^pyfMi, VRX^V,235 [arch-cLngel, etc.], be first, in point

of time begin, take the lead in an

action, be the first to do it; in point of

station rule, reign over, command,

have command; mid., begin, enter

upon an action. 845, 847.

apxwv, ovTos, 6, 282, ruler, comman-

der, leader, chief, a higher title than

ffTparriyds.

do-Kos, ov, 65 leathern bag, wine-skin.

See No. 16, where an d«rK6j rests on

the top of the pedestal.

d<rir(s, '5oj, i), 255, 744, shield, in shape

either oval or round. The large oval

shield covered the hoplite from his

neck to his knees ; it was convex on

the outer side ; about its outer edge

ran a continuous rim of metal, fas-

No. 70.

tened with nails. It was often embla-

zoned with a device. See in particu-

No. 69.

ao-TpaiTTw 11 pdXavos

lar No. 34. A peculiar form of the

oval shield, called Boeotian, had aper-

tures at the side. See No. 8. Theround or Argolic shield (No. 71) was

similar to the oval shield in most

respects except its shape. Since it

was too small to cover in action the

lower part of the body, a flap was

No 71.

often attached to it. See No. 55.

When not in use, the shield was cov-

ered. See No. 80, where the cover is

being removed. See also Nos. 9, 12,

14, 19, 20, 25, 30, 37, 60, 62.

do-rpd-irrw {affrpatr), T^CTpaxj/a, flash,

glitter.

ewTTv, ews, t6, 478, 748, town.

d-o-4>oX^s, h, 429 [or«|>dXX«], not

liable to be tripped up, safe, free fromdanger, sure, secure; iv der^aXeo-T^pV,

in greater security; iv (ia<pa\eaTdT(p,

in the safest place.

jd-<ri{>aXus, adv., 561, safely, securely,

without danger.

a-TOKTOs, ov [rdTTw], in disorder.

d-Tl)^d^(i> (dTlfiaS), dTindffw, etc., 141

[&-Tifws, without honor, Tlni\], dishonor,

disgrace.

ov, adv., 235, again, in turn, more-

over.

avpiov, adv., to-morrow, Lat. croLs;

i] avpiov {sc. 7)fUpd), the morrow.

tavTiKa, adv., 472, at this very moment,

immediately, on the spot.

tovrdOi, adv., 502, in this or that very

place, here, there.

ia,vTO-\io\ia, desert,, the regular mili-

tary word.

tavTO-ftoXos, ov, 6 [+ ^XdxrKu (yoioX,

fiXo, ;3Xo), go], deserter.

ovTos, T^, 6, 161, 759 [auth-entic,

auto-crat], intensive pron., self, same,

him, her, it. 160.

lavTov, adv., 695, in the very place,

here, there.

avTOV, see iavrov.

d<|>', see diri.

d<|>-'/j<rw, see d<f)-t7jixi.

a.^-tr\\ki,, 733, send away, let go, let

loose, let flow.

d(}>-iKveo)t,ai, 462, comefrom one place

to another, arrive, reach, return.

d<j)-i'jnr£vw, 449 [tinros], ride back

or off.

oxpi, conj., until.

B

BaPvXwv, wvos, i), 648, Babylon.

jBa^vXwvCa, ds, i). Babylonia.

tpd0os, oi/j, t6 [bathos], depth.

PaOvs, e?a, v, 502, deep.

Pa(v(i> (/3a), ^^(ToiMai, e^rjv, ^i^-qKa,

^i^aiMi, i^d07]v, 707, 871 [Lat. uenio,

come, Eng. come, basis], go, loalk.

iPaKTT]p(a, dy, yj, 695, staff, walking-

stick, so commonly in use among the

Greeks that it was carried even bysoldiers afield. See Nos. 1, 30, 36,

pdXavos, ov, 71, acorn, daie.

PdXXu 12 Y&p

PdXXu (/3aX), /SaXw, ?/3aXov, ^ipXrjKa,

^ip\7)/iai, ipK-fid-nv, 591, 871 [pro-blem.

sym-bol'\ , throw, throw at, hit, hit with

stones, stone.

t^appapiKds, ij, iv, 178, foreign, bar-

barian ; rb ^ap^apiKbv i^SC. arpdrevfia),

the Persian force of Cyrus.

l^ap^apiKus, adv., 598, in the barba-

rian tongue, e.g. in Persian.

pdpPapos, OP, 94 [barbarous], not

Greek, barbarian, foreign ; pdp^apos, 6,

a foreigner, barbarian. See No. 57.

tpao-CXctos, Of, 170, royal; ^aalXeiov,

t6, and ^aalXeta, rd, palace.

pao-tXcvs, ^ws, 6, 508, 749 [basilica,

basilisk], king, Lat. rex, esp. the king

of Persia, when the art. is regularly

omitted ; iraph /3a<rtXe?, at court.

4Pao-i.\cv<i>, ^OLffCKeiKTW, i^a(ri\ev<Ta, 318,

be king.

iPao-iXiKds, i>, bv, royal, the king''s.

pav, Pav, &0W, wow, imitation of a

dog's bark.

tp^TWTTos, 1?, OP, 577, TOOS< desired,

best, noblest, most advantageous.

PcXrtuv, o>', 577 [PovXo|i,ai], more

desired, better, nobler, more advanta-

geous.

pta, as, T], force, violence, Lat, uls.

iPidtofxai (/3ta5), ^i.d<Top.ai, etc., 416,

force, compel, overpower.

iPiaCus, adv., 673, violently, hard.

PiPdtu (/3i/3a5), /3ti3<i(rw or /3t)3w, ^/3i-

/3a<ra [pa£vw], make go.

pcpXos, ov, ^ [Bible, bibllo-graphy'],

book, Lat. iifter, existing among the

Greeks of historical times in the form

of the roll. See No. 1, where the

central figure holds a roll in his

hands.

ptos, ov, 6, 548 [Lat. uluus, alive,

Eng. QUICK, bio-graphy], life, living.

pXAirro) (/3\ai3), /SXdfw, ?/3\ai/'a,

/3^)3\a0o, /3^/3XaMA««i, i^Xd(f>dr]v and

i^Xdprjp, 638, 871 [/SXd^T?, Awr^], in-

jure, Awrf, damage, harm.

pX^iro), /3X^w, f^Xefa, look, turn

one''s eyes, face, point.

tPodw, ^O'TiffOfiai, i^6r)aa, 275, shout,

call out, cry out.

Po^, ^s, ^, shout, call, cry.

^PoTj-Oew, ^orjd^ffu, i^o7)07)<7a, /3e/3o^

0i7(ca, ^ePoT^drjfiai, 488 [+e^«], run <0

rescue ai a cry for help, give assistance,

bring aid, help, assist. 860.

tPovXcvci), ;3oitX«5(rw, eic, 56, pian,

f)Zo< ,- coram, mid., /orm one's own

2)ton, plan, consider, deliberate, pur-

pose, determine, settle on.

tPovX^, ^y, T], will, plan, deliberation.

PovXo)Lai, ^ovXifiao/iai, /3e^oi/Xi;/iot,

i^ovX-fjOrip, 308, 871, will, wish, desire,

be willing, like.

Povs, )3o6s, 6, ^, 508, 749 [Lat. bos,

ox, cow, Eng. cow, bu-colic], ox, cow,

pi. cattle, oxen.

Ppaxvs, eta, i/ [Lat. breuis, short],

short; ir^rea6ai ^pa-x^i have a short

flight.

^pi\<», f^pe^a, p^ppeyfiai, i^p^x^Tjv,

wet, pass, get wet.

Pii>p.tfs, ov, 6, 508, altar. See No. 38.

•ydp, post-positive causal conj., 116,

for; when it expresses specification,

confirmation, or explanation, because,

indeed, certainly, then, now, for exam-

ple, namely ; in questions, then, or to

ravXfTT]s 13 Sap<iK6s

be omitted in translation ; Kal ydp,

Lat. etenim, and {this is so) for, and

to be sure, and really.

rawXtTTjs, ov, 6, Gaulltes.

•^i, enclitic and post-positive intens.

particle, 629, even, at least, yet, indeed,

certainly, but often to be indicated in

Eng. only by emphasis.

7c^€v<]<r0ai, 'Y^'yova, see ylyvofiat.

yivo%, ovs, t6, 472 [-yCYvoftai, Lat.

gens], family, race.

Y^ppov, ov, t6, 695, wicker-shield.

4.-y€ppo-(|>6poi, wv, ol [+ <}>^p«], light-

armed troops with wicker-shields.

yipwv, ovTos, 6, 255, 744 [cf -ypavs],

old man.

ytva, ye6<ru, ^yevtra, y^evfjLai, 548

[Lat. gusto, taste, Eng. choose], give

a taste; mid., taste. 846.

7^<|>vpa, as, i], 63, 739, bridge.

^fj, 7^y, i), 292, 742 [apo-gee, geo-

graphy], earth, ground, country, Lat.

terra, land as opposed to sea.

4'yVj-\o<j>os, ov, 6, 409 [\6<t>os], moundof earth, hill, hillock.

'yC-yvofi.ai (7ej'), yev^qaofj-ai, iyep6fjL7]v,

yiyova, yeyiv-qixai, 472, 871 [Lat. gigno,

produce, bear, Eng. kin, kixd, hydro-

gen, genesis], be born, become, be made,

happen, take place, occur, and with

many other meanings to be deter-

mined from the context, such as arise,

fall upon, get, dawn, draw on, fall,

accrue, be favorable, amount to, prove

oneself to be.

yKyv&iTKa (yvo), yvuxro/xai, eyvwv,

iyv(aKa, eyvw(T/xai, eyvilxxdriv, 701, 871

[Lat. nosco, learn, Eng. can, ken,

KNOW, dia-gnosis], perceive, know,

understand, learn, think. 628.

yXav|, k6s, t), owl. The owl was a

part of the device on Athenian coins.

See Nos. 6, 15, 46, 59.

YvwfiTj, Tjj, i], 591 ['Yi^vuo-Kti), Eng.

gnome, gnomic], opinion, plan, under-

standing, judgment; Avev ttjs yvufirjs

Tiv6$, against one^s will; iiJ.iniJ.Tr\as

rT)v yvdnTjv, satisfy one''s desire.

Yvwvai, -yvi&o-oixai, see yiyvda-Kw.

•yow, ydvaros, t6, 695 [Lat. genu,

knee, Eng. knee], knee.

•ypavs, ypa6s, i], 508, 749 [cf -y^pwv],

old woman.

7pd(|>a>, ypdipu, eypa^a, y4ypa<pa,

y^ypafjifiai, iypd(p7ii>, 204, 871 [Lat.

scrlbo, write, Eng. graphic, grammar,etc.], make a mark, draw, write, de-

scribe. See No. 60, where Athena is

writing on a wax tablet with the

stilus.

tyuKvaSa) {yvuvaS), yvfivdcu, etc., train

naked, exercise.

t7V|ivYjs, rjTos, 0, 629, light-armed foot-

soldier.

yv}iv6s, -fi, bv [gymnast], naked,

stripped, lightly clad.

yvvii, yvvaiKbs, rj,- 508 [-yC-yvoixai (71'J'^

orig. meant 'mother'), Eng. miso-

gynist], woman, wife.

SaxpvM, daKp6(TU), iSdKpvaa, 8eSdKpvixai

[SdKpv, tear, Lat. lacrima, tear, Eng.

tear], shed tears, weep.

Adva, wv, rd, Dana, a city.

Sairavdw, dairavriau, etc., 439 [dairavrj,

expense], spend, expend.

AdpSas, aros, 6, the Dardas, a river.

fSapciKos, ov, 6, daric, 116, a Persian

Aapcios 14 8i&

gold coin. It contained about 125.5

grains of gold, and would now be worth

about $5.40 in American gold. The

daric passed current as the equivalent

of 20 Attic drachmas. See No. 22.

Aapcios, ov, 6, 124, Darius, the nameof many of the Persian kings.

Sao-|i,6s, oO, 6, 150, tax, impost, tribute.

hi, post-positive conj., 83, but, mid-

way in force between dXXd and KaL

Its adversative force is often slight, so

that it may be rendered by and, to be

sure, further, etc. iiAv is often found

in the preceding clause, and yLkv ... 5^

then have the force of while . . . yet,

on the one hand . . . on the other, or

both . . . and, but generally these ex-

pressions are too strong to be used in

translating into English, and the force

of fi^v had better be indicated simply

by stress of the voice (see ii^v). Kal. .

.

d4, and (di) also, but further.

-8«, suffix denoting whither, or with

demonstrative force.

ScSiws, S^SoiKa, see Seldto.

8^X1 > Stiiflrivoi, 8€i, see 5^w, lack.

ScCSw, deicrofjMi, eSeiffa, d^SoiKa and

S^Sia, 335 (pres. not Attic), fear, be

afraid, of reasonable fear.

8i(KVV|it (5et/c), dtl^u, eSei^a, d^Seixa,

d^Seiyfiai, iMxOTiv, 713, 787, 871 [Lat.

died, say, Eng. teach, token, para-

digm^, point out, indicate, show.

%i\Xi\, t;s, if, afternoon, evening.

8€iv6s, 17, dv, 124 [8€(8«], dreadful,

perilous, terrible, marvellous, skilful,

clever ; deiv6v, t6, peril, danger.

S^Ka, indecl. [Lat. decem, ten, Eng.

TEN, decade], ten.

S^vSpov, ov, t6, 212, tree, Lat. arbor.

S<^i6s, A, bv, 102 [Lat. dexter], right;

i] Se^ii {sc. x^^p)^ the right (hand), used

either in indicating direction, or with

\apeiv Kal Sovvai as a sign of confirma-

tion ; t6 5e|i6j' (sc. K^paj), the right

(wing).

t8^p|xa, aroi, t6, 695, hide, skin.

8€p(i>, depQ, fdetpa, didap/iai, iddpr/v,

713, 871 [Lat. dolo, split, Eng. tear,

epi-dermis], flay.

Scvpo, adv., 422, hither, here.

ScvTcpos, ci, ov [8vo], second; Seirrepov,

as adv. , a second time, Lat. iterum.

Si\Ofkai, d^^o/j-ai, ide^dfirtv, SiSejftai, 561

[pan-dect, synec-doche], receive what

is offered, take, accept, admit, await.

8^0), Sijcw, (dr]<Ta, 5^5e/ca, S^de/iai,

id^6r]v,664, 871 [dia-dem], bind, fasten,

tie, fetter, shackle.

Siia, Seri<ru, id^Tjaa, ded^riKa, Sed^tj/juii,

idei^drjv, 356, 871, lack, want, need;

comm. mid., lack, need, want, desire,

beg, request; M, used impersonally,

there is need, it is necessary or proper,

one must, ought, should. 848.

8'^, post-positive intensive particle,

204, now, indeed, in particular, accord-

ingly, so, then, but often its force is

best indicated simply by emphasis.

8f)Xos, t;, ov, 472; plain, clear, evident,

manifest.

;8t|\6(i>, d7]\il)<7u, etc., 282, 783, make

clear.

8id, prep, with gen. and ace, 116

[8vo], orig. betxoeen, then through ; with

gen., used of place, time, or means,

through, during, throughout, by means

of, Lat. per; with ace, through, by

means or aid of, on account of, for the

sake of, Lat. ob or propter.

ACa 15 Spd|j.oi|ii

In composition did signifies through

or over; sometimes it adds an idea of

continuance or fulfilment; or it maysignify apart, Lat. dZ-, dis-.

Ma, Alt, Aios, see Zei/s.

Sia-PaCvo), 707, go over, cross.

Sia-pdXXco, throw over, throw at with

words, slander, traduce.

Sia-^aTos, -f), 6v, 365 [8ia-Pa(vci>]

,

fordable, passable.

8i-dY», 598, of time, pass, spend,

live, continue.

Sia-Koo-ioi, ai, a [8vo + iKardv] , 200.

Si-apirdtw, 116, tear in pieces, plun-

der, lay ivaste, sack, spoil, ravage.

8ia-o-ird<i>, 335, draw apart, separate,

scatter, of soldiers.

Sia-o-ircCpci), 652, scatter about, scatter.

8ia-o-<^^u, 462, bring through safely,

keep safe, save.

Sia-rdTTw, post at intervals, draw upin array.

8ia-T€\£a>, 578, finish, complete the

march, continue.

8ia-TC0T]|i,i, 695, arrange, dispose.

8ia-Tptp<i>, 573, rub through, spend,

waste time, delay.

8ia-({>0((p6), 629, destroy utterly, ruin,

corrupt.

8i8da'Ku (5t5ax), dtdd^u, idlSa^a, SeSi-

Saxa, SeSLday/xai, i5i56.x0r)v, 409 [akin to

ScCKvvfii, Eng. didactic}, teach, instruct,

show, Lat. doceo. 838. See Nos. 1,

36.

SiSpacTKw {Spa), dpd<To/iai, edpav, 5^-

dpa.Ka, 707, 871 [tread], run.

8(8«i)|X(, (5o), diiXTw, e5w*ca, S48(i>Ka,

d^do/jLai, iUe-qv, 701, 785, 789, 871 [Lat.

dM, give, Eng. dose, anti-date], give,

grant, permit.

8i-c\avv(i>, 733, drive or ride through.

8i-^X<') ^old apart, be apart. 849.

8i-£«m]|ii, set apart; mid. and 2 aor.

act. intr., stand apart, open ranks,

stand at intervals.

t8(Kaios, d, ov, 365, just, right, reason-

able, proper.

|8iKa((i)s, adv., S65, justly, rightly.

8iKii, T]$, T), 141 [syn-dici, custom,

right, justice, punishment, deserts.

8i6, for 5t' 6, wherefore.

8£s, adv. [8vo], twice, Lat. bis.

4.8i<r-xtXioi, ai., a [+xtXi.oi], 2000.

8i<|>6cpa, OS, 7), 422, tanned hide,

leathern bag.

8C<{>pos, ov, 6, stool, the simplest form

of the Greek chair, with four legs,

either perpendicular or crossed, but

without a back. See Nos. 1, 36, where

the first form is represented.

81COKW, Siiv^d), idlw^a, dedlwxo-, ^5iw-

X^Vi 94, pursue, go in pursuit, chase,

give chase, prosecute.

8i-«pv|, vxo^, 17, 245, 743 [5t-opvTT«,

dig through], ditch, canal.

8oK^(i>, 56^u, fdo^a, didoy/j-ai, idbxGrjv,

365 [Lat. decet, it behooves, decus, grace,

Eng. dogma, para-dox], seem, appear,

seem best or good, be voted, think.

8opKds, ados, rj, gazelle.

86pv, oTor, t6, 478 [dpis, tree, Eng.

tree], prop, stem of a tree, then shaft

of a spear, and hence spear with long

shaft. See Nos. 14, 19, 20, 30, 37, 57,

58, 62 ; and for oriental spears, Nos. 11,

42, 48, 64.

Soiivai, etc., see Sldu/u.

Sovir^cd, idovwTjaa [SoOiroy, din], makea din.

Spd|ioi|j.i, 8pc4JLov|uu, see rp^x^-

Spoxji^ 16 »0m

ipa\}L-f\f Tji, 7}, drachma, an Attic

silver coin worth about 18 cents in

U. S. legal money, ornamented on the

obverse side with the head of Athena

wearing the close-fitting crested hel-

met, and on the reverse with the owl,

olive spray, and an inscription con-

taining the first three letters of the

name of Athens, AeENAI. See Nos. 6,

15, 46, 59, 72.

The Attic table of money is as fol-

lows:

<}/3oX6s

cOvos 17 IXolTTWV

cOvos, ovs, t6 [ethnic], nation, tribe,

Lat. natio.

el, conj.,.i/, with indie, and opt.,

275, 301, 305, 307, 364, 525 ; in indirect

questions, whether; ei fi-fi, if not,

except, unless, Lat. nisi ; el di n-f), other-

wise.

c{a, etao-a, see iau.

€l8ov [Lat. MJdeo, Eng. wit, spher-

oid], see opdo).

ctKa^w {eiKa5),elKdaw, etKaaa, etKa<rfj.ai,

€iKd(rdr]v, 638, liken, suppose, conjecture,

fancy.

ctKoo-i, indecl., 204 [Lat. ulgintl,

twenty, Eng. twenty], twenty.

ttKi\^a, etc., see Xa/x^dvu.

clXov, ci\6piT]v, see alpiw.

A^L {is), eaofMi, 170, 795 [Lat. sum,

Eng. am], be, exist ; with gen. or dat.

of possessor, belong, have, possess;

fffTi, it is possible, one can.

dm (l), impf. ^a or yeiv, 728, 796

[Lat. eo, ire, go], go (pres. indie, with

fut. sense, shall go), proceed, march.

ct-ircp [el + irep], if in fact.

etirov(ei7r, ip, pe), ipQ, etp-r/Ka, etp-rjfiai,

ippifldrju, 610, 871 [Lat. uoco, call], say,

speak, tell, relate, propose, order; etprjro,

orders had been given. 609.

els, prep, with ace., properly of

place, 63, into, to, among, for, against,

into the country of, sometimes with

verbs of rest, but implying previous

motion, where Eng. uses in ; of time,

up to, during, in, at ; with numerals,

up to, at most, to the number of; of

the end or object, in regard to, for, in

respect to.

In composition eU signifies into, to,

on, in.

els, fiia, ?v, numeral adj., 618, 757,

one, Lat. unus.

clflr-d-yw, lead into or in.

cl<r-pdXX(i>, throw into; intr., empty

(of rivers), invade.

elo--PoX^, rjs, 7}, 245 [/SoXiJ, a throw,

^akka], entrance, pass.

el(r-in]8du, spring into.

eto-T'^Keiv, see i<rTrifj.i.

titrta, adv., 382 [iv], inside, within.

etra, adv., 235, then, thereupon.

teKcwTTos, I?, ov, 292, each, every, of

more than two, in form a superlative.

icKdrcpos, a, ov, each of two, in form

a comparative.

icKare'pco-Oev, adv., 382, on both sides

or flanks.

jeKare'pu-o-e, adv., in both directions.

eKarov, indecl. [Lat. centum, Eng.

KINDRED, hecatom-b], 100.

cK-PdXX(o, 501, throvj out, expel.

cK-8^p<i>, 713, strip off the skin,

flay.

kKil, adv., 327, there, in thai place,

thither.

I^Keivos, Vi o-i dem. pron., 161, 762,

that, that man there, Lat. ille. 159.

lK-K\tv(i>, bend out, give way.

^K-Kop,(^w, carry out.

eK-K6irr«, cut off or down.

lK-KV|i,a(v(i) {kvuvlv), iK-KV/JMvQ [KVfia,

billow], billow out, surge forward.

eK-irX'^TTw, 644, strike out of one's

senses, amaze, terrify.

iK-iro8»v, adv., 527 [irovs], out of the

way.

cKwv, oCo-o, 6v, 264, 752, loilling, of

one''s own accord; in pred., willingly.

^XoLttwv, ov, gen. ovos, 577, smaller,

less, fewer.

IXavvw 18

cXavvu (Aa), i\w, i^Xaaa, AjJXaica,

AT^XttAcat, -nXderjv, 327, 871 [e/astic],

drive, set in motion; iutr.i ride, drive,

inarch.

4\dxi<rTos, Vi o"? 577, fewest, least,

shortest, lowest.

eXciv, eXco-Oai, see alp^u.

i\tkilo> (iXeXiy), ^XiXi^a, cry iXeXev,

raise the ivar-cry.

UXtvQtpia., ds, i], liberty, freedom.

IXcvOcpos, d, ov, free, Lat. Itber.

i\9iiv, i\9o>v, see epxofMi.

t'EXXds, ados, tj, 282, Greece.

"IEXXtiv, rjws, 6, 349, a Greek.

;'EXXiivik6s, iJ, Ai*, 56 [Hellenic],

Greek ; t6 'EXXrivi,K6v, the Greek army.

4'E\Xtivik»s, adv., 598, in Greek.

'EXX'<)<nrovTOs, ov, 6, 496, the Helles-

pont, now the Dardanelles.

IXirCs, idos, Tj, 255, hope.

1^1-, for iv- before a labial mute.

l|t.-avTov, Tjs, reflexive pron., 449,

760 [iv-i + avTds], of myself. 446.

4ft-pdXXa>, throw in, inflict; intr.,

empty (of rivers), make an invasion,

attack.

I|ji6s, t}, (>v, 449 [Lat. meus, my, Eng.

MINE, my], my, mine.

IfjL-ircipos, ov [Iv + irclpa], acquainted

with. 855.

44|i,-irc(pa>s, adv., hy experience; ifivel-

pws aiiToO ^xf*"? he personally acquainted

with him. 856.

€fji--ir(|iirXti|ii, 707,fillfull, satisfy. 848.

ifi-irtiTTw, 610, /oii upon, occur to.

865.

4|i-iroi^ci>, create or iruipire in, impress

upon. 865.

t^|i-ir6piov, ov, t6, 318, place of trade,

emporium.

c|i-iropos, 01^, 6 [iropos], one who

travels, merchant.

cpL-irpo<r6€v, adv. [irp6<r9tv], before,

in front of. 856.

Iv, prep, with dat., 40 [Lat. in, Eng.

in], in; of place, in, among, in the

presence of, before, at,, on, by; of time,

in, during, within, at, in the course of;

iv TovTtf, meanwhile ; iv<fi, while.

In composition iv signifies in, at, on,

upon, among.

ev-SlKaros, 77, ov [fv-Se/ca, eleven, els

+ S^Ka], eleventh.

Iv-8vci>, 713, put on.

cv-(i)it (ft>/)i he in or there.

IviKO. or KvcKcv, improper prep, with

gen., post^positive, 416, on account of.

Ivcv^KOvra, indecl. [Ivvia], ninety.

€v6a, adv., 573 [Iv], of place, where,

there, here; of time, then, thereupon.

cvioi, at, a, some.

|lv£oT€, adv., sometimes.

ivvia, indecl. [Lat. nouem, nine,

Eng. nine], nine.

€v6s, ivl, see eh.

IvravOa, adv., 170 [Iv], there, here,

in this place, hereupon, thereupon.

lvT«v8€v, adv., 204 [Iv], thence, from

this place, thereupon.

Iv-Tt6t)(ii, 695, put in, inspire in.

865.

lv-rvy\6-vt», chance upon, meet, find.

865.

'EvvdXios, ov, 6, Enyalius, a name of

Ares, god of war.

I|, before a consonant Ik, prep, with

gen., 56 [Lat. ex, e]. Of place, out of,

from, from within; of time, after, as

iK To&rov, after this, hereupon, iK irai-

5uv, from boyhood; of source or origin,

H 19 i-iriScCKvviii

from, in consequence of, as iK To&rov,

in consequence of this.

In composition i^signi&esfrom,away,

out, often implying resolution, strong

intention, fulfilment, or completion. .

?|, indecl. [Lat. sex, six, Eng. six,

hex-agon], six.

c|-a-yy^X(i>, tell out, report, esp. the

proceedings of a conference.

E|-d-y(i>, lead forth, induce.

l|-aiT^w, 496, osi from, demand;

mid. , beg off, save by entreaty.

fe^aKwr-xtX^ioi, at, a [-\-\t\\.oi], 6000.

tl^dKis, indecl. [?|], six times.

€|a-K6(rioi, at, a, 673 [2| + Ikotov],

600.

tt^-airaxow, i^-avaT-^ffw, 335, deceive

grossly, mislead.

^-airdn], t/j, i) [avdTTf), deceit], gross

deceit, deception.

c|-ci,(t,i (€t>i), used only impers., «|-

etj-Tt, 496, it is allowed or possible.

e|-€Xavv(i), 518, drive out, expel; intr.,

march, march on.

(^-((TTi, €|-€<rTa>, see e^-eifii (et>/).

€|-€Td5(ii (fTaS), i^-eTciffo}, etc. [^rdfoj,

eza?nme], examine closely, review.

jt^-^TOo-is, ewj, r/, 478, inspection,

review.

c|-iKv^o(i,ai, reac^ a place /rom some-

where, reach the mark, hit.

«|-oirXi5w, arm; mid., arm oneself.

\.f^-ov\^.aia,, ds, ^, 615, state of being

armed; iv rrj i^owXiffiqi, under arms.

IJw, adv., 496 [4|, Eng. exotic], out-

side, without, beyond the reach of. 856.

iir-tuvia, 356, bestow praise on,

praise, commend, approve, applaud.

iv(L, temporal and causal conj., 141,

when, since.

ttir£i8-dv, conj. with subjv. [+av],

when, after, with or without rdxiffra,

as soon as.

j.«rci-8V), conj., 508 [+8^], when.

cir-(i|jii (€t>t), 245, be on or upon, be

over.

cir-€i|ii (etM')» ''^28, go or come on, fol-

low, advance, make an attack.

«r-^<i>, hold upon, hold back, delay.

849.

iiH\v, temporal conj. with subjv. [tml

+ dv], whenever, as soon as.

€ir£, prep, with gen., dat., or ace, 63.

With gen., of place, on, upon, i<l>

tiriruv, on horseback, with verbs of

motion, towards, in the direction of;

of time, in the time of, at ; of manner,

esp. denoting distribution, iwl rerrd-

puv, four deep, ivl <pd\ayyos, in the

form of a phalanx, in battle array.

With dat., of place, upon, on, by, close

to, at, iirl OaXdrry, on the sea; of time,

iwl TorLrT(fi or ro&rois, at or upon this,

thereupon; of cause, aim, or reason,

for ; of possession, in the power of, in

command of; of manner, in. With

ace, of place, on, upon, to, against;

of extent of space, extending over, over,

along; of extent of time, /or, during;

of purpose or object, to, for.

In composition iiri signifies over, in,

upon, against, in addition, but often

it is merely intensive.

£iri-Pov\evo>, 94, plan or plot against,

design. 865.

em-^vki], ijs, ij, 161 [^vX^], plan

against one, plot, design.

ciri-8ciKvv|xi, 713, shoio to, point out,

display, disclose; mid., show for one-

self, show.

{xi6v|i^» 20 ^(TTOlXll^VOS

liri-9v|x^u, iiri-6vij.-^au), iv-edtfirfaa

[8v|ji6s], have one's heart on, desire,

long for. 846.

vToj, bend], bend towards, wheel.

4ir(-K€i)iai,, 733, lie upon, attack.

865.

4wi-kCv8vvos, ov, 335 [k£v8vvos], dan-

gerous, perilous.

4iriK0vpT]|ia, aros, rb, 527, relief, pro-

tection.

^TTi-XeCiro), 396, leave behind; intr.,

fail, give out.

iin-\Lt\io\t.ai, iTri-fi€\i^(TOfiai, iiri-ftefj.^-

\rjij.ai, iir-€fi€\i^dr}v, 374 [ji^ti], carefor,

give attention to. 846.

iiri-irtTTTO), fall upon, attack, assail;

of snow, fall. »

€iri-<riT£5oj«.ai {<titi8), iiri-aiTiov/iaL,

iir-efftTia-dfi7)v, 365 [triTOs], collect or

procure supplies.

j.l'iri-<rlTwr|ji6s, ov, 6, 416, a procuring

of supplies, foraging.

lir((rTa|iai (iirurra), iwLar'^aofia.i, i)iri-

ffT^drjv, 707, 871, understand, knoio,

know how.

i-m-o-riWu, send to, send word, en-

join, command.

jliri-o-ToX'^j, ^s, ij, 141 [epistle], letter.

im-a-TpaTtia, 629, make an expedi-

tion against. 865.

liriT'/)8€ios, o, ov, 131, suitable, fit,

deserving; rd ^TrtTiJSeta, provisions,

supplies.

€'Tri-T£9ti|i,i, 695, impose upon, inflict

;

SlK-qv iiriTidivai, inflict punishment;

mid., attack, assault. 865.

Iiri-Tp^ir<i», 462, turn over to, entrust,

allow ; mid., give oneself up for protec-

tion.

2iro(4ai (<re7r), ^i/'o/nat, ea-7r6jLnji/, .341 , 871

,

[Lat. sequor, follow], follow, accom-

pany, pursue. 864.

€irTd, indecl., 204 [Lat. septem,

seven, Eng. seven, hepta-gon], seven.

|€irTa-K6crioi, ai, a [+«KaT6v], 700.

t€p-ydto|xai {ipyad), ipydaofiai, elpya-

adfj.-rji', etpyaaiML, 573, 871, work, do,

inflict on. 839.

cpYOv, ov, t6, 527 [work, wright,

WROUGHT, en-ergy, organ, s-urgeon],

ivork, deed, execution, exercise.

cpT)|i,os, 7], OV, and oy, ov, 374 [fierm/t],

deserted, empty, uninhabited, destitute

or deprived of; aradfj-ol eprjiwi, marches

through a desert. 855.

Ip£5« {ipi.8), yipiffa [eptj, strife], strive,

contend, vie with. 864.

t€pfi,T)v€v$, ^wj, 6, 508 [hermeneutic],

interpreter.

'Epix{]s, ov, 6, Hermes, the Mercury of

the Romans, messenger of Zeus. See

No. 62.

cpofiai, Attic only in fut. ip^aop-ai

and 2 aor. iipburiv [cf. Ipordw], a^k,

inquire.

cpvp.a, aros, rb, protection, wall.

4.€pvp,v6s, 17, bv, fortified.

cpxofjiai {ipXi i^vd, i\6), ^\0ov, iX-^-

Xvda, 508, 871 [pros-e/yte], come, go.

Ipw [Lat. uerbum, Eng. word], see

sIttov.

Ipurdd), ipuTi^ffu, etc., 275, ask a

question, inquire, question.

i<r9Lf>> (iadi, id, ido, (pay), tSofiai, «0a-

70J', idridoKa, i8T^Se<Tp.ai, T^Biadriv, 615,

871 [Lat. edd, eat, Eng. eat], eat, have

to eat, live on.

Jcrrai, €<roiTo, see elpi.

^o-TaX|t^vo$, see ariXKu.

21 JWVTJ

€<rT€, conj., until.

«rTTjK(is, 'i<rrr\<rav, ecrrcosj see 'iarriixi.

cTa|a, €Tdx0T)<rav, see tolttw.

trtpos, a, ov, 356 [hetero-dox, hetero-

geneous], the other, one of two ; with-

out art., another, other.

«Ti, adv. of time and degree, 264,

yet, still, further, longer, any more,

again.

Kroifios, rjt oj", and os, ov, 178, ready,

prepared.

CTpd<{>T)v, see rpicpu.

tv, adv. , 222, well, well off, happily ;

e5 TTotetf, do well by, benefit.

tcv-8ai|jiov(^a> (ei^datjuond), eudat/toftcD,

TjvSaifjLdvia-a, count happy, congratulate.

851.

tcv-Saifiovus, adv., 598, happily,

comp. evSaifwviffrepov.

ciu-SaC|jL(i>v, ov, gen. ovos, 429,752 [tv +daifiwv, divinity, Eng. demon], of good

fate OT fortune, fortunate, happy, pros-

perous, flourishing.

cvOvs, adv., 235, straightway, imme-

diately, at once, Lat. statim.

t€v-voia, as, ij, 488, good-will, fidelity.

l€v-voiK«s, adv., 382, with good-will,

kindly ; eiivoiKuit ex""? &c well-disposed.

cv-voos, Of, contr. evvovs, ovv, 292

[fw + voijs] , well-disposed, attached.

ivp(<rKw (evp), €vp-fi<Tbj, rfvpov, rjvprjKa,

rfvptiiiai, ftvpid-qv, 713, 871, ^nd, devise,

procure.

cvpos, ovs, TO, 396,747 \eipii, broad],

breadth, width.

ci-Ta|(a, as, rj [rdTTw], good order,

discipline.

Ev<|>pdTT)s, ov, 6, 102, the Euphrates.

cv-ww(tos, ov, 222 [«{! + ovo|*a] , of

good name or omen, euphemistic for

the ill-omened word dpuTTepds, left ; r6

evuvvfwv, the left wing.

«<j)', see iirl.

c(|>a-yov, see iffdiw.

i^a.vi\v, see (paivu.

£4>a<rav, t^an, see (prjiii.

i^t], €4>T)o-6a, see (prjfii.

€<j>-io-TTi(jn,, 707, bring to a stand,

make halt; intr. in mid., 2 aor., and

pf., stop, halt.

^X^pos, d, 6v, 382 [ex^oy, hate], hostile;

ixOp6$, 6, enemy, foe, Lat. hostis.

i\o) {<rex,<rx«)j ^fwand <rx')o'w, (<rxov,

effx^JKa, ecrxwiH 40, 871 [sail, ep-och,

hectic], have, Lat. habeb, hold, possess,

receive, keep, wear; ex^^^ having, with;

with inf., be able, can; with an adv.

equivalent to ehai with an adj., as

evvoiKiis ex^'"? ^^ well-disposed ; oi>K

?X«5 not to know ; mid. , hold on to,

come next to.

€wpa, cwpoiKa, cwptov, see opdu.

iws, conj., 537, as long as, while,

untU.

tdo), fVw) S37 [fw6s, alive, Eng. zoo-

logy], live, be alive.

Zevs, At6j, 6, 518, Ze^lS, son of Cronus

and Ehea, highest of the gods. See

Nos. 52, 61.

^T]X<Sw, ^r)\d)(Tw [f^Xos, envy, Eng.

zea/, jealous], emulate, envy.

Itl^wTos, 17, bv, 685, to 6e envied;

^yfKwTbv, an object of envy.

X,r\v, XJav, see fiiw.

%y\rio>, fijTiJo-w, e^c, 374, seeA:, ask

for.

%&vii\, T/j, ^, 537 [zone], belt, girdle.

See Nos. 14, 44, 51, 57.

22 6cu>s

tJ, conj., 472, or ; ^ . . . ^, either. .

.

or; virepov . . . v, whether . . . or.

T|, conj., 170, than, Lat. quam.

•fl,dat. sing. fem. of 5s used adv.

{sc. o5<()), in which way, where, as.

TJ^ciXa, see d77AXw.

tT|Y<|xwv, 6vos, 6, 349, 745, leader,

guide.

T|'Y^O|i.ai, ijy^ao/jMi, rjyriffdiJLriii, TfyrjfjLai,

ijyifi0Tlv, 308 [aY«], go before, lead, con-

duct, command; think, believe, con-

sider. 847.

^Stiv, '[|8c(rav, see olSa.

T|8^us, adv., 188 [t|8vs], gladly;

comp. ridiQv, sup. Tidiara.

TJSi], adv., 264, already, by this time,

at. length, now, forthwith.

t'q8o|iai, rjffd-^ao/jMi, TjffOriv, 366, be glad,

be pleased.

T|8vs, fia, «5, 502, 752 [Lat. suduis,

stoeet, Eng. sweet], sweet.

qKurra, see ijrTuv.

tJK«, i7^w, 204, come, be or have come.

T|X(urc, see iXaivu.

fjXOov, see epxoiiai.

^|iiai ivs), 799, sit.

T|fuis, etc., see iyd.

T||jLcXT|fi.^v(as, adv. [formed from pf.

pass, partic. of d|ieX^«i>] , carelessly.

r\\Upa, ds, i], 40 [ep-hemerat], day;

rg iiriovari rjfjt^ipg., next day ; fUrrov rifui-

pds, mid-day, noon ; Afia ry ij/jjpq,, at

daybreak.

TifUrfpos, d, ov, 449 [T||i(ts], our ; rd

rifiirepa, our affairs.

T|pL.i-, only in composition [Lat. semi-,

/lalf-, Eng. hemi-], half.

|T)(u-8ap€iK6v, ov, r6 [+ SapciKds] , half-

daric.

^fi\i.urvs, eia, v, 602, half.

TJv, contr. form of iiv.

tJv, see eip.i.

T]v(Ka, rel. adv., when.

Tjv£-oxos, ov, 6 [vvia, reins, + €x«],driver, charioteer. See Nos. 26, 54, 90.

TJp^Oilv, |jpYj)tT]v, see alpiw.

r\p6\ir\v, see eponai.

•fi<r0T|, see ^dofiai.

tTjTTdo|iai, r}TT-^ffop.at, etc., pass. dep.

,

389, be inferior, be worsted or defeated.

f^TT<l>v, OP, gen. ovos, 577, inferior,

weaker.

edXaTTtt, 7;s, ij, 63, 739, sea, Lat.

mare.

Odvaros, ov, 6, 537 [6vx)<rK»], death.

Odirrw (to0 for 6a<f>), 0d\j/u, idafa,

T^dafip-at, iTd(prjv, 573, 871, bury.

tOapp^oi, dapprjffu, iddppTjffa, reOdppjjKa,

652, be bold or courageous, take heart

;

dappuv, part, as adv. , confidently, cour-

ageously.

Odppos, ovs, t6 [dare, durst], cour-

age.

jOappvvb), make bold, cheer, encourage.

OttTTwv, see rax^.

6avfj,d^(d (davfjxiS), davfidaoftai, iOai'i-

fiaaa, reda.ip.aLKa, idavpudadiiv, 264, 871

[davpu, wonder, Eng. thaumat-urgy],

wonder at, admire, wonder.

jOavixaorrds, i), i", 685, wondrou^s,

wonderful, surprising, remarkable.

8cdop,ai, dedaopai, etc. [theatre], gaze

at, behold.

6coUr6ai, by contr. for Oeieffffai.

Ocios, d, ov [6(6i], divine; Oeiov, t6,

divine intervention, portent.

-Ocv 23 icpos

-9€v, suffix denoting whence.

0€6s, oO, 6, 7], 116 [theo-logy, theism],

god, goddess.

tStTToXCa, as, i), Thessaly.

0€TTaX6s, ov, 6, 161, a Thessalian.

9iu (dv), detjo-ofiai, run, race; of

troops, charge.

9-f\p, 6s, 6 [Lat. fetus, wild], wild

beast.

|6t]P€v<i>, dTjpeiKTw, etc., 141, hunt, catch.

See No. 45.

4.0t|p(ov, oi;, t6, 83, wild animal,

creature.

-6i, suffix denoting where.

6iq)0"K(0 (^ay), ^acoO/Aat, eOavou, ridvqKa,

610, 871, die, pf. and 2 pi, 719, 2,

6e dead, 6e s/ain.

Oopv^os, ov, 6, 629, noise, disturbance,

uproar.

©pqi^, k6$, 6, 245, a Thracian.

Ov^Ppiov, ov, t6, Thymbrium.

6v(i6s, oO, 6, soul, heart.

6vpa, as, r>, 40 [Lat. foris, door, Eng.

door], door; iirl rals ^affiX^us Mpais,

at court ; so 96pai. of a general's head-

quarters.

t0v<r£a, OS, ij, sacrifice, offering. See

No. 9.

6w<i), OiKrw, tdvaa, ridvKa, ridvfiai,

irijdrjv, 116, 871, sacrifice; mid., cause

to sacrifice, offer sacrifice.

t9(i)paK(^ci> (dcjpaKiS), idwpiKiffa, t€0u-

p&KUT/xaL, idujpaKiadrjv, 644, arm loith a

cuirass; mid., put on one^s cuirass.

6upa^, a»fos, 6, 245 [thorax], breast-

plate, corselet, cuirass, worn not only

by the heavy-armed foot-soldier but

also by the cavalryman. The ddpai

consisted of two metal plates made to

fit the person, of which one protected

the breast and abdomen, the other the

back. They were hinged on one side

and buckled on the other. They were

further kept in place by leathern

straps passing over the shoulders from

behind and fastened in front, and by

No. 73.

the belt. About the lower part of the

breastplate was a series of flaps of

leather or felt, covered with metal,

which protected the hips and gi-oin of

the wearer. See Nos. 12, 17, 20, 25,

30, 37, 62, 73, 81.

18«, ISciv, etc., see opdw.

tSios, a, ov [idiom, idiosyncrasy],

one^s own, personal, private.

j.l8i«Tns, ov, 6, 422 [idiot], an ordi-'

nary or private person, private soldier,

private.

Up6s, d, 6v, 496 [hier-archy, hiero-

glyphic], holy, sacred; Upd, rd, sacri-

fices, omens from inspecting the vitals.

ITJUl 24 Ka0ia-rti|ii

itilii (f), !j<ru, VKa, elKa, elfiai, fWtjv,

733, 797, 871, send, throw, hurl at;

mid., send oneself, rush, charge. 845.

tlKavos, ij, 6c, 150, coming up to,

sufficient, able, capable, competent.

iKV^Ofiai {Ik), t^ofiai, Mfir/v, lyfjun, 871,

come.

fXTj, 1J9, i], crowd, band ; of cavalry,

troop.

i|idTiov, ov, t6, outer garment resem-

bling the mantle, himation, correspond-

ing in use to the Roman toga. See

Nos. 1, 9, 36, 37, 39, 52, 61, 69, 88.

tva, final particle, tMt, in order that,

326.

tlirn-cvs, 4u)s, 6, 508, horseman, knight,

cavalryman; pi., cavalry. See Nos.

17, 20, 33.

tlinriK6s, 1^, 6v, 685, for cavalry, cav-

alry-; iiririKbv, t6, cavalry, horse.

tlinr6-8pojios, ov, 6 [+8pd(ios], race-

course, hippodrome.

iinros, ov, 6, ij, 78 [Lat. equus,

horse^, horse, mare; dvb or i<p' ittitov,

on horsd)ack.

t(r6i, i(r\uv, etc. , see ol3a.

lo-os, v, ov [iso-seeles], equal.

'I<r<ro£, Qv, oi, Issus.

'icTTTiiJii (crra), arriffw, tffrrjffa and

effT^v, i<TTt)Ka, iffra/jLai, iffrddrjvi 707,

786, 790, 871, 2 pf. iaraTov, etc., 792

[Lat. sisto, make stand, sto, stand,

Eng. STAND, STEAD, STKED, apO-StOte,

ecstasy, system], set, make stand,

make halt; intr. in mid. (except 1

aor.), in 2 aor., both pfs., and both

plpfs. act., stand, stop, halt.

Ixrrlov, ov, t6, sail. See No. 78.

tl<rxvp6s, d, 6v, 124, strong.

tla-\'upas, adv., 598, strongly, vehement-

ly, exceedingly, vigorously, ivith severity.

Urxvs, vos, i] [Lat. uls, strength],

strength ; of an army, force.

la-US, adv., 548 [to-os], equally, per-

haps.

l\9vs, i^os, 6, 478, 748 [ichthyo-logy],

fish.

txvos, ovs, t6, trace, track.

'luvCa, as, 17, Ionia.

No. 74.

KS-yaOd, Ka-ya06$, by crasis for Kal

dyadd, Kal dyadds.

Khyu, by crasis for Kal iyw.

Ka6', see Kard.

kaO-^KO), come down, reach or extend

down.

Kdd-T](i,ai, 733, 799, sU down, be

seated; of soldiers, be encamped.

Ka9-£<mj|i«,, 707, set doum, station,

bring down or back, bring, establish,

make, appoint; mid. with pf. and 2

aor. act. intr., take one's place, be

established.

KaOopdu 25 KaTOO-K^ITTOpiai

Ka8-opd(o, look doivn on, observe,

inspect.

Kal, conj., 45, and, Lat. et; influenc-

ing particular words or expressions,

also, too, even, further, Lat. etiam;

Kal . . . Kal (78), or re . . . Kal (161),

both . . . and, not only . . . but also.

KaC-ircp, concessive particle, 722 [Ka(

+ TTtp], although, witli tlie participle.

Kaip6s, oO, 6, 537, the right or fitting

time, opportunity, occasion.

kSkcivos, by crasis for Kal iKetvoi.

KaK6s, 77, dv, 45, 577, bad in the

broadest sense (as opposed to dyadds),

base, cowardly, hurtful; KaKbv, rb,

harm, evil.

IKaKws, adv., 282, badly, ill; /caKtSs

iroieiv, do harm or damage to, injure,

ravage ; KaKws ex""! i>^ badly off.

KoX^o) (/caXe, K\e), KaXQ, iKdXeaa,

K^K\r]Ka, KiK\T)nai, iKXi^OTjv, 282, 871

[Lat. calo, call, clamb, call out, Eng.

HAUL, HAL-2/ord, cc-c/esiastic], call,

summon, Lat. uoco, call, name; 6

KaXoifiepos, the so-called.

KoXos, v, bv, 45, 577 \calli-graphy'\,

beautiful, fair, propitious, noble ; KaXbs

Kal d-yadbs, KaXbs Kayadbs, noble andgood, 'gentleman.'

|Ka\«s,adv., .308, beautifully, bravely,

well, successfully, honorably; xaXtDs

eX"") be well.

Ka|ioi, by crasis for Kal 4fwl.

Kav, by crasis for Kal idv.

KdvSvs, vos, b, 701, a long outer gar-

ment, the caftan. See Nos. 11, 64.

KainraSoKCa, as, rj, Cappadocia.

Kap(a, as, 17, Carta.

Kapifiii, v^i v [Kdp<pw, dry up], dried

stalks, hay, straw.

Kara, prep, with gen. and ace, 212,

doivn (as opposed to dvd), Lat. sub.

With gen., denoting motion from

above, down, down from, down upon,

underneath. With ace, of place or

position, with verbs of motion, on,

over, down, down along, by, opposite,

against, near, at ; of fitness or relation,

according to, concerning ; Kal Kara yijv

Kal Kara ddXarrav, by land and sea

;

Kara. Kpdros, with might and main

;

Kara. fOvTj, by nations ; Kara fii<rov rbv

aradfibv, about the middle of the day's

march.

In composition Kard signifies down,

along, or against ; frequently it merely

strengthens the meaning of the simple

verb, and often cannot be translated;

sometimes it gives a transitive force to

an intransitive simple verb (cf. Lat.

de-).

Kara-paCvw, go down, descend.

Kar-d-yw, 341, lead down or back,

bring back, restore.

KaTa-Ocdofiai, look down on.

Kara-Kaw, 728, burn down, bum up,

burn.

Kara-Koirrw, 212, cut to pieces, slay.

KaTa-\a{iPdvw, 496, seize upon, cap-

ture, take, surprise, occupy.

Kara-XcCirw, 212, leave behind, aban-

don.

Kara-Xvu, 537, unloose, dissolve,

end, make peace, stop fighting, unyoke

{sc. rd inro^&Yia), i.e. make a halt,

halt.

KaTa-in]8d(d, leap down, leap.

KaTa-TTpciTTft), 518, do thoroughly,

execute, bring to an end, accomplish.

KaTa-(rKfirTO|i,ai, 439, view closely.

KaTaa-\ll<i> 26 ICVT)nfs

KaTa-o-x^tw, 664, split down, cleave

asunder, burst through, burst open.

Kara-^avifi, 4s, 429 [<|>a(va>], clearly

seen, in plain sight, visible.

KaTa-<f>€VY(i>, take refuge.

KaTa-t)n]({>(to)jiai., 537, vote against.

852.

Kar-cISov, see Kad-opdu.

KaT-fKoiniv, 2 aor. pass, of Acaro-

kSittu.

Kar-iSwv, see Kad-opdw.

fKavfia, aros, t6, heat.

Kau {kolv), KavffUJ, eKavtra, K^KaVKa,

K^KUVfjiai, iKai0T)v, 591, 871 [caustic,

holo-caust], burn, kindle.

Kcip.ai, KelaofMi, 733, 798 [Lat. cluis,

citizen, quies, rest, Eng. home, ceme-

tery], lie, be laid, lie dead.

KcXaivaC, Qv, al, Celaenae.

KiKiio), KeXeijffu}, iK^Xojffa, KCKiKevKa,

(ceKAelcr/xat, iKeXeijadriv, 94, 871, drive,

order, command, bid, give orders, Lat.

iubed, urge, advise, suggest.

Kcvds, ij, 6y, empty, groundless. 855.

K^pas, K^pus and K^pdros, t6, 396

[Lat. cornu, horn, Eng. horn, hart,

rhino-ceros] , horn, prop, of an animal,

then bugle horn, drinking horn, peak

of a mountain, iving of an army.

KC({>aX'/j, ijs, 7], 615 [Lat. caput, head,

Eng. a-cepha/ous], head.

KTipvl, vKos, 6, 245, herald, who car-

ried messages to the enemy or madeproclamations and gave all sorts of

public notices to his fellow soldiers.

His distinctive badge was his staff, a

straight shaft with two intertwined

shoots above. See No. 75.

jKTjpwTTw {ktipvk), KTipt^o), iK-fipxi^a,

KtKripOxo-^ KfK-fipvyp.ai, iKTiptxOijv, 673,

be a herald, proclaim, make proclama-

tion, announce.

tKiXiKta, ds, T), 548, Cilicia.

K(Xi|, iKos, 6, 245, o Cilician.

tKtvSvvcvw, KivSvvfiaw, etc., 598, en-

counter danger, run a risk, be in peril.

kCvSvvos, ov, 6, 335, danger, risk.

KXcapxos, 01^, 6, 116, Clearchus, a

Spartan general, the special friend of

Cyrus.

kXcCci), KKelaw, (KXeiffa, K^Kkeifxai and

K^KXeifffjMi, iK\elff07]v, 365, 871 [Lat.

claudo, close, Eng. slot], shut, close.

K\itrrfi» (kXctt), K\i\j/<t), ^xXe^a, k4-

K\o(pa, K^KKefi/iai, iKXdirriv, 527. 871

[Lat. clepo, steal, Eng. sAop-lipter],

steal, embezzle.

KXtvu (kXiv), kXivQ, ^kXivu, K^KKifiai.

iKXldtjv and iKXlvrtv [Lat. incllnd, in-

cline, Eng. LEAN, climate, en-c/ltic],

cause to lean, bend.

K\tS>^, KXuir6i, 6, 245, 743 [icX^irra)],

thief.

Kvi))its, iSos, i) [Kvi/ifirj, leg], greave.

generally plur., that part of the defen-

sive armor of the Greek hoplite which

KoXd^b 27 KpVTTTW

covered his leg from the knee to the

instep. Greaves were made of flexible

metal, and lined with felt,

leather, or cloth, and fas-

tened behind by straps or

buckles. See Nos. 8, 12, 19,

20, 25, 30, 34, 37, 76, 81.

KoXd^ta (fcoXad), KoXdffU),

€K6\a(7a, KiKSXafffiai, iKoXd-

a-dr]i>, 527, check, punish,

inflict punishment.

Ko\o<ra-a(, Qv, at, Colos-

sae.

ko|a(|<i> {kohi5), KOfuQ, etc.,

409, carry away so as to

save, bring, convey.

Kovioprds, ov, 6, 673, cloud of dust.

Kdirro) (kott), Kbipw, tKOipa, K4Ko<t>a,

K^Konfiai, iK6ir7)v, 212, 871 [syn-copate],

cut, hew, slash, fell, slaughter.

Kop<rwTfj, ^s, ^, Corsote.

KOv<t>os, 7?, ov, light; x^P'ros Kov<t>os,

hay.

Kpdvos, oi;s, rb, 396 [cranium'\, head-

No. 76.

No. 77

piece, helmet of metal, Lat. cassis, or

of leather, Lat. galea. The helmet of

metal, which was developed from the

simpler dogskin cap, consisted of six

pieces : the cap ; the metal ridge run-

ning from the front to the back of the

cap, and designed as a support for the

crest ; the crest ; the visor ; the cheek-

pieces ; and the neck-piece. See Nos.

8, 12, 14, 20, 30, 33, 34, 37, 46, 55, 60,

62, 63, 77, 81.

tKpdTWTTos, 77, OV, 577, strongest,

bravest, best, noblest; neiit. pi. Kpirurra

as adv. , in the best way, most bravely.

Kpdros, oi/s, t6, 409 [Lat. creo, create,

Eng. HARD, deino-crat, demo-cracy],

strength, force, might, Lat. uls.

Kpavy-f], Tjs, Vi 45, outcry, shout,

clamor, uproar.

Kpcas, Kp^ws, t6, 396, 747 [Lat. card,

flesh, Eng. creosote], flesh, pi. pieces of

flesh, meat.

kp«£ttwv, ov, gen. ovo%, 577 [Kpdros],

stronger, braver, better, nobler, more

valuable.

Kpc|idvvv(M, (Kpefia), KpefjiQ, iKp4/j.affa,

iKpefidffdrjv, 713, 871, trans., hang up,

suspend.

Kpi\vr\, 11^,71, 602, spring,well, Lat./ons.

KpVjs, KprjrSs, 6, 615, a Cretan.

KpivM (xpiv), KpivQ, iKplva, K^KpiKa,

K^Kpi/jMi, iKpidrjv, 591 [Lat. cerno, sepa-

rate, Eng. critic, hypo-crisy], divide,

distinguish, decide, determine, be of

opinion, judge, bring to trial.

jKpCo-is, ewj, i), 728 [crisis], decision,

trial.

Kpiirra (Kpv<f>), Kptjxpc}, tKpv^pa, K^Kpvfj.-

fULi, iKpiKpdrjv, 573 [crypt, crypto-gam,

grotto], hide, conceal, Lat. tego. 838.

KTaofiai 28 AvKaovCS

KTdo|iai, KT-qao/Jiai, iKT-qaan-qv, KiKTij-

fjMi, acquire, gain, get, get together;

pf. as pres., possess, have.

KTCCVO) {kT€v), KTeVU, «KT€LVa, fKTOVa,

591, kill.

kvkXos, ov, 6, 382 [Lat. circus, circle,

Eng. cycle, bi-c/c/e, en-cyc/o-paedia],

circle, curve, ring ; kukX^, in a circle.

|kvkX6<i>, KVKXdaw, etc., 382, surround,

encircle, hem in.

jKVK\o>o-tS| ews, 17, an encircling ; w'l

ds k^kXwctiv, as if to encircle.

Kvpos, 01;, 6, 83 : I. Cyrus the Elder,

founder of the Persian empire, accord-

ing to Xenophon the son of Cambyses

and grandson of Astyages ; II. Cyrus

the Younger, the leader of the expedi-

tion against Artaxerxes.

Kviov, Kvv6s, 6, i] [Lat. canis, dog,

Eng. HOUND, cynic], dog, hound, cur.

See No. 39.

KttXvM, KuXttTu, etc., 327, hinder,

prevent, oppose, check; t6 kuXSov, the

hindrance, obstacle.

KcojiT), 7J5, 7], 45, 739 [K€i|iai], village.

jK«|A^TTjs, ov, 6, 573, villager.

Xa^civ, Xc^uv, see Xafi^dvu.

XaOtiv, XaOuv, see XavOdvu.

XdOp^, adv., 638 [XavOdvu], covertly,

without the knowledge of.

AaKcSaii^ovios, a, ov, 422, Lacedae-

monian ; AaKidaLfjubvLos, ov, 6, a Lace-

daemonian.

XaitPdvci) (Xa/3), Xi^^o/uai, ^Xa^ov, etXr/-

(pa, etX-rjunai, iX-fi<i>ei)v, 374, 871 [Lat.

labor, toil, Eng. di-lemma, pro-lepsis],

take, take into one's hand, receive.

get, take or get possession of, enlist,

catch, find.

Xav6dv(i> (Xad), Xi}(rw, iXadov, X{Xi)da,

X^Xr](TiMai, 685, 871 [Lat. lateo, lie hid,

Eng. lethargy, Lethe'], lie hid, escape

the notice of ; mid., forget. 684.

\iyu>, eXefo, efXoxa, etXey/iai, iX^r]v

and iX^x^rjv, 561, 871, gather, collect.

Xc'yw, X^fw, eXe^a, XiXeyfiai, iXix^V,

161, 871 [dia-lect, lexicon], say, speak,

tell, state, mention, relate, Lat. dico,

bid, charge, vote. 609.

XcCtta) (XtTr), Xel^pu, tXiirov, X^Xoitra,

X^XeinfjMi, iX€l<t>ei)v, 212, 773-775, 871

[Lat. imguo, leave, Eng. lend, ec-lipse],

leave, abandon, forsake, quit, leave

behind, leave alive.

Xcvk6s, t}, iv, 673 [Lat. lux, light,

Eng. light], white.

XC0OS, ov, 6, 733 [litho-graph], stone.

\l\i6st ov, 6, hunger, famine.

X6yos, ov, 6, 78, 741 [X^ym, say, Eng.

philo-logy, dia-logue, log-arithm],word,

saying, statement, speech, discourse,

debate, rumor, narrative.

\6yxx\, i)s, rj, 478, poirU or spike of a

spear, spear, lance. See No. 41.

Xoiir6s, 1), 6v, 341 [XcCirw], remaining,

with the art., the rest; Xot7r6i' {sc.

ia-rl), it remains ; rb Xonr6v, for the

future.

X6<{>os, ov, 6, hill, ridge, height.

tXox-a-yos, ov, 0, 150 [-F &yH) <^om-

mander of a X6xos, captain.

X6xos, ov, 6, 462 [X^x"') couch, Lat.

lectus, couch, Eng. lie, lair, log],

ambush, men in ambush, company.

tAvS(a, ay, i], Lydia.

AvSios, a, oc, Lydian.

AvKaovlci, as, ^7, Lycaonia.

\vrria 29 (i^pos

tXvir^w, XCttt^o-w, etc., 389, grieve, dis-

tress, vex, annoy, molest.

\virf\, 7)%, 7], pain, grief, sorrow.

Xvw, \6<ru, iXvcra, XAnxa, XAujuai,

i\ijdr}v, 56, 765-770, 871 [Lat. luO, loose,

Eng. LOSE, LOOSE, ana-fyze], loose, set

free, release, break, break down, de-

stroy ; mid., loose one's own, ransom.

M|xd, intensive particle, 439, surely,

used in negative oaths. 837.

MaCavSpos, ov, 6, 170 [meander], the

Maeander, a river in Asia Minor of

winding course.

p.aKp6s, d, 6v, 40, long, high, tall;

fMKpdv (sc. oddv), a long' way.

(idXa, adv., very, much, very much,

greatly, exceedingly, Lat. ualde ; comp.

fiaWov, 170, 7nore, raiher ; sup. >(£Xt-

ara, 496, most, especially.

(xavOdvw (fJ-a-6), ixadrjaotiai, e/xadov,

nefiddTjKa, 685, 871 [mathematics],

learn, find out.

lidvTis, ewj, 6, 644 [maniac, necro-

mancy], one inspired, seer, diviner.

Mapo-vas, ov, 6, 713, Marsyas, a

satyr. See No. 53, where he is fas-

tened to the tree, about to be flayed

by Apollo.

Mdo-Kcis, d, 6, the Mascas, a river.

|jid<rTi|, 470$, 7), whip, lash. See

Nos. 47, 54.

tp,dxaipa, as, rj, 63, knife, sword,

saljve. See No. 5.

|idxTi, i?s, 71, 45, baitle, engagemeni,

fight. See No. 20.

4.p.dxo)j,ai, naxovfiai, ifJUXf<T(iii7)v, (UfM-

Xij/xat, 537, 871, fight, give battle. 864.

\U-^as, fieyd\7i, fiiya, 502, 577, 753 [Lat.

magnus, Eng. much, mega/o-saurus],

great, large, tall, loeighty, powerful;

neut. as adv., n^a, greatly.

Me'ya<}>€pvT]s, ov, 6, Megaphemes.

li^-YMTTOs, super, of /u^7as.

JW0', see fji€Td.

|jL<it<»v, comp. of fji^as, 577.

(uCwv, comp. of /xiKp6s, 577.

t|u\av{a, ds, ij, blackness.

|i^as, n^Xaiifa, p^Xau, gen. fiiXavos,

etc., 429, 752 [me/an-choly], black.

|i^€i, /iteX^o-et, ifiiXTjffe, /ie/x^Xi^Ke,

impers., it is a care, it concerns; ifwl

ij.e\-fia-€i, I will see to it.

|i,cX(vT], Tjs, 7), millet.

|i^Xco, fieWijffw, i/x^Wriaa, be about,

intend, delay.

\u\i.vr\o, etc., see fu/jLv-ga-Ku.

(ji€v, post-positive particle, never used

as a conj. to connect words and sen-

tences, but to distinguish the word or

clause with which it stands from some-

thing that is to follow, and commonly

answered by 5^ (sometimes by dXXd,

fiivroi) in the corresponding clause,

on the one hand, indeed, truly, but

often it is not to be translated, and

its presence is to be shown merely by

stress of voice ; 6 iikv ... 6 5^, the one

. . .the other, plur. some . . . others, 815;

dXXi fi^p; but certainly.

|iivT0i, adv., 561, really, certainly,

in truth; conj., yet, still, however,

nevertheless.

|jicv(i>, /icj'tD, (fieiva, fiffjidvTjKa, 591, 871

[Lat. maneo, stay], remain, stay, wait

for, last, be in force.

Mivav, wTOj, 6, 356, Menon.

p.^pos, ovs, t6, 409, division, part,

|icarT][iPpCa 30 p.i<r6o(^opa

share^ portion., Lat. pars ; nipo% n rrji

fOra^las, an instance of their discipline;

iv fiipei, in turn.

t(U(r-T]|i,pp(a, as, i) [+f||Upa], noon,

midday ; the south.

pio-os, Vi o**) 222 [Lat. medius, middle,

Eng. mid], middle; fiiaov, rb, the mid-

dle, centre, midst, space between.

\u<rr6s, -f), 6v, full of, laden. 855.

IMTO,, prep, with gen. and ace, 161.

With gen., with, in company ivith,

among; with ace, of place or time,

behind, after, next; fiera tovto or ravra,

after this, hereupon.

In composition fierd signifies sharing,

with, among, or time or quest, after,

or change, from one place to another.

^ura^v, adv., between. 856.

tjitTd-'irtp.'irTos, ov, 685, sent for.

p^Ta-x^p,ir<<>, 174, 178, send after;

mid., send for a person to come to one-

self sumtnon.

p^T-^X*'* ^^"6 ^ share. 844.

p,^pi, improper prep, with gen., 673,

of time or place, up to, until; conj.,

until.

p,^, adv., 308, not, used with the

imv. and subjv. in all constructions;

in all final and object clauses, except

after /xtJ, that not, lest, which takes

ov ; in all conditional and conditional

relative clauses, and in the corre-

sponding temporal sentences after ?ws,

irplv, etc. ; in relative sentences ex-

pressing a purpose ; with the infin.

,

except in indirect discourse ; and with

the partic. when it expresses a con-

dition. All of the compounds of

/ui) follow the usage of the simple

word.

4pTj-8^, conj. and adv. [+ 8^J, but not,

and not, nor, Lat. neque, nee ; not even,

Lat. ne . . . quidem.

|pT)8-c(s, fj-la, iv [+€ls], not one,

none, no, nobody, nothing, Lat. nemo,

nulliis.

MT)8(a, as, 7), Media.

P'^jO*, see /t7)Te.

p.T)-K-^Tt, adv., 422 [p^-|-€Ti], not

again, no longer.

p.'<jv, post-positive intensive particle,

in truth, surely, truly, Lat. uerO; Kal

ix-fiv, and in fact, and yet ; dXXd fi-nv, but

surely, but still; ^ n^v, in very truth.

^ffv, ti.r)vb%, 6, 349, 745 [Lat. mensis,

month, Eng. moox, month], month.

H^-iroT£, adv., 685 [p^ + iroW], not

ever, never, Lat. nunquam.

p,^TT)p, ti.y)Tp6%, rj, 349, 746 [Lat. mater,

mother, Eng. mother], mother.

y,la, see eh.

MCSas, ov, 6, Midas, a mythical king

of Phrygia.

p.iKp<is, d, 6y, 40, 577 [micro-scope],

small, little, Lat. paruus, of small

account, insignificant; neut. as adv.,

tuKp6v, hardly; comp. fieiwv, smaller,

less ; neut. as adv. , fuTov, less.

MfXtjTOS, ov, i], 490, Miletus.

pipiqjo-KCi) (/iva), nvriaii}, epLVTjffa, fiffMin]-

fiai, i/jLvriffdriv, 644, 871 [Lat. meminl,

remember, moneo, remind, admonish,

Eng.mentor, mnemonics], remind; mid.

and pass., remind oneself, remember,

mention, make mention, with pf. fUfunj-

PML as pres. , Lat. memini. 846.

p,i(r66s, oi;, 6, 94 [meed], wages, pay,

hire, reward.

4^p,i.<rdo-^pd, aj, ii, 722 [+ ^pw],

voagea received, pay.

|ii<r6o<}>6pos 31 vv|

4.|it<r€o-4>6pos, Of, 389 [+ ^ipw], receiv-

ing pay ; /xi<7do(p6poi, oi, mercenaries.

|fii(r66w, ixKTddxTu, etc., 389, let for

hire, let ; mid., have let to oneself, hire.

(ivd, as, 7), 292, 742, mina, the next to

the highest denomination in Attic silver

money, although never actually minted

as a coin, one sixtieth of a talent, and

worth to-day about $18.00 in U.S.

silver money, according to its legal

rate of value. See also Spaxt^'h-

(i.vi](r6'g, see tuiivjaKU).

|j.6vos, t), ov, 496 [monk, monad, mono-],

alone, Lat. solus, only, sole; neut. as

adv., fiivov, alone, only, solely.

MvpCavSos, ov, rj, Myriandiis.

tfivpids, ddos, 7] [myriad], the number

ten thousand, myriad.

(ivpCos, a, ov, 170, countless ; pi. iMiptoi,

at, a, 10,000.

N

vdirr], T/s, r), 638, ravine, glen.

tvav-apxos, ov,b [+ apx<i>], admiral.

vavs, veus, 17, 508, 749 [Lat. nauis,

ship, Eng. nautical], ship, either the

merchant vessel, seen at the left in

No. 78, or the man-of-war, seen at the

right.

vcavCas, ov, 6, 162, 740 [v^os], young

man.

vtKpos, ov, 6, 673 [Lat. nex, death,

Eng. necro-logy], dead body, corpse;

oi v€KpoL, the dead.

vt'os, a, ov [Lat. nouus, new, Eng.

NEW, neo-phyte], young, fresh.

v(^(K.i\, ryj, ij, 073 [v^^os, t6, cloud,

Lat. yiubes, cloud], cloud.

v€wv, see »'aCs.

v^, intensive particle, surely, used

in atfirmative oaths. 837.

tviKoLw, viKijffw, etc., 275 conquer,

prevail over, surpass, oui^do, Lat.

uinco.

vftcTi, r/s, ri, 255, victory, Lat. uictoria.

See No. 52.

tvo)i.(^(d (vofuS), vofiiQ, etc., 335, 871,

regard as a custom, regard, consider,

believe, think, Lat. pulo.

vopios, ov, 6, custom, law.

vovs, vov, 6, 292, 742 [yiyvdnrxa],

mind, Lat. mens ; iv vf ^x""? have in

mind, purpose, intend.

vvv, adv., 341 [Lat. nunc, now, Eng.

now], now, just now, just, at present.

vv|, vvkt6s, t], 255, 744 [Lat. nox,

night, Eng. night], night; neaai vOkts's,

midnight.

QcvtBs 32 olKiS

QcvCas, ov, 6, Xenias.

%ivo%, ov, 6, 161, stranger, foreigner,

guest friend, guest, host, foreign sol-

dier, mercenary.

3€vo<|>«v, uvros, 6, 275, Xenophon,

an Athenian, author of the Anabasis.

^(<}>os, ov%, t6, 685, sword, Lat. gla-

dius. The fi'0oy had a straight blade,

and was double-edged. It was carried

in a scabbard which rested on the left

side of the body, and was supported

by a strap that passed over the right

shoulder. See Nos. 14, 19, 20, 25,

40, 79.

No. 79.

t^vXivos, 7), ov, of wood, wooden.

(vXov, ov, t6, 439, piece or bar of

wood; pi. timbers, beams, wood, fuel.

6, 7], t6, the definite article, 83, 758,

the, with demonstrative force in the ex-

pressions d fiiv . . . 6 54, the one . . . the

other, this . . . that, pi. these . . . those,

some . . . the rest ; 6 S4, without pre-

ceding 6 /jL^v, and he, but he, and in

pi., but they, the rest (never referring

to the subject of the preceding sentence,

but always to some word in an oblique

case). 815. As the art., used some-

times in Greek where we should omit

it, as with proper names and numerals.

807. The art. may be used also to

mark a person or thing as well known

or customary, or with distributive

force, as rod fxrivbs rifi (TTpariwr-g, per

month to each soldier, or where weshould use a possessive pron. 810. to.

Ktpov, Cyrus's relations; ol ixelvov, his

men; ol tpeiyovres, the exiles; 6 /3ou\6-

iievos, whoever wishes ; ol otKoi, those at

home; oi evSov, those within; ot Tropd

^affCKius, men from the king ; oi iK t^s

ayopas, market men; cA aiiv airf, his men.

6po\6s, ov, 6, obol, an Attic silver

coin, worth about three cents. See

No. 59, and the account under S/ooxmi}.

o8«, ijde, T65e, demon, pron., 161, 762

[6 + -8«], this, the following. 159, 821.

68«5s, ov, }}, 83, 741 [Lat. solum,

ground, Eng. ex-odus, meth-od], way.

road, Lat. uia; march, journey, expedi-

tion.

Ol, 01, ol, see 6, 6'$, ov.

otSa, 2 pf. with pres. force, 722, 793

[akin to ctSov], know, understand, have

knowledge of.

to(Ka-8€, adv., 349 [+-ht],home, home-

ward.

tolK^u, oUi/iiTu, etc., 488, inhabit, dwell,

occupy, live; pass., be inhabited, be

situated.

tolK(a, aj, 7), 40, house, dwelling.

I

oIkoi 33 oirXC^oi

totKoi, adv., 573, at home.

oIkos, ov, 6 [Lat. ulcus, abode, vil-

lage, Eng. di-ocese, eco-nomy], house

regarded as a home.

olfiai, see oto/Mai.

otvos, ov, 6, 83, 741 [Lat. ulnum,

wine], loine; ohos (poiviKuv, palm-wine.

ol!o|iat or otfiai, o^crofiai, ifijdyjv, 488,

871, think, believe, expect.

otos, o, ov, of which kind, {such) as,

Lat. qualis ; oUs re, able, possible,

oto-w, see (f>ipu).

otxoF^ci''; oix^co/uai, pres. with pf.

force, 722, have gone, be gone.

oImvos, ov, 6, 652, bird of omen, omen.

toKTcl-Kis, adv., eight times.

JoKTaKKT-xtXioi, ai, a [+ x^k)i-]» SOOO.

toKTa-Koo-ioi, at, a [+ cxarbv], 800.

oKTcl), indecl. [Lat. octo, eight, Eng.

EIGHT, octa-gon], eight.

oXcOpos, ov, 6, 141 [o\Xv|i,i], destruc-

tion, loss.

6X170S, v, ov, 188, 577 [o/ig-archy],

little, small, pi. few.

oXXUjxi (<5X), d\w, u\e<Ta and w\6fj.7]v,

dXcbXcKa and 6XwXo, 713, 871, destroy,

lose ; mid. , with 2d pf . act., perish.

oXos, 77, ov, 188 [Lat. solidus, whole,

Eng. cath-o/ic], whole, entire.

ofiaX^is, ^s, 420 [6|x6s], even, level.

6|i,aX6s, 77, 6v [6|i6s], even, level.

|6|xaXcos, adv., in even line.

6|iiVV|jii {ofji, 6fw), d/Mov/Jiai, ufioffa, ofitl)-

fioKu, dfiiifwfiai and d/j-wfjiocrixai, wfiddTjv

and uiMdaOriv, 713, 871, swear, take an

oath.

to|xoios, a, ov, like, similar. 864.

t6(i.o-Xo-y€«, onoXoy^a-w, etc., 472 [+X6-

yos], agree, confess, admit.

6(i.6s, v, ^v [fiji*]' ^'^^ ^^^ ^^

same.

|6|i<i>s, adv., 382, all the same, never-

theless, yet, still, however.

Sv, ov, see dfj.1, 6s.

ovo|i,a, arcs, t6, 389 [-^lyvma-KOt, Lat.

nomen, Eng. xajie, an-onymous, syn-

onym], that by which one is known,

name.

ovos, 01;, 6, 131 [Lat. asinus, ass,

Eng. ass], ass.

oirjj, rel. adv., where, wherever, in

whatever way, Lat. qua.

oirio-Ocv, adv., 502, behind, in the

rear; t6 6iri<Td€v, Toinricrdev, the rear.

856.

toirXtJft) (oirXiS), wirXiaa, wtrXurnai,

wirXiffO-nv, 396, arm, equip. See Nos.

30, 80.

o-irXtTTis 34 OpVTTM

o-irX.tnis, 01/, 6, 102, heavy-armed

soldier, hoplite. The heavy infantry

of a Greek army, or hoplites, consti-

No. 81.

tuted the troops of the line, who fought

at short range, and were armed for

this purpose. Their defensive armor

consisted of four pieces, helmet (see

s.v. Kpdvos), breastplate (see s.v. ddpal;),

shield (see s.v. dairls), and greaves (see

s.v. Kvrjfjds). Their offensive armor

consisted of two spears (see s.v. S6pv)

and a sword (see s.v. fi^oj). For the

hoplite's ordinary dress, when not in

action, see s.v. x^aAW'J- See Nos. 12,

34, 37, 62, 81.

oirXov, ov, t6, 83 [pan-op/y], imple-

inent, pi. gear, arms, armor; iv toU

dhrXoij, under arms. See Nos. 14, 19,

20, 25, 37, 60, 6.3.

toirorav, rel. adv. [+ av], whenever,

when, with subjv.

oirdTt, rel. adv., 537, when, whenever,

since, becaiise.

8iro«, rel. adv., 422, where, wfierever,

Lat. ubi.

oirws, rel. adv. and final particle, in

what way, how, that, in order that.

opdoi {6pa, 15, 6ir), 6\j/onai, eldov, i6paKa

and iupaKa, iuipd/jMi and w/x/xat, w<f>di}v,

615, 871 [a-wARE, pan-orama ; Lat.

uideo, Eng. wix^ spher-oid; Lat. oculus,

Eng. EYE, OGLE, optic, syn-opsis], see

in its widest sense, behold, look, observe,

perceive, Lat. uideo. 628.

op7^, ijs, ij, 409, temper, anger; 6pyi,

in a passion.

^.op'yCtoK'O'^ {^py^^)i ipyiovfuu, etc., 472,

be angry, be in a passion. 860.

tJpdios, d, ov, 131, straight up, steep.

op96s, iJ, 6v [ortho-dox], straight,

direct.

SpKos, ov, 6, 116, oaih.

6p\i6.a, bpp.'fiffii), etc., 275 {hpp.'fi, mo-

tion], set in motion, hapten; mid. and

pass. , set out or forth, start.

6p\Li(j» [3p/nos, anchorage], be moored,

lie at anchor.

6pvls, 6pv'ido%, 6, Tj, 255, 744 [ornitho-

logy'], bird.

'Op6vTos, a or ov, b, 488, Orontas.

jpos, ovs, t6, 396, mountain.

topvKTis, i}, bv, dug, artificial.

opvTTW {6pvx), ipi^u, upv^a, dpiipvxoi'f

dpuipvyfuii, wpvx&Vt 644, 871, dig, Lat.

fodio, quarry.

35 iraiavC^u

8s, 71, 6, rel. pron., 518, 764, who,

which, Lat. qui; di' S.,ivhy; iv v, dur-

ing which (time), meantime. 826-829.

o<ros, V: OP, rel. pron. , 664, how much

or great, how many, {as much or as

many) as, Lat. quantus ; neut. as adv.

,

8<Tov, with numerals, about; 5<rv, with

comparatives, by how much, the.

oc-Tis, 17TIJ, Tt, 518, 764 [os + tIs],

who, whoever, whichever, lohatever,

which, what, used both as a relative

and to introduce an indirect question.

8t€, rel. adv., 578, lohen, as, when-

ever.

8ti, conj., 282 [neut. of 8<ms], that,

because, since; used also to strengthen

superlatives, as 6tl dirapaffKevdraros, as

unprepared as possible.

ov, ovK, ovx, neg. adv., 56, not, Lat.

non, used, to deny a fact, with the

indie, and opt. in all independent sen-

tences; in indirect discourse after 6ti

and w$ ; and in causal sentences

;

accented at the end of a clause or

sentence. All of the compounds of

oil follow the usage of the simple

word.

ow, dat. ot, personal pron. , 439, 759,

of himself, Lat. sui. 817.

ovSafLos, i}, 6v [ov6i + dn6s, an obso-

lete word = t2s], none.

|ov8a|xov, adv., 652, nowhere.

ov-St, neg. conj. and adv., 327 [ov+

8«] , but not, and not, nor yet, nor, Lat.

neque, nee; as adv., not even, Lat. ne

. . . quidem, not at all, by no means.

jowS-tis, fiia, iv, 618 [+€18], not one,

not any, none, no, Lat. nullus ; nobody,

Lat. nemo; nothing, Lat. nihil.

{ovhi-iTOTf, adv., 488 [+ itot^], never.

o{56', see ovre.

ovK-^Ti, adv. , 264 [ov + In] , no

longer.

ovK-ovv, interr. particle and inferen-

tial conj., 508 [oi + ovv], not then ^

not therefore f expecting an affirmative

answer, Lat. nonne igitur; as conj.,

therefore, then, so, Lat. igitur, with no

neg. force.

ovv, post-positive inferential conj.,

stronger than ipa, 150, therefore, then,

accordingly, consequently, now, so.

ov-iroT€, adv., 527 [ov+iroT€], never.

ov-ir«, adv.J439 [ov + irco], not yet.

ovir<i-iroT€, adv., 561 [ovirw + iroT<]

,

never yet.

ow-Tc, neg. conj., 102 [oi + ri], and

not, Lat. neque; oi^e. . .ovre, neither

. . . nor.

ovTos, avrri, tovto, demon, pron., 161,

762, this, pi. these, freq. as pers. pron.

,

he, she, it, pi. they, Lat. hie. 159, 2; 821.

j.ovTo<rf, airrrji, rovrt, Strengthened

form of oiiTo^, this man here.

4ovT«»s, before a consonant ovtw, adv.,

141, thus, so, in that case.

o<|>c(X<i> (dcpeX), 6(p€i\ri(7(i}, w(t>ei\rf<Ta

and ucpeKov, uxpe'ikrjKa, uipeiX'/jdTjv, 615,

871, owe, Lat. dSbeu; pass., be due.

6<{>6aX(i,6s, ov, 6, 652 [ot|ro)Lai,] , eye.

6\9r\, tjs, 7), 638, height, bank, bluff.

o\|fO(iai, see 6pdu).

n

TraOciv, see irdo-xw.

TrdOos, ovs, t6 [ird«rxw], experience,

trouble, ill-treatment.

iraiavC^w (TraiowS), iiraiivicra [Traidv,

paean], raise the paean.

irai8cti(i> 36 iras

tiraiScvu, iraiSevffw, etc., 578, train up

a child, educate.

irais, irai5(5s, 6, ij, 409 [Lat. puer, boy,

child, Eng. ped-agogue], child, boy, girl,

son ; iK iralSwv, from boyhood.

ira(ci>, walcrw, iiraura, iriiraiKa, iiral-

ffdrjv, 131, 871, strike, hit, beat, strike

at.

irdXtv, adv., 141 [pa/im-psest], back,

again, a second time.

iraXrov, ov, t6, 673, spear, javelin.

ndv, Uavis, 6, Pan, a rural god of

Arcadia, son of Hermes, represented

with goat's feet, horns, and shaggy

hair. For masks of Pan, see No. 27.

iravTotos, d, ov [iras], of all sorts.

irdvv, adv., 131 [irds], very, altogether,

wholly, very much.

irapd, prep, with gen., dat., and ace,

188 [para-, as para-graph, etc.], beside.

With gen., from beside, from the pres-

ence of, from; with the pass., by. With

dat., beside, by the side of, beside, at or

on the side of, with, at; irapa. /3a<rtXe?,

at court; ri. irap ifiol, my fortunes, myside. With ace, to a position beside,

to the side of, unto, to, towards, along

to, alongside, along, near, by, past,

sometimes even with verbs of rest;

beside, beyond, against, contrary to,

in violation of; of time, during.

In composition irapd signifies along,

along by or past, alongside, by, beside,

beyond, aside, amiss.

irap-ayy^XXw, 652, pass along an

order, give orders, pass the word, give

out, order; kutci, to. vapt)yyt\niva, ac-

cording to orders.

irapa-'yt-yvofi.ai, be by, be present or

at hand, arrive.

irapd8«wros, ov, 6, 170 [paradise],

park.

irapa-8i8w)jii, 701, pass along to one,

give up, deliver over, surrender, pass

along.

irap-aivcw, recommend, advise. 860.

irapa-KoX^w, 341, call to one^s side,

summon, call to or forth, urge.

Trapa-KcXcvofiai, 416, urge along,

exhort, urge. 860.

irapa-|XT)p(8ia, rd [/xrjpds, thigh],

thigh pieces, armor for the thighs.

irapacrdYYT]s, ov, 6, 204, parasang, a

Persian road measure, equal to about

30 stadia.

tirapa-o-Kcvd^u, 222, put things side

by side, get ready, prepare, procure;

mid., prepare or procure for oneself,

make ready, provide.

irapa-o-Kfv^, ^s, ij, 188 [irKev1\], prepa-

ration, equipment.

irapa-rdTTw, 644, draw up side by

side ; wapareTaynivoi, drawn up in

line.

irapa-TcCvw, stretch out, extend.

irdp-ci|ii (et>i)» 188? ^6 ^^'^^ OJ" ^yi ^^

at a place, be at hand or present, have

come; ri. irapbvra, the present circum-

stances.

irap-cXavvo), march by or past, ride

past, review.

irap-cpx^H^"^*-! P^^ ^V ^^ (dong.

irap-t'xw, 318, hold near, afford, fur-

nish, render, make, cause, inspire.

irdp-oSos, ov, ij, 170 [686s], way by,

.

pass, passage, act of passing.

Ilapva-aTis, i5oj, ij, Parysatis, mother

of Cyrus the Younger.

irds, iraffo, irdv, 264, 752 [dia-pason,

pan-oply, panto-mime], all, Lat. omnis,

IlcurCwv 37 ircpC

every, with a noun, comm. in the pre-

dicate position, all, entire, the ivhole.

IIa<r(wv, wvos, 6, Pcision.

ira<r\a) {irad, vevO), ireiffofiat, (vaOov,

iriirovda, 610, 871 [Lat. potior, bear,

suffer, Eng. pathos, sym-pathy], expe-

rience, suffer, Lat. patior; eC iradeiv,

be well treated.

irar^p, irarpdi, 6, 349, 746 [Lat. pater,

father, Eng. father], father.

^.-iraTpwos, a, oi>, ancestral, hereditary.

iravw, Traij<Tw, etc., 188 [Lat. paucus,

few, Eng. few], cause to cease, end,

stop; mid., cau^e oneself to cease, cease,

stop, desist, give up, come to an end.

na(t>\a-ywv, 6vos, 6, a Paphlagonian.

tir€8iov, ov, t6, 78, level ground, open

country, plain.

ire'Sov, ov, to, ground.

tircjfi, adv., 365, on foot, afoot.

irc^os, "ri, iv, 365 [irovs], on foot;

TTcfos, 6, afoot soldier, pi. infantry.

ircCOw (iri6), veiffu, eireura, ir^ireiKa and

TT^TToida, TriveuTfiai, tireicrdrjv, 178, 777,

871 [Lat. fido, trust], persuade, pre-

vail upon ; mid. and pass., be prevailed

on, yield, obey. 860.

•irtipa, as, rj, experience.

^trupaa, ireipia-u, etc., 308, try, prove,

comm. pass, dep., try, test, attempt,

endeavor. 845.

ireCo-oiiai, see irdo-xw and ireidu.

tllcXoTrovv^jo-ios, a, ov, Peloponne-

sian.

n€\o'ir6vvt]o-os, ov, rj, Peloponnesus.

tTTtXrao-T^S, ov, 6, 102, 740, peltast,

targeteer. See No. 10.

t-ircXTooTiKos, ij, 6v, belonging to pel-

tasts; t6 ireKraffTiKhv {sc. (Trpdrevfia),

the peltast force.

ir^nj, rjs, 7], 63, shield, target, small

and light as compared with the shield

of the hoplite (see s.v. a<Tiri%), tliat part

of the armor of the peltasts (see s.v.

ireXrao-T^j) which distinguished them

from other light-armed troops. The

iriXrTj consisted of a wooden frame

covered with leather, sometimes it was

covered wholly or in part with bronze.

Generally it was crescent-shaped. See

Nos. 10, 18, 82.

No. 82.

ir^fLirw, irif.i.ypu), €iren\f/a, n^irofxcpa,

ir^wenfiai, inefj.<pdt)v, 56 [pomp], send,

despatch, send word.

tircvra-Koo-ioi, at, a [+ cKarov], 500.

irt'vTt, indecl., 188 [Lat. quinque,

Eng. FivK, penta-gon], five.

jircvTc-Kal-ScKa, indecl., 478 [+ Ka(

4- %iKa,], fifteen.

lircvT^KOvra, indecl., fifty.

ir^irovOa, etc., see 7r<i<rxu>.

ir€irT«Ka, etc., see iriirru.

-irtp, intensive enclitic particle, very,

just, even.

TTcpav, adv., 178, across, beyond. 856.

ittpi, prep, with gen., dat., and ace,

235 [peri-, as in peri-patetic, peri-od.

ir(piY(Y^°F^*^'' 38 iroUcd

etc.], round, on all sides, about. With

gen., chiefly in a derived sense, aboui,

with respect to, concerning, because of,

for, Lat. de; expressing superiority,

more than, as in the phrases, vepl wav-

t6j voieiadai, consider all-important,

irepl irXelffTov TroieitrOai, consider most

important. With dat., of place, round,

about. With ace, of place, about, all

round, round; of persons, about, at-

tending on; of things, about; of time,

about; of relation, in respect to, to,

in one's dealings with, Lat. de.

In composition wepl signifies round,

about, (remaining) over, or above (su-

periority).

ir€pi-7(Yvo}i,ai, be superior to. 850.

n^poTis, ov, 6, 102 [Persian], a Persian.

^IIcporiKds, Tfi, 6v, 124, Persian.

iriraxros, ov, 6, petasus, a broad-

brimmed hat, resembling our wide-

awake. See Nos. 23, 62.

ir^TOfjiai, iTT'^ffOfjMi, iiTTd/itjv [Lat.

penna, Eng. feather],^?/.

irTjY^, ^j, i), no, fountain, source.

irT)8d(i>, irr]5'^(Tcv, iin^d7i<ra, ireir-^driKa,

leap.

irr|X6s, ov, 6, 409, clay, mire, mud.

irfjxvs, ews, 6, 478, 7iS, forearm, cubit.

niYPis, v'os, 6, Pigres.

nU^ot (irieS), wUffw, iirUffa, iirii<TOr)v,

I 204, press hard, crowd; pass., be hard

pressed.

ir(piirXi]|JLi (7r\a), ir\ii(T(>), eTrXiyera, vi-

tXijko, TT.iirXrjp.ai and ir^irXijir/xai, ^ttXi}-

aBriv, 101, 871 [Lat. impleo, Jill up,

Eng. FILL, T?vi,x., plethora], fill. 848.

irtiTTW, irecroO/ioi, tveffov, iriirTWKa, 610,

871 [Lat. peW, seefc, Eng. find], fall.

IlurCSai, wv, oJ, ^Ae Pisidians.

tirwTTCvw, TTwrrewrw, 178, put faith in,

trust, rely on. 860.

tirCoTas, ews, ^, faith, good faith,

pledge.

jirio-Tds, 1^, (Jv, 131 [irctOw], faithful,

trustworthy; viaroi, a title given to

Persian royal counsellors; Trurrd, rd,

pledges. 863.

irXaCaiov, ov, t6, 548, square, of

troops.

irX^Opov, ov, r6, 396, a plethrum, a

measure of 100 Greek feet.

irXcicTTOS, "irXctwv, 577, see woXvs.

nXioi (ttXu), irXei/co/Luxi and TXei/ffoCiMtt,

fvXevffa, TT^irXevKa, TrfirXeviTfJMi, 701, 871

[Lat. pluo, rain, Eng. flow], sail.

tirX'tjOos, oi;s, t6, 629, fulness, extent,

number, multitude.

^.irX^Ow [irC|jnrXTi|u], be full.

ir\i\v, conj., 638, ezcept, except that;

improper prep, with gen. , except.

irXVjptis, es, 429 [irtfiirXtiiii], full, full

of, abounding in. 855.

tirXrieridJci* {irXriaiaS) , wXriffidffu, etc.,

382, approach, draw near. 864.

irXT)<r£os, a, 01-, 638, near; neut. as

adv., irX-qalov, near, at hand, in attrib-

utive position, neighboring. 856.

irX'/iTTO) (7rX777), TrXi/fw, eirXr/fa,

iriirXyj-ya, ir^irXrjy/mi, iirXijyr}!' and ^irXd-

TT?)/, 644, 871 [Lat. plango, strike, Eng.

apo-plexy], strike, hit, smite.

irXolOv, ov, t6, 83 [irX^], vessel, boat.

See No. 7.

•iroUw, irotifo-w, eic, 282 [/?oef, ^fos/],

755, 782, do, make, produce, fashion,

effect, cause, accomplish, inflict; eC or

KaKds troietv, treat well or ill ; iKKXriaiap

Koitiv, call or convoke a meeting. 839,

840.

irot.K(Xos 39 irpo6vfi.<0S

itoikCXos, 7j, ov, party-colored.

irotos, o, ov, interr. pron., 356, of

what sort f Lat. qualis. 822, 823.

tiroXc|i^«i>, iroXe/jiijffw, etc., 282, war,

make or carry on war, fight. 864.

tiro\{ft,iK6s, Vi f>v, 548 [po/em/'c], of or

for war, warlike, skilled in war.

tiroX^jtios, a. Of, 94, belonging to war,

at war with, hostile; to. iro\^fj.ta, mili-

tary inatters ; iroXiiuos, 6, an enemy in

war; oi iroX^/xtot, the enemy. 864.

ir6X€fi.os, ov, 0, 78, war, warfare.

tiroXi-opK^co, iro\iopKij<ro}, 318l+ etpyu,

hem in], hem in a city, besiege.

ir6Xis, ewj, ij, 478, 748 [acro-poh's],

city, state.

tiroXXAKis, adv., 275, many times,

often, frequently.

iroXvs, iroWtj, woXv, 502, 577, 753

{poly-, as in poly-syllable, etc.'], much,

many, Lat. multus, in great numbers,

great, large, long, strong; neut. as adv.,

woXi), much, far ; rb iro\i, the greater

part ; ivl toXi/, over a great extent.

4iroXv-T€X^s, ^s, 429 [+ Ti\o%, outlay],

requiring outlay, expensive.

tirov^w, TTocT^crw, etc., 598, toil, labor,

undergo hardship; earn by hard work.

irdvos, ov, 6, 598, toil, hardship.

tiropc(a, ttj, }], 561, journey, march.

tirop€v«, iropeiau), 178, make go;

comm. pass, dep., go, proceed, advance,

march, journey.

WoplXfii {wopid), vopiQ), etc., 37i, fur-

nish, provide, give; mid., get, obtain.

iropos, ov, 6, means of parsing, ford,

passage, way or means of doing, means,

providing.

irdo-os, 77, Of, interr, pron., 356, howmuch f Lat. quantus. 822, 823.

iroTap.6s> ov, 6, 83 [hippo-potamus],

river.

iroT^, indef. end. adv., 527, at some

time, once on a time, once, ever.

iroTcpos, a, ov, interr. pron., 591,

ivhich of two ? neut. as adv. , in an

alternative question, ir&repov ... 17,

whether . . . or, Lat. utrum . . . an.

irov, interr. adv., 615, where?

irovs, 7ro56s, d, 527 [Lat. pes, Eng.

FOOT, tri-pod], foot.

xpdyiJia, aroj, t6, 318 [irp^TTw], deed,

thing, matter, affair, event, circum-

stance, difficulty ; pi., affairs, trouble.

irpaTTW (Trpdy), irpd^o}, eirpa^a,

TriTrpdya and iriirpaxoii ir^irpdyp.ai,

iirpdxOvi 308, 871 [practice], do, act,

accomplish; intr., do, fare.

Trpqiws, adv. [tt/j^os, 7nild, tame],

lightly.

irpCv, conj., 472 [trp6], before, until,

irpo, prep, with gen., 235 [Lat.

pro, before, Eng. for, fore], of place,

before, in front of, facing, hence, in

defence of, for the sake of, for, in pref- 1

erence to ; of time, before.

In composition npd signifies before,

forth, forward, in public, in behalf of.

irpo-pdXXa>, throw before ; mid. , vpo-

fidWea-OcLL rd SirXa, present arms.

irpo-SiaPaCvo), 722, cross first.

irpo-8i8ci>^i, 701, give over, surrender,

betray, abandon.

irpo-ciiii. (el/Lit), 729, go forward, ad-

vance, proceed, come on.

irpo-cXavvu, intr., 722, ride forward,' march on before, push on.

•irp6-6v|j.os, ov, 472 [6v|i<}s], ready,

eager.

|-irpo-9v|i,ws, adv., b98, eagerly.

irpotrj)!.! 40 «4p

xpo-ti)|ii, 734, send forth; mid., give

oneself up, entrust, surrender, abandon.

irpo-(UT<i>ir£8iov, ov, t6 [fi^TUJirov, fore-

head], frontlet, of horses. See No. 8-3.

No. 83.

IIp6|€vosi ov, 6, 212, Proxenus.

irpo-opdo), see in front.

irp6i, prep, with gen., dat., and ace,

116, confronting, at, by. With gen.,

over against, towards ; in swearing, by

;

with the pass., by, from ; with adjec-

tives, in the sight of; expressing what

is characteristic, pertaining to, like.

With dat., near, at, besides, in addi-

tion to. With ace, to, towards, against,

before, at, according to, with respect

to, about; wpbs (piktav, in a friendly

manner.

In composition irpis signifies to,

towards, against, besides, in addi-

tion to.

irpo<r-aiT^a), ask in addition.

irpoo'-cXavvw, 439, ride towards or

irpoo'-^PXop.ai, 615, come on or up,

approach, advance^ 865.

irpo<r-'^K«, 472, be come to, be related

to. 860.

irp6(r-6cv, adv., 488 [irp6s], before,

previously, sooner; in attributive posi-

tion, previous.

iTpocr-KVviw,Trpo(T-Kvvi^(rw,Trpoff-eKvyr]<Ta,

537 [kvv^w, kiss], make obeisance to,

salute.

irpoo--\a)i.pdvu, take to oneself.

irpocr-iroX€p,^<i>, war against.

irpocr-TdTTCD, 537, assign or appoint

;

pass, impersonal vpoff-eTix^Vi orders

had been given.

irpo-crrcpvtSiov, ov, rb [oT^pvov], breast-

plate, of horses. See under No. 83.

irp<ST€pos, a, ov [irp<i], former, pre-

vious; neut. &s,2iAv., formerly.

irpo-Ti|jida>, 496, honor more.

irpo-Tp^X*** *^1^» run forward.

irpo-<{>a(v(i>, show forth; mid., conie

in sight, appear.

irpwTos, 17, ov, 235 [irp6], first, fore-

most; neut. as adv., wpGn-ov, at first,

first.

irripv^, i;70S, 17 [ir^TO|ioi], wing of a

bird, flap of a cuirass.

IlvOa-yopas, ov, 6, Pythagoras.

HvXai, Qv, al, Pylae.

iriXx], t;s, ij, 56, gate, pi. gate, pass.

in)v6dvo|jiai (irvff), ireiaonat, iwdbp.yjv,

Tr4irv<7fmi, 010, 871, inquire, ask, learn

by inquiry, learn, ascertain, find out.

628.

irvp, wvpbs, t6, 638 [fire, pyre], fire;

pi., irvpd, rd, bcacons.

ir(6 41 O-KTJITTOVXOS

ircS, indef. end. adv., 722, yet^ up

to this tUne.

irwX^w, irwXi7<7-a» [Jttono-^DO//], Sell.

ir«s, interr. adv., 389, how ?

irws, indef. end. adv., 664, in any

way, somehow, at all.

pqiSios, a, ov, 577, 578, easy.

i.pq.S((ds, adv., 365, easily, readily.

pew (pv), pedffo/xai, ippi-qKa, ippvrjv, 728,

871 [cata-rrh, rheum], flow.

p'^Tup, opos, 6, 349,745 [lp»], speaker,

orator.

ptirrci) {pi<p, pi<p), ptipu, eppTtpa, fppl<pa,

(pplp.fj.ai, ippt<p6r]v and ippi<pr)v, 578, 871,

throw, hurl, cast aside.

ordXiri-yl, 770s, ^7, trumpet.

^crttXiriJw (<raXTrt77), ^crciXiri7^a, 729,

Woto the trumpet; iird ia-dXiriy^e (sc. 6

ffaXiriKTris), when the trumpet sounded

the charge.

jo-oXxiKT'^s, ov, 6, trumpeter. See

No. 55.

Sdfxios, o. Of, Samian.

SdpScis, €(t)v, al, 478, Sardis.

t<raTpair€v«, rule as satrap, rule.

847.

o-aTpdirns, ov, 6, 124, satrap, viceroy.

Sdrvpos, ov, 6, the satyr Silenus.

See No. 16.

o-€-avTov, ^s, contr. a-avroO, ijs, refl.

pron., 449, 760 [o-f+avrds], of yourself.

819.

a^<r(i>|j.ai, see a-ip^u.

o"n|ia, oTos, t6, sigrn.

|(r(]|xa(vci> (ffrjpav), ffrjfiavQ, icqp-qva,

aea-^paapai, effr]pa.vdr]v, 638, show by a

sign, give the signal, make known.

SiXavos, ov, 6, Silanus.

o-iTos, ov, 6, 365 [para-site], grain,

corn, food, supplies.

o-KCirTOjiav {(r/ceir), CKhpofiaL, iffKeipd-

p.7)v, fffKeppai, 439 [sceptic], spy, spy

out, view, find oui, observe carefully,

deliberate, see to it.

to-K€v<i, Tjs, 7], equipment, dress.

(TKfvos, ovs, t6, gear, utensils, pi.

baggage.

t(rK€vo-<{>op^6), <TKevo<t>opif<Tu, 578, carry

baggage.

|(rKcvo-<|>6pos, ov, 548 [+ 4*^p<d],

baggage-carrying ; aK€vo<p6pa, to., pack-

animals, the baggage-train, the baggage.

^f^Kr\viia, ff/cTjj'^a-w, icrK-qvr]ffa, 502, be

in camp, aor. go into camp, encamp.

<rKT|v^, rji, 7), 45, 739 [scene], tent.

See No. 3.

cTKtiiTTovxos, OV, 6 [ffK-fjirrpov, sceptre,

+ €x«)], sceptre-bearer, a high officer

at the Persian court. See No. 84.

No. 84.

v69 42 o-v|iPov\cvw

o-6s, <r^, <r6v, 448, 449 [on», Lat. tuus,

thy, Eng. thine, thy], thy, thine, your.

2o4>aCvcTos, ov, 6, Sophaenetus.

(Tirdu, fffiraffa, effiraKa, ^(nraafiai,

iawaffdrtv, 335, 871 "[Lat. spatium, space,

Eng. SPACK, spasm], draw.

<rircCp<i> (ffirep), ffwepu, e<nreipa, tawap-

/JLUL, icnrdprjv, 652, 871 [sitkn, spora-

dic], soiv, scatter, disperse.

o-ircvSw, ffireijcrw, fffirevaa, 409, urge,

hasten, be urgent.

cnrovS'fj, ijs, rj, 150 [ffirevSu, offer a

libation, Eng. spondee], libation, pi.

truce.

oTTovS^, ^s, ^ [o-Tr€w8«], Aaste, Aurry.

trrdSiov, on, t6, pi. <rT<£5ioi, ol, and

<7Td5ta, rd, 518, extended space, stadium,

stade, as a measure of distance 600

Greek feet.

(rTa8)i6s, ov, 6, 188 [toTTfjiJii], stopping-

place, station, stage, day''s march.

tflrT^Ya<r(i.a, aros, t6, covering.

o-T^yi), IJS, i) [o-T^w, cover, Lat. tego,

cover, Eng. thatch], roof, house.

(TT^XXo) ((TTeX), <7TeXu), ?o-r«Xa, effxaX-

Ktt, effTa\p.ai, iaTdXtjv, 629, 778, 780,

871, put in order, equip, send.

<rT€v6s, ^, 6v, 63 [steno-graphy], nar-

row, strait ; ffrevSv, ov, rb, defile, pass.

(TTfp^ca, ffrep-f)<Tu, etc., 2 fut. pass.,

ffrepT^ffOfjMi, 382, deprive, rob; pres.

pass., (TTipofML, have lost, be without.

848.

tTT^pvov, ou, t6, breast.

<rT^<|>avos, Of, 6, 701 \<TTi«f>w, put

round], crown, wreath, chaplet. See

No. 51.

«rTi«^os, ovs, rb, mass, throng.

o-t6Xos, ov, 6, 264 [o-r^XXw], equip-

ment, armed force, expedition.

(rT6(ia, aros, t6, 255, mouth, van.

to-rpdrevixa, aroj, t6, 255, army,

troops, host, force, division, contingent.

tcTTpaTcvw, ffTpareiffti), 116, make anexpedition, make war ; mid. dep. , take

the field, take part in an expedition.

toTpar-rj-y^w, <rTpaTrjyi^<TOL>, 518, be

general, lead, command. 847.

t<rTpaT-TiY«is, ov, 6, 83 [+a-y«], gen-

eral, commander.

to-Tpario, aj, ij, 40, 739, army, troops,

host.

t«rTpaTi»TT|s, ov, 6, 102, 740, soldier,

pi. troops.

t<rTpaTo-ir€8«v«, 508, encamp; comm.mid. dep., encamp, go into camp.

to-Tparo-ircSov, ov, rb, 472 [+'ir^8ov],

camp-ground, encampment.

<rTpaT6s, ov, b, an encamped army,

army, force.

to-TptTrrds, ov, 6, 292, necklace, collar,

worn by Persians. See Nos. 21, 58.

(rTp^<{>(i), arphf/w, earpeipa, KffTpo<pa,

fffrpafifj-ai, i<TTpA<p-r)v and i(TTpi<f)&i)v, 578,

871 [strophe, apostrophe], turn, twist;

intr., and in pass., turn or face about.

<rTpov66s, ov, i] [ostrich], sparrow

;

arpovdbs t) jneydXT) or 17 'Apa^la, the

ostrich. See No. 28.

<rv, <rov, pers. pron., 439, 759 [Lat. tu,

Eng. thou], thou, you. 435, 816.

(Tiry-KoX^w, 327, call together, sum^

mon.

Sv^vvco-is, tos, 6, Syennesis.

o-vX-XapLpdvw, seize, arrest.

o-v\-X^Y«, 561, collect, gather, bring

together; pass., come together, assemble.

to-v(i,-PovXfvw, 178, plan with, advise,

counsel, give advice; mid., consult with,

deliberate.

(rv|iPovXos 43 rdgis

o-ti}ji-Pov\os, ou, 6 [PovX^], adviser.

t<rv(i-|iaxid, as, rj, 722, alliance.

<rv|Ji-|j.ax.os, ov, 78 [fiaxtj], in alliance

with; a6iJ.fj.axoi, ov, 6, ally.

<rw(i.-ir€(«r», 150, send with.

o-v^-irop«vop,ai, 341, accompany.

«rvn,-irpdTT«, help in doing, co-operate.

<rvv, prep, with dat., 102 [Lat. cum,

with], with, in company with, along with,

together with, on the side of, with the

help or aid of, by the favor of.

In composition a-tjv signiiies with,

along with, together, jointly, at the

same time, entirely, at once.

crvv-d-yw, 262, bring or get together,

call, collect.

(rvv-avTOwo, (Tvv-rjVTijffa [dvrC], meet

with, meet. 864.

<rvv-dirT<i>, join with.

(Tuv-cK-Pipd^co, help extricate.

«ruv-€iri-o-ir€v8«, help hurry on.

orvv-8T]|i,a, aroj, t6 [o-vv-t£9t)(xi], thing

agreed on, watchword.

orvv-oiSa, 722, share in knowledge,

be conscious. 628.

<rvv-TdTT(i), 222, set in order together,

draw up in battle array; mid., fall

into battle-line, take one'' s position.

(rvv-T(0r]ni, 695, put together; mid.,

make an agreement, contract.

fSvpCa, as, 7), Syria.

Svpos, ov, 6, a Syrian. •

a-u-crtrau, draw or sew together.

o-u-<rTpaT€vonai, 178, take the field

with, join an expedition.

(TcpdWo) (<T(pa\), <r0oXw, €ff<l>ri\a,

€(r0aX/xai, ecr<f>d\riv [Lat. fallo, trip,

Eng. fall], trip up, make fall; pass.,

fail, meet with a mischance.

o-«^is, see ov.

<r«j)€v86vtj, t;s, i], 45, sling, 1.3,1. funda.

j<r<}>€v8ovTJ"r«]s, ov, 6, 356, slinger. See

No. 24.

fr^i<r\,, see ov.

(r<t>68pa, adv., 652 [(r0o5p6s, violenf],

exceedingly, excessively.

<rx«8(a, as, 17, 422, raft, float. See

No. 31.

«rx£5« (crxtS), €(rxfO'a, i^xi-aOv^, 439

[Lat. scindo, split, Eng. schism], split.

t<rxoXa£«s, adv., 449, slowly ; neut.

comp. as adv., axoy^o-l-repov, more

slowly.

crxoX'^, ^s, r], 335 [ex"], a holding

up, leisure; o-xoX^, slowly.

(Tip'^M (ffw, ffdjS), <ru)<T(i), ecrwcra, aiffUKa,

<T^<T<j}/j.ai and <Ti<TU(T/j.ai, iawd-qv, 382, 871

[o-wos], save, rescue, preserve, keep

safe; mid. and pass., save oneself, be

saved alive, escape, return or arrive

safely.

DwKpdrris, ov$, 6, 396, Socrates.

(ru|ia, aros, t6, 382, body, life, person.

(Tuos, a, ov or tras, ad, <xQv [Lat.

sanus, sound], safe and sound, alive,

saved from danger.

la-<i>Ti]p, T7pos, 6, 518, savior.

|ora)r»ipia, as, i], 652, safety, deliver-

ance, rescue from danger.

to-o-(f>po(rvvT),i;s, i], 664, self-control.

<ru-<|>p<i)v, ov, gen. ovos [<r«os + <pp'^v,

mind], of sound mind, discreet.

rdXavTOv, ov, t6, a talent, worth 60

minas, or about $1080.00. See under

Td|is, ews, i], 478 [TdTTw], arrange-

ment, esp. of troops, order, rank, array,

line of battle, division.

TapaTTM 44 Tl(Ui>pl«i

rapdiTM (rapax), rapdfw, irdpa^a,

rerdpayfiai, irapdixOVt 6i>2, trouble,

disturb.

^.rdpaxos, ov, 6, confusion, tumult.

Tapa-oi, Qv, ol, Tarsus.

tcLttw (ray), rafw, era^o, riraxO;

rdrayfiai, iraxOriv, 222 [tactics, taxi-

dermy, syn-tax], arrange, assign, order,

esp. of troops, draw up, marshal ; mid.

and pass., take one's post, be sta-

tioned.

TavT6, by crasis for t6 avrd.

Td4>f>os, ov, T), 502 [9dirT»], ditch,

trench.

trdxa, adv., 389, quickly, forthwith;

111 apodosis with 8.v, perhaps.

trox^ws, adv., 472, quickly, soon.

raxvis, eTa, i/, 548, quick, swift, Lat.

celer ; Bid. rax^uv, with speed ; neut.

as adv., rax^, swiftly, soon; comp.

dcLTTOv, more quickly ; sup. rdxio-ra,

with 6ti or &5s, as quickly as possible,

with all possible speed.

ri, end. copulative conj., 161, and,

corresponding to Kal much as Lat. -que

to et; re . . . Kal or re kuI, both . . .

and.

TfOvdvai, Ti6vr\Ka, see dv^cKw.

T€(vci> {rev), Tevd, treiva, rircLKa,

riraiMi, iriB-nv, 629 [Lat. tendo, stretch,

Eng. THIN, DANCE, /o/?e], stretch, exert

oneself, hasten, push on.

T€ixos, ovs, t6, 396 [dike, ditch,

dig], wall, rampart, fort.

trcXcvratos, a, ov, 573, last, at the

rear ; ol reXevToioi, the rear guard.

trfXcvrdw, TeXeuTTj<rw, 548, end, finish,

end one^s life, die.

^T(KtvTf^, ^s, 17, 548, end, death.

treX^w, T^w, ^rAe^a, reriXeKa, Ttri'

Xea^ai, ire\iffdT}v, 578, 871, complete,

finish, fulfil an obligation, pay.

T^os, ovs, t6, 548 [Lat. terminus,

end, Eng. ta/isman], fulfilment, end,

result; ace. as adv., t^Xos, at last,

finally. 835.

T^|xv<i> (tc/a), refid, frepLOV and erafwu,

Tirp-TiKa, T^TfjLTjpMi, iTpiiidrfv, 615, 871

[Lat. temnG, slight, ^cut,^ Eng. a-tom],

cut.

tWrapTos, Vi 0"? 616, fourth.

tT€TTapdK0VTa, indecl., 67S, forty.

T^TTapts, o, 518, 757 [Lat. quattuor,

Eng. FOUR, tetra-gon, tetr-archy], four.

T^K(i> (tok), t^|w, ^rrj^a, t^ttjko,

irdKrjv and iri^x^riv, 638, 871 [Lat. tabes,

decay, Eng. thaw], melt; intr., thaw,

melt.

t(Ot)p,i {de), Qi\au), iQi)Ka, rideiKa,

Hdei/jLai, iridttv, 695, 784, 788, 871 [Lat.

facio, make, do, fid, be done, become,

-do in compounds such as credo, put

faith in, Eng. do, deem, doom, king-

noM, thesis, theme, treasure], put, set,

place, institute; Biadai t4 SttXo, order

arms, ground arms, get under arms;

Kurd xwpa" tOevro rd dirXa, VflOVed back

to quarters.

tTifxda), r'ip.-fiffo}, etc., 275, 755, 781,

value, esteem, honor.

TinVj, ^s, r), 374 [timo-cracy'], value,

worth, price, honor, esteem.

irtfuos, o, ov, 374, precious, valued,

honored, in honor, worthy.

\.Tl\L-t»pi<ii, TlpMp-fiaot, etc., 389 {tIp.-

wp6s, watching over honor, from tiji^

4- the root which appears in opdu],

avenge; mid., avenge oneself on, take

vengeance on, punish; pass., be pun-

ished, tortured.

t£s 45 TpiaKOO-lOl

t£s, ri, gen. rivos, interr. pron., 356,

763, who f which ? what ? Lat. quis

;

neut. ace. as adv., ri, why? 822.

tIs, tI, gen. Tiv6i, end. indef. pron.,

356, 763, a, an, any, some, a sort of, a

certain, Lat. quis; subst., somebody,

anybody, something, anything, pi. some.

Turca^tcpvTfs, ovs, 6, ace. Turaacp^p-

vt)v, 396, Tissaphernes.

TiTpi&CKCi) (rpo), rpuxru, frpwcra, ri-

TpufMi, eTpu}9r)v, 664, wound.

Toioo-Sc, Toiide, ToiSvde, demon, pron.,

such, such as follows ; eXefe roidde, spoke

as follows or in the following terms.

T6\ji.a, ijs, i) [Lat. tolero, endure,

Eng. a-t/as], courage to endure.

|ToX[jid(i>, To\p.-fiau, etc., 422, have the

courage, venture, risk, dare.

tT65«v|i,a, aros, t6, arrow. See Nos.

4, 14.

tro^etiw, ird^evffa, rerifeu/xat, fTo^€v07]v,

150, use one''s bow, shoot. See No. 85.

TOcovTOs, Toaai/TT;, tocoCtoj', dem.

pron., 664, so much, so many; with

comparatives, roaourcfi, by so much,

the; neut. ace. as adv., too-oOtov, so

tnuch, so far.

t6t€, adv., 94, at that time, then.

Tpd-ircja, 7JS, r), 63 [r^Trapts+ "irovs,

cf. ireSos], table, prop, with four legs.

See Xo. 4.

TpaxuXos, ov, 6, neck, throat.

Tp€is, rpia, 518, 757 [Lat. tres, Eng.

THREE, tri-pod], three,

rpiiru, Tphpdj, fTpeipa and (Tpairov,

rirpotpa, rirpap-nai, iTpdirrjv and ^rp^-

0tfr7v, 462, 871, ittrn, direct, divert, rout;

mid., <urn oneself, turn aside, look,

face.

Tp€<)>u, 6p^w, fOpe^a, r4dpafi/iai, irpd-

<p7]v and i6p4(f>d7iv, 561, 871, nourish,

support, maintain; pass., 6e supported,

subsist.

rpi\(i> {rpex, Spap), dpapavfMi, eSpa-

No. 85.

t6|ov, ov, ,t(!!,.83 [in-toxic-ate, toxico-

logy], bow. See Nos. 13, 14, 35, 45, 48,

57,69:.. . „-

|To|6Tqs, ov, 6, 102, bowman.Toiros, ov, 6, 429 [topic]

,place, region.

IMv, 5e8pd/ir)Ka, deSpd/xr^pui, 610, 871

[cf. 8i8p^(rK<i>] , run.

TpioKovra, indecl., 212 [rptis,], thirty.

Tpia-Koo-ioi, at, a, 102 [Tp€is+«KaT6v],

300.

Tptp«* 46 v-ir6|j.vT]|i,a

Tptpw, Tpt^o), trpiipa, r^rpKpa, rirpifi-

fiai, irpi^riv and iTpi<pdr]v, 573, 871, rub.

TpL--f\pr\s, ovs, i), 396, 747 [Tp«is+ ^p^<r-

<rw, row], war-vessel, trireme, galley,

with three banks of oars on each side

of the vessel. For the position of the

rowers, see No. 86.

No. 86.

rpur-KaC-ScKa or Tp<i(r-Ka(-8£Ka, in-

decl. [rptis + Ka( + 8^Ka] , thirteen.

Tpwr-xtX.101, at, a [rpcis + xfXioi],

3000.

TpCros, 7?, ov, 518 [Tp€ts], third; adv.,

rb Tplrov, the third time.

TpoirYj, Tjs, 7), 673 [rp^irw], rout,

defeat.

TVYX^dvw {tvx)i Teij^ofiat, irvxov, reni-

XTjKtt and T^revxa, 664, 871, hit, attain,

get, obtain, happen, chance. 845.

Tvpiaiov, ov, t6, Tyriaeum.

T«, see tIs.

iSttp, aroj, t6, 502 [Lat. unda, wave,

Eng. WATER, WET, fi/dro-}, water.

vl6s, ov, 0, 124 [son], son.

v|icts, see <ri.

jvfi^Tcpos, o, OV, 448, 449, your.

vir-d-y«, lead under, intr., lead on or

advance slowly; mid., draw on, suggest

craftily.

wir-apxos, ov, 6 [apx«], lieutenant.

virip, prep, witli gen. and ace, 235

[Lat. super, over, Eng. over, hyper-],

over. With gen., over, above, beyond,

for, in behalf of, for the sake of, in

defence of, instead of. With ace. , over,

above, more than.

In composition v-n-dp signifies over,

above, beyond, exceedingly, for, in

behalf of.

v1^tp-^oXVi, ijs, 7) [PdXXu], act of

crossing, crossing, mountain pass.

vir-^<rx.€TO, etc., see inrurxv^o/jMi.

vx-^Koos, ov [vir6 + oiKovw], listen-

ing to, obedient. 863.

vir-io"Xvfop.ai, vvo-axMofMi., inr-e<rx^

firiv, xnr-iaxyif'io.i, 527, 871 [cx**]) hold

oneself under, promise.

vir6, prep, with gen., dat., and ace,

204 [Lat. sub, under], under. Withgen., under, from under, frequently of

agency, by, through, from, at the hands

of, by reason of. With dat., under,

beneath, at the foot of, under the power

of. With ace, under, down under.

In composition wr6 signifies under,

often with an idea of secrecy or craft

(c/. Eng. underhand), or has diminu-

tive force, rather, somewhat, or it

denotes subordination or inferiority.

viro-S^X^'H'O'''* receive under one's pro-

tection, welcome.

viro-j^v-yiov, ov, t6, 222 [^6v, yoke,

Lat. iugum, Eng. yoke], beast of

burden ; pi. baggage animals.

viro-Xc(ir<i>, 644, leave behind.

viro-Xv«, 527, loose beneath, take off

one's shoes.

vir6-|ivT)|jia, aroi, t6 [fuykVQVKm],

memorial, reminder.

virO"jrT€vw 47 <t>idXT]

uir-oirT€Vft), vtr-orrre^cru}, 728 [ut-otttoj,

viewed with suspicioii, cf. d«|/o|iai],

suspect, apprehend, surmise.

\iir-o>|/(a, ds, 17 [c/. vir-oirreva)], suspi-

cion, apprehension; \jTro\pla. iarri, with

dat. of person, be apprehensive.

tvio-Tcpaios, ci, ov,G7S, later, following ;

TTj vffTepaiqL {sc. rifiipq.), the following

day, next day.

twoPT€p€», v<rTifyrj<ra, varipifKa, he later,

come too late for. 850.

vo-Tcpos, d, 01', 264 [out, utter],

laier ; neut. as adv., varepov, later,

afterwards.

*

<{>a(vu {<t>a.v), (pavQ, f<f>riva, ^^(payKa

and irifpTjva., ir^0aff/tai, i(pdvd7]v and

fcpavqv, 591, 771, 772, 779, 871 [p/»e-

nomenon, dia-phanous, phantastic],

bring to light, make appear, show ; mid.

and pass, and 2 pf., show oneself, be

shown, he seen, appear, turn out.

<)>d\aY|, 770s, 17, 245, 743 \^phalanx'],

line of battle, phalanx ; Kara <pd\ayya,

in line of battle.

4>avcp6s, d, 6v, 83 [4»aiv«], in plain

sight, visible, manifest, open; eV t^j

(paveptf, openly, publicly.

<]>ap^Tpa, as, i), quiver. See Nos. 11,

14, 87.

({>cpu {<t>ep, ol, iveK), otffw, ^yeyxa andTjvsyKov, ivf)vox<i; ivqveyiMi, -fiDdx^V^

729, 871 [LaX. fero, hear, fors, chance,

far, thief, Eng. bear, burdex,

BIER, BIRTH, metu-phor, phos-phorus],

bear, bring, carry, produce, receive,

endure; pass., be home, carry, rush;

XaXeTTwj (f>ipeLv, take it ill, be troubled.

({xvY" (0^7)) <t>fi^oixai and ^ev^oCjuat,

ecpvyov, iri<f)evya, 327, 871 [Lat. fugio,

flee, Eng. bow {bend), bow (the weap-

on), BOLT, BLx-oni],^ee, takeflight, run

away, retreat, fly, Lat. fugio, fleefrom,

run away from, flee from one's country,

be an exile, be banished; oi ^eijyovTfs,

the exiles.

No. 87

<t>i])i(, (prjffu), etprjffa, 472, 794 [Lat.

fdri, say, fdma, report, Eng. ban, pro-

phet, phase], say, declare, state; e^rj,

said yes; ovk e<pr], said no, in answers

;

ov (f>-nfu, say no, refuse, deny.

<{>Oa.v<i) (<pOa), (pOrjaofiai and <l>Od(ru,

^(pOrfv and f<f)daffa, 685, 871, get the

start of, anticipate, outstrip.

4>0£7-yo(xai, (pdey^o/iai, etc., mid. dep.,

ynake a sound, shout, sound.

<}>9cip<i> {<pd€p), (pOepQ, ((pdeipa, f<p6apKa,

€<t>6apnai, i<pddpriv, 629, 871, destroy, lay

waste, corrupt.

({>i.d\T|, 1/5, 7) [phia/, K/'a/], drinking

cup ; it was round and shallow like a

large saucer, but deeper, made of

^OJm 48 XaXiv6s

earthenware or of bronze, gold, or

silver. See Xo. 88.

No. 88.

t<|>iX^<i>, (^tXiJerw, 282, love, of the love

of family and friends.

t^iXla, as, i), 488, affection, friend-

ship.

'l()>(Xios, d, ov, 131, friendly, amicable,

at peace, used esp. of countries. 863.

<|>(\os, Vi o'', 141 [ph//-anthropy,

phi/tre], friendly, dear, dear to, loved

by, attached to, kindly disposed, comp.

<f>i\alT£poi or iplXrepos ; <pl\os, 6, friend,

adherent. 863.

t<|>Xvap^(i>, (pXvap-fiffo}, 664, talk bosh.

t()>\vap(a, ds, ij, 729, nonsense, pi.

bosh.

<)>\vapos, ov, 6, nonsense.

t4>oP«p6s, d, bv, 46, fearful, terrible,

formidable.

t(|>oPcci>, (po^-fiffu, i<t>6pri<ra, frighten,

terrify, 335, of unreasoning fear

;

comni. pass, dep., be frightened, be

terrified, fear, dread, be afraid.

<^6po$, ov, 6, 116 [hydro-phobia},

fear, dread, terror, fright.

t^oivftCT], rji, T], Phoenicia.

t«|)oivvKi<rTVis, ov, 6, wearer of the pur-

ple, a title of rank at the Persian

court.

#oivi|, t/cos, 6, a Phoenician.

(t>oivi^, iKoj, 6, 429, palm, date-

palm. See No. 45.

({>pd^(i> {(ppad), (ppacru), etc.

[phrase}, say, tell.

t4>povp-apxos,ov, b, 150 [+apx«],commander of a garrison.

(t>povp<Ss, ov, [irp6 + opdw],

watcher, guard.

^pvyta, ds, i), 188, Phrygia.

t<|>vYas, dSos, 6, 341 [(^v-yo)],

fugitive, exile, refugee.

|«|>\rY^, ^s, ii, 462 [4»€VY«],^isrW, rout.

t<|>vXaK'^, ^s, ^, 56, a watching, watch,

picket duty, garrison.

t<|>tiXa|, oKoy, 6, 245, 743, a watcher,

guard, outpost; pi. body-guard.

<|>vXdTT(i> {(pvXaK), (pvXd^ii}, l(p{i\a^a,

7re0i/\axa, 7r€0i)Xa7)itai, iipvXixOtiv, 222,

stond guard, guard, watch, defend ;

mid., be on one''s guard, watch out

against, Lat. caued; ^i;Xa*cas tpuXdr-

Tfiv, stand guard.

tXaX£Tra£v« (xaXeirav), xaXfravw, ^x«"

X^TTi/j/a, ixaXeTrdvOriv, 598, 6e angry, be

severe, be offended or procoted. 860.

XoXtirds, i}, Av, 488, hard, grievous^

difficult, dangerous, severe, stem,

savage.

IX«iX€w«s, adv., 729, hardly, with,

difficulty, painfully.

XaXiv6s, ov, b, bridle, consisting of

bit, head-stall, and reins. The bit

XoXkovs 49 Xttptov

was generally a snaffle, the two ends

of which were joined under the jaw by

a strap or chain, to which a leading

rein was sometimes attached. See

Nos. 33, 83.

IxoXkovs, rj, ovv, 292, of bronze,

In-onze.

\aXK6s, ov, 6, copper, bronze, bronze

armor.

XdXos, ov, 6, the Chalus.

txapCci'Si ea-a-a, ev, 264, 752, graceful,

pleasing.

Xdpis, tToj, ^, 255 [eu-charisf],

grace, favor, gratitude, thanks; xapfeidivai, x'^P"' ^X*'"! ^ o^ feel grateful

;

X<i-piv diro5i86vai, return the favor.

XapfjtdvSi], Tjy, i], Charmande.

X€i|i(&v, Qvoi, 6 [Lat. hiems, winter],

bad weather, winter.

Xtlp, x^P^S) Vi 416 [Lat. herctum, in-

heritance, 'Eng.chiro-graphy, s-urgeon],

hand, Lat. manus.

Xcip(<ro4>os, ov, 6, Chirisophus.

X«'piorTos, see xe'pw-

X€(p<Av, oy, gen. ovos, 577, worse,

inferior.

Xepp6vT](ros, ov, rj, 496, the Cherso-

nese.

XtXioi, ai, a, 212, 1000.

Xtk6s, ov, 6, 537, fodder, forage.

XiTciv, uvos, 6, 416, undergarment,

Lat. tunica, worn next the person byboth men and women. In its simplest

form it was a double piece of cloth,

oblong in shape, one half of whichcovered the front of the body, the

other the back. The x'T'^*' was fas-

tened on each shoulder by brooches,

and was confined over the hips by the

girdle, fii^/ij. See Nos. 51, 60, 69.

XiMV, 6vos, rj, 573 [c/. x^^F^'^^Ji

snow.

xXa^Lvs, i/5os, ij, cloak, mantle, worn

esp. by horsemen, but also by the foot

soldier on the march and by travellers

in general. It was an oblong piece of

cloth thrown over the left shoulder,

the open ends of which were fastened

over the right shoulder by a brooch.

See Nos. 23, 62.

X^pros, ov, 6, fodder, grass.

Xpao|iai,xpi)<roMtt'?e^c., mid. dep.,308,

871, serve oneself by, make use of, use,

employ, treat, Lat. utor. 866.

XP'^i, XpV"? impers., 561, it is need-

ful, one must or ought.

XPBS" (xP!?5), 416, want, need, desire.

Xptj|J.a, oTos, t6, 264 [xpdop,ai], a

thing that one uses; pi., things, property,

wealth, money.

Xprivai, see xp^-

Xp'^o-ip.os, 17, OP, and os, ov [xp4o|iai],

useful, serviceable.

XP^vos, ov, 6, 548 [chrono-logy], time,

season, period, Lat. tempus.

i\pv<rovs, ^, ovv, 292, 751, of gold,

golden, gold, gilded.

txpi5<'''ov, ov, t6, 644, piece of gold,

gold coin, gold.

Xpv<r6s, ov, 6 [cfiryso-lite'], gold.

jXPvo-o-xoXivos, ov, 701 [+ xaXiv6s],

with gold-mounted bridle.

tx«pa, as, i], 40, 739, place, assigned

place, position, post, station; land,

tract of land, territory, region, coun-

try.

tX»p^«>, x'^pM'^, etc., give place, with-

draw, move, march; of measures, hold.

tx«p£ov, ov, t6, 78 [xupos, place},

space, place, spot, stronghold.

t|>^iov 50 it>4>^l|XOS

No. 89.

^A.iov, ov, t6, 416, armlet, bracelet.

See No. 89.

t|>€v8o|iai., \j/ev<TOfjiai,

hj/ei<Td-qv,b21 [pseud-

onym], lie, cheat, de-

ceive, act falsely.

\|>T](|>(^o(i.ai {\f/ri(f>iS)

,

\j/ri(f)iovfj.ai, etc., mid.

dep., 349 [^l/ijcpoi, pebble'], reckon vnth

pebbles, vote, resolve, determine.

\|>iX6s, 17, 6v, hare, unprotected; ol

\j/i\oL, light-armed troops.

a&, exclamation, 83, 0, with voc.

<S8€, adv., 150 [oSe], thus, as follows,

in the following manner.

wvios, a, ov, 610, purchasable ; wvia,

rd, wares, goods.

cSpS, OS, ij, 4.39 [year, hour, horo-

scope], time, period, season, hour, Lat.

hora, the proper time, opportunity.

«s, orig. a relative adv. of manner

[os], but developed into a variety of

uses. As rel. adv., as, Lat. ui, with

verbs, before prepositions, and with

participles, as if, just as, thinking

that, on the ground thai, with the

avowed intention, as though; with

numei-als, about ; of degree, how, esp.

with superlatives, Lat. quam, as wj

fidXiffra, as much as possible. Asprep., with ace, to, only of persons.

As conj., of time, as, when, after, us

TaxKTTa, as soon as; introducing

indirect discourse, that; of cause, as,

since, because, for, Lat. ut; final, that,

in order that, Lat. ut ; of intended

result, like wo-re, so as, so that.

ws, thus, so.

MT-inp, relative adv., 409 [«s+ ir^p],

like as, just as, even as, as it were.

WO--TC, relative adv., 124 [ws + t€'],

so as, so that, wherefore.

mt(s, idos, i), bustard.

w<t>cX4o>, ci5^e\ij(j-a>, etc., 318 [6<t>eXoi,

advantage, use], help, succor, assist,

benefit, be of service to, give assistance

to, of voluntary service.

4.w<f>tXi|ios, ov, useful, serviceable.

No. 90.

II. English-Greek Vocabulary.

Consult the Greek-English Vocabulary for fuller meanings of the Greek words

here given, especially in cases where a choice of words is offered. The Greek-English

Vocabulary is necessarily brief, but it gives the etymological meanings of the words

and indicates the lines on which these meanings have been developed. If in doubt,

choose the word that is familiar. The aim has been to introduce no word into the

English-Greek exercises that has not previously been given. Frequently the choice

will be determined by the appropriateness of the word to the lesson in which it occurs.

Abandon

Abandon, irpo-iefiai (e), irpo-

fjffOfiai^ etc.

Able, t/cavis, 17, bv ; he—

,

iKOLvbi elfu, dvva/iai{5vva),

5vvi)ffofiai, etc.

About, d/x^/, irepi.

Above, virip.

Admire, davixA^ii) (OavfiaS),

Oav/ida-o/Mai, etc.

Advance, Trope^ofiai, wopeij-

aopMi, etc.

Advise, crvp^PovXevoj, <rvp.-

/SouXeucrw, etc.

Afraid, he — , (po^eofiai,

0o/3i7(ro/iat, etc.

After, /uerd.

Afterwards, varepov.

Again, ttolXiv.

Against, iiri, irp6s.

Agreement, make an —

,

(Tvv-Tidefiai {0f), ffvv-

Oriffo/jLai, etc.

All, iras, iraffa, vav.

Allow, ilTL-Tp^irU), ilTL-Tpi-

\f/(t), etc.

Ally, ffiififiaxos, ou, 6.

Already, ijdr].

Also, Kal.

Always, SieL

Among, iv.

And, Kal.

Announce, ayyiWu {dy-

yeK), dyyeXu), etc.

Another, dXXos, 77, ; one

— , dXX^Xwi'.

Answer, make —, diro-

Kptvofiat (Kpiv), diro-

KpivoOfiai, etc.

Any, Ttj, tI, gen. tiv6s;

anybody or — one, tIs;

anything, tI.

Appear, tpaim/iai {4>av),

<t>a.vr)<TOfiaL, etc.

Approach, ir\-q<Ti.d^<jj (ttXt;-

(Tiab), Tr\7]<Tid<Tw, etc.

Attempt

Aristippus, AplffTiinros,

ov, 6.

Arm, OTrX/fw (ottXiS),

wTrXtcra, etc.

Arms, fiTrXa, wv, rd.

Army, ffrparid, as, 1;, arpd-

TevfjM, aros, t6.

Artaxerxes, ' Apra^^p^Tjs,

on, d.

As, (Js; — follows, rdde;

to, (J}<TT€.

Ask, ipwrdw, ipur-^ffoj, etc.,

inquire; ahiu, air-^a-u,

etc., ask for.

Ass, 6vos, ov, 6.

Assured, be — , = knowwell.

At, ini.

Attack, iiri-Ti0ep.ai {0e),

iiri-9-qffotML, etc. ; makean — , fir-€i/u {elfit).

Attempt, ireipdoyLcai, wei-

pdaofjuxi, etc.

Barbarian 52 Dead

B

Barbarian, /Sdp/Sapos, ov,

fiap^apiKds, ij, 6v.

Battle, fidxv^ V^t V-

Be, elfd (ia), «<ro/xai ;—

present, irdp-ei/M. ;—

upon, eir-€ifu.

Beast, 6r)plov, ov, t6; —of burden, inro^&yiov, ov,

t6.

Beat, Tratw, iralffw, etc.

Beautiful, Ka\6s, ij, 6v.

Before, irp6, irplv.

Behalf, in — of, inrip.

Benefit, eC iroi^w, irodiaw,

etc.

Besiege, woXiopKiu, vo\i-

opK-fi<Tu>, etc.

Bid, KiKejtiJ, KeKeiaw, etc.

Bind, 5^w, StJo-w, etc.

Bird, 6pvls, 6pvWos, 6, ?}.

Black, /xActs, ix^Xaiva,

fii\av.

Board, on — , 4irL

Boat, v\oTov, ov, t6.

Both, on — sides, diJ.<f>0T4-

pu6ev; — ... and, kuI

. . . KaL

Bow, r6^ov, ov, t6.

Bowman, ro^drris, ov, 6.

Boy, TTttts, iraidSs, 6.

Brave, d7a^6s, ij, 6v, av-

Speios, a, ov.

Break, Xito, X()<rw, etc.

Breastplate, Owpa^, ukos, 6.

Bridge, y4<pvpa, as, t;.

Bring, Ay(o, Afw, etc.

Bronze, x^^'^oi'S) Vi <*0i'.

Brother, dde\(p6s, ov, 6.

Burden, beast of— , vwo-

^^lov, ov, t6.

But, dWd, Si.

By, irapd ; vir6, with gen.

of the agent ; — means

of, dw6 ; — land andsea, Kara yrjv Kal /card

ddXarrav.

Call, KaXiu (/caX, koXc),

KaXQ, etc.; — out, /Sodw,

Po'fiaofjM.i, etc. ; — to-

gether, (rvy-KaX4u.

Canal, SiQpv^, vxos, ij.

Captain, Xoxdy6s, ov, 6.

Care, take— , itri-fieXionai,

iwi-iieX-fiffonai, etc.

Qaxry,— on war, iroXe/jiiw,

TroXejjL-flffu, etc.

Cattle, /SoOs, /3o6s, o, t}.

Cause, wap-ixu, irap-i^u

and TTopa-o'x'Jo'w, etc.

Cavalry, iirireh, iuv, ol;

— man, iirnejs, ^ws, d.

Cease, TraiJo/iai, iravaonai,

etc.

Chariot, dp/xa, aros, t6.

Cilicism, KLXi^, ikos, 6.

City, v6Xis, ewi, ij.

Clearchus, KXiapxos, ov, 6.

Collar, ffrpevrbs, ov, 6.

Collect, ddpoi^io, ddpolffu,

etc.; (rvX-Xiyco, ffvX-Xi^u,

etc.; — supplies, ivi-

fflrl^onai ((xItiS), iiri-

ffiTtovfiai, etc.

Come, fpxofJiai, ^X6ov, etc.;

— together, cvX-Xiyo/xat,

ffvX-Xeyfyro/uu, etc.

Command, KeXeuu, KeXevaw,

etc.

Commander, Apxt^y, ovtos,

6 ; (ppovpapxos, ov, 6 (of

a garrison).

Company, in — with, aiiv.

Conduct, dytii, &^u, etc.

Confess, ofwXoyiu, oftoXo-

7^<rw, etc.

Conquer, viKdu, vlKif<ru, etc.

Consider, ffKiirTop.ai ((TKeir),

(TKd^ofiai, etc. ; povXevo-

fiai, PovXfVffo/jMi, etc.

Consult, — with, avp.-^ov-

XeOopuan, ffvu-^ovXeia-ofjiai,

etc.

Corrupt, dia-<f>0€lpu {<pOep),

8ia-<pdepQ, etc.

Corselet, dthpdi, okoj, d.

Country, x^P°-^ *s> V-

Court, at — , irapd PaffiXeT,

ivl Tttij ^a<7i\^ws OOpaii.

Cowardly, KaK6s, -fj, 6v.

Cross, dia-^aivu {^a), 5io-

fi-flffo/iai, etc.

Cry out, use eJirov.

Cut, — to pieces, Kara-

K&iTTu (koit), Kara-Kb^tj),

etc.

Cyrus, KOpoj, ov, 6.

Danger, kIvSvvos, ov, 6.

Day, 7}p.4pd, os, rj; on the

following — , ry i/ffre-

pai(f; day''s march,

araOp-bs, ov, 6.

Dead, be — , ridirifKa (Oiri-

ffKu).

Death 53 Frequently

Death, pu^ to— , airo-KTelvoij

(icTev), diro-KTevS), etc.

Deceive, i^-airardw, i^-

I airaTi^ffd), etc. ; ^ei/So/ttat,

^ei5(70/iai, etc.

Defeat, yt/cdw, vi/cijffw, etc.;

be defeated, riTTdo/j.ai,

riTTi^a'Ofj.ai, etc.

Deliberate, ^ovXeOo/Mi, ^ov-

\€V(TOfj.ai, etc.

Demand, dir-air^u, dn-

airijcw, etc.

Despatch, diro-aTeWoi

(ffxeX), oTro-ffTeXiD, etc.

Destroy, X(5w, Xdcrw, etc.;

dM-<f>delp(i) {(pdep) , dia-

(pdepQ, etc.

Disclose, iiri-deiKvv/jii (SecK),

iTTi-dei^w, etc.

Dishonor, drlfjui^co (drifrnd),

drifidau, etc.

Dismiss, diro-Trinirofxai,

dTro-iriixtj/oixai, etc.

Disperse, <nreipu) {airep),

airepQ, etc.

Distant, be —, dir-4x^i

dir-i^o) and diro-(Xxv<^'^i

etc.

Do, iroi^w, irof^<rw, etc.j

— harm, KaKws iroUu

;

— ivell by, e5 iroiiu.

Draw, — up, rdrru (ray),

rd^w, etc.

Dreadful, Seivos, 77, 6v.

Dwell, oIk€u, oiKT]<T(M), etc.

EEach, ^KaffTos, 17, ov.

Easily, pq.Slus.

Easy, p^'Sios, d, ov.

Educate, TratSeiJw, iraidei-

aw, etc.

Emporium, ip.ir6piov, ov, t6.

Encamped, be— , KdBij/iai.

(rja), impf. iKaOrnjirjv.

Encircle, KVKXdu, kvkXiIxtu},

etc.

Enemy, iro\ipj.os, ov, 6

;

the — , ol iro\^iJi.ioi.

Engage, — in war, ttoXc-

fj.4(i), iroXeiJL-qaw, etc. .

Enraged, be —,xa^^Taivw

(xaXeTrav), x*^^''''*'''^?

etc. •

Entire, irds, irdiua., irdv.

Enumeration, dpidfibs, ov, 6.

Escape, diro-ifie&yu ((pvy),

dTro-cpev^ofiai and diro-

(pev^oufiai, etc.

Euphrates, Eiicppdri]!, ov, 6.

Everything, irdvTa.

Evil, KaKbv, ov, t6.

Exhort, irapa-KeXeiLrofji.ai,

Kapa.-Ke\ei(Top.ai, etc.

Exile, 4>vydi, dbos, 0.

Expedition, 656s, ov, 7;;

take part in an —

,

(Trpareijonai, (TTparevao-

fjMi, etc.

Express, diro-delKvviJMi,

{Sslk), dwo-8€i^o/j.ai, etc.

Fair, Ka\6$, 17, 6v.

Faithful, irun6s, ij, 6v.

Fall, — on, ifi-TriiTTO}, t/x-

ireffovfiai, etc.

Father, irar'^p, warpbs, 6.

Fear, 06j3os, 01;, d ; (po^io-

Hai, <i>o^-fi<Topja.i, etc., of

sudden fear or terror;

UdoiKa, of reasonable

fear ; inspire with —

,

<p6^ov irap-^x'^i 'Tap-d^O}

and vapa-<rxvc<^t C^-

Fearful, 0O(3ep6s, d, 6v.

Feel, — grateful, x'^P'"

«Xw (o'ex), ?|w or ffxv-

ffw, etc.

Fellow, dvOpuTTOi, ov, 6.

Fellow-soldiers, AvBpes

aTpanQrai, with or

without w.

Few, 6X1701, at, a.

Field, take the — , a-rpa-

T&iofiai, <XTpaT€tjffonai,

etc.; take the — with,

ffv-ffTparevo/xai.

Fifteen, -ireiTeKaideKa.

Fight, p-dxv, V^, V ; Mxo-fw,i, naxov/xat, etc.

Fire, irOp, irvpds, t6.

Fish, Ix^^s, i5os, d.

Five, irivre.

Flee, (pe&yu {<pvy), <peu^o-

fiai and (pev^ovfiai, etc.

Foes, iroX^/iiot, uv, ol.

Follow, ^wofiai, ^ofJMi,

etc.; as follows, wSe, or

some case of 8Se; on

the following day, t%

vffTepalq..

For, ydp; els.

Force, Svvanis, ews, 77, (rrpd-

rev/jLa, aros, t6;^id^o-

lia.1 (pi.a.5),^idffoiJLai, etc.

Fort, xwpioj', ov, t6.

Forty, T€TTapdKovTa.

Four, rirrapes, a.

Frequently, iroXXdActs.

Friend 54 Journey

Friend, <pL\os, ov, 6, ^evos,

ov, 6.

Friendly, tpiXios, d, ov.

Friendship, 0tXtd, ds, 17.

Frightened, be — , <t>o^io-

fjLai, <f>opTJironai, etc.

From, i^, dir6.

Full, irXijpris, es.

Garrison, <f>v\aKr}, rjs, 17.

Gate, TTiJXi;, 17s, -q.

General, ffrpaTTjySs, ov, 6.

Get, iropl^ofiai (iropid), tto-

piov/Mi, etc.; — together,

<rvv-dyu, <rvv-d^w, etc.

Gift, dCbpov, ov, rb.

Give, didwfii {do), dJxru,

etc.

Gladly, iidius.

Go, ei/xi (l), impf. ya or

jjeiv, epxo/JMi, aor. ^\0ov;

— away, dir-aXXdrTO-

/jMi (dXXa7), dTT-aWd^o-

fMi, etc.

God, 0e6s, ov, 6, i}.

Gold, or of— , xP^<^o^^i Vi

ovv.

Good, dya66s, -ij, bv.

Grateful, he or feel —

,

Xttp'" «x'^ ("^ex)) ^fw and

<rX'J<»'w, etc.

Great, iJ.iya%, /xeydXr), /x^a,

of size ; iroXi;j, ttoXXi;,

xoXi5, of amount or

number.

Greek, EWtjv, tjvos, 6;

'E\\t}vik6s, -f}, 6v.

Grieve, \vrriw, XOtttJo-w, etc.

Ground, — arms, rldefmi

TO, 6ir\a.

Guard, (pvXaKrj, ijs, rj,

(fivXa^, aKos, 6.

Guest, ^ivoi, ov, 6.

Guide, ijyefiiiv, bvos, b.

Halt, IffTriiu {(TTo), <Tr-fi<T<i},

etc.

Hand,— over, vapa-bibwfu

(bo), vapa-5J)(r<i), etc.

Bard, be— pressed, wU^o-

fiai {irteS), irieffdr^ffopMi,

etc.

Hardship, undergo —

,

irovid}, Tfovriaw, etc.

Harm, do — , KaKus iroiiu,

TTOiiJtrw, etc. ; suffer —

,

KafciDs irdax^ (""a^), Tef-

ffofiai, etc.

Hasten, aire^bw, aireixrw,

etc.

Have, €x<«' (<''«x)» ^^'^ ^^^

o'X'^cw, etc., elptl {iff),

effopui with dat.

He, generally omitted,

sometimes ovto^, iKsTvos.

Headquarters, 6ipat, Qv, ai.

Hear, d*coi/w, dKovaopLai, etc.

Heavy-armed,— men, birXi-

rai, Qv, ol.

Height, d.Kpov, ov, rb.

Helmet, Kpdvos, ov%, rb.

Help, u(f>e\i<>), w<pe\-fiau),

etc.; with the— of, avv.

Her, oblique cases of avr-i).

Herald, K^pu^, D/cos, 6.

Here, iyrav$a, 8evpo.

Hereupon, evravOa.

Hill, y^Xocpos, ov, b.

Him, oblique cases of

aOrbs; ov, reflex.

Hindrance, rb kwXvov.

His, often by the article;

sometimes a^To0,^Keij'oi/.

Honor, rin-q, ijs, ij ; Ti/xdui,

Tlpu^au), etc.; in — , iv

ri/jLy or Tiyiiios, d, ov.

Hope, iXiris, l5os, r}.

Hoplite, ottXittjj, ov, b.

Horse, tinro^, ov, b ; on

horseback, dvb ittttov.

Horseman, linre&%, iu%, b.

Hostile, iroXiiuo^, d, ov.

House, o(K(d, ds, tj.

How,— many, vbaoi, ai, a.

Hunt, OripeOd), dripeiau, etc.

I, iyu, i/xov and /mov, etc.

If, el, idv, T]v.

Immediately, tvOvs.

Impassable, diropos, ov.

In, iv ; — order that, tva.

Inflict, iiri-Tldyjfu {de), iiri-

Oijcrti), etc.

Inspire, irap-ix*^ {'^^x)i

irap-i^u and trapa-ffxV'

<ru), etc.

Intend, iv vf ex*^ ("^x)?

?^w and (Txifffw, etc.

Interpreter, ipfiriveis, ius, b.

Into, ei's ; — the presence

of, irpbs.

Journey, iropeld, dj, ^,

bbbi, ov, i).

Judge 55 Ought

Judge, Kpivw (xpiv), KpivG),

etc.

Just, dUaios, a, oc.

Justly, diKaiwi.

King, paaiXevi, ^w$, 6 ; be

—,jSafftXeiyw, ^a<n\ev(T(0,

etc.

Know, oI5a, daofMi.

Lacedaemonian, Aa/ceSat-

n6vios, a, ov.

Land, yij, yrjs, i], x^P^i

as, i).

Large, ixiya%, fieyd\i},iJ.iya.

Lead, dyu, d^w, etc. , i)y^o-

fMi, ryyijaotxai, etc.

Leader, ijyendjy, 6vos, 6.

Leave, Xefirw (Xht), Xetfw,

e<c. ; — behind, Kara-

XeiTTW.

Left, eiidbvvfjMs, op ; on iAe

— (winfir), ^ir2 t^) evw-

Letter, ^TrtcrToX?;, ^s, i].

Light-armed, — soldier,

yvuvrji, TJTos, 6.

Long, fjMKpSs, i, 6v.

Loose, \6(t), \6ff(i), etc.

Loss, be at a —, A/iropiu,

iiroptjffu, etc.

Love, <pi\4u), (piXijffw, etc.

Loyal, evvov^, ow.

MMake, iroUw, voi-qau, etc.;

— answer, diro-Kpivofiai

(Kpiv), diro-Kpivovfiai ;—

an agreement, crvv-ride-

fjMi (fie), avv-d-ntroixai,

etc.; — an attack, eir-

eifu (t), impf. iir-ya or

iv-yetv; — rise, dv-

Larrifu {(TTa), dva-ffTTJcru,

etc. ; — icse of, xpao/xai,

Xpijffofiai, etc.

Man, dyijp, dv5p6i, 6, Lat.

uir ; dvdpdnros, ov, 6,

Lat. homo ; men, some-

times ffrpariurat. ; old

—,yipwv, ovTos, 6

;

young — , vtdvids, ov, 6.

Many, see Much.

March, day^s —, <rTa0fi6s,

ov, 6; — away, dw-

eXayvw (^Xa), ciTr-eXw,

etc.; — on, iropeioiiai,

TTope^ao/xai, etc.

Market-place, dyopi, as, 17.

Means, by — of, dw6.

Menon, M^vwv, cows, 6.

Mercenary, fiiaOofpSpos, ov.

Messenger, fi77eXos, ov, 6.

Miletus, MtXTjTos, ov, ij.

Mina, fivd, fjLvds, i).

Molest, XuTT^w, \v-n-!J<ru,

etc.

Money, dpyipiov, ov, rb,

Xpij/Aora, druv, rd.

Month, p.ijv, iir]v6s, 6.

More, fxaWov.

Mountain, 6pos, ovs, t6.

Much, TToMs, iroWij, iroXiJ

;

TToXl/.

Must, del, dvdyKr) iarl;

often the verbal in

rios.

N

Ncime, 6vop.a.; aros, rb.

Njutow, arevbs, rj, bv.

Need, there is — , bet.

Neglect, dpjekiu, dneXriffw,

etc.

Never, ovirore.

Night, v{>^, vvKrbs, i].

Nobody, ov8eis, evbs.

Noble, dyadbs, -f], bv.

Noise, dbpv^oi, ov, b.

None, ovbive%, ivwv.

Not, oil, fJLT^.

Now, vvv.

Oath, 8pKos, ov, 6.

Obey, ireiffo/xai (iriO), neiffo-

fjLai, etc.

Often, iroXXd/cis.

Old,

—

man,yip(>}v, ovTos,b.

On, iirl ;— horseback, dvb

iirirov ;— board, iirl.

Once, at — , €v6^s.

One, ris, rl, gen. rivbi;

— another, dXXiJXwi'.

Open, dv-oiyw, dv-oi^u, etc.;

(pavepbs, i, bv.

Opinion, yvdipni, 77s, ^.

Or, fOrder, KeKeudj, /ceXei/crw, etc.;

— arms, ride/jMi rd

SirXa ; in — that, tva.

Orders, give — , vap-ay-

yiXXu (d77eX), irap-

ayyeXSi.

Orontas,*Op6rrds, dorov, 6.

Other, dXXos, -q, 0.

Ought, del.

Our 66 Say

Our, often by the article.

Out, — of the way, tKiro-

Palace, ^aaiXeia, uv, rd.

Parasang, irapaadyyTji,

ov, 6.

Park, trapdSeiffos, ov, 6.

Pay, fxicrOds, oO, 6.

Peltast, ireXra<rT77S, oO, 6.

Perish, dir-6\\vfj.ai, dir-

o\ovfj.ai.

Persijin, lldpa-ris, ov, 6.

Persuade, ireiOu {iri6), irel-

ffu), etc.

Phrygia, ^pvyld, as, rj.

Place, x'^P^'^'i o"? ''^i

from that — , ivrevdev;

in this —•, ivravOa.

Plain, Tceblov, ov, t6 ; S^Xos,

17, ov; in— sight, Kara-

(pair^i, is.

Plan, ^ovXeiLKo, /3oi;X«5(rw,

etc.

Plot, ^irt/SonXif, yjs, ij; —against, iiri-^ovXeiJu, ivi-

^ovXetjffw, etc.; — evil,

KaKbv ^vXeiu, /SovXei^o'w,

etc.

Plunder, ipvd^w (dpiraS),

dpirdaw, etc. , St-opTrdfw.

Point, — out, iiTi-SdKvvfii

{Suk), iiri-Sel^d), etc.

Post, rdrru (ray), rd^w,

etc.

Precious, rtnios, a, ov.

Prefer, aipionai, alp-fiaofnai,

etc.

Prepare, — oneself, Topa-

aK€vd^op.ai, -jrapa-crKevd-

ffofxai, etc.

Presence, into the — of,

irpbs.

Present, he — , trdp-ci/jn

(iff), irap-i<rofj.aL.

Press, — hard, irii^u

(wied), iriiau, etc.

Proceed, iropeioixai, iropei-

ffofxai, etc.; — with,

<TVfjL-iropevop.ai.

Promise, \nr-i<Txviofj.aL, uiro-

o'X'fjO'oiia.i, etc.

Prosperous, fvdaifxuv, ov.

Province, dpx"^, ^s, V-

Provisions, iiririjSeta, uv,

Td.

Punish, KoXdfw (koXoS),

KoXdffw, etc.

Punishment, inflict —

,

SIktjv i-iri-Tldrjixi (de), iiri-

Oijcru, etc.

Purchase, dyopd^u {dyo-

pad), dyopdffu, etc.

Pursue, di(J)Kw, Sid^u, etc.

Put, — to death, diro-

KTelvu {kt€v), diro-KTevw,

etc. ; — out of the way,

iKTTodwV TTOlio/JLai, TTOllj-

ao/Mii, etc. ;— on, iv-d6w,

iv56<ru, etc.

Rank, rd^is, ews, ij.

Ravage, 5i-ap7rdfa>(ap7ra5),

di-apTrdaw, etc.

Ready, Iroi/oos, 7], ov, or

or, ov.

Regard, vofil^w {vo/uB),

vofjiiQ, etc.

Remain, fjiivu {pxv), puevw,

etc.

Rescue, crip^w, (ruxrw, etc.

Resolve, doKel with dat.

Rest, iravofjiai, iraCao/jLai,

etc.; the —, ol AXXoi.

Return, 7)ku, tj^w, etc.

Review, i^iraais, ews, i).

Right, d^Los, a, ov, morally;

de^ids, d, 6v, of direction

;

on the— (wing), i-n-l tQ

Rise, or — up, dv-iffrafiai

(ffTo), dva-ffTTJffOfw.1, etc.;

make—, dv-lffrrffu {(rra),

dva-<rT7J(Tu, etc.

River, TrorafiSs, ov, 6.

Road, 656s, ov, ij.

Round, dfitpL

Rout, els (pvyyjv rpiiru},

Tpi\j/<j}, etc.

Rush, te/xat {i), ^crojuai, etc.

S

Sabre, /juixaipa, as, ij.

Sack, di-apird^u (a'pTraS),

5i-apird(Tw, etc.

Sacrifice, 66w, dia-u, etc.;

offer— , Sdofiai, 66<rop.ai,

etc.

Safe, d(r0aXi;s, is.

Safely, dff<t>aXQs.

Same, 6 avrds, 17 aiJrif, rb

avr6; at the — time,

dfM.

Sardis, HdpStis, euv, ai.

Satrap, aarpdirr)^, ov, 6.

Say, X^7w, X^^w, etc.,

<f>r]fjU, <p^<ru, etc.

Scatter 67 They

Scatter, 5ia-<rireip(o {(TTrep),

dia-(TiTepij), etc.

Sea, ddXarra, ijs, 17.

See, opdo}, 6\{/ofw.i, etc.,

(7K^7rro/Aai (ff/ceir), <TKi\po-

fjMi, etc.

Seem, or — best, doK^w,

36^(0, etc.

Self, airrSs, -q, 6.

Send, Ttip-irw, irip.yp(>3, etc.,

ariWu (ffreK), (rreXQ,

etc.; — for, neTaTrip.iro-

fiai; — away, dno-

irdpjru ; — with, avp.-

.

Service, he of— , uipeX^u,

u<t>e\-qa(i3, etc.

Set, —forth or out, 6pp.do-

pMi, oppLTJaopLai, etc.

Seven, eirrd ; — hundred,

iiTTaKdffioi, at, a.

Severity, with— , Iffx^pus.

She, generally omitted,

sometimes avTTj, iKelvij.

Ship, vaOs, vews, rj.

Shoot, To^edu, To^euffw, etc.

Short-sword, dKlvdKT)s, ov, 6.

Shout, Kpavytj, ^s, ij;

^odu, ^oijaofiai, etc.

Show, (paivti) {(pav), (pavQ,

etc.

Sides, on both — , d/jupor^-

pwdev.

Sight, in plain — , koto-

(pavTii, h.

Silver, dpyvpiov, ov, t6.

Sit, Kdd-T)fiai (ija-), impf.

iKadtjp.T]v.

Situated, be — , oU^ofiat,

olKijtrofjMt, etc.

Six,— thousand, e^aKurxi-

\ioi, at, a.

Sling, ffcpevdSvri, tjs, ij.

Slinger, (T<l>ev8oinJTris, ov, 6.

Slowly, cxoXp, o-xoXaia>s.

Small, fUKp6s, d, 6v.

So, OVTWS.

Socrates, SwxpdTTjs, ovs, 6.

Soldier, (TTpaTubriji, ov, 6;

light-armed — ,yvp.jnjs,

rjTos, 6; heavy-armed—

,

OTrXfTTjs, ov, 6.

Somebody, tIs, tiv6s.

Son, irais, iraidds, 6.

Source, Trrfyij, rjs, ij.

Speak, X^7w, X^^w, etc.

Spear, X&yxv, V^, V-

Split, (Tx^fw (crxtS), ax^<Tw,

etc.

Stade, arddiov, ov, t6.

Stage, (rradpAs, ov, 6.

Stand, IVra/xoi {(rra), <jT-q-

(jop.a.1, etc.

Start, dpixdofiai, op/xTJ^ofMi,

etc.

Steal, KXdwTu} (fcXcir), kX^-

\pw, etc.

Stealth, by — , use Xav-

Odvta.

Still, in.

Stop, iraOofMi, trav(Toixai,

etc.

Straightway, eii6ii.

Stronghold, x'^p/oi', 01;, t6,

Xtoplov iffx^p(>v.

Suffer, — harm, KaKUiird-

(7XW (to^), irt'uTopxii, etc.

Summon, KoiX^u (ko-X),

KaXQ, etc.,

uiTa-irip.-Ko-

/xai, pjeTa-Trip.\pop.a.i, etc.

Supplies, collect — , eirt-

aiTi^o/xai {<riTi5), iiri-

alTiovfjMi, etc.

Surprise, Kara-Xa/x^dvo},

KOLTa-Xrixj/oiMLi, etc.

Surprising, davixaarbs, ij,

6v.

Sweet, ^5i/s, eta, 1).

Sword, short —, dKivdKrii,

ov, 6.

Table, rpdire^a, ris, i).

Take, Xap-^dvu, Xrj'^opMi,

etc. ; — the field or —part in an expedition,

(TTpaTivofiai, ffTparevffo-

fxai, etc.; — the field

with, ffv-aTpareiofiai ;—

care, iTri-fieXiofiat, iiri-

p.eX7}(To/JMi, etc.

Targeteer, ireXTaar-ijs, ov,6.

Ten, d^Ku.

Tent, (TKrjvri, ijs, ij.

Than, ^.

That, 8ti ; 'iva;

fiij ; 5s.

The, 6, T], rb.

Their, often by the article.

Them, oblique cases of

avTbs in plur.

Then, S-q.

Thence, ivrevOev.

There, ivravda ; whenmerely expletive, it is

not to be translated.

Therefore, oSv.

Thessalian, QerraXb^, ov, 6.

They, generally omitted;

occasionally ovrot, iKei-

voi.

Thief 58 Your

Thief, kXiif, KXuirds, 6.

Think, vofil^u (vofiiS), pofiiio,

etc., believe ; doKci, 56{et,

etc. , impers. , suppose.

This, ovTos, airr?;, rovro.

Thousand, X'^'o'j «'i «•

Thracian, Op?!, ©p9/c6i, 6.

Three, rpeh, rpLa.

Through, Sid.

Thus, ovTws.

Time, wpa ; at that —

,

rSre; at the same —

,

&iia.

Tissaphemes, Tiffa-a<p^pv7is,

ovs, 6.

To, els, ^irl, irapd, vp6s.

Tree, divSpov, ov, t6.

Tribute, 5o<r/a6y, ov, 6.

Troops, (TTpaTev/jM, aros,

t6; ffTpaTMTai., Qv, ol.

Trouble, irpiypiaTa, druv,

Td.

Truce, ffirovSal, Qv, oL

True, dXrjdijs, h.

Trust, iriffTevu, irurreiKTw,

etc.

Try, Treipdo/jLai, Tretpdaofjuii,

etc.

Turn, ffTpi<l><i}, (TTphpu), etc.

Twenty, etKoai; — five,

diaxn Kal irivTC.

UUndergo, — hardship,

irovid}, irov^aw, etc.

Unjust, dSiKos, ov ; be —

,

ddiK^it), dSiKijffo), etc.

Unless = if not.

Until, M^XP'-

Upon, 4-irl.

Urge, irapa-KeXevopLai, irapa-

/ce\£i/(royu.ai, etc.

Use, make — of, xpaoMi'i

XP'7<ro/iat, etc.

Van, ffrbpA, aros, t6.

Very, vdvv.

Victory, vtKrj, tjs, t].

Village, Ku/iri, rjs, ij.

Vote, i/'Tj^tfo/xai (^tj^iS),

^7j(piovfiai, etc.

WWagon, ifM^a, 17s, ij.

War, 7r6Xe/M)s, 01;, 6 ; carry

on or engage in —

,

TToXe/i^w, 7roXe/n7;<rw, etc.

Way, o56s, ov, rj; out of

the —, iKTTOdiiv.

Week= seven days.

Well, eS; do — by, eS

TTot^w, TToiifcrw, etc. ,• if is

— , /caXtDs ex^'» ^!*') ^^•

Well-disposed, evvouj, ouv.

What, tU, tI, gen. t/ws;

sort, TTOIOS, d, OP.

When, iireiSij.

Whenever, hreid-ij.

Wherever, Sirov.

Whether, el; — ... or,

irbrepov . . . 1).

Which, 8s, ^, a.

Whoever, Sans, tjtis.

Why, tI ; di' d.

Width, eCpos, ovs, t6.

Wife, yvtn^, yvvaiKds, 17.

Wild, dypios, o, ov; —beast, Orjplov, ov, rb.

Willing, be —, m\w, iOe-

\ri<T(il, etc.

Willingly, eKwv, ovffa, bv.

Wine, oJvos, ov, 6.

Wing, Kipas, Kipus and

Kipdros, 6 ; on the right

— , iirl rf Se^i^ ; on the

left — , iirl Tifi evwvifuf.

Wish, pd/Xofiai, /SouXifffo-

fjMi, etc.

With, ffiv, ^x''"' ;— tf^

help of, ffiv; in com-

pany — , aiv.

Withdraw, dwo-x^p^u, dwo-

Xwp'/cw, etc.

Wonder, Oavfid^w (OavpjuS)f

6avp.d<T0nai, etc.

Wood, ^vXa, wv, rd.

Worsted, be — , ^rdo/tai,

7]TTi](rofjMi, etc.

Worth, d^ios, a, ov.

Wound, TiTpwffKu (rpo),

Tpwffw, etc.

Write, ypd^w, ypdxpu, etc.

Wrong, or be in the —

,

dSucib), ddiKTjffw, etc.

Xenophon, Aevo<pQv, QvroSf

6.

Y

You, ffi, <TOV.

Young, — man, wavfof,

OV, 6.

Your, v/jLirepos; often by

the article or <rov.

lE^DEX.

The references are to sections,— either to a single section, or to two sections

(when /. is added), or to three or more sections (when ff. is added).

For all Greek words, see the references under the words in the preceding Greek-

English Vocabulary.

Accent 18 £f.; recessive 53; of pro-

clitics 26, 167, 169 ; of enclitics 27,

168 f.

; in contraction 272 ; of nouns

and adjs. 35 f., 39, 129, 244; of

verbs 53, 457, 484, 493, 605 a, 634 a.

Accusative case 29. Syntax of 832 ff.

Acute accent 18 f., 21 f., 24 f.

Adjectives vowel decl. 126 ff. ; cons,

decl. 259 ff., 426 ff. ; contr. of vowel

decl. 286 ff. ; irregular 500 f.

; com-

parison 541 ff., 577; verbal in ros

and reos 677 ff. Syntax of 805 f.

Adverbs 595 ff.

Affinity of words 873 ff.

Agent gen. of 202, dat. of 203 ; w.

verbals in reos and t^ov 680, 682.

Alphabet 1.

Aorist first indie, act. 86 ff., mid.

183 f., pass. 194 ff. ; first aor. system

565 ff., 582 ff.; second aor. 91, 602

ff. , in fit verbs 689 ; first pass, sys-

tem 656 ff. ; second pass, system

668 ff. Syntax of indie. 87, de-

pendent moods 313.

Apodosis 301 ; neg. ov 303.

Apostrophe (in elision) 16.

Apposition 804.

Article definite declined 758;proclitic

in some fonns 39 a, 76 a. Syntax of

807 ff.

Attic reduplication 871, 4 ; future

871, 14, 15.

Augment 66, 67, 93, 871.

Borrowed words 876.

Breathings 14.

Cases 29, 30 ; case endings 240 f. Syn-

tax, see Nominative, Genitive, etc.

Circumflex accent 18 ff.

Circumstantial partic. 495.

Cognate mutes 8; ace. 833; words, 876.

Commands, ^tc. 406, 408.

Comparative degree 541 f. ; w. gen. 545,

858 ; w. dat. 867.

Comparison of adjs. 541 f. ; irregular

577 ; of advs. 597.

Complex sent. 660; dependent verbs of

in indir. quot. 663.

Compound verbs 93 ; w. gen. 852 ; w.

dat. 865 ; compound words 874.

Conclusion, see Apodosis.

Conditional sents. 304 ff., 316 f., 363 f.,

523 ff. See Apodosis, Protasis. Cond.

rel. clauses 531 ff.

60 INDEX.

Consonants 3, 5 ff. ; changes of 738.

Consonant Declension, see Declen-

sion.

Contraction 268; rules of 737; in vowel

decl. 286 ff. ; in cons. decl. 395, 428,

476 f., 500 f., 506 f. ; in verbs in -aw,

-€w, -ow, indie. 268 ff., 279 ff., subjv.

339 f., opt. 386 ff., imv. 420 f., inf.

459f.,part. 486, 494, 755.

Co-ordinate mutes 8.

Dative case 29. Syntax of 859 ff.

Declension 34; nouns of first or A-decl.

37 ff., 43 ff

., 61 ff

., 99 ff

., of second or

0-decl. 75 ff., 81 ff.; adjs. of vowel

decl. 126 ff. ; contract nouns and

adjs. of vowel decl. 286 ff. ; nouns

and adjs. of third or cons. decl. 239 ff.,

249 ff. , 259 ff., 345 ff

., 393 ff. , 426 ff.

,

476 .f, 500 f., 506 f.; irregular adjs.

500 f.;participles 754 f. See Article,

Pronouns, Numerals.

Demonstrative prons. 154 ff.

Dependent clauses in indir. discourse

663.

Deponent verbs 297 ff.

Diphthongs 11, 12.

Directions for reading 123.

Doric fut. 871, 16.

Double consonants 9.

Dual 31.

Elision 16 ; in compound verbs 93.

Enclitics 27, 168 f.

Endings personal 136, 145, 175, 401,

413 ; of inf. 455 f. ; of part. 484, 493

;

in -fjii verbs 689 ; case endings of

cons. decl. 240 f.

Exhortations 324.

Fear vbs. exp. w. obj. clause 334, 381.

Final clauses 326, 371.

First Aorist system, see Aorist.

First Passive system 656 ff.

First Perfect system 619 ff.

Future indie, act. 86 ff., mid. 174 jf.,

pass. 194 ff.; fut. system 565 ff.,

582 ff. ; first pass, system 656 ff.

;

second pass, system 668 ff. ; Attic

fut. 871, 14, 15; Doric fut. 871, 16;

fut. mid. for act. 871, 17. Syntax

of fut. indie, in obj. clauses w. Situs

373.

Future Perfect 182 ff.;pf. mid. system

642 ff., 648 ff.

Gender 32 f., 40 a, 78 a ; A-decl. fems.

in a, 1}, or a 37, mascs. in as or ijs

99 ff. ; 0-decl. 75.

General suppositions 302 ; forms of

524 f.

Genitive case 29. Syntax of 841 ff.

Grave accent 18 f., 25.

Group of words how related 874.

Imperative 400 ff., 413 ff., 420 f. Uses

of 405 ff.

Imperfect indie, act. 68 f., mid. 174ff.,

pass. 194 ff. ; in pres. system 552 ff.

;

in fu verbs 689 ff. See Contraction.

Syntax of in unreal conditions 307, 2.

Indefinite pron. rh 354.

Indicative 49 ; tenses of, 60. See Con-

traction, MI Verbs, and Present,

Imperfect, Future, etc.

Indirect discourse, see Quotations and

Questions.

Infinitive 453 ff. Uses of 461, 468 ff.,

607 ff.

Intensive pron. 160.

INDEX. 61

Interrogative prons. 353 ; subjv. 588.

Iota subscript 11.

Irregular adjs. 500 f. ; comparison 577.

Labials 7 ; euphonic changes 243.

Unguals 7; euphonic changes 250 f.

Liquids 6 ; changes of v 738, 7 ff.

Liquid verbs 582 ff., 623 ff., 637,

648 ff., 658 ff., 668 ff.

MI Verbs 689 ff., 699 f., 705 f., 711 f.;

irregular 720 f., 726 f., 732.

Middle voice 174 ff. ; mutes 7.

Moods, see Indicative, Subjunctive, etc.

Mutes 5, 7 f.

; euphonic changes 738, 3,

and see Labials, Linguals, Palatals.

Mute verbs 90, 113 ff., 196, 208 ff.,

216 ff., 565 ff., 636, 642 ff.

Nominative case 29. Syntax of 830.

Number 31, 52.

Numerals 614, 756 f.

Object clauses w. firi and subjv. or opt.

334, 381 ; w. dl7ra,s and fut. ind. 373.

Optative 360 ff., 369 ff., 378 ff., 386 ff.

Uses of 363 f., 370 ff., 380 f., 569,

590, 663.

Oxytone 25.

Palatals 7; euphonic changes 243.

Participles 482 ff. , 492 ff. Uses of 487,

495, 515 f., 627 f., 683 f.

Particular suppositions 302.

Passive voice 192 ff. ; first pass, system

656 ff. ; second pass, system 668 ff.

Penult accent of 22.

Perfect indie, act. 110 ff., mid. 183 ff.,

pass. 192 ff.; first pf. system 619 ff.;

second pf. system 114 f., 633 ff.;

pf. mid. system, 642 ff., 648 ff.

Person 51.

Personal prons. 433 ff. See Endings.

Pluperfect indie o,ct. 110 ff., mid. 183

ff., pass. 192 ff. ; first pf. system

619 ff. ; second pf. system 114 f.,

633 ff.; pf. mid. system 642 ff.,

648 ff.

Possessive prons. ,448.

Post-positives 82 b.

Predicate 800 ff.

Prepositions 226 ff.

Present indie, act. 55, mid. 174 ff.,

pass. 192 ff.;pres. system 552 ff.

;

in lu verbs 689 ff. See Contrac-

tion.

Primary tenses 50.

Principal Parts of verbs 199 ff. ; of

deponents 298 ff.

Proclitics 26, 167.

Prohibitions w. ytt^ 408.

Pronouns, see Personal, Intensive, Re-

flexive, etc.

Pronunciation 1, 10, 12.

Protasis 301; neg. of ^^ 303.

Punctuation marks of 28.

Purpose clauses 326, 371.

Quotations and Questions dir. and

indir. 557 ff., 567 ff., 589 f., 007 ff.,

627 f., 660 ff.;questions of appeal

w. subjv. 587 f.

Reading the art of 121 ff. ; directions

for 123.

Reciprocal pron. 447.

Reduplication 105 ff., 871.

Reflexive prons. 443 ff.

Relative prons. 512 ff. ; cond. rel.

clauses 531 ff.

Rough breathing 14 ; mutes 7.

62 INDEX.

Second aor., pf., etc. 554, G03; second

tense systems, see Aorist, Passive,

Perfect.

Secondary tenses 50.

Semivowels 5 f.

Sibilant 6.

Smooth breathing 14 ; mutes 7.

Stem 54. See Tense stems.

Subject 800 ff.

Subjunctive .312 ff., 331 ff., 339 f. Uses

of 316 f., 323 ff., 3.33 f., 407 f., 588.

Suffix of opt. mood 302, 379, 387. See

Tense Suffixes.

Superlative degree 546 f.

Suppositions particular and general

302. See Conditional.

Syllabic, see Augment.

Syllables 15.

Synopsis 556.

Syntax rules of 800 ff.

Systems, see Tense Systems.

Temporal, .see Augment.

Tense Stems 135, 553, 871. See Tense

Systems.

Tense Suffixes 136, 663, 606, 636, 670.

Tense Systems 552 f.;

pres. system

553,1; fut. 553,2, 565 f., 583 f.;

first aor. 553, 3, 665 f., 585 f. ; second

aor. 602 ff.; first pf. 553, 4, 619 ff.;

second pf. 633 ff., 717 ff.; pf. mid.

653, 5, 642 f., 648 f. ; first pass. 553, 6,

656 ff. ; second pass. 668 ff.

Tenses 50. See Present, Imperfect, etc.

Ultima accent of 24.

Verbal adjs. 677 ff.

Verbs principal parts 199 ff., 298 ff.

;

defective 201; kinds of 273; depo-

nent 297 ff. ; in HI and w 691. See

MI Verbs.

Verb stem 54, 274, 586, 606, 623 ff.,

637, 672, 871.

Vocabulary how to be acquired 877.

Vocative case 29. Syntax of 831.

Voice 48, 174, 192.

Vowels 3 f.

; contraction of 737.

Vowel declension, see Declension;

verbs 273 f. See Contraction.

Word-Grouping 872 ff.

Words borrowed and cognate 876.

/U:

0'